VersaLink B405 Service Manual

708P91374
February 2017
Xerox® VersaLink® B400 & B405 Family

Multifunction Printer
Service Manual
Prepared by:
DCLS
Xerox Ltd
Bessemer Road,
Welwyn Garden City
Hertfordshire
AL7 1BU
United Kingdom
© 2017 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox®, Xerox, Design® and VersaLink® are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Other company trademarks are also acknowledged.
While every care has been taken in the preparation of this manual, no liability will be accepted by Xerox Europe arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions.
All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product trained service per-
sonnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or
modules, components or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You
should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service.
Introduction
About This Manual .......................................................................................................... iii
How To Use This Manual................................................................................................ iii
Change History ............................................................................................................... iv
Mod/Tag Identification ..................................................................................................... iv
Voltages Resistances and Tolerances ............................................................................ v
Safety Information ........................................................................................................... v
Health and Safety Incident reporting............................................................................... vii
Translation of Warnings .................................................................................................. viii
Launch Issue February 2017 Introduction

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer i
Introduction February 2017 Launch Issue
ii Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
About This Manual How To Use This Manual
This manual is the primary document used for diagnosing, repairing, maintaining, and trouble- Always start with the Service Call Procedures, Section 1. Perform Initial Actions and verify the
shooting the Xerox® VersaLink® B400 Printer and Xerox® VersaLink® B405 Multifunction problem, then follow the directions given.
Printer. The Service Manual is the controlling publication for a service call. To ensure product
understanding, complete the Xerox Service Training Program for these devices. How to Differentiate Between Machine Variants
When a procedure, parts list description or other reference is unique across different machine
Organization variants, the appropriate variant name will be quoted. For example, B400 (Single-Function
Section titles and the information contained in each is presented in the following paragraphs: Printer) or B405 (Multi-Function Printer). Any artwork will also be variant-specific.
Section 1 Service Call Procedures NOTE: This manual services all configurations of the machine. Ignore references to options
This section is used to start and complete a service call. The procedures in this section will not installed on the machine.
either direct you to a Repair Analysis Procedure (RAP) or identify a faulty component or subas-
sembly.
Warnings, Cautions And Notes
Section 2 Status Indicator Repair Analysis Procedures

WARNING
This section contains the Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) and checkouts necessary to
diagnose, isolate and repair faults other than image quality faults. A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condi-
tion or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
Section 3 Image Quality A translated version of all warnings is in Translation of Warnings.
This section contains the Image Quality Repair Analysis Procedures (IQ RAPs), checkouts and
setup procedures necessary to diagnose, isolate and repair image quality faults.
CAUTION
Section 4 Repairs/Adjustments A caution is used whenever an operation or maintenance procedure, practice, condition or
statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment.
This section contains the instructions for removal, replacement, and adjustment of parts within
the device. NOTE: A note is used where it is essential to highlight a procedure, practice, condition or state-
ment.
Section 5 Parts List
This section contains the illustrated spare parts list. Any part that is spared or that must be
removed to access a spared part is illustrated.
Section 6 General Procedures / Information

This section contains all other procedures, product specifications and general information.
Section 7 Wiring Data

This section contains the wiring and PJ location diagrams.
Section 8 Principles of Operation

This section contains details of printer operation and component locations.
Component Names
Names of parts that appear in the wiring data may not be exactly the same as the names that
appear on the part or listed in the parts lists. For example; a part called the registration chute
assembly may appear as Assembly, Chute REGI.
NOTE: The optional Solid State Drive (SSD), PL 18.1A (B400) or PL 18.1B (B405), is referred
to as the HDD throughout this manual.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer iii About This Manual, How To Use This Manual
Change History Mod/Tag Identification
This page gives information on major changes to the service manual. Go to the relevant Figure 1 shows the Mod/Tag identification symbols.
update.
• For future use, no changes to date.
These with tag symbols are used to identify the components

or configurations that are part of a machine change covered
by this tag number.
These without tag symbols are used to identify the

components or configurations that are used when this
tag is not fitted.
Figure 1 Mod/Tag identification symbols

Change History, Mod/Tag Identification iv Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
Voltages Resistances and Tolerances Safety Information
For AC power specifications, refer to GP 17 Electrical Power Requirements. The WARNING that follows is for general guidance when live working.
DC Voltage Levels and Tolerances

DC voltages should be measured between an available test point and a machine ground.
WARNING
Table 1 shows the range of the common voltages.
Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working.
Table 1 DC Voltage Levels Safety Symbols
Voltage Tolerance The following precautionary symbols may appear on the device.
Nominal Voltage Range
Figure 1 indicates Danger High Voltage.
0V 0.00 to 0.10V
+3.3V standby +3.23V to +3.43V
+3.3V +3.23V to +3.43V
+5V and +5V +4.75V to +5.25V
standby
+12V +11.4V to +12.6V
Figure 1 High voltage symbol
+24V +23.28V to +25.73V
Figure 2 is the Protective Ground (Earth) symbol.
Non-standard voltage levels will be quoted on the relevant circuit diagram. All other voltage
levels are plus or minus 10%.
Resistance Tolerances
All resistance measurement tolerances are plus or minus 10%, unless otherwise stated in the
procedure.
Figure 2 Protective ground (earth) symbol
LVPS overcurrent protection circuit
Figure 3 is the symbol indicating a hot surface. Use caution to avoid personal injury.
Each output (+24VDC, +5VDC,+3.3VDC) of the LVPS, PL 18.1A Item 10 (B400) or PL 18.1B
Item 10 (B405), stops all outputs if shorted to ground or between grounds.
LVPS overvoltage protection circuit

Each output (+24VDC, +5VDC,+3.3VDC) of the LVPS, PL 18.1A Item 10 (B400) or PL 18.1B
Item 10 (B405) stops all outputs if there is overvoltage.
Figure 3 Hot surface symbol
Refer to Table 2 for the operating voltage of the overvoltage protection threshold of each out-
put. Figure 4 is the symbol indicating that the surface becomes hot while the printer is running. After
turning off the power, wait at least the number of minutes indicated.
Table 2 LVPS Overvoltage protection
thresholds
Overvoltage
protection
Output threshold
+24V DC 27V DC ~ 36V DC
+5V DC 7V DC
+3.3V DC 4.6V DC
Figure 4 Wait for surface cool-down symbol

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer v Voltages Resistances and Tolerances, Safety Infor-
Figure 5 is the symbol indicating where avoid pinching fingers in the printer. Use caution to Toner Cartridge
avoid personal injury. The product contains a toner cartridge that is recyclable. Under various state and local laws, it
may be illegal to dispose of the cartridge into the municipal waste. Check with the local waste
officials for details on recycling options or the proper disposal procedures.
Fuses
Figure 5 Pinch injury symbol

WARNING
Figure 6 is the symbol to use caution (or draws attention to a particular component). Refer to Do not install a fuse of a different type or rating. Installing the wrong type or rating of
the manual(s) for information. fuse can cause overheating and a risk of fire.
Part Replacement
Only use genuine Xerox approved spare parts or components to maintain compliance with leg-
islation and safety certification. Also refer to GP 21 Restriction of Hazardous Substances
(RoHS).
Figure 6 Use caution symbol Disassembly Precautions

Do not leave the machine with any covers removed at a customer location.
Figure 7 is the symbol indicating that the item is sensitive and should not be touched.
Reassembly Precautions
Use extreme care during assembly. Check all harnesses to ensure they do not contact moving
parts and do not get trapped between components.
General Procedures
Observe all warnings displayed on the machine and written in the service procedures. Do not
Figure 7 Do not touch symbol attempt to perform any task that is not specified in the service procedures.
Figure 8 is the symbol indicating the item is sensitive to sunlight, and exposure to it will reduce
its life span.
Figure 8 No sunlight symbol
Figure 9 is the symbol indicating the item is sensitive to any light, and exposure to it will reduce
its life span.
Figure 9 No light symbol

Safety Information vi Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
Health and Safety Incident reporting VI. Appendices
I. Summary The Health and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox Product (Form # EH&S-700) is avail-
able in the locations that follow:
This section defines requirements for notification of health and safety incidents involving Xerox
• On electronic documentation (EDOC), located in the Library.
products (equipment and materials) at customer locations.
• In the hardcopy, located at the end of the manual.
II. Scope
Xerox Corporation and subsidiaries worldwide.
III. Objective
To enable prompt resolution of health and safety incidents involving Xerox products and to
ensure Xerox regulatory compliance.
IV. Definitions
Incident:
An event or condition occurring in a customer account that has resulted in injury, illness or
property damage. Examples of incidents include machine fires, smoke generation, physical
injury to an operator or service representative. Alleged events and product conditions are
included in this definition.
V. Requirements
Initial Report:
1. Xerox organizations shall establish a process for individuals to report product incidents to
Xerox Environment Health and Safety within 24 hours of becoming aware of the event.
2. The information to be provided at the time of reporting is contained in Appendix A (Health
and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox product).
3. The initial noti fication may be made by the method that follows:
• Email Xerox EH&S at: usa.product.incident@xerox.com.
• Fax Xerox EH&S at: 1-585-422-8217 (intelnet 8*222-8217).
NOTE: If sending a fax, please also send the original via internal mail.
Responsibilities for resolution:

1. Business Groups/Product Design Teams responsible for the product involved in the inci-
dent shall:
a. Manage field bulletins, customer correspondence, product recalls, safety retrofits.
b. Fund all field retrofits.
2. Field Service Operations shall:
a. Preserve the Xerox product involved and the scene of the incident inclusive of any
associated equipment located in the vicinity of the incident.
b. Return any affected equipment/part(s) to the location designated by Xerox EH&S
and/or the Business Division.
c. Implement all safety retrofits.
3. Xerox EH&S shall:
a. Manage and report all incident investigation activities.
b. Review and approve proposed product corrective actions and retrofits, if necessary.
c. Manage all communications and correspondence with government agencies.
d. Define actions to correct confirmed incidents.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer vii Health and Safety Incident reporting
Translation of Warnings
WARNING
WARNING Do not install a fuse of a different type or rating. Installing the wrong type or rating of
fuse can cause overheating and a risk of fire.
A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condi-
tion or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. DANGER : Ne pas installer de fusible de type ou de calibre différent. Il existe un risque
de surchauffe voire d'incendie.
DANGER: Une note Danger est utilisée chaque fois qu'une procédure d'utilisation ou de
AVVERTENZA: per evitare rischi di surriscaldamento o d'incendio, non installare un fus-
maintenance peut être cause de blessure si elle n'est pas strictement respectée.
ibile di tipo o carica diversi da quelli esistenti.
AVVERTENZA: Un segnale di avvertenza è utilizzato ogni volta che una procedura oper-
VORSICHT: Keine Sicherungen anderer Art oder anderer Leistung auf dem IOT-PWB
ativa o di manutenzione, una pratica, una condizione o un'istruzione, se non stretta-
mente osservata, potrebbe causare lesioni personali. installieren - Überhitzungs- und Brandgefahr.
AVISO: No instale un fusible de potencia o tipo distinto. Un fusible de potencia o tipo
VORSICHT: Weist darauf hin, dass ein Abweichen von den angeführten Arbeits- und
distinto puede producir sobrecalentamiento y el riesgo de incendio.
Wartungsanweisungen gesundheitliche Schäden, möglicherweise sogar schwere Ver-
letzungen zur Folge haben kann.
AVISO:Un aviso se utiliza siempre que un procedimiento de operación o mantenimiento,
WARNING
práctica o condición puede causar daños personales si no se respetan estrictamente.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
WARNING death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
DANGER : Assurez-vous que la machine est hors tension lorsque vous effectuez des
Do not work in a confined space. 1 m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working.
tâches ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. Reportez-vous à GP 10. Débran-
DANGER : Ne pas travailler dans un espace restreint. 1 mètre d'espace est nécessaire
chez le câble d'alimentation pour prévenir tout risque d'électrocution. Les chocs élec-
pour un dépannage en toute sécurité.
triques peuvent présenter un danger de mort ou entraîner des blessures graves. De
AVVERTENZA: Non lavorare in uno spazio limitato; è necessario uno spazio di almeno plus, certaines pièces, lorsqu'elles sont en mouvement, peuvent être source de bles-
un metro attorno alla macchina per la sicurezza dell'operatore. sures graves.
VORSICHT: Nur mit ausreichendem Bewegungsspielraum (1 m) arbeiten. AVVERTENZA: Accertarsi di isolare la macchina dall'alimentazione elettrica quando si
AVISO: No trabaje en un espacio reducido. Se necesita 1 metro de espacio para trabajar eseguono attività che non richiedono elettricità. Vedere GP 10. Scollegare il cavo di ali-
con seguridad. mentazione. L'elettricità può causare morte o lesioni personali. Le parti in movimento
possono causare lesioni personali.
VORSICHT: Sicherstellen, dass die Stromversorgung des Geräts bei Arbeiten, die
WARNING keinen Strom erfordern, ausgeschaltet ist. Siehe auch GP 10. Den Netzstecker ziehen.
USA and Canada. Do not install this machine in a hallway or exit route that does not Andernfalls besteht Stromschlaggefahr und Verletzungsgefahr durch bewegliche Teile.
have 1.12 m (44 inches) of space additional to the normal space requirements in front of AVISO: Asegúrese de mantener la máquina aislada de la energía eléctrica mientras real-
the machine. To conform with fire regulations this additional 1.12 m (44 inches) of space iza tareas que no necesitan electricidad. Consulte GP 10. Desconecte el cable de ali-
is needed in front of the machine in hallway and exit routes. mentación. La energía eléctrica puede producir lesiones o incluso la muerte. Las piezas
DANGER : États-Unis et Canada. Si cette machine est installée dans un couloir ou une sueltas pueden producir lesiones.
voie de sortie, 1,12 m (44 pouces) d'espace supplémentaire à l'espace normal doit être
disponible devant la machine conformément aux normes de sécurité d'incendie.
AVVERTENZA: N/A WARNING
VORSICHT: N/A Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
AVISO: Estados Unidos y Canadá. No instale esta máquina en un corredor o ruta de sal-
ida que no tenga 1.12 m (44 pulgadas) de ancho delante de la máquina, sin incluir el can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
espacio que ocupe la máquina. Este espacio adicional de 1.12 m (44 pulgadas) delante DANGER : Mettez la machine hors tension. Reportez-vous à GP 10. Déconnectez le cor-
de la máquina en corredores y rutas de salida es necesario para cumplir los requisitos don d'alimentation de l'alimentation du client lorsque vous réalisez des tâches qui ne
de las normas sobre incendios. nécessitent pas d'électricité. L'électricité peut être à l'origine de blessures, voire d'un
accident mortel. Les pièces amovibles peuvent être à l'origine de blessures.
AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Vedere GP 10. Scollegare il cavo di alimentazione
dall'alimentatore quando si eseguono attività che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità
può causare morte o lesioni personali. Le parti in movimento possono causare lesioni

Translation of Warnings viii Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
personali.
VORSICHT: Schalten Sie die Stromversorgung der Maschine ab. Siehe auch GP 10. Zie-
hen Sie das Stromkabel ab, wenn Sie Aufgaben ausführen, für die keine Stromversor- WARNING
gung benötigt wird. Stromschläge können Todesfällen oder Verletzungen verursachen. Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 11. The module
Bewegliche Teile können zu Verletzungen führen. is heavy.
AVISO: Apague la electricidad de la máquina. Consulte el GP 10. Desconecte el cable de DANGER: Conformez-vous aux procédures de manipulation de sécurité pour le retrait
alimentación eléctrica de la toma de pared mientras esté realizando tareas que no du module. Reportez-vous à GP 11. Le module est lourd.
necesiten corriente. La electricidad puede causar daños o la muerte. Las partes móviles AVVERTENZA: Utilizzare procedure di gestione sicure durante la rimozione del modulo.
pueden causar daños. Vedere GP 11. Il modulo è pesante.
VORSICHT: Verwenden Sie sichere Vorgehensweisen zum Entfernen des Moduls. Siehe
auch GP 11. Das Modul ist sehr schwer.
WARNING AVISO: Utilice los procedimientos de seguridad cuando elimine el módulo. Consulte el
Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. GP 11. El módulo es pesado.
DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud.
AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo.
VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist. WARNING
AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente. Do not use the power button as a safety disconnect device. The power button is not a
disconnect device. Disconnect the power cord from the supply to isolate the equipment.
DANGER : Ne vous servez pas de l’interrupteur comme d’un dispositif de déconnexion.
WARNING L’interrupteur n’est pas un dispositif de déconnexion. Débranchez le câble d’alimenta-
tion de la prise électrique pour isoler l’appareil.
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
AVVERTENZA: L'interruttore di alimentazione non è un dispositivo di disconnessione di
DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants
sicurezza e pertanto non va utilizzato come tale. Per isolare la macchina, scollegare il
peut entraîner des blessures.
cavo di alimentazione dalla presa elettrica.
AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere pre-
senti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Zur Unterbrechung der Gerätestromzufuhr nicht den Betriebsschalter ver-
wenden, sondern das Netzkabel aus der Steckdose ziehen, an die das Gerät ange-
VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch schlossen ist. Nur dann ist der Drucker vollständig vom Stromnetz getrennt.
die scharfen Kanten entstehen.
AVISO: No utilice el botón de encendido/apagado como dispositivo de desconexión de
AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que
seguridad. El botón de encendido/apagado no es un dispositivo de desconexión.
podrían producir lesiones.
Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la fuente de energía para aislar el equipo.
WARNING
Mandatory safety warning. This procedure must be performed by 2 people. The module
is heavy.
DANGER: Avertissement obligatoire. Cette procédure doit être effectuée par 2 per-
sonnes. Le module est très lourd.
AVVERTENZA: Avviso di sicurezza obbligatorio. A causa della pesantezza del modulo,
questa procedura deve essere eseguita da due persone.
VORSICHT: Verbindliche Sicherheitsvorschrift - dieser Vorgang muss von zwei Per-
sonen ausgeführt werden, da das Modul sehr schwer ist.
AVISO: Aviso de seguridad obligatorio. Este procedimiento debe ejecutarse entre dos
personas. El módulo pesa mucho.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer ix Translation of Warnings
Translation of Warnings x Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
1 Service Call Procedures
SCP 1 Initial Actions........................................................................................................ 1-3
SCP 2 Call Actions .......................................................................................................... 1-3
SCP 3 Fault Analysis ...................................................................................................... 1-4
SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance ..................................................................................... 1-5
SCP 5 Final Actions ........................................................................................................ 1-6
SCP 6 Machine Features ................................................................................................ 1-6
Launch Issue February 2017 Service Call Procedures

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 1-1
Service Call Procedures February 2017 Launch Issue
1-2 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
SCP 1 Initial Actions SCP 2 Call Actions
Service Call Procedures are used at the beginning of a service call. Use Initial Actions to col- Use Call Actions to perform any general actions before starting to diagnose the fault.
lect information about the machine performance.
Procedure
Also refer to SCP 6 Machine Features. 1. If this is the first service call to this machine, if possible, perform the actions that follow:
a. Check the machine configuration with the customer. Check that all the required
Procedure hardware and software is installed. Check that all the required hardware and soft-
ware is enabled.
b. Check that all the machine settings are entered correctly.
WARNING
c. Mark off the hardware options, software options or Tags installed on the Tag matrix
cards.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. d. Enter the machine information and the customer information in the service log book.
2. Review the copy, print and fax samples.
3. Ensure the user access settings are correct. If necessary refer to the user documentation.
WARNING 4. If necessary, perform Network Clone Procedure GP 13.
Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working.
NOTE: The clone file must be taken whenever the customer changes the network control-
1. Take note of problems, error messages or error codes. If necessary, refer to GP 2 Fault ler setting or after the system software is changed.
Codes and History Files.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 5. Before switching off the machine or clearing the memory, check for a customer job in the
memory.
3. Ask the operator to describe or demonstrate the problem.
6. Check and record the total impressions usage counter. If the usage counters are reset
4. If the problem is the result of an incorrect action by the operator, refer the operator to the
during the call, refer to dC132 Machine ID and Billing Data.
user documentation.
7. Go to SCP 3 Fault Analysis.
5. Check the steps that follow:
a. The power lead is connected to the wall outlet and to the machine.
b. Documents are not loaded in the DADF or on the document glass.
c. The paper is loaded correctly.
d. All paper trays are closed.
e. All doors are closed.
f. If telephone line cables are installed, ensure that the cable is connected between the
line socket and the wall jack.
g. If a telephone line cable is installed, ensure that the customer telephone line is func-
tioning.
6. Check the machine service log book for previous actions that are related to this call.
7. Go to SCP 2 Call Actions.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 1-3 SCP 1, SCP 2
SCP 3 Fault Analysis • GP 21 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
• GP 22 Printing Reports
Fault Analysis is used to identify a fault.
• GP 23 Obtaining Audit and Device Logs
Procedure • GP 40 Glossary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations
When diagnosing or repairing a fault in a particular subsystem, exercise the device in all
modes until the fault is determined. In the instance of finding more than one fault or failure, cor-
rect one fault before going to the next fault. If no fault is found, go to SCP 4 Subsystem Mainte-
nance.
Fault Codes
If a fault code is displayed, go to the relevant RAP. Also refer to Unresolved Faults.
Image Quality Defects

If the image quality is defective, go to the IQ1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Unresolved Faults
If a fault cannot be resolved using the appropriate RAP. Obtain a device log, refer to GP 23
Obtaining Audit and Device Logs, then escalate the problem to 2nd level support.
Other Faults
• Unusual machine noise, OF 1.
• Power On Self-Test faults, OF 2.
Additional Information
If necessary, refer to the following general procedures and information:
• GP 1 Service Diagnostics Entry and Exit
• GP 2 Fault Codes and History Logs
• GP 3 Device Information
• GP 4 Machine Software
• GP 5 Miscellaneous Checks
• GP 6 How to Check a Motor
• GP 7 How to Check a Sensor
• GP 8 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch
• GP 9 How to Check a Switch
• GP 10 How to Power the Machine On or Off
• GP 11 How to Safely Lift or Move Heavy Modules
• GP 12 Machine Lubrication
• GP 13 Cloning Network Configurations
• GP 14 How to Set the Date and Time
• GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifications
• GP 16 Installation Space Requirements
• GP 17 Electrical Power Requirements
• GP 18 Environmental Data
• GP 19 Administrator Log In
• GP 20 First Copy/Print Out Time and Power On Time

SCP 3 1-4 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance Component Life
Subsystem Maintenance contains information regarding the component life of the device. The design life of the major components are shown in Table 1. Environmental conditions and
actual use will vary these factors. The component life shown in Table 1 is for reference only.
Procedure
Table 1 Component Life Expectancies
Item Print Life Reference
WARNING Drum Cartridge 65K feeds PL 8.1
Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- MSI tray feed roller 200k feeds PL 13.1
tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
Tray 1 feed roller assembly 200k feeds PL 9.2
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Optional tray feed roller 200k feeds PL 11.1A (B400) and PL
1. Clean the feed rollers on every call.
11.1B (B405)
2. Use the control panel to check maintenance item counters.
Maintenance Kit 200k feeds or 5 years. -
3. Compare the counter values to those listed in Table 1.
4. Advise the customer of any routine maintenance items that are approaching or over the
service limit. HFSI
The High Frequency Service Items are shown in Table 2.
Inspection
Rollers Table 2 High Frequency service items
Replace rollers when you see any of the following defects:
Item Description Recommended Life Reference
• Flat spots 950-824 Transfer Roller 200k feeds PL 6.1 Item 1
• Out of roundness 950-804 Fuser Heat Time 13k minutes PL 7.1 Item 1
• Cracked rubber 950-800 Fuser 200k feeds PL 7.1 Item 1
• Loss of traction (tackiness) causing pick or feed failures
Gears
Replace gears that show any signs of wear or damage. Look for these problems:
• Thinned gear teeth

• Bent or missing gear teeth; check especially where a metal gear drives a plastic gear.
• Fractured or cracked gears (oil or incorrect grease on a plastic gear can cause the gear to
crack).
Lubrication
CAUTION
Plastic parts deteriorate when unspecified lubricants or chemicals are used. To avoid damage,
use only approved lubricant.
The printer is lubricated during assembly at the factory and does not require periodic lubrica-
tion. Some parts require lubrication following replacement. These parts are identified in the
replacement procedures. When lubricating during replacement, use approved grease.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 1-5 SCP 4
SCP 5 Final Actions SCP 6 Machine Features
Use Final Actions to verify the correct operation of the machine and to complete the service Configuration Options
call. The Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 are available as a basic machine with one paper tray
and one bypass tray. It is also available in various configurations using the options that follow:
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow. If a fault is identified, go to SCP 3 Fault Analysis: General
For the space requirements, environment range and the print out time. Refer to:
1. If necessary, re-connect the machine to the customer’s network.
• GP 16 Installation Space Requirements.
2. Perform the relevant maintenance procedures. Refer to SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance.
• GP 18 Environmental Data.
3. Ensure that the machine has the latest available software loaded.
• GP 20 First Print Out/CopyTime and Startup Time
4. Operate the machine in all modes. Make the copies and prints from all trays. Use the
Paper Supply and Paper Handling Options
DADF and the document glass.
• One 550 sheet paper tray (Tray 1).
5. Make copies and/or prints from all trays. Check the print quality. For image quality
• 150 sheet bypass tray.
defects, perform the IQ1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
• 60 sheet document feeder (DADF).
6. Make a proof copy or print of a customer document.
• 550 sheet option feeder(s) (3 maximum).
7. If some of the customer’s selections were changed, return the selections to the customer
settings. Output
8. Mark off the hardware options, software options or Tags installed on the Tag matrix cards. • 250 sheet output tray.
9. If some changes were made to the configuration or options were added, print the configu- Accessories and Kits
ration report. Store the configuration report with the machine log book. Discard the previ- • Wireless Network Adapter.
ous version of the configuration report. • 16GB Hard Disk Drive.
10. To clear all fault counters, refer to dC125. • 550 sheet option feeder.
11. Log the usage counters. If the usage counters are reset during the call, refer to dC132
NOTE: The service manual covers all of the above configurations. Within the manual, ignore
Machine ID and Billing Data.
any references to options that are not installed.
12. If necessary, provide the customer with training.
13. Remove and destroy all copies of test patterns. Machine Identification
14. Ensure the machine and service area are clean. The diagrams that follow illustrate some of the machine configurations:
• Xerox® VersaLink® B405, Figure 1.
• Xerox® VersaLink® B400, Figure 2.

SCP 5, SCP 6 1-6 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
Figure 1 Xerox® VersaLink® B405
Figure 2 Xerox® VersaLink® B400

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 1-7 SCP 6
SCP 6 1-8 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
2 Status Indicator RAPs
Chain 002 Chain 010
002-500 UI Error RAP ..................................................................................................... 2-11 010-105 to 010-106 Fuser Exit Sensor Fail RAP ............................................................ 2-37
010-328 Fuser Heat Roll Fail RAP .................................................................................. 2-37
Chain 003 010-331 Over Temperature Fail RAP.............................................................................. 2-38
003-311 IIT CDI I/F Mismatch RAP................................................................................. 2-13 010-332 Heat Roll NC Sensor Fail RAP.......................................................................... 2-38
003-318 to 003-319 IIT Software Fail RAP ..................................................................... 2-13 010-335 Heat Roll NC Sensor Fail RAP.......................................................................... 2-39
003-320 to 003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Fail RAP ............................................... 2-14 010-338 Fuser Heat Roll On Time Fail RAP ................................................................... 2-39
003-344 Hotline Fail RAP................................................................................................ 2-15 010-344 Fuser Heat Roll Standby Temperature Fail RAP .............................................. 2-40
003-345, 003-346 X PIO Mismatch RAP ........................................................................ 2-15 010-420 Fuser Near Life Warning RAP........................................................................... 2-40
003-700 Returned Documents Error RAP....................................................................... 2-16 010-421 Fuser Life Warning RAP ................................................................................... 2-41
003-701 Duplication Prevention Code RAP .................................................................... 2-16
003-702 Different Magnification RAP .............................................................................. 2-17 Chain 016
003-703, 003-704 Color Correction RAP ........................................................................ 2-17 016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798 HDD Error RAP ................................................................. 2-43
003-705 Energy Saving Paper Size Mismatch RAP ....................................................... 2-18 016-211, 016-212 SW Option Fail Memory Low RAP..................................................... 2-43
003-750 Insufficient Documents Duplex Book RAP ........................................................ 2-18 016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer Card) RAP................................................................... 2-44
003-751 Capacity RAP.................................................................................................... 2-19 016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax Card) RAP ....................................................................... 2-44
003-752, 932, 935 600dpi Cannot be Scanned RAP ...................................................... 2-19 016-215, 016-216 SW Option Fail RAP .......................................................................... 2-45
003-753, 930, 933 300dpi Cannot be Scanned RAP ...................................................... 2-20 016-217 SW Option Fail (Controller ROM) RAP ............................................................. 2-45
003-754, 003-755 S2X Error RAP................................................................................... 2-20 016-218 PS Kit Not Installed for XDOD RAP .................................................................. 2-46
003-756 All Originals Blank RAP .................................................................................... 2-21 016-219 License Required (Printer Kit) RAP................................................................... 2-46
003-757, 931, 934 400dpi Cannot be Scanned RAP ...................................................... 2-21 016-220 to 016-228, 240 S2X Error RAP........................................................................ 2-47
003-760, 003-761 Scan Settings Error RAP ................................................................... 2-22 016-230 License Required (PS Image Log Kit) RAP ...................................................... 2-47
003-764 Insufficient Documents RAP ............................................................................. 2-22 016-232 MRC HW Initialize Error RAP............................................................................ 2-48
003-780 Scan Image Compression Error RAP ............................................................... 2-23 016-233 SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Installed) RAP ................................................. 2-48
003-795 AMS Limit Error RAP ........................................................................................ 2-23 016-234 to 016-235 XCP Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-49
003-913 Document Size Error RAP ................................................................................ 2-24 016-242 System GMT Clock Fail RAP ............................................................................ 2-49
003-940 Insufficient Memory RAP .................................................................................. 2-24 016-244 Self-Signed Certificate Auto Update Fail RAP .................................................. 2-50
003-941 Insufficient Page Memory RAP ......................................................................... 2-25 016-245, 016-246 Invalid Accessory Mode RAP............................................................. 2-50
003-944 Repeat Image Count Fail RAP.......................................................................... 2-25 016-310 SSMM Job Log Full RAP .................................................................................. 2-51
003-946 Image Rotation (Copy APS) RAP ..................................................................... 2-26 016-311, 315, 319 Scanner Not Detected RAP .............................................................. 2-51
003-947, 948 Document Error RAP ................................................................................ 2-26 016-312, 313, 314 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark) RAP ......................................... 2-52
003-952 Document Color Mismatch RAP ....................................................................... 2-27 016-316, 317, 318, 329, 333, 334 Page Memory Error RAP .......................................... 2-52
003-956 Document Size Auto Detect RAP ..................................................................... 2-27 016-320 Document Formatter Error RAP........................................................................ 2-53
003-963, 965 APS RAP .................................................................................................. 2-28 016-321 Fax Module Error RAP ...................................................................................... 2-53
003-970, 003-976 Fax Line Memory RAP....................................................................... 2-28 016-322 JBA Account Full RAP ...................................................................................... 2-54
003-972 Maximum Stored Page RAP ............................................................................. 2-29 016-323 B-Formatter Fatal Error RAP............................................................................. 2-54
003-973 Image Rotation RAP ......................................................................................... 2-29 016-324 Scheduled Image Overwrite RAP ..................................................................... 2-55
003-974 Next Original Specification RAP ....................................................................... 2-30 016-325 Using Personal Certificate RAP ........................................................................ 2-55
003-977 Document Mismatch (Multi Scan) RAP............................................................. 2-30 016-326, 016-607 UI Cable Connection Fail RAP........................................................... 2-56
003-978 Color Document Mismatch (Multi Scan) RAP ................................................... 2-31 016-327, 016-328 Connection Fail RAP.......................................................................... 2-56
016-330, 331, 332 Cont System Memory Fail RAP ........................................................ 2-57
Chain 005 016-335 to 016-351 Controller Fail RAP ......................................................................... 2-57
005-121 DADF Jam ........................................................................................................ 2-33 016-352 Internal Network Initialize Fail RAP................................................................... 2-58
005-211 DADF Motor Fail ............................................................................................... 2-33 016-353, 016-354 IOT-Controller Communication Fail RAP ........................................... 2-58
005-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open RAP ........................................................ 2-34 016-355, 016-356 Controller ASIC Fail RAP................................................................... 2-59
005-900 DADF Static Jam RAP ...................................................................................... 2-34 016-357 Controller EP Communication Fail RAP............................................................ 2-59
005-940 DADF No Original RAP ..................................................................................... 2-35 016-358 Controller Parallel Card Fail RAP...................................................................... 2-60
005-941 Not Enough Documents RAP ........................................................................... 2-35
Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

016-359, 016-361 Controller USB Fail RAP.................................................................... 2-60 016-538 Remote Download File Write Error RAP ........................................................... 2-86
016-360, 016-362 Controller UI Fail RAP ....................................................................... 2-61 016-539 Kerberos Attestation Other Protocol Error RAP ................................................ 2-87
016-363 Controller LyraCard Fail RAP ........................................................................... 2-61 016-543 Attestation Agent Error 543 RAP ...................................................................... 2-87
016-364, 016-365 Controller USB 2.0 Fail RAP.............................................................. 2-62 016-545 Attestation Agent Error 545 RAP ...................................................................... 2-88
016-366, 016-367 Controller HDD Fail RAP ................................................................... 2-62 016-546, 558, 569 Attestation Agent Errors RAP............................................................ 2-88
016-368, 369, 370 Controller Diagnostic Fail RAP ......................................................... 2-63 016-548 Attestation Agent Error 548 RAP ...................................................................... 2-89
016-371 Controller USB 1.1 Host Fail RAP .................................................................... 2-63 016-553 Attestation Agent Error 553 RAP ...................................................................... 2-89
016-383 Controller OS Communication Fail RAP ........................................................... 2-64 016-554 Attestation Agent Error 554 RAP ...................................................................... 2-90
016-400, 402, 427, 429 802.1x Authentication Failure RAP ........................................... 2-64 016-555 Attestation Agent Error 555 RAP ...................................................................... 2-90
016-401 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported RAP ............................................................. 2-65 016-556 Attestation Agent Error 556 RAP ...................................................................... 2-91
016-403, 016-430 802.1x Certificate Failure RAP .......................................................... 2-65 016-557 Attestation Agent Error 557 RAP ...................................................................... 2-91
016-404, 016-431 802.1x Inside Failure RAP ................................................................. 2-66 016-559 Remote Download Parameter Error RAP ......................................................... 2-92
016-405 Certificate DB File Error RAP............................................................................ 2-66 016-560 Attestation Agent Error 560 RAP ...................................................................... 2-92
016-406 802.1x Client Certificate Failure RAP ............................................................... 2-67 016-562 Detected User Duplication RAP ........................................................................ 2-93
016-407 to 016-412 XCP Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-67 016-563 Image Log Memory Full RAP ............................................................................ 2-93
016-422, 016-423 Offline RAP ........................................................................................ 2-68 016-564 Remote Download Server Authentication Failed RAP ...................................... 2-94
016-424, 016-425 Power Mode RAP .............................................................................. 2-68 016-565 Backup Restore Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-94
016-428 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported (Network 2) RAP .......................................... 2-69 016-566 Backup Restore Condition Error RAP ............................................................... 2-95
016-432 802.1x Client Certificate Failure (Network 2) RAP ............................................ 2-69 016-567 Backup Capacity Full RAP ................................................................................ 2-95
016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated RAP ..................................................................... 2-70 016-568 Backup Restore Failed RAP ............................................................................. 2-96
016-453, 016-454 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG RAP ........................................................... 2-70 016-570 Job Ticket Out of Memory RAP......................................................................... 2-96
016-455, 016-456 SNTP Time Out RAP ......................................................................... 2-71 016-571 Job Ticket Wrong Parameters RAP .................................................................. 2-97
016-461 Under Non-transmitted Image Log Stagnation RAP ......................................... 2-71 016-572 Job Ticket Media Error RAP.............................................................................. 2-97
016-500, 016-501 ROM Write Error (During DLD Method) RAP .................................... 2-72 016-573 Job Ticket Parse Error RAP .............................................................................. 2-98
016-502 ROM Write Error (During PJL Method) RAP..................................................... 2-72 016-574 FTP Host Name Solution Error RAP ................................................................. 2-98
016-503 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector RAP .............................................................. 2-73 016-575 FTP DNS Server Error RAP.............................................................................. 2-99
016-504 POP Server Fail for Redirector RAP ................................................................. 2-73 016-576 FTP Server Connection Error RAP ................................................................... 2-99
016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector RAP..................................................... 2-74 016-577 FTP Service RAP .............................................................................................. 2-100
016-507, 016-508 Image Log Send Fail RAP ................................................................. 2-74 016-578 FTP Login Name or Password Error RAP......................................................... 2-100
016-509, 016-510 Image Log No Send Rule RAP .......................................................... 2-75 016-579 FTP Scanning Picture Preservation Place Error RAP....................................... 2-101
016-511, 016-512 Image Log Invalid Send Rule RAP .................................................... 2-75 016-580 FTP File Name Acquisition Failure RAP ........................................................... 2-101
016-513 SMTP Server Reception Error RAP .................................................................. 2-76 016-581 FTP File Name Suffix Limit RAP ....................................................................... 2-102
016-514 XPS Error RAP ................................................................................................. 2-76 016-582, 016-588 FTP File Creation Failure RAP .......................................................... 2-102
016-515 XPS Short of Memory ....................................................................................... 2-77 016-583, 016-584 FTP Folder Creation Failure RAP ...................................................... 2-103
016-516 XPS Print Ticket Description Error RAP ........................................................... 2-77 016-585, 587, 589 FTP File Delete/Read Failure RAP ................................................... 2-103
016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change RAP .................................................... 2-78 016-586 FTP Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP................................................................ 2-104
016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM RAP ........................................................................... 2-78 016-590 FTP Data Reading Failure RAP ........................................................................ 2-104
016-519 Device DV Limit Reached RAP......................................................................... 2-79 016-591 FTP Scan Filing Policy RAP.............................................................................. 2-105
016-520 MRC HW Job Error RAP................................................................................... 2-79 016-592 FTP DAT File Access Error RAP ...................................................................... 2-105
016-521 SmartCard Not Found RAP .............................................................................. 2-80 016-593 to 016-596 FTP Error RAP................................................................................ 2-106
016-522 LDAP SSL Error 112 RAP ................................................................................ 2-80 016-597 Same File on FTP Server RAP ......................................................................... 2-106
016-523 LDAP SSL Error 113 RAP ................................................................................ 2-81 016-598, 016-599 Email Message Size RAP .................................................................. 2-107
016-524, 016-525 LDAP SSL Error 114 and 115 RAP ................................................... 2-81 016-600 KO Authentication Locked RAP ........................................................................ 2-107
016-526 LDAP SSL Error 116 RAP ................................................................................ 2-82 016-601 Illegal Access Detection RAP............................................................................ 2-108
016-527 LDAP SSL Error 117 RAP ................................................................................ 2-82 016-604 Debug Log Created RAP .................................................................................. 2-108
016-528 SmartCard Not Authorized RAP ....................................................................... 2-83 016-606, 016-608 Controller Connection Fail RAP ......................................................... 2-109
016-529 Remote Download Server Timeout RAP .......................................................... 2-83 016-609, 016-610 PCI Option Fail RAP .......................................................................... 2-109
016-533 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 37 RAP ..................................................... 2-84 016-611 EMMC Card Connection Fail RAP .................................................................... 2-110
016-534 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 41 and 42 RAP ......................................... 2-84 016-612 Log Image Creation Failure RAP ...................................................................... 2-110
016-535 Remote Download File Access Error RAP........................................................ 2-85 016-700 Password Below Minimum RAP........................................................................ 2-111
016-536 Host Name Solution Error in Remote Download RAP ...................................... 2-85 016-701 Out of ART EX Memory RAP ............................................................................ 2-111
016-537 Remote Download Server Connection Error RAP ............................................ 2-86 016-702 Out of Page Buffer RAP .................................................................................... 2-112
Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

016-703 Email To Invalid Box RAP ................................................................................. 2-112 016-768 Invalid Sender Address RAP............................................................................. 2-138
016-704 Mailbox Full RAP .............................................................................................. 2-113 016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN RAP .............................................................. 2-139
016-705 Secure Print Fail RAP ....................................................................................... 2-113 016-770 Direct Fax Function Canceled RAP .................................................................. 2-139
016-706 Maximum User Number Exceeded RAP........................................................... 2-114 016-772 Scan Data Repository Error RAP...................................................................... 2-140
016-707 Sample Print Fail RAP ...................................................................................... 2-114 016-776 Image Conversion Error RAP............................................................................ 2-140
016-708 Annotation/Watermark HDD Full RAP .............................................................. 2-115 016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error RAP .................................................................. 2-141
016-709 ART EX Command Error RAP .......................................................................... 2-115 016-781 Server Connect Error RAP................................................................................ 2-141
016-710 Delayed Print Fail RAP ..................................................................................... 2-116 016-786 HDD Full Scan Write Error RAP........................................................................ 2-142
016-711 Email Transmission Size Limit RAP.................................................................. 2-116 016-788 Retrieve to Browser Failed RAP ....................................................................... 2-142
016-712 Panther Capacity RAP ...................................................................................... 2-117 016-790 Email Fragment Over RAP................................................................................ 2-143
016-713 Security Box Password Error RAP.................................................................... 2-117 016-792 Specified Job Not Found RAP .......................................................................... 2-143
016-714 Security Box Not Enabled RAP......................................................................... 2-118 016-794 Media Not Inserted RAP ................................................................................... 2-144
016-715 ESCP Form Invalid Password RAP .................................................................. 2-118 016-795 Media Reader Format Error RAP...................................................................... 2-144
016-716 TIFF Data Overflow RAP .................................................................................. 2-119 016-796 Document Insert Operation Error RAP.............................................................. 2-145
016-717 Fax Send Result Not Found RAP ..................................................................... 2-119 016-797 Image File Read Error RAP .............................................................................. 2-145
016-718 Out of PCL6 Memory RAP ................................................................................ 2-120 016-799 PLW Print Instruction Fail RAP ......................................................................... 2-146
016-719 Out of PCL Memory RAP .................................................................................. 2-120 016-910, 016-911 Required Resource Not Ready RAP.................................................. 2-146
016-720 PCL Command Error RAP ................................................................................ 2-121 016-940 to 016-949 Incorrect Job Settings RAP............................................................. 2-147
016-721 to 016-724 Settings Error RAP ......................................................................... 2-121 016-981 HDD Access Error RAP .................................................................................... 2-147
016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error RAP ........................................... 2-122 016-982 HDD Access Error 2 RAP ................................................................................. 2-148
016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fail RAP ................................................................................ 2-122 016-983 Image Log HDD Full RAP ................................................................................. 2-148
016-727 Unstorable Document RAP ............................................................................... 2-123 016-985 Scan to Email Data Size RAP ........................................................................... 2-149
016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data RAP ............................................................................ 2-123 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP ..................................................................... 2-149
016-729 TIFF Data Size RAP ......................................................................................... 2-124
016-731, 016-732 Invalid Data RAP ............................................................................... 2-124 Chain 017
016-733 Destination Address Resolution Error RAP ...................................................... 2-125 017-500 Job Limit Illegal Response RAP........................................................................ 2-151
016-735 Updating Job Template RAP ............................................................................ 2-125 017-501 Multiple Permission Restrictions RAP............................................................... 2-151
016-738, 739, 740 Booklet Size RAP.............................................................................. 2-126 017-503 Password Over Maximum RAP......................................................................... 2-152
016-741 Download Mode Fail RAP ................................................................................. 2-126 017-713 Start TLS Unsupported Fail RAP ...................................................................... 2-152
016-742 Download Data Product ID Mismatch RAP....................................................... 2-127 017-714 SMTP Over SSL Fail RAP ................................................................................ 2-153
016-743 Device Model/Panel Type Error RAP................................................................ 2-127 017-715 SSL Certificate Fail RAP ................................................................................... 2-153
016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error RAP ............................................................. 2-128 017-716, 717, 718 SSL Certificate (SMTP) Fail RAP...................................................... 2-154
016-745 Download Data XPJL Fatal Error RAP ............................................................. 2-128 017-719 SMTP Over SSL Internal Fail RAP ................................................................... 2-154
016-746, 016-751 Unsupported PDF File RAP ............................................................... 2-129 017-720, 017-721 PJL Command Fail RAP .................................................................... 2-155
016-747 Drawing Annotation Memory RAP .................................................................... 2-129 017-722 Total Impressions Over Fail RAP...................................................................... 2-155
016-748, 774, 775, 778, 981 HDD Full RAP ................................................................... 2-130 017-723 DocuWorks Unsupported Character Fail RAP .................................................. 2-156
016-749 JCL Syntax Error RAP ...................................................................................... 2-130 017-725 Forced Annotation Syntax Fail RAP.................................................................. 2-156
016-750 Print Job Ticket Description Error RAP ............................................................. 2-131 017-728 Scan Job Flow Document Fail RAP .................................................................. 2-157
016-752 PDF Short of Memory RAP ............................................................................... 2-131 017-729 Temporary Error in PDL Transfer RAP ............................................................. 2-157
016-753 PDF Password Mismatched RAP ..................................................................... 2-132 017-730 Network Error in PDL Transfer RAP ................................................................. 2-158
016-755 PDF Print Prohibited RAP ................................................................................. 2-132 017-731 POP Server Not Connected RAP...................................................................... 2-158
016-756 Auditron Prohibited Service RAP ...................................................................... 2-133 017-732 Offline Error in PDL Transfer RAP .................................................................... 2-159
016-757 Auditron Invalid User RAP ................................................................................ 2-133 017-733 Internal Error in PDL Transfer RAP................................................................... 2-159
016-758 Auditron Disabled Function RAP ...................................................................... 2-134 017-734 IPP Data Error RAP .......................................................................................... 2-160
016-759 Auditron Limit Reached RAP ............................................................................ 2-134 017-735 Unauthorized Auditron User RAP ..................................................................... 2-160
016-760 PS Decompose Failure RAP............................................................................. 2-135 017-737 Custom Transfer Out of Memory RAP .............................................................. 2-161
016-761 FIFO Empty RAP .............................................................................................. 2-135 017-738, 017-746 HDD Internal Fail RAP ....................................................................... 2-161
016-762 Print Language Not Installed RAP .................................................................... 2-136 017-739, 017-740 Transfer Service Not Available RAP .................................................. 2-162
016-763 POP Server Connect RAP ................................................................................ 2-136 017-741 Custom Transfer Invalid Plug-In RAP ............................................................... 2-162
016-764 SMTP Server Connect RAP.............................................................................. 2-137 017-742, 743, 744 Custom Transfer Plug-In Connection RAP ....................................... 2-163
016-765, 016-766 SMTP Server Error RAP .................................................................... 2-137 017-745 Custom Transfer Plug-in Disk Full RAP ............................................................ 2-163
016-767 Invalid Email Address RAP ............................................................................... 2-138 017-747 Custom Transfer Plug-In Connection Timeout RAP ......................................... 2-164

017-748 Custom Transfer Plug-In Invalid Device RAP ................................................... 2-164 018-547 SMB Scan Users Restriction RAP .................................................................... 2-190
017-749 Custom Transfer Plug-In XML Fail RAP ........................................................... 2-165 018-556 HTTP Server Script Error RAP.......................................................................... 2-191
017-750 Custom Transfer Plug-In Internal Fail RAP....................................................... 2-165 018-557 HTTP Invalid Character in Filename RAP......................................................... 2-191
017-751 Custom Transfer Plug-In Other Fail RAP.......................................................... 2-166 018-558 HTTP File Not Found RAP................................................................................ 2-192
017-755 Software Download Via Network Fail RAP ....................................................... 2-166 018-559 HTTP File Duplication Fail RAP ........................................................................ 2-192
017-759 Download Data Inspection Error RAP............................................................... 2-167 018-560 to 018-563 HTTP Server Login Fail RAP .......................................................... 2-193
017-760, 017-766 POP Over SSL Fail RAP ................................................................... 2-167 018-564 Host Name Solution Error in HTTP RAP........................................................... 2-193
017-761, 017-767 SSL Server Cert Untrusted (POP) RAP............................................. 2-168 018-565 Proxy Name Solution Error in HTTP RAP......................................................... 2-194
017-762, 763, 764, 768, 769, 770 SSL Certificate (POP) Fail RAP ................................ 2-168 018-566, 018-567 Server Connect Error in HTTP RAP .................................................. 2-194
017-765, 017-771 POP Over SSL Internal Fail RAP ...................................................... 2-169 018-568 HTTP Server SSL Access Fail RAP.................................................................. 2-195
017-772 Scan All Blank Page Fail RAP .......................................................................... 2-169 018-569 HTTP Server Certificate Fail RAP..................................................................... 2-195
017-773 Netlog Task Error RAP ..................................................................................... 2-170 018-570 HTTP Certificate Fail RAP ................................................................................ 2-196
017-774 Message Lost Error RAP .................................................................................. 2-170 018-571 Internal Error in Scan RAP................................................................................ 2-196
017-775 Network API Error RAP..................................................................................... 2-171 018-587 File Duplication Fail RAP .................................................................................. 2-197
017-776, 017-777 Syslog Server Error RAP ................................................................... 2-171 018-588 Scan Filing Policy Invalid RAP .......................................................................... 2-197
017-778 Queue Error RAP .............................................................................................. 2-172 018-589 NEXTNAME File Error RAP .............................................................................. 2-198
017-779 Link Error RAP .................................................................................................. 2-172 018-590 Same Name Exists RAP ................................................................................... 2-198
017-780 Held Job Timeout RAP ..................................................................................... 2-173 018-591 File Name Suffix Over Limit RAP ...................................................................... 2-199
017-782, 784, 785, 786 Custom Image Processing Plug-In RAP ................................... 2-173 018-592, 018-593 Lock Folder Fail RAP ......................................................................... 2-199
017-783 Custom Image Processing Memory RAP ......................................................... 2-174 018-595 Detected User Duplication RAP ........................................................................ 2-200
017-787 Google Cloud Print Data Error RAP.................................................................. 2-174 018-596, 018-700 Network Error RAP ............................................................................ 2-200
017-789 Job Limit Estimation Logic Fail RAP ................................................................. 2-175 018-701 to 018-705 LDAP Protocol Errors 01 to 05 RAP ............................................... 2-201
017-790 to 017-799 Print Permission RAP ..................................................................... 2-175 018-706 LDAP Protocol Error 06 RAP ............................................................................ 2-201
018-707, 018-708 LDAP Protocol Errors 07 and 08 RAP ............................................... 2-202
Chain 018 018-709 Active Communication is Unavailable Now Fail RAP........................................ 2-202
018-400 IPSEC Configuration Mismatch RAP ................................................................ 2-177 018-710 to 018-714 LDAP Protocol Errors 10 to 14 RAP ............................................... 2-203
018-405 User Account Disabled RAP ............................................................................. 2-177 018-715 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 73 RAP ..................................................... 2-203
018-406 Setting Status of IP Address (IPv4) RAP .......................................................... 2-178 018-716 to 018-721 LDAP Protocol Errors 16 to 21 RAP ............................................... 2-204
018-407 Setting Status of IP Address (IPv6) RAP .......................................................... 2-178 018-722 GCP Network Fail RAP ..................................................................................... 2-204
018-408, 429, 430 Duplicate IPv4 Address RAP ............................................................ 2-179 018-723, 018-740 GCP Certification Fail RAP ................................................................ 2-205
018-409, 412, 413 Duplicate IPv6 Address 1 RAP ......................................................... 2-179 018-724 GCP SSL Connection Fail RAP ........................................................................ 2-205
018-410, 018-411 Dynamic DNS Update Failure RAP ................................................... 2-180 018-725 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 22 RAP ..................................................... 2-206
018-414 Invalid IPv6 Address 2 RAP .............................................................................. 2-180 018-726 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 70 RAP ..................................................... 2-206
018-415 Duplicate IPv6 Address 3 RAP ......................................................................... 2-181 018-727 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 71 RAP ..................................................... 2-207
018-416 Duplicate IPv6 Address 4 RAP ......................................................................... 2-181 018-728 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 72 RAP ..................................................... 2-207
018-424, 018-425 WPA Enterprise Certificate Fail 1 RAP .............................................. 2-182 018-729, 730, 738, 739, 743, 744, 745, 746 GCP Network Fail RAP ............................. 2-208
018-426 WPA Enterprise Certificate Fail 2 RAP ............................................................. 2-182 018-731 GCP HDD Limit Fail RAP.................................................................................. 2-208
018-427 Duplicate Wireless Network IP Address Range RAP ....................................... 2-183 018-732 to 018-736 LDAP Protocol Errors 32 to 36 RAP ............................................... 2-209
018-428 Wireless Module Connection Fail RAP ............................................................. 2-183 018-737, 018-741 GCP Other Fail RAP .......................................................................... 2-209
018-431, 432, 433 Duplicate WiFi IPv6 Address 1 RAP ................................................. 2-184 018-747 Server Not Found in SMB RAP......................................................................... 2-210
018-434 Duplicate WiFi IPv6 Address 2 RAP ................................................................. 2-184 018-748, 018-750 to 018-754 LDAP Protocol Errors 48, 50 to 36 RAP .......................... 2-210
018-435 Duplicate WiFi IPv6 Address 3 RAP ................................................................. 2-185 018-749 LDAP Protocol Error 49 RAP ............................................................................ 2-211
018-436 Duplicate WiFi IPv6 Address 4 RAP ................................................................. 2-185 018-755 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP .............................................................. 2-211
018-500, 501, 503, 504, 506, 507, 508 CA Server Error RAP ........................................ 2-186 018-756 Server Login Response Timeout in SMB RAP.................................................. 2-212
018-502 SMB Login Failure RAP .................................................................................... 2-186 018-757 Host Name Solution Error in SMB RAP ............................................................ 2-212
018-505 SMB-DOS Protocol Error RAP.......................................................................... 2-187 018-758, 018-759 Picture Preservation or File Name Error RAP.................................... 2-213
018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP .................................................................... 2-187 018-760 DFS Link Error in SMB RAP ............................................................................. 2-213
018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP ................................................................. 2-188 018-761 Out of Server Memory in SMB RAP.................................................................. 2-214
018-525 HDD full or Access Error RAP .......................................................................... 2-188 018-762 Server Response Timeout in SMB RAP ........................................................... 2-214
018-526 to 018-529, 531, 532 CUI Scan Error RAP ....................................................... 2-189 018-763 Character Convert Error in SMB RAP............................................................... 2-215
018-530 Authentication Error RAP .................................................................................. 2-189 018-764 to 769, 771 LDAP Protocol Errors 64 to 69 and 71 RAP .................................. 2-215
018-543 Shared Name Error in SMB Server RAP .......................................................... 2-190 018-770 LDAP Protocol Error 70 RAP ............................................................................ 2-216

018-772 Shared Name Not Found in Server RAP .......................................................... 2-216 024-615 IOT Unsupported Drum Shut Off RAP .............................................................. 2-243
018-773 Shared Name Error in Server RAP ................................................................... 2-217 024-700 Memory Shortage or No EMMC Card RAP....................................................... 2-244
018-780 to 018-784 LDAP Protocol Errors 80 and 82 to 84 RAP ................................... 2-217 024-701 Invalid Instruction of Face Inversion RAP ......................................................... 2-244
018-781 LDAP Protocol Error 81 RAP ............................................................................ 2-218 024-702 Paper Jam RAP ................................................................................................ 2-245
018-785 LDAP Protocol Error 85 RAP ............................................................................ 2-218 024-703, 742, 775 Booklet Sheets Count Over RAP ...................................................... 2-245
018-786 to 797 LDAP Protocol Errors 86 to 97 RAP ...................................................... 2-219 024-707 Duplex Inversion Prohibited (Duplex) RAP ....................................................... 2-246
024-708 Duplex Inversion Prohibited (Face Down) RAP ................................................ 2-246
Chain 021 024-746, 024-747 Print Request Failure RAP................................................................. 2-247
021-210, 211, 212 USB IC Card Reader Error RAP ....................................................... 2-221 024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Exceeded RAP............................................................. 2-247
021-213 Controller Price Table Error RAP ...................................................................... 2-221 024-910, 946, 959 Tray 1 Size Mismatch RAP ............................................................... 2-248
021-214 USB IC Card Reader Encryption Setting RAP .................................................. 2-222 024-911, 947, 960 Tray 2 Size Mismatch RAP ............................................................... 2-248
021-215 Invalid Accessory Type Setting RAP ................................................................ 2-222 024-912, 948, 961 Tray 3 Size Mismatch RAP ............................................................... 2-249
021-360 EP Accessory Fail RAP .................................................................................... 2-223 024-913, 949, 962 Tray 4 Size Mismatch RAP ............................................................... 2-249
021-361 EP Accessory Type Configuration Error RAP ................................................... 2-223 024-934 Paper Type Mismatch RAP............................................................................... 2-250
021-401 USB IC Card Reader Connection Error RAP .................................................... 2-224 024-939 OHP Type Mismatch RAP................................................................................. 2-250
021-500 EP Accessory Job Exclusion RAP .................................................................... 2-224 024-942 024-975 Booklet Sheet Count RAP................................................................... 2-251
021-501 Invalid URL Detected RAP................................................................................ 2-225 024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 2-251
021-502, 503, 504 Couldn’t Resolve Proxy Name RAP.................................................. 2-225 024-951 Tray 2 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 2-252
021-505, 021-506 SSL Error RAP................................................................................... 2-226 024-952 Tray 3 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 2-252
021-507 Unauthorized Proxy Access RAP ..................................................................... 2-226 024-953 Tray 4 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 2-253
021-508, 520, 521 Host/Proxy Connection Timed Out RAP ........................................... 2-227 024-954, 024-958 Bypass Tray Fault RAP...................................................................... 2-253
021-509, 515, 516, 522 Invalid Message Detected RAP ................................................ 2-227 024-965, 024-966 ATS/APS RAP ................................................................................... 2-254
021-510, 021-511 SOAP Fault RAP ............................................................................... 2-228
021-512, 513, 514, 517, 518, 519 Installation Conflict RAP ........................................... 2-228 Chain 025
021-523 Internal Error RAP............................................................................................. 2-229 025-596, 025-597 HDD Diagnostics RAP ....................................................................... 2-255
021-524 to 012-527 Communications Error RAP............................................................ 2-229
021-528, 021-529 Communication Settings RAP ........................................................... 2-230 Chain 026
021-530, 012-531 Update Server Error RAP .................................................................. 2-230 026-400 USB Host Connection Number Exceeded RAP ................................................ 2-257
021-532 to 021-535 Unsupported ROM Set RAP ........................................................... 2-231 026-402 Changed IOT Speed RAP................................................................................. 2-257
021-700 Accessory Failure RAP ..................................................................................... 2-231 026-700 LDAP Protocol Error RAP ................................................................................. 2-258
021-701 Accessory Preparing RAP ................................................................................ 2-232 026-701 Address Book Request Overflow RAP.............................................................. 2-258
021-732, 941, 943, 945 EP Accessory Error RAP .......................................................... 2-232 026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP................................................ 2-259
021-733, 742, 944, 946 EP Accessory Color Error RAP................................................. 2-233 026-703 Abort With Logout RAP ..................................................................................... 2-259
021-947, 948, 949 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) RAP ..................................... 2-233 026-704 DocuWorks Error RAP ...................................................................................... 2-260
026-705 DocuWorks Short of Memory RAP.................................................................... 2-260
Chain 023 026-706, 026-707 DocuWorks Error RAP ....................................................................... 2-261
023-500 UI ROM Download Fail RAP ............................................................................. 2-235 026-708 URL Data Over Size RAP ................................................................................. 2-261
023-600, 023-601 UI Key Error RAP............................................................................... 2-235 026-709 URL HDD Full RAP ........................................................................................... 2-262
026-710 S/MIME Unsupported Cipher RAP.................................................................... 2-262
Chain 024 026-711 Multi-Page File Size RAP.................................................................................. 2-263
024-340 to 024-360 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1 RAP ............................................. 2-237 026-712 HTTP Out Job Overlap Error RAP .................................................................... 2-263
024-361 Invalid IOT Paper Size RAP.............................................................................. 2-238 026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail RAP ............................................................................ 2-264
024-362, 024-363 Page Sync Illegal Start or Stop RAP ................................................. 2-238 026-719 Internal Error in Scan RAP................................................................................ 2-264
024-364 DMA Transfer Fail RAP .................................................................................... 2-239 026-720 to 026-723 Media Error RAP............................................................................. 2-265
024-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write RAP ................................................................... 2-239 026-724, 026-725 Remote Download File Error RAP ..................................................... 2-265
024-366 JBIG Library Other Fail RAP ............................................................................. 2-240 026-726 Inconsistent Options RAP ................................................................................. 2-266
024-367 Decompress Other Fail RAP............................................................................. 2-240 026-727 Media Filepath Fail RAP ................................................................................... 2-266
024-368 PCI Error RAP................................................................................................... 2-241 026-728, 026-729 WSD Scan Error RAP ........................................................................ 2-267
024-370 Marker Code Detection Fail RAP ...................................................................... 2-241 026-730 Tray Paper Size Not Detected RAP .................................................................. 2-267
024-371 to 024-373, 024-375 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 2 RAP .............................. 2-242 026-731 to 026-733 PJL Fail RAP................................................................................... 2-268
024-376 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 3 RAP ............................................................... 2-242 026-734 PJL Diag Mode RAP ......................................................................................... 2-268
024-600 to 024-614 Counter Repair RAP ....................................................................... 2-243 026-739 Waiting Scan Job Deleted RAP ........................................................................ 2-269

Chain 027 027-723 Extension Server Authentication Fail RAP........................................................ 2-296
027-442, 443, 444 Duplicate IP Address 1 RAP ............................................................. 2-271 027-724, 725, 726 Extension Server Access Fail RAP ................................................... 2-296
027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP...................................................................................... 2-271 027-727 Extension Server Parameters RAP................................................................... 2-297
027-446 Duplicate IP Address 2 RAP ............................................................................. 2-272 027-728 Extension Server File Exceeded RAP............................................................... 2-297
027-447 Duplicate IP Address 3 RAP ............................................................................. 2-272 027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP.......................................................................... 2-298
027-452 Duplicate IP Address 4 RAP ............................................................................. 2-273 027-732 Server Access Error RAP.................................................................................. 2-298
027-500 SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO RAP.................................................................... 2-273 027-733 Server SSL Error RAP ...................................................................................... 2-299
027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO RAP ...................................................................... 2-274 027-734 Server Certificate Error RAP ............................................................................. 2-299
027-502 POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO RAP .......................................................... 2-274 027-735 Device SSL Configuration Error RAP................................................................ 2-300
027-503, 504, 533, 773, 785, 786 Server Communication Timeout RAP ....................... 2-275 027-736 Device Certificate Error RAP............................................................................. 2-300
027-513 SMB Scan Client Access RAP .......................................................................... 2-275 027-737 Template Server Read Error RAP..................................................................... 2-301
027-514 Host Name Solution Error in SMB RAP ............................................................ 2-276 027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP ................................................................... 2-301
027-515 DNS Server Setup in SMB RAP ....................................................................... 2-276 027-740 Template Server Login Error RAP .................................................................... 2-302
027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP .............................................................. 2-277 027-741 Template Server Connect Fail RAP .................................................................. 2-302
027-518 Login Name or Password Error in SMB RAP.................................................... 2-277 027-742 HDD File System Full RAP ............................................................................... 2-303
027-519 Scanning Picture Preservation Place Error RAP .............................................. 2-278 027-743 Template Server Install Error RAP.................................................................... 2-303
027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP ................................................................... 2-278 027-744 Template Server Error 1 RAP ........................................................................... 2-304
027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Over in SMB RAP ......................................................... 2-279 027-745 Template Server Error 2 RAP ........................................................................... 2-304
027-522 File Creation Failure in SMB RAP..................................................................... 2-279 027-746 Job Template Pool Server Not Ready RAP ...................................................... 2-305
027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure in SMB RAP........................................................ 2-280 027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP............................................................................ 2-305
027-524 Folder Creation Failure in SMB RAP ................................................................ 2-280 027-751 Job Template Analysis Error RAP..................................................................... 2-306
027-525, 027-527 File Delete Failure in SMB RAP......................................................... 2-281 027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP ............................................................. 2-306
027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure in SMB RAP ........................................................... 2-281 027-753 Job Flow Service Request Disabled RAP ......................................................... 2-307
027-528 Data Write Failure to SMB Server RAP ............................................................ 2-282 027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP............................................... 2-307
027-529 Data Read Failure From SMB Server RAP....................................................... 2-282 027-757 Extension Server SSL Fail RAP........................................................................ 2-308
027-530 File Name Duplicate Failure in SMB RAP......................................................... 2-283 027-758 System Credential Setting Error RAP ............................................................... 2-308
027-531 SMB Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP .............................................................. 2-283 027-759 Reference Server Connection Error RAP ......................................................... 2-309
027-532 NEXTNAME File Access Error in SMB RAP..................................................... 2-284 027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP ................................................................................... 2-309
027-543 SMB Server Name Specification Error RAP ..................................................... 2-284 027-761 Web Print Timeout RAP .................................................................................... 2-310
027-547, 027-548 SMB Protocol Errors 1 RAP............................................................... 2-285 027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP ...................................................................... 2-310
027-549, 027-572 to 027-576 SMB Protocol Error 4-009 RAP ....................................... 2-285 027-763 Auditron Cannot Verify User RAP ..................................................................... 2-311
027-564 SMB Protocol Error 4-024 RAP ........................................................................ 2-286 027-764 AirPrint Scan Data Transfer Fail RAP ............................................................... 2-311
027-565, 027-578 SMB Protocol Errors 2 RAP............................................................... 2-286 027-765 Host Name Solution Error in WebDAV RAP ..................................................... 2-312
027-566 SMB Protocol Error 4-026 RAP ........................................................................ 2-287 027-766 Proxy Name Solution Error in WebDAV RAP ................................................... 2-312
027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) Not Started RAP........................................................................ 2-287 027-767 WebDAV Server SSL Access Fail RAP ............................................................ 2-313
027-584 SMB Protocol Error 4-044 RAP ........................................................................ 2-288 027-768 WebDAV Server Certificate Fail RAP ............................................................... 2-313
027-585 SMB Protocol Error 4-045 RAP ........................................................................ 2-288 027-769 WebDAV Server Access Fail RAP .................................................................... 2-314
027-586 SMB Protocol Error 4-046 RAP ........................................................................ 2-289 027-770 PDL Error RAP.................................................................................................. 2-314
027-587 SMB Protocol Error 4-047 RAP ........................................................................ 2-289 027-771 DFE Disk Full RAP............................................................................................ 2-315
027-588, 027-589 SMB Protocol Errors 3 RAP............................................................... 2-290 027-772, 774, 776 SMTP Server Error RAP ................................................................... 2-315
027-590 SMB Protocol Error 4-050 RAP ........................................................................ 2-290 027-775 Too Many SMTP Addresses RAP..................................................................... 2-316
027-591 SMB Protocol Error 4-051 RAP ........................................................................ 2-291 027-777 SMTP Server Non Support RAP ....................................................................... 2-316
027-600 External Print Check Mode Error RAP .............................................................. 2-291 027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP......................................................... 2-317
027-700 Mail Address Domain Error RAP ...................................................................... 2-292 027-779 Authentication Failure by SMTP-AUTH RAP .................................................... 2-317
027-701 Disconnected Network Cable RAP ................................................................... 2-292 027-780 WebDAV Network Interface Fail RAP ............................................................... 2-318
027-702 to 027-709 Certificate for Addresses Error RAP ............................................... 2-293 027-781 WebDAV Spool Size Over RAP ........................................................................ 2-318
027-710 to 027-715 S/MIME Mail Error RAP .................................................................. 2-293 027-782 WebDAV Server Redirector Limit RAP ............................................................. 2-319
027-716 Unsigned Mail Receipt Was Rejected RAP ...................................................... 2-294 027-783 WebDAV User Authentication RAP................................................................... 2-319
027-717 No MX Record at DNS RAP ............................................................................. 2-294 027-784 WebDAV Proxy Server Authentication RAP ..................................................... 2-320
027-720, 027-721 Extension Server Error RAP .............................................................. 2-295 027-787 WebDAV File Name Dupulication Fail RAP ...................................................... 2-320
027-722 Extension Server Timeout RAP ........................................................................ 2-295 027-788, 027-793 WebDAV Request Fail RAP............................................................... 2-321
027-789, 791, 795 Access Forbidden RAP ..................................................................... 2-321

027-790, 029-792 WebDAV File Not Found RAP ........................................................... 2-322 033-560, 561, 562 TRESS/RCC RAP ............................................................................. 2-347
027-794 WebDAV Server Internal Fail RAP ................................................................... 2-322 033-563, 033-569 No Printable Paper Size RAP ............................................................ 2-348
027-796 Email Not Printed RAP...................................................................................... 2-323 033-564, 033-570 Power Off During Transmission RAP................................................. 2-348
027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP ........................................................................ 2-323 033-571, 033-588 Manual Send Job Cancelled RAP...................................................... 2-349
027-798 JFS Target Document Not Found RAP............................................................. 2-324 033-572 Fax Report Print Job Cancelled RAP................................................................ 2-349
027-799 WebDAV Server Insufficient Storage RAP ....................................................... 2-324 033-573 Domain Regulation Check Error RAP ............................................................... 2-350
033-580 Missing VoIP Gateway RAP.............................................................................. 2-350
Chain 028 033-581 Access Authentication Failure RAP .................................................................. 2-351
028-910 Wrong Fuser Type RAP .................................................................................... 2-325 033-582 Mismatched Ability RAP.................................................................................... 2-351
Chain 029 033-584 SIP Request Timeout RAP................................................................................ 2-352
029-700, 029-701 WebDAV Server Response RAP ....................................................... 2-327 033-585 SIP Request Error RAP..................................................................................... 2-352
033-586 T38 Protocol Not Ready RAP ........................................................................... 2-353
029-702 WebDAV Client RAP......................................................................................... 2-327
033-587, 589, 590, 592 Remote Machine Error 3 RAP................................................... 2-353
029-703 AirPrint Scan Client RAP .................................................................................. 2-328
033-591 FoIP Max Sessions Over RAP .......................................................................... 2-354
029-704, 711 Invalid PACFile RAP ................................................................................. 2-328
033-593 Cancelled By Remote Peer RAP ...................................................................... 2-354
029-705, 706, 709, 712, 713, 716 PACFile Communications RAP................................. 2-329
033-700 T1 Timeout Fail RAP......................................................................................... 2-355
029-707, 029-708, 714, 715 PACFile Not Found RAP ................................................... 2-329
033-701 Retry Timeout RAP ........................................................................................... 2-355
029-710, 0129-717 PACFile URL Not Found RAP ......................................................... 2-330
033-710, 712, 713, 717, 718, 719, 721 Document Not Found RAP................................ 2-356
Chain 033 033-716 No Specified Folder RAP .................................................................................. 2-356
033-310 Fax Charge Function Fail RAP ......................................................................... 2-331 033-724 Fax Receive Memory Over Flow RAP .............................................................. 2-357
033-311 Invalid Address Book Data RAP ....................................................................... 2-331 033-725, 033-742 Insufficient Hard Disk Space RAP ..................................................... 2-357
033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP .................................................. 2-332 033-726, 728, 734, 737, 738, 751 Fax Printing Error RAP.............................................. 2-358
033-314 Controller and Fax Card ROM Mismatch RAP ................................................. 2-333 033-731, 732, 736, 740, 747, 749 Inconsistent Instructions RAP ................................... 2-358
033-328, 329, 340 Failed to Initialize Fax Log RAP ........................................................ 2-333 033-733, 735, 741, 743, 744, 745, 746, 750 Fax Document Number Error RAP............ 2-359
033-330 to 033-335 FoIP Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-334
033-336 Non-mounted Channel RAP ............................................................................. 2-334
Chain 041 - 045
033-339 Fax 2 Not Responding RAP .............................................................................. 2-335 041-310 IM Logic Fail RAP ............................................................................................. 2-361
041-340 MCU NVM (EEPROM) Fail RAP....................................................................... 2-361
033-363 Fax Card Reset (Reboot) RAP ......................................................................... 2-335
033-500 to 033-507 Remote Machine Error RAP ........................................................... 2-336 042-348 Drive Over Temperature Detect Fail RAP......................................................... 2-362
033-508, 033-511 Destination Polling Error RAP............................................................ 2-336 045-310 Image Ready RAP ............................................................................................ 2-362
045-311 Controller Communication Fail RAP ................................................................. 2-363
033-509 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded RAP ................................................................... 2-337
033-510 Fallback Error RAP ........................................................................................... 2-337 Chain 058
033-512, 513, 518, 519, 520, 534 Remote Machine Function RAP................................ 2-338 058-315 to 058-316, 059-314 to 059-315, 059-324, 059-326 Fuser Checkout RAP ...... 2-365
033-514, 516, 517, 521, 522, 033-526 to 033-529 Remote Machine Error 1 RAP ......... 2-338
033-523, 524, 525, 542, 546, 574 Line Not Connected RAP .......................................... 2-339 Chain 062
033-530 DTMF Illegal Procedure RAP............................................................................ 2-339 062-311, 062-313 to 062-314, 062-318 IIT Software Logic Fail RAP ............................. 2-367
033-531, 532, 533, 544, 552, 578 Remote Machine Error 2 RAP .................................. 2-340 062-345 IIT EEPROM Fail RAP ...................................................................................... 2-367
033-535 DCN Receive at Phase B Send RAP ................................................................ 2-340 062-360, 062-389 Carriage Position Fail RAP ................................................................ 2-368
033-536 to 033-540, 568, 575, 577 Send/Receive Error RAP ........................................ 2-341 062-362 X Hard Fail RAP................................................................................................ 2-368
033-541, 033-566 No Destination Specified RAP ........................................................... 2-341 062-380, 386 Lamp Illumination Fail RAP....................................................................... 2-369
033-543, 567, 576, 702, 703 Dial Error RAP .................................................................. 2-342 062-790 Recognition Fail RAP ........................................................................................ 2-369
033-545 T0 Timeout RAP ............................................................................................... 2-342
033-547 Abort During Transmission RAP ....................................................................... 2-343 Chain 071 - 077
033-548 No Manual Send Line RAP ............................................................................... 2-343 071-101 Tray 1 Misfeed RAP .......................................................................................... 2-371
033-549, 551, 583 Fax Service Disabled RAP................................................................ 2-344 072-101 Tray 2 Misfeed RAP .......................................................................................... 2-371
033-550 Cannot Disable Fax Service RAP ..................................................................... 2-344 072-310 to 072-311 Tray 2 Fail RAP............................................................................... 2-372
033-553 No Folder/Relay RAP........................................................................................ 2-345 075-100 Bypass Tray (MSI) Jam RAP ............................................................................ 2-372
033-554 Wrong Password/Receive Banned RAP ........................................................... 2-345 077-101, 077-104 Registration/Exit Sensor Jam RAP .................................................... 2-373
033-555, 033-556 Incorrect Password RAP.................................................................... 2-346 077-117 Tray 2 Registration Sensor Jam RAP ............................................................... 2-373
033-557, 033-565 Destinations or Services Exceeded RAP........................................... 2-346 077-119 Image Formation Fail Jam RAP ........................................................................ 2-374
033-558, 033-559 Remote ID Rejection RAP ................................................................. 2-347 077-123 Registration Sensor Jam (Duplex) RAP............................................................ 2-374
077-300 Front Cover Open RAP ..................................................................................... 2-375

077-322 Option Tray Communication Fail RAP .............................................................. 2-375 116-382 ABL Initialize Fail RAP ...................................................................................... 2-402
077-327 Invalid Option Feeder RAP ............................................................................... 2-376 116-383 PIT Lib Failure RAP .......................................................................................... 2-403
077-909 IOT Static Jam RAP .......................................................................................... 2-376 116-384, 385, 387, 389 DCS/IDC Software Fail RAP ..................................................... 2-403
077-911, 077-967 to 077-968 Paper Mismatch RAP ...................................................... 2-377 116-386 Fax USB Port RAP............................................................................................ 2-404
116-388 No HDD RAP .................................................................................................... 2-404
Chain 091 - 099 116-390 ROM and NVM Version Mismatch RAP............................................................ 2-405
091-300 Rear Cover Interlock Open RAP ....................................................................... 2-379 116-391 Illegal Code RAP............................................................................................... 2-405
091-401, 091-406 Drum Cartridge Near End of Life RAP ............................................... 2-379 116-392 Machine Code Check Fail RAP......................................................................... 2-406
091-402, 091-913 Drum Cartridge End of Life RAP........................................................ 2-380 116-396 FIPS140 Self Test Fail RAP.............................................................................. 2-406
091-914 to 091-915 Drum Cartridge CRUM Data Error RAP ......................................... 2-380 116-397 Illegal Setting Area Coverage Threshold RAP .................................................. 2-407
091-916 Drum Cartridge CRUM Authentication Error RAP ............................................ 2-381 116-399 Initialization RAP ............................................................................................... 2-407
091-921 Toner Cartridge CRUM Communication Error RAP.......................................... 2-381 116-701, 116-710 Out of Memory Duplex Fail RAP........................................................ 2-408
093-406 Toner Cartridge Near End of Life RAP ............................................................. 2-382 116-702 Print with Substitute Font RAP.......................................................................... 2-408
093-335, 093-339, 093-916 Toner CRUM Communication Error RAP ........................... 2-382 116-703 Postscript Language RAP ................................................................................. 2-409
093-444 to 093-445, 093-912 Toner Cartridge Empty RAP ............................................ 2-383 116-704 Media Reader RAP ........................................................................................... 2-409
093-916 Toner CRUM Not Readable RAP ..................................................................... 2-383 116-705 to 116-709, 716, 717 Media Reader Format RAP............................................. 2-410
093-924 to 093-925 Drum CRUM Data Failure RAP ...................................................... 2-384 116-713, 116-751 HDD Full RAP .................................................................................... 2-410
093-926 Toner CRUM Authentication Fail RAP .............................................................. 2-384 116-714 HP-GL/2 Command Error RAP ......................................................................... 2-411
096-918 3rd Party Toner CRUM Detected RAP ............................................................. 2-385 116-719 XPIF Parameter Cancelled RAP ....................................................................... 2-411
099-396 to 099-399 Fuser Temperature Fault RAP........................................................ 2-385 116-720 PCL Memory Low Page Simplified RAP ........................................................... 2-412
Chain 102 116-721 to 116-724, 726, 727, 728 Color Print Permissions RAP .................................. 2-412
116-725 HDD Image Log Full RAP ................................................................................. 2-413
102-311 to 102-319 USB Dongle Errors RAP ................................................................. 2-387
116-738 Size/Orientation Mismatch RAP........................................................................ 2-413
102-356 EWS Soft Fail RAP ........................................................................................... 2-387
116-739, 741, 742, 743 Out of Disk Area RAP ............................................................... 2-414
Chain 103 116-740 Arithmetic Error RAP......................................................................................... 2-414
103-310 to 103-313 Hybrid Water Mark RAP ................................................................. 2-389 116-746 Selected Form Not Registered RAP ................................................................. 2-415
103-314 Prohibited Originals RAP .................................................................................. 2-389 116-747, 116-748 Invalid Page Data RAP ...................................................................... 2-415
116-749 PostScript Font Error RAP ................................................................................ 2-416
Chain 116 116-750 Banner Sheet Cancelled RAP........................................................................... 2-416
116-210, 116-211 Media Reader Error RAP ................................................................... 2-391 116-752 Print Job Ticket RAP ......................................................................................... 2-417
116-212, 116-220, 116-310 to 116-311 ESS Error RAP ................................................. 2-391 116-771 to 116-780 Invalid JBIG Parameter RAP .......................................................... 2-417
116-312, 116-313 HDD Encrypt Key Fail RAP ............................................................... 2-392
116-314 Ethernet Address Fail RAP ............................................................................... 2-392 Chain 117
116-319 Controller and UI Configuration RAP ................................................................ 2-393 117-310 WSD Scan S/W Fail RAP.................................................................................. 2-419
116-320, 116-345 Process Error RAP ............................................................................ 2-393 117-311 Incorrect Installation of Security Enhancement Kit RAP ................................... 2-419
116-321, 322, 328, 329, 338 Software Error RAP .......................................................... 2-394 117-312 Device Self Test Error RAP............................................................................... 2-420
116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail RAP .................................................................. 2-394 117-313, 117-314 Geographic Region Change Fail RAP ............................................... 2-420
116-324 Exception Fail RAP ........................................................................................... 2-395 117-315 Contract Type/Geographic Region Changed RAP............................................ 2-421
116-325 ESS Fan Fail RAP ............................................................................................ 2-395 117-316 Contract Manager Software Fail RAP ............................................................... 2-421
116-330, 331, 336, 337, 339 HDD File System Fail RAP ............................................... 2-396 117-317, 117-318 Contract Manager PPP RAP.............................................................. 2-422
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail...................................................................... 2-396 117-319 EMMC Card Program or Font Data Access RAP.............................................. 2-422
116-340 Not Enough Memory RAP................................................................................. 2-397 117-320 to 117-324, 327, 329, 338 EMMC Card Fail RAP ............................................. 2-423
116-341, 342, 393, 394 ROM Version Incorrect RAP ..................................................... 2-397 117-325, 117-326 Access Fail RAP ................................................................................ 2-423
116-343, 346, 357, 359 Main PWB Error RAP................................................................ 2-398 117-330 XBDS Soft Fail RAP.......................................................................................... 2-424
116-348, 349, 358, 360, 374 Redirecter Fail RAP .......................................................... 2-398 117-331, 117-355 Uninitialized HDD RAP ...................................................................... 2-424
116-353, 354, 356, 361, 362 HDD Fail RAP ................................................................... 2-399 117-332, 117-335 Uninitialized Used NVM RAP............................................................. 2-425
116-355 Agent Soft Fail RAP .......................................................................................... 2-399 117-333 Uninitialized Used EMMC Card RAP ................................................................ 2-425
116-363, 367, 370, 373, 376 Fatal Error RAP................................................................. 2-400 117-336, 117-337 PCI Not Supported Fail RAP.............................................................. 2-426
116-364, 365, 366, 368, 371, 372, 375, 377 Timer Fail RAP.......................................... 2-400 117-339 NVM Backup Fail RAP ...................................................................................... 2-426
116-378, 379, 395 MCR/MCC Soft Fail RAP .................................................................. 2-401 117-340, 117-342 Other HDD Fail RAP .......................................................................... 2-427
116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail RAP ....................................................... 2-401 117-343 Log Sending Parameter Fail RAP ..................................................................... 2-427
116-381 ABL Version Fail RAP ....................................................................................... 2-402 117-344 Invalid User Job Type Fail RAP ........................................................................ 2-428

117-345 SSMM Batch Setting Duration Fail RAP ........................................................... 2-428 Chain 127
117-347, 349, 350 Service Fail RAP ............................................................................... 2-429 127-310 to 127-315, 342 ESS Error RAP ....................................................................... 2-455
117-348 Uninitialized Used EMMC Card RAP ................................................................ 2-429 127-337 Job Template HDD Write Error RAP................................................................. 2-455
117-354, 356, 358 Job Limit System Fail RAP ............................................................... 2-430 127-353 to 127-399 Fatal Error RAP............................................................................... 2-456
117-360 Date Limit Exceeding Fail RAP ......................................................................... 2-430 127-700 SIP Registration Fail RAP ................................................................................. 2-456
117-362, 117-363 USB Dongle Fail RAP ........................................................................ 2-431
117-364 Encryption Key Fail RAP................................................................................... 2-431 Chain 133
117-365 WiFi Diagnostic Fail RAP .................................................................................. 2-432 133-210 to 133-217 Fax Parameter Incorrect RAP......................................................... 2-457
133-218 Fax Card Message Memory RAP ..................................................................... 2-457
Chain 118 133-219 to 133-223 Fax Card Error 1 RAP..................................................................... 2-458
118-310, 118-311 Internal Fail RAP................................................................................ 2-433 133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM Mismatch RAP ............................................... 2-458
133-226 Illegal Country RAP........................................................................................... 2-459
Chain 121 133-280 to 133-283 Fax Card Error 2 RAP..................................................................... 2-459
121-310, 327 EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail RAP ............................................. 2-435
133-701 Replacement Character Detected RAP ............................................................ 2-460
121-311, 312, 313 IC Card Auditron Password Fail RAP ............................................... 2-435
133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP......................................................................................... 2-460
121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail RAP ................................................................... 2-436
121-316 Accessory Conflict RAP .................................................................................... 2-436 Chain 500
121-317 Continuous Job Setting Mismatch RAP ............................................................ 2-437 500-030 DC612 IOT Wait State RAP .............................................................................. 2-461
121-318 Auth/Account Settings Not Supported RAP ...................................................... 2-437 500-033, 500-035 Diagnostic Documents RAP............................................................... 2-461
121-319 Fax Send Charging and Internet Fax Setting Confliction RAP ......................... 2-438 500-990 DC612 Print Error RAP ..................................................................................... 2-462
121-322 Controller Price Table Error RAP ...................................................................... 2-438
121-323 Web EP Software Fail RAP .............................................................................. 2-439 Other Faults
121-324 Fax Send Charging Confliction RAP ................................................................. 2-439 OF 1 Unusual Noises RAP.............................................................................................. 2-463
121-325 ICCR and Panel Setting Confliction RAP.......................................................... 2-440 OF 2 POST Error RAP .................................................................................................... 2-464
121-328 to 121-332, 341, 342, 343 EP Communication Fail RAP .................................. 2-440
121-339 Price Table Error RAP ...................................................................................... 2-441
121-340 EP Accessory MisMatch RAP ........................................................................... 2-441
Chain 123
123-310 to 123-353 UI Error 1 RAP ................................................................................ 2-443
123-354 to 123-381 UI Error 2 RAP ................................................................................ 2-443
123-382 to 123-399 UI Error 3 RAP ................................................................................ 2-444
Chain 124
124-310, 311, 314, 316, 318, 322, 324, 340 344, 360 DC132 Error RAP ...................... 2-445
124-312, 313, 356, 357 DC132 Error 10 and 12 RAP .................................................... 2-445
124-315, 317, 355 DC132 Error 02, 04 and 14 RAP ..................................................... 2-446
124-319 DC132 Error 08 RAP ........................................................................................ 2-446
124-320 SEEPROM Fail RAP ......................................................................................... 2-447
124-321 Backup SRAM Fail RAP ................................................................................... 2-447
124-323 DC132 06 RAP ................................................................................................. 2-448
124-325 Billing Restoration Fail RAP .............................................................................. 2-448
124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered RAP ....................................................................... 2-449
124-327 IOT Speed Change Fail RAP ............................................................................ 2-449
124-328 Punch Unit User Initial Set Up RAP .................................................................. 2-450
124-331 to 124-339 ESS ROM DIMM RAP .................................................................... 2-450
124-341, 351, 361, 381, 391 CRUM Market Fail MCU RAP ........................................... 2-451
124-342, 343, 352, 353, 362, 363, 382, 383, 392, 393 CRUM Market Fail SYS 1 RAP . 2-451
124-344, 346, 348 Information Mismatch RAP ............................................................... 2-452
124-345 Billing Meter Type Restoration Fail RAP........................................................... 2-452
124-347 Billing CountType Restoration Fail RAP ........................................................... 2-453
124-349 Modal Break Point Restoration Fail RAP .......................................................... 2-453
124-350, 354, 380, 390 CRUM OEM Fail RAP ............................................................... 2-454
124-372, 373, 374 IOT Soft Fail RAP ............................................................................. 2-454

002-500 UI Error RAP
002-500 CUI scan panel UI detection error.
Procedure
WARNING
Perform the steps that follow:
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
2. Ensure all connectors on the UI assembly, PL 1.1A (B400) or PL 1.1B (B405), and the
ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B405) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) are securely connected.
Ensure all surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB are securely connected.
3. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB and the UI assembly.
4. Reload the software, GP 4.
5. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• UI assembly, PL 1.1A (B400) or PL 1.1B (B405).
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-11 002-500
002-500 2-12 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
003-311 IIT CDI I/F Mismatch RAP 003-318 to 003-319 IIT Software Fail RAP
003-311 During controller initialization, the IIT CDI I/F has insufficient information from the IIT. 003-318 IIT software is corrupt.
Procedure 003-318 Video driver detection fail.

Reload the software, GP 4.
Procedure
WARNING
2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
3. Ensure that all connectors on the IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14 and the ESS PWB, PL
18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405), are securely connected. Ensure all sur-
face mounted modules on the ESS PWB are securely connected.
5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-13 003-311, 003-318 to 003-319
003-320 to 003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Fail RAP 003-337 There was no response to the power on command sent to the IISS after restoring from
power saver mode.
003-320 IISS sending error detected by the controller. An abnormal parameter is set as the
argument for the send function. 003-338 Incorrect argument error for sending.
003-321 IISS sending error detected by the controller. After commands were sent twice from 003-339 Transmission establishing error for sending.
the controller, the controller could not receive acknowledgment from the IISS.
003-340 Synchronous send error.
003-322 IISS sending error detected by the controller. After commands were sent twice from
the controller, the controller could not receive acknowledgment from the IISS. 003-341 Transmission error for sending.
003-342 Incorrect argument error for receiving.
003-343 Synchronous receive error.
Procedure
WARNING
003-326 IISS sending error detected by the controller. After commands were sent twice from Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
the controller, the controller could not receive acknowledgment from the IISS. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
003-327 IISS sending error detected by the controller. After commands were sent twice from Perform the steps that follow:
the controller, the controller could not receive acknowledgment from the IISS. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
the controller, the controller could not receive acknowledgment from the IISS. 3. Ensure that all connectors on the IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14 and the ESS PWB, PL
003-329 IISS receiving error detected by the controller. The NAK that notifies of the occurrence face mounted modules on the ESS PWB are securely connected.
of a transmission failure is received. 4. Reload the software, GP 4.
003-330 IISS receiving error detected by the controller. The NAK that notifies of the occurrence (B405).
of a transmission failure is received.
003-331 IISS receiving error detected by the controller. The NAK that notifies of the occurrence

003-320 to 003-343 2-14 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
003-344 Hotline Fail RAP 003-345, 003-346 X PIO Mismatch RAP
003-344 Hotline failure during power on. 003-345 When a job fail was received from the IISS, an error of the X hot line was detected.
Procedure 003-345 When IIT image delivered was received from the IISS, an error of the X hot line was
detected.
WARNING Procedure
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING
Perform the steps that follow: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
3. Ensure that all connectors on the IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14 and the ESS PWB, PL
face mounted modules on the ESS PWB are securely connected. 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
4. Reload the software, GP 4. 3. Ensure that all connectors on the IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14 and the ESS PWB, PL
5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405), are securely connected. Ensure all sur-
face mounted modules on the ESS PWB are securely connected.
(B405).
(B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-15 003-344, 003-345, 003-346
003-700 Returned Documents Error RAP 003-701 Duplication Prevention Code RAP
003-700 When the originals are ejected, the number of ejected originals is more than the num- 003-701 A copy restriction code is detected in the document data.
ber that were fed.
Procedure
Procedure Perform the steps that follow:
Reload the originals, then re-run the job. 1. Advise the customer not to attempt to copy documents that are restricted.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

003-700, 003-701 2-16 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
003-702 Different Magnification RAP 003-703, 003-704 Color Correction RAP
003-702 Different magnification settings, for side 1 and side 2 of a document. 003-703 Color correction patch position error during 2 sided simultaneous scan.
Procedure 003-704 Color correction color difference error during 2 sided simultaneous scan.
1. Advise the customer to correct the magnification settings.
Procedure
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to load the 2 sided simultaneous scan correction chart correctly.

003-705 Energy Saving Paper Size Mismatch RAP 003-750 Insufficient Documents Duplex Book RAP
003-705 A paper size mismatch error was detected when exiting energy saver mode. 003-750 The number of documents is insufficient for duplex book print.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to cancel the job, then retry the job. 1. Advise the customer to change the parameters, then retry the job.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

003-751 Capacity RAP 003-752, 932, 935 600dpi Cannot be Scanned RAP
003-751 An attempt to process image data of a size smaller than the one that can be pro- 003-752 600dpi is unavailable for DADF mixed 2-sided mode scan.
cessed according to the document area settings and the scan area was detected.
003-932 For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available.
Procedure
003-935 For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available (when the next
document exists).
1. Advise the customer to increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area (width x length),
then retry the job.
Procedure
1. Advise the customer to perform scanning below 400 dpi resolution.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-19 003-751, 003-752, 932, 935
003-753, 930, 933 300dpi Cannot be Scanned RAP 003-754, 003-755 S2X Error RAP
003-753 300/400/600dpi unavailable for DADF mixed 2-sided mode scan. 003-754 A recoverable error was detected.
003-930 For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not avail- 003-755 Command error returned from the PWB.
able.
Procedure
003-933 For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not avail-
able (when the next document exists).
1. Advise the customer to cancel the job, then retry the job.
Procedure 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

1. Advise the customer to perform scanning below 200 dpi resolution or perform scanning in
other than mixed mode.

003-753, 930, 933, 003-754, 003-755 2-20 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
003-756 All Originals Blank RAP 003-757, 931, 934 400dpi Cannot be Scanned RAP
003-756 All scanned documents were detected as blank. 003-757 400/600dpi unavailable for DADF mixed 2-sided mode scan.
Procedure 003-931 For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.
003-934 For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available
1. Advise the customer to ensure all documents are not blank and are inserted in the correct
(when the next document exists).
orientation, then retry the job.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. Procedure
1. Advise the customer to perform scanning below 300 dpi resolution or perform scanning in
other than mixed mode.

003-760, 003-761 Scan Settings Error RAP 003-764 Insufficient Documents RAP
003-760 The job properties are incorrect. 003-764 Insufficient documents for image overlay.
003-761 Tray selection error. Procedure

Procedure 1. Advise the customer to correct the job properties.
Perform the steps that follow: 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
1. Advise the customer to correct the job properties.

003-760, 003-761, 003-764 2-22 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
003-780 Scan Image Compression Error RAP 003-795 AMS Limit Error RAP
003-765 Fax scan compression error. 003-795 AMS (auto reduce/enlarge) limit error.
Procedure Procedure
1. Advise the customer to cancel the job then to change the scan resolution parameter and 1. Advise the customer to cancel the job then to change the job properties.
then retry the job. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-23 003-780, 003-795
003-913 Document Size Error RAP 003-940 Insufficient Memory RAP
003-913 Insufficient memory to store the selected document size and resolution detected. 003-940 Insufficient DAM memory detected.
Procedure Procedure
1. Advise the customer to cancel the job, then to change the scan resolution or document 1. Advise the customer to cancel the job then to clear the B/W setting for color mode or the
size parameters and retry the job. side 2 cover image setting, then retry the job.

003-941 Insufficient Page Memory RAP 003-944 Repeat Image Count Fail RAP
003-941 Insufficient page memory to store the image detected. 003-944 Incorrect image repeat count (not even one image can be pasted).
Procedure Procedure
1. Advise the customer to change the job parameters, then retry the job. 1. Advise the customer to change the image repeat count parameter, then retry the job.
2. Ensure the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405), is installed cor- 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
rectly.

003-946 Image Rotation (Copy APS) RAP 003-947, 948 Document Error RAP
003-946 Part of the image will be lost if the image is not rotated. However, a paper size that 003-947 An additional number of documents are required.
does not support rotation was selected.
003-948 Returned document size mismatch.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Procedure
1. Advise the customer to manually select an appropriate paper tray, then retry the job. Perform the steps that follow:
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. 1. Advise the customer to reload the correct number and size of documents, and to correctly
program the job on the UI. Retry the job.

003-946, 003-947, 948 2-26 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
003-952 Document Color Mismatch RAP 003-956 Document Size Auto Detect RAP
003-952 Returned document color mismatch (different color detected before/after return). 003-956 Undefined document size was detected when platen is selected and only APS
requires document size selection.
Procedure
1. Advise the customer to reload the correct color documents and to correctly program the Perform the steps that follow:
job. Retry the job. 1. Advise the customer to input an appropriate value for the document size, then retry the
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. job.

003-963, 965 APS RAP 003-970, 003-976 Fax Line Memory RAP
003-963 No APS compatible tray to set the relevant size. 003-970 The number of slow-scan lines has exceeded the upper limit due to Fax parallel com-
position, long- document enlargement, etc.
003-965 There was no paper in the tray that can be selected for APS.
003-976 Number of lines in the slow scan direction exceeded during Fax N-up.
Procedure
1. Advise the customer to select a tray that has the correct size of paper, then retry the job. Perform the steps that follow:
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. 1. Advise the customer to touch continue to store as much data as the memory capacity will
allow, then continue scanning the next document. Otherwise, cancel the job.
3. Ensure the option HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405), is installed
correctly.

003-963, 965, 003-970, 003-976 2-28 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
003-972 Maximum Stored Page RAP 003-973 Image Rotation RAP
003-972 When scanning a document, the number of pages that has accumulated in the 003-973 The document and the image are different in orientation (except when poster is spec-
machine has exceeded the value of ‘Maximum Stored Number of Copy Sheets’ set in system ified). When rotation is not available even though the orientation of the document and the
data. image are different and part of the image will be lost if it is not rotated.
Procedure Procedure
1. Advise the customer to set the number of pages of the document to be within the maxi- 1. Advise the customer to verify the image loss and use a larger paper size if available. Or
mum number of pages that can be stored. use reduction to make a smaller document, then retry the job.

003-974 Next Original Specification RAP 003-977 Document Mismatch (Multi Scan) RAP
003-974 Next document specified. Scanning has been completed for all loaded documents. 003-977 Document size mismatch (document exchange during multi scan).
Procedure Procedure
1. Ask the customer to verify that scanning is complete or if other documents should be 1. Ask the customer to load a correct size document, then retry the job.
loaded. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

003-978 Color Document Mismatch (Multi Scan) RAP
003-978 Document color mismatch (document replacement during multi scan).
Procedure
1. Advise the customer to reload the correct size paper, then retry the job.

005-121 DADF Jam 005-211 DADF Motor Fail
005-121 A jam in the DADF is detected. 005-211 An DADF motor error was detected.
Procedure Procedure
Open the DADF top cover, PL 21.1 Item 2 and remove the jammed paper. Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10.

005-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open RAP 005-900 DADF Static Jam RAP
005-305 The DADF feeder cover was opened during DADF operation. 005-900 DADF pre-registration sensor detected paper when powering on, closing the feeder
cover or closing the DADF.
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Perform the steps that follow: death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the DADF top cover, PL 21.1 Item 2 and remove any jammed paper. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Check the DADF feeder cover for mismatch. 1. Open the DADF top cover, PL 21.1 Item 2 and remove any jammed paper.
3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: 2. Check the DADF feeder cover for mismatch.
• DADF top cover, PL 21.1 Item 2. 3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405). • DADF top cover, PL 21.1 Item 2.
• DADF tray assembly, PL 21.1 Item 11. • ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
• DADF tray assembly, PL 21.1 Item 11.

005-940 DADF No Original RAP 005-941 Not Enough Documents RAP
005-940 A document was pulled out during document feed. 005-941 Some originals were missing after all originals were returned.
Procedure Procedure
Reload the document. Follow the instructions on the UI to reload the documents.

010-105 to 010-106 Fuser Exit Sensor Fail RAP 010-328 Fuser Heat Roll Fail RAP
010-105 After the registration clutch turns on, the exit sensor is not activated by the paper 010-328 The fuser heat roll did not reach operating temperature in the specified time.
within the specified time.
Procedure
010-106 After the registration clutch turns off, the exit sensor is not activated by the paper
within the specified time.
WARNING
Procedure Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
WARNING Perform the steps that follow:
1. Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10.
2. Ensure the fuser is installed correctly.
3. Ensure the power supply voltage is within specification, refer to GP 17 Electrical Power
Requirements.
4. Check the drawer connector between the fuser and the main unit (D/J233) for damage.
5. Check the connector between the fuser (P/J233) and the MCU PWB (P/J23) for an open
circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
Requirements.
6. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser (D/J233) and the LVPS (P/J201) for
an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
7. Check the connections and wiring between the MCU (P/J22) and the LVPS (P/J220) for
6. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser (D/J233) and the LVPS (P/J201) for 8. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• Fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1.
• LVPS, PL 18.1A Item 10 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 10 (B405).
8. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: • MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.

• MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-37 010-105 to 010-106, 010-328
010-331 Over Temperature Fail RAP 010-332 Heat Roll NC Sensor Fail RAP
010-331 Fuser over temperature detected. 010-332 Fuser NC Sensor disconnection detected.
Initial Actions Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
• Remove the fuser. Ensure no foreign substances or paper are wound around the heat Perform the steps that follow:
roll. 1. Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10.
Procedure 3. Ensure the power supply voltage is within specification, refer to GP 17 Electrical Power
Perform the steps that follow: Requirements.
1. Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10. 4. Check the drawer connector between the fuser and the main unit (D/J233) for damage.
2. Ensure the fuser is installed correctly. 5. Check the connector between the fuser (P/J233) and the MCU PWB (P/J23) for an open
3. Ensure the power supply voltage is within specification, refer to GP 17 Electrical Power circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
Requirements. 6. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser (D/J233) and the LVPS (P/J201) for
4. Check the drawer connector between the fuser and the main unit (D/J233) for damage. an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
5. Check the connector between the fuser (P/J233) and the MCU PWB (P/J23) for an open 7. Check the connections and wiring between the MCU (P/J22) and the LVPS (P/J220) for
circuit, short circuit or poor contact. an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
6. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser (D/J233) and the LVPS (P/J201) for 8. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact. • Fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1.
7. Check the connections and wiring between the MCU (P/J22) and the LVPS (P/J220) for • LVPS, PL 18.1A Item 10 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 10 (B405).
an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact. • MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.

010-335 Heat Roll NC Sensor Fail RAP 010-338 Fuser Heat Roll On Time Fail RAP
010-335 Fuser NC sensor compensation output AD value was detected as outside the specifi- 010-338 Fusing Main Lamp or Sub Lamp is continuously activated longer than the time set in
cation value. NVM.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10. 1. Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10.
2. Ensure the fuser is installed correctly. 2. Ensure the fuser is installed correctly.
3. Ensure the power supply voltage is within specification, refer to GP 17 Electrical Power 3. Ensure the power supply voltage is within specification, refer to GP 17 Electrical Power
Requirements. Requirements.
4. Check the drawer connector between the fuser and the main unit (D/J233) for damage. 4. Check the drawer connector between the fuser and the main unit (D/J233) for damage.
5. Check the connector between the fuser (P/J233) and the MCU PWB (P/J23) for an open 5. Check the connector between the fuser (P/J233) and the MCU PWB (P/J23) for an open
circuit, short circuit or poor contact. circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
6. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser (D/J233) and the LVPS (P/J201) for 6. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser (D/J233) and the LVPS (P/J201) for
an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact. an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
7. Check the connections and wiring between the MCU (P/J22) and the LVPS (P/J220) for 7. Check the connections and wiring between the MCU (P/J22) and the LVPS (P/J220) for
an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact. an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
8. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: 8. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• Fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1. • Fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1.
• LVPS, PL 18.1A Item 10 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 10 (B405). • LVPS, PL 18.1A Item 10 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 10 (B405).
• MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2. • MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.

010-344 Fuser Heat Roll Standby Temperature Fail RAP 010-420 Fuser Near Life Warning RAP
010-344 Fuser Heat Roll standby temperature is low. 010-420 Fuser replacement time is approaching.
Procedure Procedure
No service action necessary. Advise the customer that the fuser is near of life.
WARNING
Requirements.
6. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser (D/J233) and the LVPS (P/J201) for

010-421 Fuser Life Warning RAP
010-421 Fuser replacement time.
Procedure
Install a new fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1.

016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798 HDD Error RAP 016-211, 016-212 SW Option Fail Memory Low RAP
016-210 One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to an HDD error or HDD not 016-211 Insufficient system memory was detected.
installed.
016-212 Insufficient Page Memory was detected.
016-506 The log image storage area on the disk is full, a job cannot be continued.
Procedure
016-777 An error other than disk full was detected when opening/reading/writing file for com-
pression conversion/image processing operation.
016-780 An error other than HDD full was detected when opening/writing file for operation. 2. Refer the customer to the User Guide to check memory usage.
016-798 A HDD unavailable error was returned when the decomposer called the S-image
library.
Procedure
WARNING
2. Ensure the HDD is properly connected to the to the ESS PWB PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or
PL 18.1B Item 5 (B045).
3. Initialise the HDD. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
4. Install a new hard disk, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-43 016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798, 016-211, 016-212
016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer Card) RAP 016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax Card) RAP
016-213 The PRT_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when optional function 016-214 The fax card was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function
software (internet fax kit) was enabled. was enabled.
Procedure Procedure
For information only, no service action necessary.
WARNING
2. Ensure the fax PWB is correctly installed,.

016-215, 016-216 SW Option Fail RAP 016-217 SW Option Fail (Controller ROM) RAP
016-215 The scanner functions cannot be executed due to a JPEG board error or JPEG board 016-217 Controller ROM does not support printer kit.
not installed.
Procedure
016-216 The system detected that the extension memory was not installed. For information only, no service action necessary.
Procedure

016-218 PS Kit Not Installed for XDOD RAP 016-219 License Required (Printer Kit) RAP
016-218 The PS Kit required for XDOD function was not installed. 016-219 The ROM was replaced without license (printer kit software key not set).
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: For information only, no service action necessary.
2. Advise the customer that the postscript kit is required.

016-220 to 016-228, 240 S2X Error RAP 016-230 License Required (PS Image Log Kit) RAP
016-220 A unrecoverable error was detected at the S2X PWB. 016-230 The PS-ROM was installed with ’SW key: Image Log Kit for PS’ in disabled state.
016-221 Communication with the S2X PWB has failed. Procedure

For information only, no service action necessary.‘
016-222 An error has occurred in the S2X PWB self-diagnostics.
016-223 The S2X PWB has failed the write/read test of the internal SDRAM.
016-224 The S2X PWB has failed to access to the internal PCI space.
016-225 The S2X PWB failed the ROM check sum test.
016-226 The S2X PWB failed to detect the video clocks sent from the IIT.
016-227 The S2X PWB failed the write/read test of the internal DDR memory.
016-228 The S2X PWB failed the desired value comparison of the high-compression process
results using the internal test patterns.
016-240 The high compression PDF board (S2X) failed the NVM checksum
Procedure

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-47 016-220 to 016-228, 240, 016-230
016-232 MRC HW Initialize Error RAP 016-233 SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Installed) RAP
016-232 MRC HW initialize error. an error has occurred during high compression board initial- 016-233 Any one of the SW optional functions cannot be used because the USB host has a
ization. failure or is not installed.
Procedure Procedure
For information only, no service action necessary. For information only, no service action necessary.

016-234 to 016-235 XCP Error RAP 016-242 System GMT Clock Fail RAP
016-234 Lack of memory causes the XCP to stop. 016-242 System GMT clock fail.
016-235 Another internal error causes the XCP function to stop. Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Perform the steps that follow:
3. Install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
2. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.

016-244 Self-Signed Certificate Auto Update Fail RAP 016-245, 016-246 Invalid Accessory Mode RAP
016-244 Self-signed certificate auto update failure. 016-245 Invalid accessory in auth and account mode.
Procedure 016-246 Invalid accessory kind in auth and account mode.
Procedure
WARNING For information only, no service action necessary.
2. Obtain Audit and Device Logs and escalate to 2nd level support, GP 23.

016-310 SSMM Job Log Full RAP 016-311, 315, 319 Scanner Not Detected RAP
016-310 A job log file was not retrieved from the external application (AWAS) and the number 016-311 The system detected that the scanner was not installed.
of files stored exceeded the specified value (280).
016-315 An error in the I/F between the scanner and the main processor was detected.
Procedure
016-319 An error in the I/F between the scanner and the main unit was detected.
Procedure
WARNING
2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con-
nected.
(B405).

016-312, 313, 314 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark) RAP 016-316, 317, 318, 329, 333, 334 Page Memory Error RAP
016-312 When the SW optional function is being enabled, the system detected that the hybrid 016-316 The system detected that the page memory (standard) of the scanner was not
watermark detection H/W is not installed. installed.
016-313 The hybrid watermark detection H/W was detected but the SW option (secure water- 016-317 The system detected an error in the Page Memory (standard) of the scanner.
mark kit) was not enabled.
016-318 The system detected an error in the Page Memory (option) of the scanner.
016-314 The board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document is not installed. Therefore
(paper security) is unavailable. 016-329 Long boot diag page memory not detected fail.
Procedure 016-333 Long boot diag page memory broken standard fail.
016-334 Long boot diag page memory broken option fail.

WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause For information only, no service action necessary.
nected.
(B405).

016-312, 313, 314, 016-316, 317, 318, 329, 333, 334 2-52 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
016-320 Document Formatter Error RAP 016-321 Fax Module Error RAP
016-320 A software error was detected when converting documents. 016-321 Fax related error at booting.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine. 2. Ensure that all connectors on the FAX PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15, are securely connected.
3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 3. Reload the software, GP 4.
(B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con- 4. If the fault persists, install a new FAX PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15.
nected.
(B405).

016-322 JBA Account Full RAP 016-323 B-Formatter Fatal Error RAP
016-322 The cumulated accounting data reached the specified value (15,000). 016-323 Fatal error has occurred in the B-formatter task.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine. 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con- (B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con-
nected. nected.
4. Reload the software, GP 4. 4. Reload the software, GP 4.
5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405). (B405).

016-324 Scheduled Image Overwrite RAP 016-325 Using Personal Certificate RAP
016-324 Scheduled image overwrite. 016-325 The IC card personal certificate is set in the certificate for signing.
Procedure Procedure
For information only, no service action necessary. Wait until the Scheduled Image Overwrite to Perform the steps that follow:
complete. 1. Enter dC131. Set NVM value 790-389 to 0.

016-326, 016-607 UI Cable Connection Fail RAP 016-327, 016-328 Connection Fail RAP
016-326 The controller has detected a failure at its cable connection with the UI. 016-327 Backplane connection fail.
016-607 Cont-UI Cable Connection Fail 016-328 The controller has detected a failure at its cable connection with the MCU.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB and the UI 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
2. Install new components as necessary: 2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405). (B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con-
• UI assembly, PL 1.1A Item 4 (B400) or PL 1.1B Item 4 (B405). nected.

016-326, 016-607, 016-327, 016-328 2-56 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
016-330, 331, 332 Cont System Memory Fail RAP 016-335 to 016-351 Controller Fail RAP
016-330 Cont system memory diagnostic fail 1. 016-335 Cont program ROM diagnostic fail 1.
Procedure 016-338 Cont font ROM diagnostic fail 1.
016-339 Cont font ROM diagnostic fail 2.

WARNING
Perform the steps that follow: 016-342 Cont RTC diagnostic fail.
2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 016-343 Long boot diag timer fail.
nected. 016-345 Cont NVM diagnostic fail.
016-346 Cont A4 fax modem diagnosis fail.
(B405).
016-347 Cont page memory diagnostic fail 1.
016-348 Cont page memory fail 2.
016-349 Cont MAC address data fail.
016-350 Cont SEEP-ROM diagnostic fail 1.
016-351 Cont SEEP-ROM diagnostic fail 2.
Procedure
WARNING
2. Reseat the EMMC Card, PL 18.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 6 (B405).
nected.
(B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-57 016-330, 331, 332, 016-335 to 016-351
016-352 Internal Network Initialize Fail RAP 016-353, 016-354 IOT-Controller Communication Fail RAP
016-352 Internal network initialization error. 016-353 Communication cannot be established between the IOT and the ESS.
Procedure 016-354 Communication cannot be established between the IIT and the controller.
Procedure
3. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 WARNING
(B405).
2. Ensure that all connectors on the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and the ESS PWB, PL
face mounted modules on both PWBs are securely connected.
4. If the fault persists, install a new components as necessary:

016-355, 016-356 Controller ASIC Fail RAP 016-357 Controller EP Communication Fail RAP
016-355 Cont IO ASIC diagnostic fail. 016-357 Controller to EP-controller communication fail.
016-356 Cont video ASIC diagnostic fail. Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. (B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con-
2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5, are securely connected. nected.
Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely connected. 3. Reload the software, GP 4.
3. Reload the software, GP 4. 4. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
4. If the fault persists, install a new components and necessary: (B405).
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5.
• IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14.
• Scanner assembly, PL 21.1 Item 1.

016-358 Controller Parallel Card Fail RAP 016-359, 016-361 Controller USB Fail RAP
016-358 Controller parallel port diagnostic fail. 016-359 Cont USB HUB diagnostic fail.
Procedure 016-361 Cont USB 3.0 device diagnostic fail.

For information only, no service action necessary. Wait until the Scheduled Image Overwrite to
complete. Procedure
WARNING

016-360, 016-362 Controller UI Fail RAP 016-363 Controller LyraCard Fail RAP
016-360 Cont UI diagnostic fail 1. 016-363 Cont JPEG card diagnosed as having a failure.
016-362 Cont UI diagnostic fail 2. Procedure

Procedure complete.
WARNING

016-364, 016-365 Controller USB 2.0 Fail RAP 016-366, 016-367 Controller HDD Fail RAP
016-364 Cont USB 2.0 host diagnostic fail. 016-366 Cont HDD diagnostic fail 1.
016-365 Cont USB 2.0 device diagnostic fail. 016-367 Cont HDD diagnostic fail 2.
Procedure Procedure
complete.
WARNING
2. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).
4. Install new components as necessary:
• HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).

016-368, 369, 370 Controller Diagnostic Fail RAP 016-371 Controller USB 1.1 Host Fail RAP
016-368 Cont torino diagnostic fail. 016-371 A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of USB 1.1 host (no communication
with the fax card could be established).
016-369 Cont S2X board diagnostic fail.
Procedure
016-370 Cont rendering engine diagnosed as having a failure.
Procedure WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Perform the steps that follow:
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
2. Ensure that all connectors on the FAX PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15, are securely connected.
4. If the fault persists, install a new FAX PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15.
nected.
(B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-63 016-368, 369, 370, 016-371
016-383 Controller OS Communication Fail RAP 016-400, 402, 427, 429 802.1x Authentication Failure RAP
016-383 Communication failure between linux and VX works 016-400 802.1x Authentication error (incorrect user name or password). The user name or
password that has been set in the machine is incorrect. The settings are different from those in
Procedure the authentication device switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network.
016-402 802.1x authentication time-out (there was no response signal from the authentication
WARNING device). The authentication was timed-out because there was no response signal from the
authentication device switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network.
016-427 802.1x authentication failure (network 2).
Perform the steps that follow: 016-429 802.1x authentication failure by timing out (network 2).
2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 Procedure
(B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con- Have the customer:
nected.
1. Enter the correct user name or password for 802.1x authentication from the machine
3. Reload the software, GP 4. panel.
4. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 2. Check the switch settings and network connections of the authentication device switch
(B405). that is physically connected to the machine via the network and connect it correctly.
3. Check the settings in the Authentication Device switch that is physically connected to the
machine via the network.

016-383, 016-400, 402, 427, 429 2-64 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
016-401 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported RAP 016-403, 016-430 802.1x Certificate Failure RAP
016-401 802.1x Authentication method mismatch (the authentication server does not support 016-403 802.1x authentication certificate mismatch. The root server certificate for the authenti-
the authentication method of the machine). A fail signal, which indicates that the authentication cation server is not stored in the machine or it is mismatched.
method set in the machine cannot be processed, was received from the authentication device
switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network. 016-430 The route certificate of the server certificate (for network 2) of the authentication
server is not stored in the machine or it does not match.
Procedure
Have the customer: Procedure
1. Set the authentication method of the machine to be the same as the one set in the Have the customer:
authentication server. 1. Store the root server certificate for the authentication server in the machine.
2. Check the 802.1x authentication method from the UI. 2. If the root certificate of the server certificate cannot be obtained, disable the 802.1x set-
ting item ‘Verify Server Certificate’ in the device.

016-404, 016-431 802.1x Inside Failure RAP 016-405 Certificate DB File Error RAP
016-404 An internal error has occurred in the 802.1x supplicant function of the machine. An 016-405 Certificate database file is wrong.
incorrect protocol signal was received from the authentication server.
Procedure
016-431 An internal error has occurred in the 802.1x supplicant function of the machine. An Have the customer start ’Initialize certificate’ under Maintenance.
incorrect protocol signal was received from the authentication server in network 2.
Procedure
Have the customer repeat the operation.

016-406 802.1x Client Certificate Failure RAP 016-407 to 016-412 XCP Error RAP
016-406 An error in setting up client certificate for 802.1x authentication. Although ‘EAP-TLS’ 016-407 The package management function has detected security exception.
is selected as the authentication method for 802.1x authentication, SSL client certificate is not
set up or deleted. 016-408 The package management function has detected the damaged JAR file.
Procedure 016-409 The package management function has detected a version mismatch.
Have the customer:
016-410 The package management function has detected the invalid definition file.
1. Store SSL client certificate in this machine and set it up as SSL client certificate.
2. If SSL client certificate cannot be set up, select an authentication method other than 016-411 The package management function has detected an unsupported class file version.
‘EAP-TLS’.
016-412 The package management function has detected the plug-in has caused an error that
is included in a miscellaneous group of errors.
Procedure
Have the customer modify the plug-in, then re-install.

016-422, 016-423 Offline RAP 016-424, 016-425 Power Mode RAP
016-422 Diag Offline 016-424 Low power mode.
016-423 Offline 016-425 Sleep mode.
Procedure Procedure
1. If a remote access session in progress, wait for it to end. 1. Cancel the power save mode.
2. If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 2. If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.

016-428 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported (Network 2) RAP 016-432 802.1x Client Certificate Failure (Network 2) RAP
016-428 802.1x Authentication method mismatch (authentication server does not support the 016-432 802.1x setting error of the client certificate of the authentication (network 2).
authentication method of this device: network 2)
Procedure
Procedure Have the customer:
Have the customer: 1. Store the client certificate to this machine SSL and set as SSL client certificate.
1. Set the authentication method of network 2 of this device to the same authentication 2. If the setting of SSL client certificate cannot be made, select other than (EAP-TLS) as the
method as the one set in the authentication server. authentication method.
2. Check the 802.1x authenticating method on the UI.

016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated RAP 016-453, 016-454 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG RAP
016-450 A PC of the same host name exists on the network. 016-453 Failed to update of the IPv6 address and host name to the DNS server.
Procedure 016-454 Dynamic DNS - dynamic update failed.

Have the customer:
1. Check whether the device host name setting of the same host name is the same as
Procedure
another device. If the setting is duplicated, change the host name of the device or dupli- Perform the steps that follow:
cate device. 1. Have the customer:
2. If a duplicated setting is not confirmed, change the device host name. a. Check that DNS server address is set correctly in the device.
b. Check with the System Administrator whether the DNS server settings that allow
dynamic DNS using IPv6 address have been set.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.

016-455, 016-456 SNTP Time Out RAP 016-461 Under Non-transmitted Image Log Stagnation RAP
016-455 There is no response from the SNTP server within the specified time (60sec). 016-461 Creation of a new job is being restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are
piled up and delayed.
016-456 A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was
received from the SNTP server. Procedure
Procedure 1. Have the customer:
a. Check the image log management server status and the network status, and clear
1. Have the customer: any cause that may impede the transfer of image logs to the image log server.
a. Check the time on the machine, if the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set b. Check the transfer settings and transfer all logs that are yet to be transferred. Or,
the time. change the transfer guarantee level to ’Low’.
b. Check that the SNTP server address is set correctly in the device.
NOTE: Setting the transfer guarantee level to ’Low’ may cause the image logs to get
deleted in sequence even before they are transferred.

016-500, 016-501 ROM Write Error (During DLD Method) 016-502 ROM Write Error (During PJL Method) RAP
RAP 016-502 An error was detected when writing data to one of the ROMs in the machine.
016-500 An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the cont-ROM.
Procedure
016-501 An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the S2X-ROM.
Procedure WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Perform the steps that follow:
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
Perform the steps that follow: (B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con-
1. Reload the software, GP 4. nected.
2. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 3. Reload the software, GP 4.
(B405). 4. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405).

016-503 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector RAP 016-504 POP Server Fail for Redirector RAP
016-503 The SMTP server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect to 016-504 The POP server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect to
the server). the server).
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer specify the correct SMTP server name or specify the IP address. 1. Have the customer specify the correct POP server name or specify the IP address.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.

016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector RAP 016-507, 016-508 Image Log Send Fail RAP
016-505 Incorrect POP Server authentication information was detected. 016-507 A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue a target job which will con-
sist of created images.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 016-508 A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue an image transfer job.
1. Have the customer specify the correct POP Server authentication information.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check the state of the destination image log control server and that of
the network. Clear any factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image
log control server.
3. If the fault persists, install a new hard disk, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91
(B405).

016-509, 016-510 Image Log No Send Rule RAP 016-511, 016-512 Image Log Invalid Send Rule RAP
016-509 Because rules for log image transfer are not registered, a job cannot be continued. 016-511 Rules for log image transfer are illegal, causing a job to be discontinued.
016-510 Rules for log image transfer are not registered. 016-512 Rules for log image transfer are illegal.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Have the customer register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server 1. Have the customer overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control
to the device. server to the device.
2. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 2. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405). (B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).
3. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics. 3. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
4. Install a new HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405). 4. Install a new HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-75 016-509, 016-510, 016-511, 016-512
016-513 SMTP Server Reception Error RAP 016-514 XPS Error RAP
016-513 Error when receiving response from the SMTP server (after connecting to the server). 016-514 During XPS Bridge processing, invalid schema, parameter error, damage to XPS file,
or an error internal to XPS decomposer occurred.
Procedure
1. Have the customer wait 5 minutes before resubmitting the job.
2. Check that SMTP send port number is correct.
WARNING
nected.

016-515 XPS Short of Memory 016-516 XPS Print Ticket Description Error RAP
016-515 During XPS Bridge processing, a lack of memory was detected. 016-516 XPS Print Ticket description error.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Have the customer check the print mode. If print mode is set to High Resolution, change it 1. Have the customer check whether the application that sends a print job and the print
to Standard. If print mode is set to Standard, change it to High Speed. instructions has a problem.
2. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 2. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405). Ensure all (B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405). Ensure all
surface mounted modules are securely connected. surface mounted modules are securely connected.
3. Reload the software GP 4. 3. Reload the software GP 4.

016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change RAP 016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM RAP
016-517 PS documents to be printed into a booklet have black and white and color areas. 016-518 PS booklet and watermarks were specified at the same time.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Have the customer resubmit the job with corrected parameters. Rewrite the PostScript file 1. PS booklet and watermark/UUID cannot be specified at the same time. Have the cus-
so that the page device and process color model cannot be changed in the process. tomer cancel either one.
(B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405), are securely (B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405), are securely
connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely connected. connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely connected.

016-519 Device DV Limit Reached RAP 016-520 MRC HW Job Error RAP
016-519 Number of printable sides limit full. 016-520 An error has occurred during the usage of high compression board.
Procedure Procedure
Ask the System Administrator to increase the limit of printable sides.
WARNING
1. Have the customer repeat the operation or change the output file format/color mode.
(B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405), are securely
connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely connected.

016-521 SmartCard Not Found RAP 016-522 LDAP SSL Error 112 RAP
016-521 After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card was removed or 016-522 LDAP-SSL authentication error 112 has occurred (the client certificate cannot be
the Card Reader was detached, which causes the personal signature to fail. obtained).
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer install the SSL client certificate into the device as the LDAP server will
request it.
WARNING
1. Have the customer insert the smart card into the reader then recheck the PIN before per-
forming the personal signature scan.
2. Check the wiring between the card reader and the machine.

016-523 LDAP SSL Error 113 RAP 016-524, 016-525 LDAP SSL Error 114 and 115 RAP
016-523 LDAP-SSL authentication error 112 has occurred (the client certificate cannot be 016-524 LDAP-SSL authentication error 114 has occurred (the server certificate is close to
obtained). expiring).
Procedure 016-525 LDAP-SSL authentication error 115 has occurred (the server certificate has expired).
The device cannot trust the SSL certificate of the LDAP server. Have the customer register the
root certificate of the LDAP server SSL certificate in the device. Procedure
Have the customer change the LADP server SSL certificate to one that is valid.

016-526 LDAP SSL Error 116 RAP 016-527 LDAP SSL Error 117 RAP
016-526 LDAP-SSL authentication error 116 has occurred (the server name and the certificate 016-526 LDAP-SSL authentication error 116 has occurred (the server name and the certificate
does not match) does not match)
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer ensure that the address of the LDAP server set in the device matches the For information only, an internal error has occurred in the program.
address of the LDAP server defined in the SSL certificate.

016-528 SmartCard Not Authorized RAP 016-529 Remote Download Server Timeout RAP
016-528 After a personal signature scan job started, the smart card PIN check status was 016-529 There was no response within the specified time (45 sec) when connecting to the
cleared, which causes the personal signature to fail. remote download server.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check the PIN, then perform the personal signature scan. Check the network connection. Have the customer check that the remote download server is
correctly configured and operating on the network.

016-533 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 37 RAP 016-534 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 41 and 42
016-533 A Kerberos server Attestation protocol error has occurred. RAP
016-534 A Kerberos server Attestation protocol error has occurred.
Procedure
1. The clock difference between the device and the Kerberos server has exceeded the clock Have the customer check that the realm name and server address in the Kerberos settings of
skew limit of the Kerberos server. Check that the clocks of the device and Kerberos the device are set correctly.
server are set correctly.
2. Check that the daylight saving time and time zone settings for the device and the Kerbe-
ros server are the same.

016-535 Remote Download File Access Error RAP 016-536 Host Name Solution Error in Remote Download
016-535 There are no FW update files in the remote download server. RAP
016-536 Remote download server name resolution error.
Procedure
Have the customer check the remote download server for the FW update file. Procedure
Have the customer check the connection to the DNS and whether the remote download server
name has been registered in the DNS.

016-537 Remote Download Server Connection Error RAP 016-538 Remote Download File Write Error RAP
016-537 Remote download server connection error. 016-538 Remote download file write to HDD error.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check the network connection setting (port) of the remote download server.
WARNING
4. Install a new HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).

016-539 Kerberos Attestation Other Protocol Error RAP 016-543 Attestation Agent Error 543 RAP
016-539 A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. 016-543 The specified realm/domain has disappeared from the ApeosWare authentication
agent (the domain was manually deleted at the ApeosWare authentication agent after obtain-
Procedure ing the realm name list from the device).
For information only, an internal error has occurred in the program.
Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Update the realm list, using the Update Realm button on the device, or add the domain to
the ApeosWare authentication agent. To update the device realm information, perform
the steps that follow:
a. Press the Authentication Agent button on the Authentication window of the device.
b. The Authentication Agent window appears. Press the Update button.

016-545 Attestation Agent Error 545 RAP 016-546, 558, 569 Attestation Agent Errors RAP
016-545 A Clock skew error has occurred in attestation. The time of ApeosWare Authentica- 016-546 A general user has attempted to obtain other user’s information.
tion Agent and ActiveDirectory is out of sync with the upper limit of the Kerberos ClockSkew
set in the ActiveDirectory. 016-558 The machine has received an unknown error from the ApeosWare Authentication
Agent.
Procedure
016-569 Attestation agent errors other than listed previously.
Have the customer match the time of the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication agent is
installed with the time of the PC where the ActiveDirectory is. Furthermore, if the Windows
Time Service in the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is installed is stopped, Procedure
start it. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.

016-545, 016-546, 558, 569 2-88 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
016-548 Attestation Agent Error 548 RAP 016-553 Attestation Agent Error 553 RAP
016-548 The information of the machine that is performing the authentication operation is not 016-553 The version information written in the SOAP header cannot be understood. The Apeo-
in the database. sWare Authentication Agent does not support the version of the device interface.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer register the device in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. The version of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent needs to be upgraded. Have the customer
check that the machine is a product that is supported by the upgraded version of the Apeo-
sWare Authentication Agent.

016-554 The existence check for the specified user in the event of an authentication error has 016-555 The ApeosWare Authentication Agent cannot connect to the database or the Active
failed. Directory.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer correctly set the domain user reference login name or the reference pass- Have the customer check that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent can connect to the data-
word of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent domain. base or the active directory.

016-556 Error has occurred in the database that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is con- 016-557 An internal error has occurred in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
nected to due to overloading.
Procedure
Procedure Have the customer check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
Have the customer wait 5 minutes before authenticating again as the service is overloaded.

016-559 Remote Download Parameter Error RAP 016-560 Attestation Agent Error 560 RAP
016-559 When performing the remote download, an invalid value is set in the required system 016-560 A communication error has occurred between the ApeosWare Authentication Agent
data. and the machine.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check that all system data that must be set to perform the remote download Have the customer:
are correct. 1. Check that the network cable is connected and check the settings of the authentication
agent function.
2. If DNS address of the server is set as the server name/IP address of the ApeosWare
Authentication Agent in the printer function settings list, check that DNS is enabled.

016-562 Detected User Duplication RAP 016-563 Image Log Memory Full RAP
016-562 Two or more entries with the same IC card information were found in the temporary 016-563 When the system data ’Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level’ is set to ’High’, the
user DB of Active Directory or Authentication Agent. Image Extension Kit has insufficient memory.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer make corrections so that the temporary user entries of the Active Directory Have the customer make corrections so that the temporary user entries of the Active Directory
or Authentication Agent do not have the same IC card information. or Authentication Agent do not have the same IC card information.

016-564 Remote Download Server Authentication Failed 016-565 Backup Restore Error RAP
RAP 016-565 Backup/restore error.
016-564 When accessing the remote download server, an authentication error notification was
issued from the server. Procedure
Procedure 1. For USB backup, check that the USB memory is correctly installed. If the fault persists,
Have the customer check that the correct user name and password was specified when use a PC to check the USB memory for a ’backup’ directory. If it is not there, create it.
accessing the remote download server. 2. When performing restore or deletion of backup files from the USB backup file, check that
the USB memory is correctly installed.

016-566 Backup Restore Condition Error RAP 016-567 Backup Capacity Full RAP
016-566 NVM backup/restore condition error. 016-567 NVM data to back up is over the capacity of the destination to save it.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Perform the steps that follow:
1. During backup, save the FW download file into the ’dwld’ directory in the USB memory, 1. Before performing the HDD backup, delete existing backup files through to increase the
connect it the machine, then perform the backup. capacity.
2. During restore, use the same IOT and IIT ROM versions as those during backup. When 2. Before performing USB backup, delete the backup files in the USB memory, or use a PC
performing restore using a USB backup file, also use the same HDD configuration. to delete unnecessary files on the USB memory to increase the capacity.
3. If there is no HDD, use the same ESS ROM versions as well. If the same configuration
cannot be attained, delete the backup file from the panel.
4. If the problem occurred at an attempt to restore a backed-up file from an external place,
check that the ESS/IIT/IOT/fax ROM version is still the same as the version used when
the backed-up file was created. Furthermore, check the device is the same as the one
that generated the backed-up file.

016-568 Backup Restore Failed RAP 016-570 Job Ticket Out of Memory RAP
016-568 NVM data could not be backed up or restored. 016-570 XPIF memory is low.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Increase memory size for job ticket on UI Panel. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP
1. Format the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics. 10. Run the job.
2. Before performing the restore using the HDD backup file, delete backup files.
3. For USB backup, check that the USB memory is correctly installed. If the fault persists,
use a PC to format the USB Memory.
4. When performing restore using USB backup files, check that the USB memory is correctly
installed. If the fault persists, delete the backup files.
5. If the problem still persists, use a PC to format the USB memory.

016-571 Job Ticket Wrong Parameters RAP 016-572 Job Ticket Media Error RAP
016-571 XPIF parameter mismatch. 016-572 XPIF media conversion error.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check for a mismatch between parameters specified by the job ticket. Cor- Have the customer check that the device that receives data can print it onto paper whose prop-
rect the parameters, then resend the job. erties (size/type/weight/color/punched) are specified by job ticket.

016-573 Job Ticket Parse Error RAP 016-574 FTP Host Name Solution Error RAP
016-573 XPIF Interpret error. 016-574 Unable to resolve host name during FTP scan.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer ensure the that software is correctly installed on client that generates job Have the customer check the connection to the DNS and whether the destination server name
ticket; operational requirements are met; and software version matches device version. has been registered in the DNS.

016-575 FTP DNS Server Error RAP 016-576 FTP Server Connection Error RAP
016-575 The DNS server was not set during FTP scan. 016-576 Problem with connection to server during FTP scan.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer set the DNS address or set the destination server address using IP Have the customer check that the network communication between the transfer destination
address. FTP server and the machine is available. For example:
• Check that the server IP address is correct.
• Check the connection of network cables.

016-577 FTP Service RAP 016-578 FTP Login Name or Password Error RAP
016-577 Failed to connect to the FTP service of the destination server. 016-578 FTP scan login name or password error.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer check that the login name (user name) and password are correct.
1. Check that the server IP address is correct.
2. Check the connection of the network cables.

016-579 FTP Scanning Picture Preservation Place Error 016-580 FTP File Name Acquisition Failure RAP
RAP 016-580 Unable to obtain file name/folder name on the FTP scan server.
016-579 Problem with scanned image storage destination of FTP scan.
Procedure
Procedure Have the customer check the access rights to the FTP scan server.
Have the customer check that the scanned image storage destination on the FTP scan server
is correct.

016-581 FTP File Name Suffix Limit RAP 016-582, 016-588 FTP File Creation Failure RAP
016-581 The FTP scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit. 016-582 When creating a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file creation
has failed.
Procedure
Have the customer change the file name/destination folder or move or delete the files in the 016-588 Failed to write data into the server after connecting to the FTP server.
destination folder.
Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Check that the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage destina-
tion.
2. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

016-583, 016-584 FTP Folder Creation Failure RAP 016-585, 587, 589 FTP File Delete/Read Failure RAP
016-583 When creating a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the lock 016-585 When deleting a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has
folder creation has failed. failed.
016-584 When creating a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the folder cre- 016-587 When deleting a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion
ation has failed. has failed.
Procedure 016-589 Failed to read data from the FTP server after connecting to the FTP server during
Have the customer: scanner (save to PC) FTP transfer.
1. If a lock directory (*.LCK) remains in the transfer destination, delete it then retry the job.
Procedure
2. Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage desti-
Have the customer check whether there is access right to the FTP server and grant the proper
nation.
rights.
3. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.
4. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-103 016-583, 016-584, 016-585, 587, 589
016-586 FTP Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP 016-590 FTP Data Reading Failure RAP
016-586 When deleting a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the dele- 016-590 Unable to save a file after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (save to PC)
tion has failed. FTP transfer because ’File Name Conflict’ is set to ’Cancel Job’.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer set ’File Name Conflict’ to other than ’Cancel Job’.
1. Check the access right to the server.
2. If a lock directory (*.LCK) remains in the transfer destination, delete it then retry the job.

016-591 FTP Scan Filing Policy RAP 016-592 FTP DAT File Access Error RAP
016-591 Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connect- 016-592 An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file after connecting to
ing with the FTP server. the FTP server during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer.
Procedure Procedure
When ’Add’ is selected for ’File Name Conflict’, have the customer check that the file format is When ’Add’ is selected for ’File Name Conflict’, have the customer check that the NEXT-
not set to Multi-page. NAME.DAT file is correct.

016-593 to 016-596 FTP Error RAP 016-597 Same File on FTP Server RAP
016-593 An internal error has occurred after connecting to the FTP server. 016-597 The process was cancelled because a file/folder with the same name was detected
after connecting to the FTP server.
016-594 The TYPE command has failed after connecting to the FTP server.
Procedure
016-595 The PORT command has failed after connecting to the FTP server.
Have the customer perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the
same folder in the same server.
016-596 The CDUP command has failed after connecting to the FTP server.
Procedure

016-593 to 016-596, 016-597 2-106 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
016-598, 016-599 Email Message Size RAP 016-600 KO Authentication Locked RAP
016-598 Email message size is over spec. 016-600 The number of incorrect Key Operator log in attempts reached the limit.
016-599 Email message size is over spec. Procedure

If required, refer to GP 19 to reset password to 1111 (default) if the System Administrator ID is
Procedure unavailable.
Have the customer:
1. Reduce a resolution send parameter (image-to-send quality) then resend the job. NOTE: Default is 5 events. NVM Read/Write 700-563 can be set between 1 to 10 events.
2. Reduce a magnification send parameter, then resend the job. With this feature enabled, the machine denies access when an incorrect System Administrator
ID is entered the selected number of times.
3. Increase the maximum message size (10MB recommended default).

016-601 Illegal Access Detection RAP 016-604 Debug Log Created RAP
016-601 The number of incorrect authentication log in attempts reached the limit. 016-604 Debug log auto creation by system.
Procedure Procedure
If required, refer to GP 19 to reset password to 1111 (default) if the System Administrator ID is Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
unavailable.
NOTE: Default is 10 users. NVM Read/Write 700-564 can be set between 1 to 600 users.

016-606, 016-608 Controller Connection Fail RAP 016-609, 016-610 PCI Option Fail RAP
016-606 Cont-BP cable connection fail. 016-609 PCI option no support device fail.
016-608 Cont-MCU cable connection fail. 016-610 PCI EX option no support device fail.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer deselect the unknown PCI or PCIEX option.
WARNING
2. Ensure that all connectors on the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and the ESS PWB, PL
face mounted modules on both PWBs are securely connected.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-109 016-606, 016-608, 016-609, 016-610
016-611 EMMC Card Connection Fail RAP 016-612 Log Image Creation Failure RAP
016-611 EMMC card connection fail. 016-612 Creation of log image has failed.
Procedure Procedure
Ensure the EMMC card, PL 18.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 6 (B405), is correctly For information only, no service action necessary.
installed.

016-700 Password Below Minimum RAP 016-701 Out of ART EX Memory RAP
016-700 The number of digits used for the password for security and authentication prints is 016-701 Insufficient memory was detected while using the ART EX.
less than the minimum.
Procedure
Have the customer increase the number of password digits for the print job. 1. Have the customer:
a. Increase the allocated memory of the ART EX.
b. Lower the print mode.
c. Lower the resolution.
d. Set Page Print mode to Enabled.
e. Execute Image Compression in the Graphics tab of the printer driver.

016-702 Out of Page Buffer RAP 016-703 Email To Invalid Box RAP
016-702 Unable to compress any page due to insufficient print page buffer. 016-703 When receiving Email, fax or internet fax, an invalid (not setup) mailbox number is
selected.
Procedure
1. Have the customer:
a. Set Print Mode to High Speed and reduce the print resolution. Retry the operation.
WARNING
b. Increase the memory to increase the page buffer.
c. Retry the operation in Print Page Mode. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
a. Check whether the selected mailbox is set up correctly.
b. Have Email, fax or internet fax sent to a valid mailbox.
2. Ensure the fax PWB is correctly installed, PL 18.1B Item 15.

016-704 Mailbox Full RAP 016-705 Secure Print Fail RAP
016-704 The system detected that a mailbox was full (it exceeded the maximum number of 016-705 Unable to perform secure print/mailbox print/pay for print storing from the printer
documents per box) and aborted a job. driver. Unable to store scanned documents into a mailbox.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer delete unnecessary documents, then repeat the operation.
WARNING
1. Have the customer check that the required optional software is installed and enabled.
Also check that the correct print driver is being used.
2. If the fault persists, perform the steps that follow:
a. Reload the software, GP 4.
b. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item
5 (B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).
c. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
d. Install new components as necessary:
• HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405)
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405)

016-706 Maximum User Number Exceeded RAP 016-707 Sample Print Fail RAP
016-706 The system detected that a job exceeded the maximum number of users for secure 016-707 When receiving Email, fax or internet fax, an invalid (not setup) mailbox number is
and sample prints and aborted the job. selected.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer delete unnecessary documents or users, then repeat the operation.
WARNING
a. Remove the conditions that disable sample print.
b. If the fault occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Sample Print are
correct.
(B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con-
nected.

016-708 Annotation/Watermark HDD Full RAP 016-709 ART EX Command Error RAP
016-708 When an annotation or watermark image was to be stored in the HDD, full status was 016-709 An ART EX command error occurred during PLW processing.
detected and the job was aborted.
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Perform the steps that follow:
Perform the steps that follow: 1. Have the customer:
1. Have the customer: a. Switch off parallel bi-directional communication in the printer driver.
a. Cancel annotation or watermark, then repeat the operation. b. Set a longer time for Auto Output Time.
b. Reduce the number of document pages. In Mixed Size mode, only a single size is c. Change the PC BIOS settings.
available.
d. Use a shorter, genuine, parallel cable.
c. For printing Stored Document, delete unnecessary documents from the hard disk,
then repeat the operation.
2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 nected.
(B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con- 3. Reload the software, GP 4.
nected.

016-710 Delayed Print Fail RAP 016-711 Email Transmission Size Limit RAP
016-710 Process conditions for delay print were not met. 016-711 The size of data to send exceeds the system data value (before connection to the
server).
Procedure
Procedure
Have the customer:
WARNING 1. Reduce the resolution level, which is a transmission parameter, then resend the job.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 2. Reduce the magnification ratio, which is a transmission parameter, then resend the job
3. Use System Settings to raise the data size upper limit (recommended default is 2MB).
a. If secure print, proof print or knowledge storage print is specified, disable them.
b. Reduce the delay print jobs waiting to 100 jobs or less.
nected.

016-712 Panther Capacity RAP 016-713 Security Box Password Error RAP
016-712 Capability of Panther deteriorated. 016-713 Password check error was detected during data storage in a mailbox.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Have the customer increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area. 1. Have the customer set a correct password and try again.
(B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con- (B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con-
nected. nected.
(B405). (B405).

016-714 Security Box Not Enabled RAP 016-715 ESCP Form Invalid Password RAP
016-714 The mailbox specified for the job does not exist. 016-715 Unable to access the ESCP form because ESCP form password did not match
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Have the customer open the appropriate mailbox and then try again. 1. Have the customer input the correct password to use ESCP form.
(B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con- (B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con-
nected. nected.
(B405). (B405).

016-716 TIFF Data Overflow RAP 016-717 Fax Send Result Not Found RAP
016-716 The system detected that the files to be spooled in TIFF exceeded the disk capacity. 016-717 The fax or internet fax send result information is not saved in the controller.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 1. Have the customer:
(B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules are securely con- a. Split any internet fax documents that would exceed 2GB in document storage size
nected. into several jobs and control the usage amount of memory.
2. Reload the software, GP 4. b. If there is a large amount of scan or internet fax documents being processed, wait
3. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 until the other jobs are completed before performing additional jobs.
(B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405). 2. Reload the software, GP 4.
4. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics. 3. Check the wiring between the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
5. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: (B405) and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).
• HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405). 4. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405). 5. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:

016-718 Out of PCL6 Memory RAP 016-719 Out of PCL Memory RAP
016-718 Insufficient PCL6 decomposer memory. 016-719 An insufficient memory was detected while using the PCL.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer decrease the resolution to reduce the PLW memory. 1. Have the customer increase the PCL memory size. Increasing the memory for the whole
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. system will increase the memory to be allocated to the Decomposer in some measure.

016-720 PCL Command Error RAP 016-721 to 016-724 Settings Error RAP
016-720 A PCL command error occurred during PCL processing. 016-721 Paper types cannot be determined because all the settings for custom paper priority
are set to disabled.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 016-722 Staple position that is not supported by this machine or a paper size that is not sup-
ported by the Finisher was specified.
1. Have the customer cancel the job then execute the command again.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. 016-723 Punch position that is not supported by this machine or the paper size that is not sup-
ported by the Finisher was specified.
016-724 Job canceled due to invalid combination of staple and punch positions.
Procedure
1. Have the customer correct the settings, then execute the command again.

016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error RAP 016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fail RAP
016-725 An error has occurred in the B-Formatter during the image conversion of scanned 016-726 Print language auto judgment fail.
document to fax sending document.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 1. Have the customer fix, then select the decomposer from the UI or with a command.
1. Have the customer directly scan the document and send it to the fax recipient. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

016-727 Unstorable Document RAP 016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data RAP
016-727 The 0 page condition is detected in the print job mailbox storage. 016-728 Unsupported TIFF data.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: For information only, no service action necessary. Refer the customer to the User Guide.
1. Have the customer to switch off paper saving, then print the job again.

016-729 TIFF Data Size RAP 016-731, 016-732 Invalid Data RAP
016-720 The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity. 016-731 The TIFF data is broken or discontinued halfway.
Procedure 016-732 The decomposer detected that the form specified is not registered.
1. Have the customer refer to the User Guide to correct the valid range.
Procedure
1. Have the customer resend the data or form data.

016-733 Destination Address Resolution Error RAP 016-735 Updating Job Template RAP
016-733 A failure to resolve a P2P address problem (before connection to the server). 016-735 The system attempted to output the job template list while the job template was being
updated.
Procedure
1. Have the customer: Perform the steps that follow:
a. Check if the destination address has been entered correctly. 1. Have the customer perform the operation again after the Job Template update completes.
b. Set a correct DNS server address. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

016-738, 739, 740 Booklet Size RAP 016-741 Download Mode Fail RAP
016-738 Invalid paper size for PS booklet print. 016-741 Not able to change into download mode.
016-739 The combination of the specified document/paper sizes is incorrect. Procedure

016-740 The specified tray is invalid.
1. Have the customer cancel the download prohibited mode then check that the jobs have
completed before retrying the operation.
Procedure
2. Enter dC131. Set NVM value 700-420 to 0, the retry the operation.
1. Have the customer specify the correct settings that allow booklet printing.

016-738, 739, 740, 016-741 2-126 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
016-742 Download Data Product ID Mismatch RAP 016-743 Device Model/Panel Type Error RAP
016-742 A mismatch in the product ID of download data was detected. 016-743 The supported model in the download data does not match the device model.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer obtain the download data again, then retry the job. Have the customer source a download file that has the same model with the device VerUP
then retry the job.

016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error RAP 016-745 Download Data XPJL Fatal Error RAP
016-744 CheckSum error of download data. 016-744 XPJL fatal error during download.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
1. Ensure that the cable connected to the device is secured correctly, then retry the job.

016-746, 016-751 Unsupported PDF File RAP 016-747 Drawing Annotation Memory RAP
016-746 PDF error due to unsupported function sent. 016-747 When drawing an annotation image with the copy repeat function specified, there
would be insufficient memory.
016-751 Syntax error, usage of undefined command, parameter error, damaged PDF file,
internal error of the PDF decomposer has occurred during PDF bridge process. Procedure
Procedure 1. Have the customer:
a. Increase the annotation image size.
1. Have the customer print via the driver from Acrobat Reader.
b. Reduce the number of repeat images for the repeat function.

016-748, 774, 775, 778, 981 HDD Full RAP 016-749 JCL Syntax Error RAP
016-748 HDD full when mailbox is accessed. 016-749 The PJL/XPJL detected a print language that cannot be printed.
016-774 Disk full was detected when opening/writing file for compression type conversion. Procedure
016-775 Disk full was detected when opening/writing file for image processing operation.
016-778 HDD full was detected when opening/writing file for operation. a. Use the printer driver of the machine to print.
b. Not use ContentsBridge to print a PDF file.
016-981 When accessing it, the HDD is detected being full. c. Request the other party to resend the internet fax document using a print language
that can be printed by the machine.
a. Split the job into pages in order to prevent the full state. Reduce the resolution if pos-
sible.
b. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as; mailbox documents, fax send
wait documents, secure print documents and delayed print documents.
c. Retrieve each page from the EWS.

016-748, 774, 775, 778, 981, 016-749 2-130 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
016-750 Print Job Ticket Description Error RAP 016-752 PDF Short of Memory RAP
016-750 When the customer uses applications such as ’ContentsBridge2005’, etc. to send 016-752 Insufficient memory was detected during PDF bridge processing.
PDF directly, the machine received the print job ticket that was sent together with the PDF.
However, the print job ticket data has text that is not supported in this machine or print instruc- Procedure
tion that is not supported by the machine. Perform the steps that follow:
Procedure
a. Change the print mode. When the print mode is set to High Quality, change the set-
ting to Normal. When the print mode is set to Standard, change the setting to High
1. Have the customer refer to the user Guide. Speed.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. b. Print using a driver from Acrobat Reader.

016-753 PDF Password Mismatched RAP 016-755 PDF Print Prohibited RAP
016-753 When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI 016-755 The system processed a PDF file prohibited for printing.
panel settings and the password specified using XPJL (set in the contents bridge utility) do not
match. Procedure
Procedure 1. Have the customer use Acrobat to clear the print prohibition setting then print the PDF file.
1. Have the customer specify the correct password using the UI or the contents bridge.

016-756 Auditron Prohibited Service RAP 016-757 Auditron Invalid User RAP
016-756 Illegal User Detected 016-756 The account has not been registered.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer request the Account Administrator for access to use the service. 1. Have the customer set the correct account, then resubmit the job.

016-758 Auditron Disabled Function RAP 016-759 Auditron Limit Reached RAP
016-758 An illegal account was detected. 016-759 The number of registered users reached the limit.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer: 1. Have the customer request the Account Administrator to set the number of copies, etc.
a. Set the new function that is allowed for that account then try again. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
b. Request the Account Administrator to add the rights.

016-760 PS Decompose Failure RAP 016-761 FIFO Empty RAP
016-760 An error occurred in decompose processing. 016-761 Image enlargement error (FIFO empty).
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer resubmit the job. 1. Have the customer print in the high speed mode. If the fault persists, use print guaranteed
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. mode.

016-762 Print Language Not Installed RAP 016-763 POP Server Connect RAP
016-762 The system requested functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that are not 016-763 The machine cannot connect to the POP server.
installed.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 1. Print a configuration report and confirm that the DNS settings are correct.
1. Have the customer correct then select the decomposer from the UI or with a command. 2. Confirm that the POP3 server settings are correct.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. 3. Enter the IP Address of their POP3 server into the machine.
4. If the fault persists, refer the customer to the System Administrator Guide to check that
the machine is correctly configured.

016-764 SMTP Server Connect RAP 016-765, 016-766 SMTP Server Error RAP
016-764 The machine failed to connect to the SMTP server. 016-765 The SMTP server HDD is full.
Procedure 016-766 The memory capacity allocated by the SMTP server is exceeded.
Have the customer:
1. Print a configuration report and confirm that the DNS settings are correct.
Procedure
2. Confirm that the SMTP server settings are correct. Have the customer:
3. Enter the IP Address of their SMTP server into the machine. 1. Delete jobs on their server because the machine is receiving communication from their
SMTP (email) server that the server disk drive or mailboxes are full.
4. If the fault persists, refer the customer to the System Administrator Guide to check that
2. Refer to the product's System Administrator Guide to be sure that the machine is properly
the machine is correctly configured.
configured if the fault persists.

016-767 Invalid Email Address RAP 016-768 Invalid Sender Address RAP
016-767 The system detected that the E-mail destination address is incorrect. 016-768 The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Have the customer check that the sender address is correct.
1. Have the customer check a specific mail addressor set a correct address.

016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN RAP 016-770 Direct Fax Function Canceled RAP
016-769 The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address. 016-770 The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer contact the network administrator for advice and ensure that the SMTP Have the customer release the direct fax job prohibition (set the target system to 0).
server supports DSN.

016-772 Scan Data Repository Error RAP 016-776 Image Conversion Error RAP
016-772 An error occurred while recalling the DNS resolution library. 016-776 Error due to other than HDD access during image conversion processing by S-format-
ter.
Procedure
1. Have the customer set the DNS address. Or, set the scan data repository address using Perform the steps that follow:
IP address. 1. Have the customer:
2. Reload the software, GP 4. a. If a failure occurred during Salutation/Fax to Email, attempt to retrieve each page
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP. from the mailbox via the web browser.
b. For occurrences when the password, or signature is specified by the Digital Certifi-
cate, perform the steps that follow.
• Check the validity of the certificate.
• Set the correct date and time of the device.
c. When scanning is done with the TWAIN driver, change the file format to JFIF, single-
page TIFF.
d. Switch off FIPS mode, or remove PDF encryption setting in the instructions docu-
ment.
e. Set to Single File for Each Page, or set the Image Format setting to Drawing Object.

016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error RAP 016-781 Server Connect Error RAP
016-779 An error was detected in the Image conversion library. 016-781 SMTP server not found.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer: 1. Have the customer:
a. Repeat the operation. a. Correctly set the subnet mask and gateway.
b. Reduce the scan resolution to 400dpi or less then repeat the operation. b. From the destination server, ping the machine.
2. Reload the software, GP 4. c. Check whether characters other than ASCII are set for the host name of the device.
Set the host name of the device to ASCII characters.

016-786 HDD Full Scan Write Error RAP 016-788 Retrieve to Browser Failed RAP
016-786 When performing the scan function, files cannot be written in the HDD. 016-788 SMTP server not found.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING
a. Reload the browser page then perform retrieval operation again.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. b. Re-activate the browser, then perform retrieval operation again.
Perform the steps that follow: c. Improve the connection status to a network.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. d. Check whether there are problems such as duplicated IP addresses.
2. Ensure all paper trays are loaded. 3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.
3. If this occurs when sending email, have the customer:
– Reduce the resolution then resend it.
– Reduce the size then resend it.
– Reduce the number of pages and separate the job into several batches when send-
ing.
– Set the output color to Black then resend it.
(B405), and the HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).

016-790 Email Fragment Over RAP 016-792 Specified Job Not Found RAP
016-790 Email fragment quantity is over spec. 016-792 An error was detected in the Image conversion library.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer: 1. Have the customer repeat the operation.
a. Reduce resolution (image to send quality), then resend the job. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
b. Reduce magnification, then resend the job.
c. Increase the maximum fragment quantity.

016-794 Media Not Inserted RAP 016-795 Media Reader Format Error RAP
016-794 Media not inserted. 016-795 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access
to media.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check that the media is inserted. Perform the steps that follow:
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. 1. Have the customer check the media content from the PC. Check the file format/directory
in the media and the selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print), then reset the
settings.

016-796 Document Insert Operation Error RAP 016-797 Image File Read Error RAP
016-796 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access 016-797 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access
to Media. to media.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer check the me dis content from the PC. Check whether the print file 1. Have the customer check the me dis content from the PC. Check whether the print file
attribute data is displayed on the PC, then reset the settings. images are displayed on the PC, then reset the settings.

016-799 PLW Print Instruction Fail RAP 016-910, 016-911 Required Resource Not Ready RAP
016-799 The specified print parameter is abnormal. 016-910 The paper and staples requested by the selected print parameters are not installed.
Procedure 016-911 The paper and staples requested by the print specification are not loaded or different
Perform the steps that follow: sizes and/or types of paper switching are requested from the same tray.
1. Have the customer repeat the operation.

Procedure
1. Have the customer correctly load paper or install the staples.

016-940 to 016-949 Incorrect Job Settings RAP 016-981 HDD Access Error RAP
016-940 Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the job had started 016-981 HDD Full was detected because Mailbox Scan, Fax Scan, Secure Print, Delay Print,
with 2-Sided Print specified. Sample Print, or Scheduled Print was specified when the HDD partition/ide0c capacity is small.
016-941 Mixed size/direction set for the page with images was detected after the job had Procedure
started with Booklet specified. Perform the steps that follow:
016-942 Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the pages with 2-Sided
Print specified had been deleted. a. Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, then
repeat the operation.
016-943 Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the document and b. If step A does not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the relevant
separators had been inserted for the pages with 2-Sided Print specified. service.
016-944 The document collate setting for the pages including the cover with images or the
document with separators with Document Attachment specified was detected.
016-945 The documents that do not support 2-Sided Print has been inserted for the pages for
2-Sided Print. 5. Install a new HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).
016-946 A document or separator has been inserted between Cover pages or Separator
pages.
016-947 The system detected that no tray is loaded with paper for Auto Paper Selection after
the job for which the paper for APS (Auto Paper Selection) was selected or APS was set has
started.
016-948 The covers with images, separators, or blank pages were detected after the job had
started with Booklet specified.
016-949 The document with a different size/orientation from the operated page was tried to be
inserted for the job with Attachment specified.
Procedure
1. have the customer re-submit the job with the correct settings.

016-982 HDD Access Error 2 RAP 016-983 Image Log HDD Full RAP
016-982 HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs. 016-983 With the system data level of ensuring log image creation set to High, the log image
storage area on the disk becomes full (during processing a copy/scan job).
Procedure
1. Have the customer: Have the customer:
a. Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, then 1. Cancel the job.
repeat the operation. 2. Re-run the job.
b. If step A does not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the relevant 3. Delete unnecessary documents saved in the device or change the level of ensuring cre-
service. ation (to Low).

016-985 Scan to Email Data Size RAP 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP
016-985 Scan to email data size exceeded. Use this RAP when the customer reports network failures. e.g. cannot connect to the scan
server when using the FTP or SMB protocols or when a folder on the scan server cannot be
Procedure opened.
1. Have the customer reduce the number of documents, reduce the resolution, or increase
Initial Actions
the compression ratio if the job is multi-value scan. Consult with your manager before troubleshooting the customer’s network, as the policy varies
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. according to region. Also consult with the customer’s IT personnel or system administrator.
Procedure
NOTE: Network errors can be complex to diagnose and resolve. Actions are limited to check-
ing for fundamental faults and to collect system information, before contacting 2nd level sup-
port.
NOTE: If it is possible to log in to the Embedded Web Server by entering the IP address of the
device, then the network controller on the ESS PWB is good.
Check that the date and time are set correctly on the device, refer to GP 14 How to Set the
Date and Time. The time and date are correct.
Y N
Set the time and date parameters correctly.
Check the LED link lights at the ESS PWB ethernet connection. The LEDs illuminate.
Y N
If possible, perform the following to try and eliminate the problem of a faulty network port:
• Check the connections at the network port and ESS PWB are good.
• Connect the device to another network port.
• Have the customer a provide a new network port to ESS PWB cable.
• Check the operation of a known good device to the network port.
If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400)/PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405). The LEDs illuminate.
Y N
Contact 2nd level support.
Perform the Final Actions.
Perform the Final Actions.

Final Actions
1. Attempt to ping the device:
a. Print a configuration report to obtain the IP address of the device, GP 22 Printing
Reports.
b. From an internet connected PC or laptop, open a command window (CMD):
• If running Windows XP, click on Start, then select Run. Type CMD in the Run
dialog box, then press Enter.
• If running Windows 7, select Start and in the Search box above the Start but-
ton, type CMD, then press Enter.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-149 016-985, 016A
NOTE: If the Windows key is enabled (the key located in the lower left corner with
the Microsoft logo), hold the Windows key down, press R and release both keys to
open the Command window.
c. In the Command window (where the blinking cursor is) type ping. Press the space
bar once, then enter the IP address of the device. Press Enter.
d. If the ping command is successful, the device will reply four times. This should not
take more than two or three seconds.
e. If the ping command times out, or responds with ‘host unreachable’, check the IP
address that was entered. If the IP address is correct, contact 2nd level support.
2. Attempt to send a scan job from the device, if the scan to job did not complete, contact
2nd level support.

016A 2-150 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
017-500 Job Limit Illegal Response RAP 017-501 Multiple Permission Restrictions RAP
017-500 Invalid response from job limit server. 017-501 A print rights violation has occurred.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer change the user privileges.
1. Check the job parameter settings, then re-run the job.
2. Check the response packet from the job limit server.

017-503 Password Over Maximum RAP 017-713 Start TLS Unsupported Fail RAP
017-503 Password has exceeded maximum number of digits. 017-713 Start TLS unsupported fail.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer lower the number of password digits. Have the customer change the SSL operation mode setting to other than STARTTLS mode.

017-714 SMTP Over SSL Fail RAP 017-715 SSL Certificate Fail RAP
017-714 SSL communication failure with SMTP server. 017-715 An SSL Server Authentication Error has occurred because there is something wrong
in the Server Certificate Data.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check if this occurred in TLS Mode, it may be due to an incorrect port Have the customer register the root certificate of the SMTP server SSL certificate in the
number. Check the Port Number settings of the SMTP Server. machine.

017-716, 717, 718 SSL Certificate (SMTP) Fail RAP 017-719 SMTP Over SSL Internal Fail RAP
017-716 The validity period of the server certificate has not started. 017-719 Internal software error has occurred during SMTP over SSL process.
017-717 The validity period of the server certificate has expired. Procedure
017-718 The server name does not match the server address of the server certificate.
Have the customer:

1. Check that the SMTP server clock and machine clock are correct.
2. Check the validity period of the SMTP server certificate.
3. Check that the server name that are registered in the SMTP server certificate and the
server address are correct.
4. If the clocks are correct, change the SMTP server SSL certificate to one that is valid.
NOTE: This problem can also be fixed by switching off the machines SSL Server Verifica-
tion setting. This will render the machine unable to guarantee the authenticity of the
SMTP server that it is connecting to.

017-720, 017-721 PJL Command Fail RAP 017-722 Total Impressions Over Fail RAP
017-720 Contract type value is incorrect. 017-722 The total impressions of billing meter in the data for PJL diag is 9,999,900 or more.
017-721 Geographic region value is incorrect. Procedure

Have the customer perform the operation when the value of total impressions is between 0 and
Procedure 9,999,900.
Have the customer correct the contract type or geographic region value specified by PJL com-
mand, then try again.

017-723 DocuWorks Unsupported Character Fail RAP 017-725 Forced Annotation Syntax Fail RAP
017-723 When the DocuWorks decomposer is working, it detected some text that cannot be 017-725 Syntax error in Forced Annotation instructions is detected.
output is in use.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 1. Have the customer check the driver settings.
1. Have the customer print from the DocuWorks viewer using the print driver (ART-EX, PCL, 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
etc.).

017-728 Scan Job Flow Document Fail RAP 017-729 Temporary Error in PDL Transfer RAP
017-728 MS Word or MS Excel is specified as the output format in the instructions, but the tar- 017-729 Temporary inability to send due to maximum jobs exceeded at the destination device,
get document for processing does not possess the conditions required for format processing. or spool area of print data full, etc.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Have the customer:
1. Have the customer: 1. Set the spooling of the print data at the destination device to hard disk.
a. Change output format to other than MS Word, MS Excel. 2. Change spooling setting to Spool to Hard Disk.
b. Start Job Flow Service after satisfying all conditions below:
• The document for processing is a scan document.
• The document for processing is full color.
• Size of the document for processing is 50x50mm or more, 297x432mm or less.
• Color space of the document for processing is standard color space.
• Resolution of the document for processing is 300dpi.
• Magnification of the of the document for processing is 100%.

017-730 Network Error in PDL Transfer RAP 017-731 POP Server Not Connected RAP
017-730 Network occurred during PDL data transfer. 017-731 Failed to connect to the POP server.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check the connection of the network cable. 1. Have the customer check that network communication between the POP server and the
2. Check the destination device is powered on. machine is available:
3. Check that the IPP port of the destination device is enabled. a. Check that the POP server IP address that is set in the device is correct.
b. Check the connection of network cables.

017-732 Offline Error in PDL Transfer RAP 017-733 Internal Error in PDL Transfer RAP
017-732 Unable to send because destination printer is offline. 017-733 Unable to send because destination printer is offline.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer disable the offline status of the destination device. Have the customer repeat the operation.

017-734 IPP Data Error RAP 017-735 Unauthorized Auditron User RAP
017-734 Syntax error, usage of undefined command, parameter error, damage of the file, or 017-735 Unauthorized user is detected.
internal error of the decomposer has occurred during the decomposer process of a direct print
job that used IPP in its network protocol. Procedure
Procedure 1. Have the customer get permission to use the device from the account administrator.
1. Have the customer print by using a different print method (printer driver or utility other
than print from IPP) that is supported by the device.

017-737 Custom Transfer Out of Memory RAP 017-738, 017-746 HDD Internal Fail RAP
017-737 A HDD unavailable error was returned when the decomposer called the S-image 017-738 The system detected that the JVM has stopped due to internal error.
library.
017-746 Custom transfer plug-in local disk malfunction.
Procedure
1. Have the customer deactivate or delete all unnecessary plug-ins. Perform the steps that follow:
3. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics. 2. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.

017-739, 017-740 Transfer Service Not Available RAP 017-741 Custom Transfer Invalid Plug-In RAP
017-739 Custom transfer XCP not activated error. 017-741 The instruction that was specified by the instruction set to the plug-in and the feature
provided by the plug-in (API) are mismatched when the custom transfer job is in progress.
017-740 Custom transfer plug-in not activated error.
Procedure
Have the customer: 1. Upgrade the embedded plug-in feature (install the latest version).
1. Enable the embedded plug-in feature. 2. Check the contents of the instruction set that is being used. If the instruction set was gen-
2. Input the software key for the customization kit. erated by a custom service, revise the custom service contents.

017-742, 743, 744 Custom Transfer Plug-In Connection 017-745 Custom Transfer Plug-in Disk Full RAP
RAP 017-745 Insufficient hard disk area for processing was detected.
017-742 Custom transfer plug-in server connection error.
Procedure
017-743 Custom transfer plug-in authentication error. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Have the customer take any one of the actions that follow:
017-744 Custom transfer plug-in server access error. a. Lower the resolution, then re-send.
b. Reduce the size, then re-send.
Procedure
c. Reduce the page count, then re-send the job in several batches.
Have the customer:
d. Change the output color to black and white, then re-send.
1. Check whether the transfer destination server, etc. and the machine are able to communi-
cate via the network.
2. Check whether it is possible to log in to the transfer destination server, etc. by using the
specified user name and password.
3. Check whether it is possible to log in to the transfer destination server, etc. by using the
specified user name and password.

017-747 Custom Transfer Plug-In Connection Timeout RAP 017-748 Custom Transfer Plug-In Invalid Device RAP
017-747 Custom transfer plug-in communication timed out error. 017-748 Custom transfer plug-in invalid device settings data error.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer check the device settings required for file transfer.
1. Wait a while, then re-run the job.
2. If the situation does not improve, consult with the Network Administrator.

017-749 Custom Transfer Plug-In XML Fail RAP 017-750 Custom Transfer Plug-In Internal Fail RAP
017-749 When extracting the custom transfer parameter from XML file, the obtaining of the 017-750 An internal logic error was detected in the custom transfer plug-in.
parameter has failed, the parameter format is inconsistent, or the parameter value cannot be
processed due to wrong grammar. Procedure
Procedure 1. Have the customer revise the custom transfer plug-in and then reinstall it.
Have the customer check the contents of the instruction set that is being used. If the instruction 2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
set was generated by a custom service, revise the custom service contents.

017-751 Custom Transfer Plug-In Other Fail RAP 017-755 Software Download Via Network Fail RAP
017-751 An error specific to the custom transfer plug-in was detected. 017-755 A software download via the network was performed when the software download via
network set as prohibited.
Procedure
Have the customer refer to the error details in the job undelivered transmission report, then Procedure
take appropriate action. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Either set the software download via network to allowed or perform the software down-
load using a USB.

017-759 Download Data Inspection Error RAP 017-760, 017-766 POP Over SSL Fail RAP
017-759 Electronic signature verification error of download data. 017-760 SSL communication failure with POP server.
Procedure 017-766 SSL communication failure with POP Server.

Have the customer re-obtain the download data then perform the operation again.
Procedure
1. If this had occurred in TSL mode, it may be due to different port number. Have the cus-
tomer check the port number settings of the POP server.

017-761, 017-767 SSL Server Cert Untrusted (POP) RAP 017-762, 763, 764, 768, 769, 770 SSL Certificate (POP) Fail
017-761 An SSL server authentication error has occurred as there is something wrong in the RAP
server certificate data. 017-762 The validity period of the server certificate has not started yet.
017-767 An SSL server authentication error has occurred as there is something wrong in the 017-763 The validity period of the server certificate has expired.
server certificate data.
Procedure
The machine is unable to trust the SSL certificate of the POP server. Have the customer regis- 017-768 The validity period of the Server Certificate has not started yet.
ter the root certificate of the POP server SSL certificate in the machine.
017-769 The validity period of the server certificate has expired.
Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Check that the clock of the POP server and the machine are correct. If the clock is cor-
rect, change the POP server SSL certificate to one that is valid.
2. Check the validity period settings of the POP server certificate.
3. Check that the server name that are registered in the POP server certificate and the
server address are correct.
NOTE: This problem can also be fixed by switching off the machines SSL Server Verifica-
tion setting. This will render the machine unable to guarantee the authenticity of the POP
server that it is connecting to.

017-761, 017-767, 017-762, 763, 764, 768, 769, 770 2-168 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
017-765, 017-771 POP Over SSL Internal Fail RAP 017-772 Scan All Blank Page Fail RAP
017-765 Software internal error has occurred when POP over SSL process is in progress. 017-772 It was detected that all the pages are blank.
017-771 Software internal error has occurred when POP over SSL process is in progress. Procedure
Have the customer:
Procedure 1. Darken the density during scan.
Have the customer repeat the operation. 2. Turn off the blank suppression instruction.

017-773 Netlog Task Error RAP 017-774 Message Lost Error RAP
017-773 Detected fatal error during Netlog operation. 017-774 Message discard error.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check the setting related to the Netlog function. For information only, no service action necessary.

017-775 Network API Error RAP 017-776, 017-777 Syslog Server Error RAP
017-775 Sending message was discarded due to sending API error. 017-776 The sending message was discarded because the server sent an invalid response or
did not respond.
Procedure
Have the customer check if there is any issues on the network route to the Syslog server. 017-777 The sending queue became full and discarded the message sending request.
Procedure
Have the customer check the status of the Syslog server, address value of the Syslog that is
set to the device, whether there is an issue in the network route between the device and the
Syslog server, or a network cable failure.

017-778 Queue Error RAP 017-779 Link Error RAP
017-778 The sending queue became full due to no IP address being set or assigned, and dis- 017-779 Detected unplugged network cable on the device side.
carded the message sending.
Procedure
Procedure Check the connection state of the network cable.
Have the customer check if the IP address of the machine is set.

017-780 Held Job Timeout RAP 017-782, 784, 785, 786 Custom Image Processing Plug-In
017-780 Auto delete due to the timeout of held Job that has been overtaken. RAP
017-782 Detected mismatch of the version of image processing module.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 017-784 Custom image processing XML error.
1. Have the customer disable the auto delete setting or change the timer setting (1-7200
minutes) to an appropriate value. 017-785 Detected an error that is custom image processing plug-in specific.
017-786 Image processing error of custom image processing plug-in.
Procedure
1. Have the customer reinstall after correcting the custom image processing plug-in.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-173 017-780, 017-782, 784, 785, 786
017-783 Custom Image Processing Memory RAP 017-787 Google Cloud Print Data Error RAP
017-783 The operation was unable to continue due to the memory shortage of the image pro- 017-787 Syntax error, undefined command, parameter error, file corruption, decomposer inter-
cessing module that is executed in the controller. nal error occurred when the decomposer is processing at the Google Cloud Print processing
path.
Procedure
1. Have the customer take any one of the actions that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
a. Lower the resolution. 1. Have the customer use a different print method supported by the machine (print driver,
b. Change the output color to black and white. utility other than Google Cloud Print).

017-789 Job Limit Estimation Logic Fail RAP 017-790 to 017-799 Print Permission RAP
017-789 During job limit estimate acquisition, a logic error was detected in the 017-790 Color print made in a time zone that is prohibited.
ComlDvm_GetEstimation.
017-791 Print made in a time zone that is prohibited.
Procedure
017-792 Printing performed despite being prohibited.
Have the customer check the job settings, then re-run the job.
017-793 Color printing performed despite being prohibited.
017-794 Print made from a prohibited application.
017-795 Color print made from a prohibited application.
017-796 Single sided print made from a prohibited application.
017-797 Print made from a paper tray that is prohibited.
017-798 Job type print made that is prohibited.
017-799 Single sided print made despite being prohibited.
Procedure
Have the customer set the permissions as required.

017-789, 017-790 to 017-799 2-176 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
018-400 IPSEC Configuration Mismatch RAP 018-405 User Account Disabled RAP
018-400 IPSEC error (setting mismatch). 018-405 User account disabled error.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer clear the IPSEC setting mismatch and re-enable the IPSEC. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer that there is a check mark at Account Invalid for the relevant user in
NOTE: Mismatched IPSEC settings occur when the password is not set because the authenti- the active directory of the LDAP authentication destination server. The server has been
cation method is set to pre-shared key, or when IPSEC certificate is not set because the set to prohibit access from the relevant user.
authentication method is set to digital signature.
2. Have the customer consult with the Server Administrator.

018-406 Setting Status of IP Address (IPv4) RAP 018-407 Setting Status of IP Address (IPv6) RAP
018-406 Setting state of the same IP address (IPv4). 018-407 Setting state of the same IP address (IPv6).
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Have the customer change the setting to a different IP address. Either that or allow the same
1. Have the customer change the setting to a different IP address. IP address setting.

018-408, 429, 430 Duplicate IPv4 Address RAP 018-409, 412, 413 Duplicate IPv6 Address 1 RAP
018-408 The same IP address device as the IPv4 address of this machine exists on the net- 018-409 The same IP address device as the IPv6 of this machine exists on the network in the
work in the network environment where the Ether 2 side is connected. network environment where the Ether 2 is connected.
018-429 The same IP address device as the IPv4 address of this machine exists on the net- 018-412 The same IP address device as the state-less auto setting address 2 of this machine
work in the network environment where the Wireless Network adapter is connected. exists on the network in the network environment where Ether 2 is connected.
018-430 The same IP address device as the IPv4 address of this machine exists on the net- 018-413 The same IP address device as the IPv6 state-less auto setting address 3 of this
work in the network environment where the WiFi Direct is connected. machine exists on the network in the network environment where the Ether 2 is connected.
Procedure Procedure
a. Change the IPv4 address of this machine or the IPv4 address of the network upper a. Change the IPv6 address of the network upper apparatus that is duplicated to
apparatus. resolve the IP address duplication.
b. For manual address setting, ensure that the IP address specified by the client is not b. Check if the IP address that was set in state-less address auto setting is not used in
used in other places. other places.
c. Check the respective server setting environments with the client. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-179 018-408, 429, 430, 018-409, 412, 413
018-410, 018-411 Dynamic DNS Update Failure RAP 018-414 Invalid IPv6 Address 2 RAP
018-410 For Ethernet 2, failed to update the IPv4 address and host name to the DNS server. 018-414 The IPv6 manual setting address that was set in this machine in a network environ-
ment connected to Ether 2 is invalid.
018-411 For Ethernet 2, failed to update the IPv6 address and host name to the DNS server.
Procedure
1. Have the customer: a. Change the IPv6 manual setting address of this machine to the IPv6 address that
a. Check if the DNS server address is correctly set to the device. can be used in the machine address.
b. Check if the DNS server is set so that the dynamic DNS can be operated. b. Check if the IPv6 address that was automatically set as manual address is a valid
2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP. address.

018-415 Duplicate IPv6 Address 3 RAP 018-416 Duplicate IPv6 Address 4 RAP
018-415 The same IP address device as the IPv6 manual setting address of this machine 018-416 The same IP address device as the IPv6 link local address of this machine exists on
exists on the network in the network environment where the Ether 2 is connected. the network in the network environment where Ether 2 is connected.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer change the IPv6 manual setting address of this machine or the IPv6 Perform the steps that follow:
address of the network upper apparatus. 1. Have the customer:
a. Change the IPv6 address of the network upper apparatus that is duplicated to
resolve the IP address duplication.
b. Check if the IPv6 address that was automatically set as link local address is not used
in other places.

018-424, 018-425 WPA Enterprise Certificate Fail 1 RAP 018-426 WPA Enterprise Certificate Fail 2 RAP
018-424 A wireless WPA-Enterprise authentication root certificate or client certificate is not 018-426 An irregularity was detected in the server certificate that was received during wireless
stored in the machine. WPA-Enterprise authentication execution. This includes when the server certificate cannot be
referenced.
018-425 The WPA-Enterprise authentication root certificate or client certificate cannot be used.
Procedure
1. Have the customer: a. Check if the server certificate is within the expiration date and that the certificate type
a. Store or reconfigure the root certificate or client certificate in the machine that will be and signature algorithm are supported. Use an appropriate certificate.
used in wireless WPA-Enterprise authentication. b. If a server certificate that satisfies the request cannot be used, use a type of wireless
b. If a WPA-Enterprise authentication root certificate or client certificate cannot be security other than WPA-Enterprise.
obtained, use a type of wireless security other than WPA-Enterprise. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.

018-427 Duplicate Wireless Network IP Address Range 018-428 Wireless Module Connection Fail RAP
RAP 018-428 The printer failed to connect to the Wireless Network.
018-427 The same IP address range used on this machine is already being used on the Wire-
less Network. Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
Perform the steps that follow: 2. if the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
1. Have the customer: • Wireless adaptor, PL 18.1A Item 90.
a. Change the wireless IP address range of this machine or ensure the wireless IP • ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5.
address range is available on the network.
b. For manual address range setting, ensure that the IP address range specified by the
client is not used in other places.
c. Check the respective server setting environments with the client.

018-431, 432, 433 Duplicate WiFi IPv6 Address 1 RAP 018-434 Duplicate WiFi IPv6 Address 2 RAP
018-431 There is a device on the network with the same IP address as the machine's IPv6 018-434 IPv6 ‘Manual Address’ set on the machine is invalid in the network environment that
‘Auto Stateless Address 1’ or ‘DHCPv6 Auto Address’ in the network environment that WiFi is WiFi is connected to.
connected to.
Procedure
018-432 There is a device on the network with the same IP address as the machine's IPv6
‘Auto Stateless Address 2’ in the network environment that WiFi is connected to.
018-433 There is a device on the network with the same IP address as the machine's IPv6 a. Change the machine's ‘IPv6 (Manual Address)’ to an IPv6 address that can be used
‘Auto Stateless Address 3’ in the network environment that WiFi is connected to. for the machine's address.
b. Check if an invalid address is being used for the IPv6 address automatically set as
Procedure the manual address.
Perform the steps that follow: 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.
a. Change the IPv6 address of the device on the network with the duplicate address
resolve the problem.
b. Check if the IPv6 address automatically set as the stateless address is being used
somewhere else.

018-435 Duplicate WiFi IPv6 Address 3 RAP 018-436 Duplicate WiFi IPv6 Address 4 RAP
018-435 There is a device on the network with the same IP address as the machine's IPv6 018-436 There is a device on the network with the same IP address as the machine's IPv6
‘Manual Address’ in the network environment that WiFi is connected to. ‘Link-local Address’ in the network environment that WiFi is connected to.
Procedure Procedure
a. Change the machine's IPv6 ‘Manual Address’ or the IPv6 address of the device on a. Change the IPv6 address of the device on the network with the duplicate address to
the network. resolve the problem.
b. Check if the IPv6 address automatically set as the manual address is being used b. Check if the IPv6 address automatically set as the link-local address is being used
somewhere else. somewhere else.

018-500, 501, 503, 504, 506, 507, 508 CA Server Error RAP 018-502 SMB Login Failure RAP
018-500 The SSL server that is necessary for CA could not start because there was no server 018-502 When logging in to the SMB server, it was detected that the workstations that can log
certificate or private key at an attempt to start the device. in during SMB scan are limited.
018-501 The device could not connect to the CA server when trying to do CA authentication. Procedure
The device has failed in communication. Have the customer check the properties information of the specified user and check whether
the workstations that can log in to the server are limited.
018-503 The device received a message from the CA server and was waiting for a JRM/UI
judgment, but received no response in time.
018-504 During communication between the device and the CA server for authentication, a
mismatch in Session ID between both has occurred.
018-506 During communication between the device and the CA server, a mismatch in Field ID
between both has occurred.
018-507 The CA authentication server requested an entry of user info, and the server deter-
mined that the entered info was different.
018-508 In process of CA authentication, the device has received a server exception message
from the CA authentication server.
Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Make the IOT and the controller the same in agreement info.
2. Set up the server certificate, or set the CA function to off.
3. Check the address of the CA server, or recheck the connection to the network.
4. Retry the authentication operation.
5. Enter the correct user name and password.
6. Check the status of the CA server. Reboot it if necessary.

018-500, 501, 503, 504, 506, 507, 508, 018-502 2-186 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
018-505 SMB-DOS Protocol Error RAP 018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP
018-505 SMB user authentication failed/unable to log into SMB scanner. 018-509 CUI scan: an invalid job template is specified.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer contact the network administrator for the correct user name or password. Have the customer check whether the settings in the job template are correct. For example:
1. A setting that cannot be used in the device is set.
2. The transfer repository is not set correctly.
3. A nonexistent template name is specified.

018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP 018-525 HDD full or Access Error RAP
018-524 CUI scan: an invalid job template is specified. 018-525 CUI scan: HDD-related error during processing of job template.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check whether the port and network related settings that are required to execute the scan 1. Advise the customer to wait for a while, then perform the same operation again.
job are set properly in the device. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798 HDD Error RAP.
2. Check whether the DNS server setting is correct.
3. Check whether the port for the specified protocol is activate.

018-526 to 018-529, 531, 532 CUI Scan Error RAP 018-530 Authentication Error RAP
018-526 A CUI scan start request was received when the job template is being polled. 018-530 Authentication/DV-related error during start-up of a CUI scan job.
018-527 CUI scan: internal error occurred when processing job template. Procedure
Advise the customer to either perform the correct authentication operation or check the limita-
018-528 CUI scan: soap argument error.
tions (color mode, number of sheets, services) that was set by the administrator.
018-529 CUI scan: duplication of soap job startup request.
018-531 Other errors during start-up of a CUI scan job.
018-532 Failed to create CUI scan job.
Procedure
Advise the customer to wait for a while, then perform the same operation again.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-189 018-526 to 018-529, 531, 532, 018-530
018-543 Shared Name Error in SMB Server RAP 018-547 SMB Scan Users Restriction RAP
018-543 Problem with the shared name of the SMB scan server. 018-547 The number of SMB scan users has exceeded the limit.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer:
1. Check the shared name specified then set the correct name. 1. Check the limit for the number of users that can connect to the shared folder.
2. Check that the user has the right to access the shared name specified. 2. Check whether the number of users who are concurrently using the server has exceeded
the maximum number.

018-556 HTTP Server Script Error RAP 018-557 HTTP Invalid Character in Filename RAP
018-556 HTTP error - invalid script. 018-557 HTTP file - invalid characters.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer ensure that the file name that is specified in the scanned document desti-
1. Check that the drive and directory that are specified in the HTTP server that sends nation does not contain any invalid characters.
scanned documents are accessible.
2. Repeat the operation.

018-558 HTTP File Not Found RAP 018-559 HTTP File Duplication Fail RAP
018-558 The HTTP directory/file name does not exist. 018-559 File name conflict stop.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Advise the customer that when performing scan Jobs, set File Name Conflict to other than
1. Check that the directory that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP Cancel Job.
server exists.
2. Check that the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP
server exists.

018-560 to 018-563 HTTP Server Login Fail RAP 018-564 Host Name Solution Error in HTTP RAP
018-560 HTTP user authentication error. 018-564 Failed to resolve host name in HTTP.
018-561 HTTP error - not found. Procedure

Have the customer:
018-562 HTTP response client error.
1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server has been registered in
the DNS.
018-563 HTTP response server error.
2. Check whether it is connected to the DNS server.
Procedure 3. Check whether the DNS server address is set.
Have the customer:
1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the
PC.
2. Check the login user name.
3. Check the login password.
4. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
5. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.

018-565 Proxy Name Solution Error in HTTP RAP 018-566, 018-567 Server Connect Error in HTTP RAP
018-565 Failed to resolve proxy name error in HTTP. 018-566 Failed to connect to the HTTP server.
Procedure 018-567 HTTP error - access error.

Have the customer:
1. Check whether the proxy server name that is set in the device has been registered in the
Procedure
DNS. Have the customer:
2. Check whether it is connected to the DNS server. 1. Check the network cable of the device.
3. Check whether the DNS server address is set. 2. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the
PC.

018-568 HTTP Server SSL Access Fail RAP 018-569 HTTP Server Certificate Fail RAP
018-568 HTTP error - abnormal SSL connection. 018-569 HTTP error - invalid certificate.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the 1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the
PC. PC.
2. Check whether the SSL setting of the scanned document destination HTTP server is 2. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the scanned document destination HTTP
valid. server is registered in the device.
3. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server. 3. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the scanned document destination HTTP
4. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server. server is valid. For example, check the items that follow:
• The certificate has not expired yet.
• The time that is set in the device is correct.
• It is not in the discard list.
• The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certif-
icate.
4. If the certificate is not registered in the scanned document destination HTTP server, dis-
able the device certificate validation.

018-570 HTTP Certificate Fail RAP 018-571 Internal Error in Scan RAP
018-570 HTTP error - invalid client certificate. 018-571 Scan network sending software internal error.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer repeat the operation.
1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the
PC.
2. Check whether the SSL client certificate is set correctly in the device.
3. Check whether a valid device certificate is registered in the scanned document destina-
tion HTTP server.

018-587 File Duplication Fail RAP 018-588 Scan Filing Policy Invalid RAP
018-587 File name conflict stop. 018-588 Invalid filing policy.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer set File Name Conflict to other than Cancel Job. Advise the customer that when Add is selected for File Name Conflict, check that the file format
is not set to Multi-page.

018-589 NEXTNAME File Error RAP 018-590 Same Name Exists RAP
018-589 NEXTNAMEDAT file access error. 018-590 A file/folder with the same name was detected on the server.
Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer that when Add is selected for File Name Conflict, check that the NEXT- Have the customer perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the
NAME.DAT file is correct. same folder in the same server.

018-591 File Name Suffix Over Limit RAP 018-592, 018-593 Lock Folder Fail RAP
018-591 The scan file name has exceeded the suffix limit value. 018-592 Scan lock folder creation failed.
Procedure 018-593 Failed to delete the scan lock folder.

Have the customer change the file name/destination folder on the scan server. Else, move or
delete the files in the destination folder. Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Check if a lock directory (*.LCK) remains in the transfer destination, delete it manually
then retry the job.
2. Check whether there is a folder that has the same name as the specified name.

018-595 Detected User Duplication RAP 018-596, 018-700 Network Error RAP
018-595 Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication (LDAP protocol). 018-596 An undefined protocol error, and other errors with LDAP protocol.
Procedure 018-700 Network stack is not initialized fail.

Have the customer make corrections so that the user entries in the database of the LDAP
server do not have the same IC card information. Procedure
Advise the customer to wait for a while, then perform the same operation again.

018-701 to 018-705 LDAP Protocol Errors 01 to 05 RAP 018-706 LDAP Protocol Error 06 RAP
018-701 LDAP protocol error 01 at address book operation (operation error). 018-706 LDAP protocol error 06 at address book operation (comparison request result is true).
018-702 LDAP protocol error 02 at address book operation (operation error). Procedure
018-703 LDAP protocol error 03 at address book operation.
1. For a single occurrence, take no action.
018-704 LDAP protocol error 04 at address book operation (too many search results to be pro- 2. If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
cessed).
018-705 LDAP protocol error 05 at Address Book operation (comparison request result is
false)
Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a configuration report and verify that network setup
settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the configuration report indicates
valid network settings.
Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a
problem with the network. Inform the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server.
Have the customer verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is good, there may be a prob-
lem with the remote LDAP server.

018-707, 018-708 LDAP Protocol Errors 07 and 08 RAP 018-709 Active Communication is Unavailable Now Fail
018-707 LDAP protocol error 07 at address book operation (the specified authentication RAP
method is not supported). 018-709 Active communication is unavailable now fail.
018-708 LDAP protocol error 08 at address book operation (strong authentication is required)
Procedure
Procedure 1. In case of IPv4 environment, have the customer:
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a configuration report and verify that network setup a. Check whether the address that is being used as the IPv4 address of the device is
settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the configuration report indicates undefined, or whether it has become the Auto IP address.
valid network settings. b. Check if the network has been connected properly.
Y N c. Check with the network administrator on whether the DHCP server address has
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a been exhausted.
problem with the network. Inform the customer that the network requires service. 2. In case of IPv6 environment, have the customer:
a. Check whether the address that is being used as the IPv6 address of the device has
been allocated with a global address that uses the network address distributed by
the IPv6 router.
b. Check if the network has been connected properly.
c. Check with the network administrator on whether the IPv6 router has been config-
ured correctly.

018-710 to 018-714 LDAP Protocol Errors 10 to 14 RAP 018-715 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 73 RAP
018-710 LDAP protocol error 10 at address book operation (not registered in search range). 018-715 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 73
018-711 LDAP protocol error 11 at address book operation (admin limit is exceeded). Procedure
Advice the customer that:
018-712 LDAP protocol error 12 at address book operation (extended function cannot be
1. If the error occurred in the case of smart card authentication, algorithm not supported by
used).
the device is specified by KDC.
018-713 LDAP protocol error 13 at address book operation (secrecy is required). 2. In the case of password authentication, KDC does not support any of the device’s algo-
rithms.
018-714 LDAP protocol error 14 at Address Book operation (SASL bind in progress). 3. KDC settings should be reviewed. Also, in the case of devices supporting FIPS, disabling
FIPS mode may correct the problem.
Procedure
Y N

018-716 to 018-721 LDAP Protocol Errors 16 to 21 RAP 018-722 GCP Network Fail RAP
018-716 LDAP protocol error 16 at address book operation (the requested attribute does not 018-722 GCP network connection error.
exist).
Procedure
018-717 LDAP protocol error 17 at address book operation (the specified attribute is not Perform the steps that follow:
defined)
1. Have the customer confirm the network connection status, network settings status with
the system administrator.
018-718 LDAP protocol error 18 at address book operation (unsuitable combination).
018-719 LDAP protocol error 19 at address book operation (limit violation).
018-720 LDAP protocol error 20 at address book operation (the specified attribute already
exists)
018-721 The server returned RFC2251 standard result message 21 (syntax error of the speci-
fied attribute value) in response to the address book inquiry.
Procedure
Y N

018-723, 018-740 GCP Certification Fail RAP 018-724 GCP SSL Connection Fail RAP
018-723 GCP certificate connection error. 018-724 GCP SSL connection error.
018-740 Connection error of certificate has occurred during communication through XMPP Procedure
protocol with Google server. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Have the customer confirm with the network administrator the network (SSL Communica-
Procedure tion) connection status, SSL settings status.
1. Have the customer confirm with the network administrator the correct root CA certificate is
present, certificate authentication settings are correct .

018-725 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 22 RAP 018-726 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 70 RAP
018-725 Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication (LDAP protocol). 018-726 Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication (LDAP protocol).
Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer that the user Kerbeors password set on the Kerbeors server has expired, Have the customer check if a higher CA certificate in the user SmartCard is registered with the
it is necessary to ask the server administrator to extend the expiration date of it. device. If not, register it with the device.

018-727 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 71 RAP 018-728 Kerberos Attestation Protocol Error 72 RAP
018-727 The certificate in the user SmartCard is incorrect (rejected by the Kerbeors server). 018-728 The Kerbeors server KDC certificate is incorrect (the root CA certificate is not regis-
tered with the device; the KDC certificate has expired; or the KDC certificate address is differ-
Procedure ent from that written on the certificate.)
Have the customer check if the certificate in the user SmartCard is valid. If it has become
invalid or expired, renew it, or if the Kerberos server prohibits the use of the certificate, it is nec- Procedure
essary to ask the server administrator to authorise the server permit it. Have the customer:
1. Check if the root CA certificate of KDC certificate is registered with the device. If not, reg-
ister the root CA certificate.
2. If the KDC certificate has expired, renew the Kerbeors server KDC certificate
3. Check that the Kerberos server address set on the device is the same as that written on
the Kerbeors server KDC certificate. If they are different, change the Kerbeors server
address set on the device, or check the Kerbeors server KDC certificate. In this case,
there is a possibility of a wrong setting or Kerbeors server impersonation.

018-729, 730, 738, 739, 743, 744, 745, 746 GCP Network Fail 018-731 GCP HDD Limit Fail RAP
RAP 018-731 Job is aborted because there is not enough capacity in the HDD.
018-729 GCP connection timeout error.
Procedure
018-730 GCP other network error. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Have the customer check the HDD available capacity, and free up space. Print again after
018-738 Network-related error has occurred during communication through XMPP protocol executing all print jobs which are being spooled.
with Google server. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
018-739 Network-related internal error has occurred during communication through XMPP pro-
tocol with Google server.
018-743 A network related (proxy connection) error has occurred when communicating with
Google server via HTTP.
018-744 A network related (DNS name resolution) error has occurred when communicating
with Google server via HTTP.
018-745 A network related (proxy connection) error has occurred when communicating with
Google server via XMPP protocol.
018-746 A network related (DNS name resolution) error has occurred when communicating
with Google server via XMPP protocol.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check the network connection status, settings status as the network
might be congested.

018-729, 730, 738, 739, 743, 744, 745, 746, 018-731 2-208 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
018-732 to 018-736 LDAP Protocol Errors 32 to 36 RAP 018-737, 018-741 GCP Other Fail RAP
018-732 LDAP protocol error 32 at address book operation (applicable object does not exist). 018-737 Other internal error has occurred during GCP module processing.
018-733 LDAP protocol error 33 at address book operation (wrong alias). 018-741 Other internal error has occurred during GCP module (XMPP library) processing.
018-734 LDAP protocol error 34 at address book operation (wrong DN format, wrong pass- Procedure
word).
018-735 LDAP protocol error 35 at address book operation (object is terminated). 1. Have the customer check the settings.
018-736 LDAP protocol error 36 at address book operation (cannot refer to alias).
Procedure
Y N

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-209 018-732 to 018-736, 018-737, 018-741
018-747 Server Not Found in SMB RAP 018-748, 018-750 to 018-754 LDAP Protocol Errors 48, 50 to
018-747 Unable to find the SMB server during SMB scan. 36 RAP
018-748 LDAP protocol error 48 at address book operation (authentication denied).
Procedure
Have the customer: 018-750 LDAP protocol error 49 at address book operation (the specified authentication certifi-
1. Check the Communication Environment: cate is invalid, login name is invalid).
Check that network communication between the transfer destination SMB server and this
018-751 LDAP protocol error 51 at address book operation (busy).
machine is available, by the performing the steps that follow:
a. Network cable connection.
018-752 LDAP protocol error 52 at address book operation (cannot be processed).
b. If the transfer destination address is specified using IP Address, check whether the
IP address is correct. 018-753 LDAP protocol error 53 at address book operation (execution denied).
c. Check with the System Administrator on whether the SMB related ports (*1) are
blocked (whether there are blocked ports at the transfer destination server, between 018-754 LDAP protocol error 54 at address book operation (loop detected).
the MFD and the server, etc.)
2. Check the SMB Server: Procedure
Check the network settings that follow to check if the computer operates as an SMB Verify that print jobs are printing or print a configuration report and verify that network setup
server: settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the configuration report indicates
a. Whether the SMB related ports (*1) are blocked by software, such as anti-virus or a valid network settings.
firewall, on the server. Y N
3. Check the Resolution Server Name:
Check the network settings that follows to check if the computer operates as an SMB
server:
a. For communication that goes beyond the subnet and the server name is 15 charac- Have the customer verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is good, there may be a prob-
ters or shorter, check the WINS server settings and check whether the server name lem with the remote LDAP server.
address can be resolved correctly.
4. If there is no problem, login to the SMB server from another PC using the same user
name and check whether a file can be written to the same storage destination on that
SMB server. If write is possible, try to perform the same operation again from the
machine.

018-747, 018-748, 018-750 to 018-754 2-210 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
018-749 LDAP Protocol Error 49 RAP 018-755 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP
018-749 There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) error (Designated authenti- 018-755 There is no response from the server and failed to establish TCP/IP session.
cation certificate is invalid/Login name is invalid).
Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a configuration report and verify that network setup 1. Check the transfer destination server, the router that exists between the multifunction
settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the configuration report indicates device and the server, and the anti-virus software, firewall software, etc.
valid network settings. 2. If there is no problem, login to the SMB server from another PC using the same user
Y N
problem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
machine.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. NOTE: If the situation does not improve, it is highly likely that there is a problem occurring
Ask the customer to re-verify user name and password to be used for authentication to cancel at the server.
incorrect search login name. Check with the network administrator to verify authentication set-
ting of server side when the status is not improved.
Verify the machine LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the remote
LDAP server.

018-756 Server Login Response Timeout in SMB RAP 018-757 Host Name Solution Error in SMB RAP
018-756 Unable to receive a response from the server within the specified time during the 018-757 The system has failed to resolve the SMB server name of the SMB that is specified as
scanner (scan to PC) SMB authentication. the transfer destination during the scanner (scan to PC).
Procedure Procedure
1. If the transfer destination server belongs to the Active Directory domain, check for delays 1. For communication that goes beyond the subnet, check the DNS server settings and
in the communication between transfer destination server and Domain Controller by the check whether the server name address can be resolved correctly.
method that follows: 2. If there is no problem, login to the SMB server from another PC using the same user
a. Check whether it is taking a long time to access the transfer destination server from name and check whether a file can be written to the same storage destination on that
a PC client. SMB server. If write is possible, try to perform the same operation again from the
b. If it is taking a long time, consult with the System Administrator. machine.
2. If there is no problem, login to the SMB server from another PC using the same user
machine.
NOTE: If the situation does not improve, there is a possibility of bad connection status in
the customers environment. Advise them to consult with the System Administrator.

018-758, 018-759 Picture Preservation or File Name Error 018-760 DFS Link Error in SMB RAP
RAP 018-760 The specified storage location gets linked to other shared folder during scanner (scan
018-758 SMB Scan image storage location or file name error. to PC) SMB transfer as it is set to Distributed File System (DFS).
018-759 SMB Scan image storage location or file name error. Procedure
Have the customer check the settings of the distributed file system (DFS) with the system
Procedure administrator.
Have the customer:
1. Check whether the storage location is correct.
2. Check whether the specified file name is one that can be created on the SMB server.
3. Check whether the storage destination or file name of the scan image that is set at the
main unit contains restricted characters.

018-761 Out of Server Memory in SMB RAP 018-762 Server Response Timeout in SMB RAP
018-761 The memory at the storage destination PC was detected to have ran out during scan- 018-762 The response from the storage destination PC has taken a long time and caused a
ner (scan to PC) SMB transfer. timeout during scanner (scan to PC) SMB transfer.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check whether the usage condition at the storage destination PC has caused all the 1. Check whether an anti-virus software is operating at the storage destination PC. If operat-
memory to be used. ing, reduce the number of document copies to make the transmission file smaller.
2. Terminate the applications that are currently not in use. 2. Check that there is no cable unplugged or any issues with the router or the hub in the net-
3. Check the memory usage status and perform upgrades to increase the memory. work route.
4. Reboot the server.

018-763 Character Convert Error in SMB RAP 018-764 to 769, 771 LDAP Protocol Errors 64 to 69 and 71
018-763 The character code conversion process in the multifunction device has failed during RAP
the scanner (scan to PC) SMB transfer. 018-764 LDAP protocol error 64 at address book operation (naming violation).
Procedure 018-765 LDAP protocol error 65 at address book operation (object class specification error).
Have the customer:
1. Check whether the server name, shared name, path name, etc. contains machine-depen- 018-766 LDAP protocol error 66 at address book operation (entries other than termination can-
dent characters such as (special symbol), (number symbol), IV (roman numeral), and etc. not be executed).
2. If it contains any machine-dependent characters, edit it so that the name no longer con-
tain any and operate. 018-767 LDAP protocol error 67 at Address Book operation (cannot be executed at RDN).
018-768 LDAP protocol error 68 at address book operation (the specified entry already exists).
018-769 LDAP protocol error 69 at address book operation (object class cannot be changed).
018-771 LDAP protocol error 71 at address book operation (influence on multiple DSA).
Procedure
Y N

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-215 018-763, 018-764 to 769, 771
018-770 LDAP Protocol Error 70 RAP 018-772 Shared Name Not Found in Server RAP
018-770 LDAP protocol error 70 at Address Book operation (search target is too large). 018-772 The shared name that was set does not exist on the transfer destination server during
scanner (scan to PC) SMB transfer.
Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a configuration report and verify that network setup Procedure
settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the configuration report indicates Have the customer check whether the shared name that is set at the main unit exists on the
valid network settings. transfer destination PC.
Y N
problem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
Ask the customer to retry search with narrower search target by changing search condition/
search start position in Address Book internal data. If the check is OK, there may be a problem
with the remote LDAP server.

018-773 Shared Name Error in Server RAP 018-780 to 018-784 LDAP Protocol Errors 80 and 82 to 84
018-773 Invalid shared name at the SMB scan server. RAP
018-780 LDAP protocol error 80 at address book operation (an unknown error has occurred).
Procedure
Have the customer: 018-782 LDAP protocol error 82 at address book operation (program error or SASL authentica-
1. Check whether the shared name that is set at the main unit contains restricted characters. tion error).
2. Check whether the beginning or the end of the shared name that is set at the main unit
018-783 LDAP protocol error 83 at address book operation (outgoing message encoding
contain any blank space.
error).
3. Check whether the shared name that is set at the main unit is only specified by a period.
4. If the transfer destination is a Macintosh, the permission setting must be changed for the 018-784 LDAP protocol error 84 at address book operation (incoming message decoding
user of the shared folder. For the settings, check with the System Administrator. error).
Procedure
Y N

018-781 LDAP Protocol Error 81 RAP 018-785 LDAP Protocol Error 85 RAP
018-781 LDAP protocol error 81 at address book operation (cannot connect to server). 018-785 LDAP protocol error 85 at address book operation (search timeout).
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Verify that print jobs are printing or print a configuration report and verify that network setup
1. Check if the network cable is connected. settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the configuration report indicates
2. If it is connected, check the start up state of the target request server. valid network settings.
Y N
3. Check whether the shared name that is set at the main unit is only specified by a period.
4. Check that the server name is correct. problem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
Ask the customer to retry search with narrower search target by changing search condition/
search start position in Address Book internal data. Ask the customer to verify the machine
LDAP setups. If the check is OK, there may be a problem with the remote LDAP server.

018-786 to 797 LDAP Protocol Errors 86 to 97 RAP
018-786 LDAP protocol error 86 at address book operation (an unknown authentication
method has been specified).
018-787 LDAP protocol error 87 at address book operation (mistake in definition of search fil-
ter).
018-788 LDAP protocol error 88 at address book operation (instruction canceled).
018-789 LDAP protocol error 89 at address book operation (an incorrect parameter was
passed).
018-790 LDAP protocol error 90 at address book operation (insufficient memory).
018-791 LDAP protocol error 91 at address book operation (server connection prohibited).
018-792 LDAP protocol error 92 at address book operation (unsupported function).
018-793 LDAP protocol error 93 at address book operation (result is not returned).
018-794 LDAP protocol error 94 at address book operation (result no longer exist).
018-795 LDAP protocol error 95 at address book operation (result still exist).
018-796 LDAP protocol error 96 at address book operation (client loop detected).
018-797 LDAP protocol error 97 at address book operation (maximum hop number for refer-
ence is exceeded).
Procedure
Y N

021-210, 211, 212 USB IC Card Reader Error RAP 021-213 Controller Price Table Error RAP
021-210 USB IC card reader connection status error. 021-213 An error in setting up EPA controller unit price table.
021-211 The USB IC card reader is broken. Procedure

021-212 USB IC card reader activation failure.
WARNING
WARNING Perform the steps that follow:
2. Advise the customer to save the unit price table to a file. Then set a value between 1 and
9999999 at the location(s) where a value out of the range is set. Then save the file con-
Perform the steps that follow: taining the corrected unit price table.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 3. To not use the new type of subtraction system (M/C Unit-Price Table system), enter
2. Check the wiring between the card reader and the machine. dC131. Set the value of NVM 850-027 to 0.
3. Enter dC131. Ensure NVM value 700-885 is set correctly: 4. To use the new type of subtraction system, enter dC131. Set every available unit price
• Internal IC card reader: 0 (NVM values 855-xxx) to a value between 1 and 9999999. Switch the machine off, then
• IC card reader (HID support): 1 on, GP 10.
4. If the fault persists, advise the customer that the card reader is faulty. NOTE: Obtain consent from the customer as to the values to set the prices to.

021-214 USB IC Card Reader Encryption Setting RAP 021-215 Invalid Accessory Type Setting RAP
021-214 Failure in the USB IC card reader encryption settings. 021-215 Invalid accessory type setting.
Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 1. Enter dC131. Set NVM value 850-007 to the appropriate one for the connected acces-
2. Advise the customer that the encryption settings of the connected USB IC card reader are sory. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
wrong. Connect an USB IC card reader that has never been used before, or one that has 2. Or replace the connected accessory with the appropriate one for the setting. Switch off,
had its encryption settings initialized as factory default settings to the machine. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
then switch on the machine, GP 10.

021-360 EP Accessory Fail RAP 021-361 EP Accessory Type Configuration Error RAP
021-360 An error occurred in the connection to the EP accessory. The accessory that should 021-361 EP accessory type setting error.
be installed is not found.
Procedure
Procedure
1. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine. WARNING
2. Perform the 016-357 Controller EP Communication Fail RAP. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
2. Enter dC131. Ensure NVM value 850-007 is set correctly.
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016-357 Controller EP Communication Fail RAP.

021-401 USB IC Card Reader Connection Error RAP 021-500 EP Accessory Job Exclusion RAP
021-401 USB IC card reader connection status is incorrect. 021-500 When the fax send billing function is enabled, the errors that follow occurred:
Procedure • There was an attempt to start up a job for accessory billing in the middle of a fax send job
operation.
• There was an attempt to start up a Fax send Job in the middle of a Job for accessory bill-
WARNING ing operation. This fault is not detected when the fax send billing function is disabled.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Have the customer wait for the current running job to complete, and then restart the job.
2. Advise the customer to disconnect the USB IC card reader that caused this error to occur
from the USB connector.

021-501 Invalid URL Detected RAP 021-502, 503, 504 Couldn’t Resolve Proxy Name RAP
021-501 The server URL is grammatically incorrect. 021-502 Proxy server address resolution error.
Procedure 021-503 Server address resolution error.

021-504 Server connection error.
2. Have the customer check the URL of the EP server. Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Check the connection of the LAN cable.
2. Check the DNS server address settings.
3. Check the default gateway settings.
4. Check the subnet mask settings.

021-505, 021-506 SSL Error RAP 021-507 Unauthorized Proxy Access RAP
021-505 An error has occurred during SSL/TLS handshake. 021-507 Authentication of the proxy server has failed.
021-506 The SSL certificate of the server is invalid. Procedure

Have the customer:
Procedure 1. Check the EP proxy server authentication user.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 2. Check the EP proxy server authentication password.
3. If the problem persists after checking the settings, there may be a network failure or the
proxy server settings may have changed/failed.

021-508, 520, 521 Host/Proxy Connection Timed Out RAP 021-509, 515, 516, 522 Invalid Message Detected RAP
021-508 Communication timeout has occurred. 021-509 The server detected an invalid message.
021-520 CA communication error. 021-515 Invalid product code.
021-521 CA communication timeout. 021-516 Invalid serial number.
Procedure 021-522 Certificate library error.

Have the customer:
1. Check the connection of the LAN cable.
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
2. Check the default gateway settings.
3. Check the subnet mask settings.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-227 021-508, 520, 521, 021-509, 515, 516, 522
021-510, 021-511 SOAP Fault RAP 021-512, 513, 514, 517, 518, 519 Installation Conflict RAP
021-510 Recall status mismatch (EP system). 021-512 EP-SV installation conflict (EP system).
021-511 Installation status mismatch (EP system) 021-513 EP-DX installation conflict (EP system).
Procedure 021-514 TRESS installation conflict (EP system).

For information only. No service action required.
021-517 Communication failure (EP center)
021-518 An internal error has occurred in the server.
021-519 High load status detected (EP center).
Procedure
Have the customer check with the EP Center for the EP contract status, registration status and
system operation status.

021-510, 021-511, 021-512, 513, 514, 517, 518, 519 2-228 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
021-523 Internal Error RAP 021-524 to 012-527 Communications Error RAP
021-523 Software failure where processing can still continue was detected. 021-524 Installation status mismatch.
Procedure 021-525 Recall status mismatch.

021-526 Communication library error.
1. If the SOAP port has stopped, have the customer restart it.
2. If the fault persists, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 021-527 Invalid communication message (edge server).
Procedure

021-528, 021-529 Communication Settings RAP 021-530, 012-531 Update Server Error RAP
021-528 Communication setting error. 021-530 An error internal to the server (software update).
021-529 The latest version is detected (software update). 021-531 A large load on the server is detected (software update).
Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 1. Wait a while, then operate again.
2. If the fault persists, have the customer check with the EP Center for the EP contract sta- 2. If the fault persists, have the customer check with the EP Center for the EP contract sta-
tus, registration status and system operation status. tus, registration status and system operation status.

021-532 to 021-535 Unsupported ROM Set RAP 021-700 Accessory Failure RAP
021-532 An unsupported set of ROM versions is detected. 021-700 EP accessory - service canceled by USB accessory failure or disconnect.
021-533 The user cannot do an update. Procedure

021-534 An unsupported submodule is detected.
1. Check the fault history, dC122 for fault 021-210, 021-211 or 021-212. If any of the faults is
listed, perform the relevant RAP.
021-535 An unsupported accessory is detected.
2. If none of the faults are listed, reload the software, GP 4.
Procedure

021-701 Accessory Preparing RAP 021-732, 941, 943, 945 EP Accessory Error RAP
021-701 EP accessory - service canceled by USB accessory preparing. 021-732 EP accessory - service canceled by disable.
Procedure 021-941 EP accessory - scan service paused by disable.

021-943 EP accessory - print service paused by disable.
1. Have the customer wait for a minimum of 3 minutes for the USB accessory to start, then
re-run the job
021-945 EP accessory - service paused by disable.
Procedure
1. Have the customer insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure
that there are sufficient fees or card value.

021-701, 021-732, 941, 943, 945 2-232 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
021-733, 742, 944, 946 EP Accessory Color Error RAP 021-947, 948, 949 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan)
021-733 EP accessory service canceled by color mode restriction. RAP
021-947 The remaining rate subtractive accessory is insufficient (scan service paused by sub-
021-742 EP accessory - scan service paused by color mode restriction.
tractive accessory disable).
021-944 EP accessory - print service paused by color mode restriction.

021-948 The remaining rate subtractive accessory has is insufficient (print service paused by
subtractive accessory disable).
021-946 EP accessory - service paused by color mode restriction.
021-949 The remaining rate subtractive accessory has is insufficient (service paused by sub-
Procedure tractive accessory disable).
1. Have the customer operate the color restriction key SW to allow color. Or, replace the Procedure
card with another card that does not reach its upper limit in color mode. Advise the customer that in the case of dispenser, to insert a card that has a remaining rate
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. enough to continue the job. In the case of coin kit, to add a necessary amount of money to con-
tinue the job.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-233 021-733, 742, 944, 946, 021-947, 948, 949
021-733, 742, 944, 946, 021-947, 948, 949 2-234 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
023-500 UI ROM Download Fail RAP 023-600, 023-601 UI Key Error RAP
023-500 Panel ROM data write processing error detection. 023-600 A hard key on the panel has been found to be held down for one or more consecutive
minutes.
Procedure
023-601 The touch panel has been found to be held down for one or more consecutive min-
utes.
WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause For information only, no service action necessary.
2. If the fault persists, install a new UI console assembly, PL 1.1A Item 4 (B400) or PL 1.1B
Item 4 (B405).

024-340 to 024-360 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1 RAP Procedure
024-340 MCU sending error detected by controller (invalid parameter was used).
024-341 MCU sending error detected by controller (sequence number error). WARNING
024-342 MCU sending error detected by controller (packet number error). not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
024-343 MCU sending error detected by controller (message length error). Perform the steps that follow:
024-345 MCU sending error detected by controller (check code error).
024-346 MCU sending error detected by controller (parity error detected by the IOT. 3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface
024-347 MCU sending error detected by controller (framing error detected by the IOT). mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected.
024-348 MCU sending error detected by controller (overrun error detected by the IOT). 5. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400)
024-349 MCU sending error detected by controller (receive abort detected by the IOT after the
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405)
header had been recognized).
024-350 MCU receiving error detected by controller (sequence number of the received mes-
sage packet is incorrect).
024-351 MCU receiving error detected by controller (packet number error).
024-352 MCU receiving error detected by controller (message length error).
024-353 MCU receiving error detected by controller (check code error).
024-354 MCU receiving error detected by controller (parity error detected by the UART).
024-355 MCU receiving error detected by controller (framing error detected by the UART).
024-356 MCU receiving overrun error detected by controller (overrun error detected by the
UART).
024-357 MCU receiving error detected by controller (receiving abort detected after the header
had been recognized).
024-358 Print sequence error detected by controller (paper feed and paper output that are not
applicable to the number detected.)
024-359 MCU transmission receiving error detected by controller (invalid parameter used).
024-360 Initialization error between IOT and ESS.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-237 024-340 to 024-360
024-361 Invalid IOT Paper Size RAP 024-362, 024-363 Page Sync Illegal Start or Stop RAP
024-361 Invalid IOT paper size group information. 024-362 Page-sync occurred before video output preparation completes.
Procedure 024-363 Page-sync completion error during video output.
Procedure
WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Perform the steps that follow: not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
(B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected. 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
3. Initialize the user NVM, refer to dC301 NVM Initialization. 3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
4. Reload the software, GP 4. (B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface
5. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected.
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) 4. Reload the software, GP 4.
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) 5. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2. • ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400).

• ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

024-364 DMA Transfer Fail RAP 024-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write RAP
024-364 DMA transfer error. Reduction/enlargement was not completed even though the spec- 024-365 Loopback write overflow.
ified data was entered.
Procedure
Procedure This fault is currently not displayed. No service action necessary.
WARNING
2. If installed, ensure the connectors on the hard disk are securely connected.
3. Remove, then re-install the EMMC card, PL 18.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 6
(B405). If necessary, install a new EMMC card.
4. If installed, format the hard disk drive, refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
(B405).

024-366 JBIG Library Other Fail RAP 024-367 Decompress Other Fail RAP
024-366 Other errors in JBIG Lib. 024-367 Incorrect line synchronization was detected.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
(B405). 3. Ensure the connectors on the hard disk are securely connected.
4. If installed, format the hard disk drive, refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
(B405).

024-368 PCI Error RAP 024-370 Marker Code Detection Fail RAP
024-368 PCI access error occurred due to a faulty PCI bus. 024-370 Marker code detection error. During enlarge, when the file was enlarged only by the
specified size, the end code (FF02) cannot be found in the compressed data.
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
3. Ensure the connectors on the hard disk are securely connected. 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
4. If installed, format the hard disk drive, refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics. 3. Change the Print mode (Normal/High Quality/High Resolution). Inform the customer of
any print mode setting changes.
(B405).
mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected.
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400).

024-371 to 024-373, 024-375 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 2 024-376 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 3 RAP
RAP 024-376 MCU image signal truncation detected by the controller.
024-371 Communication between the ESS and IOT has not been established.
Procedure
024-372 Sending error detected by the controller (incorrect parameter instruction).
024-373 DLL communication failure recovery error detected by the controller. WARNING
024-375 DLL receiving error detected by the controller (incorrect parameter instruction). not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
WARNING
4. Check the harness, PL 2.1 Item 2 between the ROS and the MCU PWB.
• ROS, PL 2.1 Item 4.
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400).

024-371 to 024-373, 024-375, 024-376 2-242 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
024-600 to 024-614 Counter Repair RAP 024-615 IOT Unsupported Drum Shut Off RAP
024-600 The billing master counter is automatically repaired. 024-615 IOT unsupported drum shut off.
024-601 The billing backup counter 1 is automatically repaired. Procedure

024-602 The billing backup counter 2 is automatically repaired.
024-603 The SW key master counter is automatically repaired.
024-604 The SW key backup counter 1 is automatically repaired.
024-605 The SW key backup counter 2 is automatically repaired.
024-606 Billing meter type is automatically repaired (ESS SEEP repaired).
024-607 Billing meter type is automatically repaired (ESS NVM repaired).
024-608 Billing meter type is automatically repaired (IOT NVM repaired).
024-609 Billing count type is automatically repaired (ESS SEEP repaired).
024-610 Billing count type is automatically repaired (ESS NVM repaired).
024-611 Billing count type is automatically repaired (IOT NVM repaired).
024-612 Modal break point is automatically repaired (ESS SEEP repaired).
024-613 Modal break point is automatically repaired (ESS NVM repaired).
024-614 Modal break point is automatically repaired (IOT NVM repaired).
Procedure

024-700 Memory Shortage or No EMMC Card RAP 024-701 Invalid Instruction of Face Inversion RAP
024-700 A job that could not be printed due to insufficient system memory or EMMC card not 024-701 Job cancellation due to invalid invert instruction.
installed was received.
Procedure
Procedure Advise the customer to use paper that is within specification. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media
Size Specifications.
WARNING
2. If installed, ensure the connectors on the HDD and ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or
PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) are securely connected.
(B405).

024-702 Paper Jam RAP 024-703, 742, 775 Booklet Sheets Count Over RAP
024-702 Job cancellation due to paper jam. 024-703 Number of booklet sheets exceeded fail has occurred during printing.
Procedure 024-742 The number of sheets per set exceeds a specific allowable number for a booklet.
Clear the paper jam.
024-775 A job that exceeds booklet paper quantity is cancelled.
Procedure
1. Advise the customer to use paper of a lighter weight so as not to exceed the maximum
output limit or use less pages.

024-707 Duplex Inversion Prohibited (Duplex) RAP 024-708 Duplex Inversion Prohibited (Face Down) RAP
024-707 A duplex print instruction was received for duplex/invert prohibited paper. 024-708 A face down output instruction was received for duplex/invert prohibited paper.
Procedure Procedure
1. Advise the customer to use paper that is within specification or to print simplex. Refer to 1. Advise the customer to use paper that is within specification or to print face up. Refer to
GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifications. GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifications.

024-746, 024-747 Print Request Failure RAP 024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Exceeded RAP
024-746 There are parameters that are incompatible with the specified paper type. 024-748 The number of bates numbering digits is exceeded.
024-747 The specified combination of parameters (stored file size, paper size, paper tray, Procedure
duplex command, output tray) cannot be executed or continued. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Advise the customer to reduce the number of documents to less than the user-specified
Procedure number or reduce the number of numbering digits.
Advise the customer to use the correct print parameters.

024-910, 946, 959 Tray 1 Size Mismatch RAP 024-911, 947, 960 Tray 2 Size Mismatch RAP
024-910 Size mismatch tray 1, measured length mismatch. 024-911 Size mismatch tray 2, measured length mismatch.
024-945 Tray 1 out of place. 024-947 Tray 2 out of place.
024-959 Tray 1 size mismatch. 024-960 Tray 2 size mismatch.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Perform the steps that follow: Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary:
1. Advise the customer to: • GP 7 How to Check a Sensor.
a. Use paper that is within specification. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Specifica- Perform the steps that follow:
tions. 1. Advise the customer to:
b. Ensure the paper in tray 1, PL 9.2 Item 1, is the correct size for the job. a. Use paper that is within specification. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Specifica-
c. Ensure tray 1 is fully inserted. tions.
2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine. b. Ensure the paper in tray 2, PL 11.1A Item 15 or PL 11.1B Item 15, is the correct size
3. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Enter dC330, code 071-102. Move the registration sensor for the job.
shutters, PL 15.2 Item 14 to actuate the registration sensor. If the display does not c. Ensure tray 2 is fully inserted.
change, install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
NOTE: The registration sensor is mounted on the HVPS. 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram 13. Enter dC330, code 071-119. Check the tray 2 path sensor,
PL 11.4 Item 4.
4. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. 4. Reload the software, GP 4.
5. If the fault persists, install a new option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL
11.1B Item 5 (B405).

024-910, 946, 959, 024-911, 947, 960 2-248 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
024-912, 948, 961 Tray 3 Size Mismatch RAP 024-913, 949, 962 Tray 4 Size Mismatch RAP
024-912 Size mismatch tray 3, measured length mismatch. 024-913 Size mismatch tray 4, measured length mismatch.
024-948 Tray 3 out of place. 024-949 Tray 4 out of place.
024-961 Tray 3 size mismatch. 024-962 Tray 4 size mismatch.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary: Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary:
• GP 7 How to Check a Sensor. • GP 7 How to Check a Sensor.
1. Advise the customer to: 1. Advise the customer to:
a. Use paper that is within specification. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Specifica- a. Use paper that is within specification. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Specifica-
tions. tions.
b. Ensure the paper in tray 3 is the correct size for the job. b. Ensure the paper in tray 4 is the correct size for the job.
c. Ensure tray 3 is fully inserted. c. Ensure tray 4 is fully inserted.
2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine. 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
3. Refer to Wiring Diagram 13. Enter dC330, code 071-120. Check the tray 3 path sensor, 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram 13. Enter dC330, code 071-121. Check the tray 4 path sensor,
PL 11.4 Item 4. PL 11.4 Item 4.
5. If the fault persists, install a new option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 5. If the fault persists, install a new option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL
11.1B Item 5 (B405). 11.1B Item 5 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-249 024-912, 948, 961, 024-913, 949, 962
024-934 Paper Type Mismatch RAP 024-939 OHP Type Mismatch RAP
024-934 The fed paper is different from that specified in the controller (plain paper and heavy- 024-939 Paper type mismatch. the system is shut down (stop) if transparencies with borders
weight cannot be recognized). are detected regardless of the paper type setting in the controller.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Load the specified media. 1. Check the UI settings, ensure that bypass tray is selected and the correct media used.
(B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface (B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface
mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected. mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected.

024-942 024-975 Booklet Sheet Count RAP 024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP
024-942 Booklet sheets over count. The number of sheets in a booklet is over the limit. 024-950 Tray 1 is empty.
024-975 Number of Booklet sheets exceeded (occurs at process with no images). Initial Actions
Procedure
WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
1. Ensure that the job is programmed in compliance with the maximum number of sheets for
Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary:
a booklet.
• GP 7 How to Check a Sensor.
mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected. 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Enter dC330, code 071-101. Move the no paper tray sensor
3. Reload the software, GP 4. shutters, PL 15.2 Item 14 to actuate the tray 1 no paper sensor. If the display does not
change, install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
NOTE: The tray 1 no paper sensor is mounted on the HVPS.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-251 024-942 024-975, 024-950
024-951 Tray 2 Empty RAP 024-952 Tray 3 Empty RAP
024-951 Tray 2 is empty. 024-952 Tray 3 is empty.
Initial Actions Initial Actions
WARNING WARNING
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
Procedure Procedure
Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary: Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary:
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 13. Enter dC330, code 071-116. Check the tray 2 no paper sen- 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 13. Enter dC330, code 071-117. Check the tray 3 no paper sen-
sor, PL 11.2 Item 2. sor, PL 11.2 Item 2.
3. If the fault persists, install a new option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 3. If the fault persists, install a new option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL
11.1B Item 5 (B405). 11.1B Item 5 (B405).

024-953 Tray 4 Empty RAP 024-954, 024-958 Bypass Tray Fault RAP
024-953 Tray 4 is empty. 024-954 The bypass tray is empty.
Initial Actions 024-958 Bypass tray paper size mismatch.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Procedure Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.

Procedure
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 13. Enter dC330, code 071-118. Check the tray 4 no paper sen-
sor, PL 11.2 Item 2. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Reload the software, GP 4. 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Enter dC330, code 071-100. Move the MSI no paper actuator,
3. If the fault persists, install a new option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL PL 13.1 Item 4 to actuate the MSI no paper sensor. If the display does not change, install
11.1B Item 5 (B405). a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
NOTE: The tray 1 no paper sensor is mounted on the HVPS.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-253 024-953, 024-954,
024-965, 024-966 ATS/APS RAP
024-965 The paper specified for printing is not loaded in the tray.
024-966 The paper specified for printing cannot be detected.
Procedure
WARNING
1. Reload the relevant paper tray.
a. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
b. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B
Item 5 (B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all
surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected.
c. Reload the software, GP 4.

025-596, 025-597 HDD Diagnostics RAP
025-596 An NG occurred when HDD fail forecast of diagnostics was executed.
025-597 An error occurred when HDD initialization of diagnostics was executed.
Procedure
Perform the 016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798 HDD Error RAP.

026-400 USB Host Connection Number Exceeded RAP 026-402 Changed IOT Speed RAP
026-400 The number of machines that are connected to the USB Host Port of this machine has 026-402 The IOT has started the print at a low speed.
exceeded the maximum permissible number of connections.
Procedure
Procedure For information only, no service action necessary.
2. Have the customer disconnect some of the machines that are connected to this USB host
port and ensure that the number of connected machines are below the maximum permis-
sible number of connections.

026-700 LDAP Protocol Error RAP 026-701 Address Book Request Overflow RAP
026-700 It was detected that the error response returned from the server does not exist in the 026-701 The software in the machine was subjected to a large amount of simultaneous
LDAP protocol definitions. address queries from multiple machine panel and Web UI input devices. The processing
capacity of the JRM directory service has been exceeded.
Procedure
1. Advise the customer that this fault is caused when the server uses an undefined LDAP Perform the steps that follow:
protocol that is not supported by the machine. Correct any mistakes in server settings or 1. Advise the customer that when performing simultaneous queries on the address book in
client operation. the machine from multiple machine panel and Web UI input devices, lower the query
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. interval.

026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP 026-703 Abort With Logout RAP
026-702 The JRM directory service, which is an internal software of the machine, has simulta- 026-703 At installation of additional document, authentication is already cancelled.
neously received two or more requests for the same operation.
Procedure
Procedure Have the customer make it impossible for authentication to be cancelled at additional docu-
Reload the software, GP 4. ment loading.

026-704 DocuWorks Error RAP 026-705 DocuWorks Short of Memory RAP
026-704 In process of operating DocuWorks decomposer, there has occurred; a syntax error, 026-705 In process of operating DocuWorks decomposer, lack of memory has been detected.
use of an undefined command, a parameter error, damage to DocuWorks file, or an internal
error of DocuWorks decomposer. Procedure
Have the customer:
Procedure 1. Change print mode from High Resolution to Standard or from Standard to High Speed.
Have the customer print from DocuWorks viewer by use of printer driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). 2. Print from DocuWorks viewer by use of printer driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

026-706, 026-707 DocuWorks Error RAP 026-708 URL Data Over Size RAP
026-706 DocuWorks decomposer has processed a DocuWorks document printing of which is 026-708 The size of a scan to URL job has exceeded the upper limit of the size of scanned
prohibited. data per job.
026-707 In the processing of a security-protected DocuWorks file, either of the password set Procedure
on the UI panel and the XPJL specified password (set in ContentsBridge utility) does not Have the customer:
match.
1. Reduce a resolution send parameter (image-to-send quality) then re-send the job.
Procedure 2. Reduce a magnification send parameter, then re-send the job.
3. Increase the maximum file accumulated data size.
Have the customer:
1. Enter the correct password.
2. Enter Full Access Password, etc. from DocuWorks viewer then disable printing prohibited.
Print using printer driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

026-709 URL HDD Full RAP 026-710 S/MIME Unsupported Cipher RAP
026-709 The HDD partition for accumulated scan to URL data has become full, causing the job 026-710 The device has received a S/MIME encrypted mail that is encrypted by an unsup-
to fail. ported encryption method.
Procedure Procedure
For information only, no service action necessary. Advise the customer to wait for approxi- Perform the steps that follow:
mately one day until an automatic deletion of documents makes space available. Then re-run 1. Have the customer:
the job. a. Ask the sender of the S/MIME encrypted mail to encrypt the mail by the encryption
method (3DES), then re-send it.
b. Set FIPS140 Authentication Mode of the device to off.

026-711 Multi-Page File Size RAP 026-712 HTTP Out Job Overlap Error RAP
026-711 The upper limit size of the multi-page file format generated in scan service has been 026-712 The high compression/OCR processing module has detected that a job that specifies
exceeded. high compression/OCR processing and is to be taken out using HTTP has started while
another job to be sent via the network is undergoing high compression/OCR processing.
Procedure
1. Reduce the resolution level (scanned-image quality), then re-run the job. For information only, no service action necessary. Advise the customer that as a job specifying
2. Reduce the number of documents, then re-run the job. high compression/OCR processing is in progress, wait until the job is complete before running
another job.

026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail RAP 026-719 Internal Error in Scan RAP
026-718 An erroneous combination of print parameters selected (finishing, paper size, paper 026-719 An internal error has occurred.
tray, Duplex instructions, output tray) prevents the device from running the job.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 1. Have the customer retry the same operation.
1. Have the customer correctly set finishing, paper size, paper tray, duplex instructions, and 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
output tray options, then re-run the job.

026-720 to 026-723 Media Error RAP 026-724, 026-725 Remote Download File Error RAP
026-720 The media does not have enough space available. 026-724 The size of the remote download file reported from the EP center is different from that
of the actual downloaded file.
026-721 An attempt to access media has failed.
026-725 The checksum of the remote download file reported from the EP center does not
026-722 The media is not formatted. match that of the downloaded file.
026-723 An attempt to access media has failed. Procedure

Advise the customer that it is necessary to check the size of the file registered with the EP cen-
Procedure ter and the size stored in the SW repository.
Have the customer:
1. Check that the media exists where scanned documents will be sent.
2. Check that the PC can access the media where scanned documents will be sent.
3. Check that a file can be created in a specified storage.
4. Check that the media is neither removed nor reinserted while being referred to or that dur-
ing that time, other media is not inserted.

026-726 Inconsistent Options RAP 026-727 Media Filepath Fail RAP
026-726 The device configuration info included in XPJL does not match the actual configura- 026-727 The storage path with the specified character string length (including the filename)
tion. cannot be created in the media.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer set up the device configuration info on the printer driver screen so that it Have the customer shorten the specified storage location or the filename.
can match the actual configuration.

026-728, 026-729 WSD Scan Error RAP 026-730 Tray Paper Size Not Detected RAP
026-728 An error occurred during communication with the WSD scan client. WSD scan client 026-730 The paper size of the paper tray selected is unknown.
cancelled the job.
Procedure
026-729 An error occurred during communication with the WSD scan client. WSD scan client Perform the relevant procedure:
cancelled the job or a scan from the DADF was performed from an application other than Win-
• 024-910, 946, 959 Tray 1 Size Mismatch RAP.
dows fax and scan.
• 024-911, 947, 960 Tray 2 Size Mismatch RAP.
Procedure • 024-912, 948, 961 Tray 3 Size Mismatch RAP.
Have the customer: • 024-913, 949, 962 Tray 4 Size Mismatch RAP.
1. Check whether the transfer destination WSD scan client and the machine are able to
communicate via the network. For example:
• Check whether the WSD scan client has enough free capacity.
• Check the connection of the network cable.
2. When using DADF, perform the scan using Windows Fax & Scan. Or, change to the
platen to perform the scan.

026-731 to 026-733 PJL Fail RAP 026-734 PJL Diag Mode RAP
026-731 The PIN number that is specified by PJL command is different from the number that is 026-734 Unable to transition to the PJL Diag Mode.
calculated from the machine’s serial number.
Procedure
026-732 The print count that is specified by PJL command has exceeded the machine’s total Have the customer:
impression meter value by +100.
1. Ensure that the job has completed, then try again.
026-733 The password that is specified by PJL command is different from the one that is set in 2. After completing a panel operation, wait at least 1 minute before starting the download
the machine. operation.
Procedure
Have the customer correct the PIN number, print count or password that is specified by PJL
Command, then try again.

026-739 Waiting Scan Job Deleted RAP
026-739 When there are paused scan jobs during the successful completion of a login/logout.
Procedure
For one occurrence, take no action. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

027-442, 443, 444 Duplicate IP Address 1 RAP 027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP
027-442 IPv6 - stateless auto setting IP address 1 is duplicated. 027-445 IPv6 - manually set IP address is invalid.
027-443 IPv6 - stateless auto setting IP address 2 is duplicated. Procedure

027-444 IPv6 - stateless auto setting IP address 3 is duplicated.
1. Have the customer change the IPv6 (Manual Setting Address) of this machine to the IPv6
address that can be used as the self-machine address.
Procedure
1. Have the customer either change the IPv6 Stateless Auto Setting Address 1, 2 or 3 of this
device or the IPv6 address of the other device on the network.

027-446 Duplicate IP Address 2 RAP 027-447 Duplicate IP Address 3 RAP
027-446 IPv6 - automatically set IP address is duplicated. 027-447 IPv6 - link local IP address is duplicated.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer change the IPv6 (Manual Setting Address) of this machine to the IPv6 1. Have the customer change the IPv6 Link Local Address of this device or the IPv6 address
address that can be used as the self-machine address. of the other device on the network.

027-452 Duplicate IP Address 4 RAP 027-500 SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO RAP
027-452 A PC with the same IP address exists on the network. 027-500 SMTP server address resolution fail for mail IO.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer change the duplicated IP address of the PC. 1. Check with the System Administrator that the mail server has been launched and the
2. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP. environment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC).
2. Check that a correct SMTP server address is reflected in the device setting list:
a. When the SMTP server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP
address.
b. When the SMTP server address is specified using FQDN, check that the FQDN
name is correct. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the device,
and set a correct IP address.

027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO RAP 027-502 POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO RAP
027-501 Incorrect POP server name was detected. 027-502 POP authentication fail for mail IO.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check with the System Administrator that the mail server has been launched and the 1. Have the customer specify the correct POP server authentication information.
environment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC). 2. Perform the 027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO RAP, then have the customer specify a
2. Check that a correct POP server address is reflected in the device setting list: correct POP User Name.
a. When the POP server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP 3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.
address.
b. When the POP server address is specified using FQDN, check that FQDN name is
correct. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the device, and set a
correct IP address.

027-503, 504, 533, 773, 785, 786 Server Communication 027-513 SMB Scan Client Access RAP
Timeout RAP 027-513 In scan to SMB, the user has no right to access the SMB server.
027-503 Time to communicate with the POP server ran out (after connection to the server).
Procedure
027-504 Internal error or unexpected server response received (at any time). Have the customer check if the specified user has read/write access in a file or folder in the
specified place.
027-533 An internal error has occurred during SMB scan
027-773 Time to communicate with the SMTP server ran out (after connection to the server).
027-785 Response timeout occurs from the destination WebDAV server.
027-786 WebDAV server timeout is answered.
Procedure
Have the customer wait for a while, then perform the operation again.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-275 027-503, 504, 533, 773, 785, 786, 027-513
027-514 Host Name Solution Error in SMB RAP 027-515 DNS Server Setup in SMB RAP
027-514 Unable to resolve hostname during SMB scan. 027-515 The DNS server was not set during SMB scan.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the SMB server name Have the customer set the DNS server address. Or, set the SMB server address of the transfer
of the transfer destination has been registered in the DNS. destination using IP address.

027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP 027-518 Login Name or Password Error in SMB RAP
027-516 Problem with connection to server during SMB scan. 027-518 Login name or a password error in SMB.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer check the password that was set for the shared folder.
1. Check that network communication between the transfer destination SMB server and this
machine is available, by checking:
a. The connection of network cables.
b. The TCP/IP settings.
c. For communication through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP) and port 139 (TCP).
2. Check the network settings that follow to see if the computer operates as an SMB server.
a. Check that the file sharing service for Microsoft network is enabled.
b. Check that NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled in the TCP/IP settings.
c. Check the file sharing service (communications through port 137 (UDP), port 138
(UDP) and port 139 (TCP)) is allowed in the firewall settings.
3. For communication that goes beyond the subnet, check the WINS server settings and
check whether the server name address can be resolved correctly.
4. Check whether the NetBIOS interface device at the transfer destination SMB server has
started.

027-519 Scanning Picture Preservation Place Error RAP 027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP
027-519 Scan image storage destination or file name specification error during scanner (save 027-520 Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server.
to PC) SMB transfer.
Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Check if the storage destination is correct.
2. Check if a prohibited character was detected in the specified storage destination or file
name.
3. Check if the specified storage destination is linked to a different shared folder due to the
distributed file system (DFS).

027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Over in SMB RAP 027-522 File Creation Failure in SMB RAP
027-521 The SMB scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit value. 027-522 Failed to create an SMB scan file.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer change the file name/destination folder on the SMB scan server. Else, Have the customer:
move or delete the files in the destination folder. 1. Check if the specified file name already exists on the server.
2. Check if the specified file name is in use.
3. Check if the specified file name already exists as a directory.
4. Check if a prohibited character was detected in the specified file name.

027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure in SMB RAP 027-524 Folder Creation Failure in SMB RAP
027-523 Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder. 027-524 Failed to create an SMB scan folder.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified name exists on
1. Manually delete the lock directory (*.LCK) from the transfer destination. the SMB server.
2. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.

027-525, 027-527 File Delete Failure in SMB RAP 027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure in SMB RAP
027-525 Failed to delete an SMB scan file. 027-526 Failed to delete an SMB scan lock folder.
027-527 Failed to delete an SMB scan folder. Procedure

Have the customer manually delete the lock directory (*.LCK) from the transfer destination,
Procedure then retry the job.
Have the customer check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by
another user.

027-528 Data Write Failure to SMB Server RAP 027-529 Data Read Failure From SMB Server RAP
027-528 The storage destination on the SMB scan data server has no free space. 027-529 Unexpected error of the SMB scan data server.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check that the storage destination has enough free space. Have the customer log in to the SMB server from another PC using the same user name and
check whether they can write a file into the same storage destination on that SMB server.

027-530 File Name Duplicate Failure in SMB RAP 027-531 SMB Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP
027-530 Cancel Job is selected for SMB scan File Name Conflict. 027-531 Incorrect SMB scan filing policy (when additional items are selected).
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer set File Name Conflict to other than Cancel Job. Have the customer check that the file format is not set to Multi-page When Add is selected for
File Name Conflict.

027-532 NEXTNAME File Access Error in SMB RAP 027-543 SMB Server Name Specification Error RAP
027-532 A file access error has occurred during scanner (save to PC) SMB transfer. 027-543 The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct when Add is selected for File Have the customer check that the server name of the SMB server is correct.
Name Conflict.

027-547, 027-548 SMB Protocol Errors 1 RAP 027-549, 027-572 to 027-576 SMB Protocol Error 4-009 RAP
027-547 SMB protocol error (4-007), the scan domain name specification is incorrect. 027-549 SMB protocol error (4-009), the specification of password is incorrect.
027-548 SMB protocol error (4-008), the scan user name specification is incorrect 027-572 SMB protocol error (4-032), incorrect parameter.
Procedure 027-573 SMB protocol error (4-033), incorrect character code.

Advise the customer to have the system administrator set the domain name and user name
027-574 SMB protocol error (4-034), incorrect data size.
correctly.
027-576 SMB protocol error (4-036), incorrect domain data size.
Procedure
Have the customer perform the operation again.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-285 027-547, 027-548, 027-549, 027-572 to 027-576
027-564 SMB Protocol Error 4-024 RAP 027-565, 027-578 SMB Protocol Errors 2 RAP
027-564 SMB protocol error (4-024), the host is missing. 027-565 SMB protocol error (4-025), cannot connect.
Procedure 027-578 SMB protocol error (4-038), communication timeout has occurred.
Have the customer:
1. Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the net-
Procedure
work (check the network group, TCP/IP settings, check the communication at Port No. Have the customer check that the authentication server and the device can communicate
137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP)). through the network (check the network group, TCP/IP settings, check the communication at
Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP)).
2. If the authentication server and the device are connected to different subnets, check that
the device has settings that can resolve the address of the authentication server.
3. Check if the NetBIOS over TCP/IP has become enabled at the authentication server set-
tings:
a. Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from
the WINS server.
b. Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from
the DNS server.
4. Check if the NetBIOS over TCP/IP has become enabled at the authentication server set-
tings.
5. Check at the Internet connection firewall if the communication through Ports 137, 138 and
139 are not blocked.

027-566 SMB Protocol Error 4-026 RAP 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) Not Started RAP
027-566 SMB protocol error (4-026), the library has not been initialized. 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) is not started
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check if the SMB client has been started. Have the customer check that SMB (TCP/IP) is enabled.

027-584 SMB Protocol Error 4-044 RAP 027-585 SMB Protocol Error 4-045 RAP
027-584 SMB protocol error (4-044), authentication server common security mode is operat- 027-585 SMB protocol error (4-045), scan login not available time period.
ing.
Procedure
Procedure Advise the customer to check with the system administrator for the time period when logging in
Have the customer set the authentication server to Windows other than Win95/Win98/Me. is allowed.

027-586 SMB Protocol Error 4-046 RAP 027-587 SMB Protocol Error 4-047 RAP
027-586 SMB protocol error (4-046), the password has expired. 027-587 SMB protocol error (4-047), the password must be changed.
Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to obtain a valid password from the system administrator. Advise the customer to request the system administrator to disable the change password at
next login setting.

027-588, 027-589 SMB Protocol Errors 3 RAP 027-590 SMB Protocol Error 4-050 RAP
027-588 SMB protocol error (4-048), the user account is disabled. 027-590 SMB protocol error (4-050), the user account has expired.
027-589 SMB protocol error (4-049), locked out. Procedure

Advise the customer to obtain a valid user account from the system administrator or request
Procedure the system administrator extend the validity period of the account.
Advise the customer to request the system administrator to enable or unlock the user account.
as necessary.

027-591 SMB Protocol Error 4-051 RAP 027-600 External Print Check Mode Error RAP
027-591 SMB protocol error (4-051), the user account is restricted. Blank password is not 027-600 External print check mode error.
allowed.
Procedure
Advise the customer to request the system administrator set a user password.

027-700 Mail Address Domain Error RAP 027-701 Disconnected Network Cable RAP
027-700 The domain of the destination mail address is designated as a prohibited domain. 027-701 In external authentication, the disconnected cable is detected.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check that the domain of the destination mail address is not designated as Ensure the network cable is connected correctly.
a prohibited domain.

027-702 to 027-709 Certificate for Addresses Error RAP 027-710 to 027-715 S/MIME Mail Error RAP
027-702 No certificate for the destination exists (before connection to the server). 027-710 The mail I/O received S/MIME mail even though S/MIME was disabled.
027-703 The certificate for the destination expired (before connection to the server). 027-711 SMIME mail certificate retrieval error.
027-704 The certificate for the destination is not reliable (before connection to the server). 027-712 Invalid S/MIME mail certificate error.
027-705 The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates (before con- 027-713 Receive S/MIME mail tampered error.
nection to the server).
027-714 S/MIME mail sender impersonation error.
027-706 No device certificate exists (before connection to the server).
027-715 S/MIME mail certificate not supported.
027-707 The device certificate expired (before connection to the server).
Procedure
027-708 The device certificate is not reliable (before connection to the server).
027-709 The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates (before con-
nection to the server). a. Enable S/MIME setting in the machine.
b. Register the sender certificate in the machine or change the mailer options so that
Procedure the S/MIME signature mails from the sender will be sent with the certificate.
Perform the steps that follow: c. Check that the signature bearer of the CA certificate is registered in the device.
1. Have the customer: d. Check that the mail address written on the device certificate is the same as that set
a. Store the correct certificate for the destination in the machine. Check the items that up on the device.
follow: 2. Advise the customer that the sender needs to send a mail that is signed with a valid certif-
icate because the sender certificate has expired.
i. That the term for which the certificate is valid.
3. Advise the customer that the device may be blocking the attacks.
ii. The machines time is correct.
b. Check the certification path for the destination certificate and import the necessary
CA certificate. 5. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.
c. Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certifi-
cates.
d. Check that the mail address written on the device certificate is the same as that set
up on the device.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-293 027-702 to 027-709, 027-710 to 027-715
027-716 Unsigned Mail Receipt Was Rejected RAP 027-717 No MX Record at DNS RAP
027-716 Prohibited unsigned mail was detected. All the S/MIME unsigned mails (including 027-717 An enquiry was sent to the DNS server for the MX record, but it cannot be obtained.
standard mails and S/MIME encrypted mails) are discarded.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 1. Check with the DNS server administrator on the existence of DNS/MX record.
1. Reload the software, GP 4. 2. Check that the DNS server settings of the device is set properly.

027-720, 027-721 Extension Server Error RAP 027-722 Extension Server Timeout RAP
027-720 Server for application interface cannot be found during web service interface. 027-722 Application interface during web service interface - timeout.
027-721 Application interface destination during web service interface - not found. Procedure
Procedure 1. Advise the customer:
Perform the steps that follow: a. That if a number of documents is specified for scanning, scan one document and
1. Have the customer check that the DNS server address is set properly. Check that the PC store it.
running the application interface is registered in DNS. b. That when scanning and storing are successful, change the application interface
2. Reload the software, GP 4. timeout value. If scanning and storing are not successful,
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP. c. To check that the scan document can be uploaded from the PC browser. When
uploading is successful, change the application interface timeout value.

027-723 Extension Server Authentication Fail RAP 027-724, 725, 726 Extension Server Access Fail RAP
027-723 Application interface during web service interface - authentication failure. 027-724 Application interface during web service interface - access failure.
Procedure 027-725 Application interface during web service interface - job operation failure.
027-726 Application interface during web service interface - unknown job status.
1. Have the customer check the user name and password to be entered for creating a job
flow.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check that the application interface is working correctly.

027-723, 027-724, 725, 726 2-296 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
027-727 Extension Server Parameters RAP 027-728 Extension Server File Exceeded RAP
027-727 Application interface during web service - invalid parameter. 027-728 The number of files requested to be sent exceeded the maximum number of files that
can be sent during Web service interface (this occurs when a single-page document is being
Procedure stored).
1. Have the customer check the parameters for creating a job flow.
Procedure
1. Have the customer set a job so that the maximum number of files that can be sent will not
be exceeded.

027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP 027-732 Server Access Error RAP
027-730 A mail was split in linking to the system. 027-732 Job template server access error.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer increase the preset pagination value, or reduce the number of original Have the customer check that the server disk is normal and has free space, and then retry the
pages scanned. operation.

027-733 Server SSL Error RAP 027-734 Server Certificate Error RAP
027-733 The SSL setting for the job template server did not become enabled. 027-734 The SSL setting for the job template server did not become enabled.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check that the SSL setting for the job template server is enabled. Have the customer:
1. Using the HTTPS protocol, check whether the job template server is accessible from the
PC.
2. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the job template server is registered in the
device.
3. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the job template server is valid. For example,
check that:
a. The certificate has not expired yet.
b. The time that is set in the device is correct.
c. It is not in the discard list.
d. The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certif-
icate.
4. If the certificate is not registered in the job template server, disable the device certificate
validation.

027-735 Device SSL Configuration Error RAP 027-736 Device Certificate Error RAP
027-735 When SSL transfer was instructed, the SSL setting of the device is disabled. 027-736 When server certificate validation is instructed, the server certificate validation of the
device is disabled.
Procedure
Have the customer enable the SSL settings of the machine or specify HTTP as the transfer Procedure
protocol. Have the customer enable the server certificate validation settings of the machine or disable
the server certificate validation setting during transfer.

027-737 Template Server Read Error RAP 027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP
027-737 An error was received from the server to a FTP command ’TYPE A’, ’LIST’, or ’RETR’. 027-739 An error was received from the server to the FTP command ’CWD’.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer check that Read Authorization is established for the storage destina- 1. Have the customers set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC.
tion server directory set as a resource. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.

027-740 Template Server Login Error RAP 027-741 Template Server Connect Fail RAP
027-740 Login to the FTP Server failed. 027-741 Cannot connect to the job template pool server.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer check the user information: 1. Have the customer:
a. Set the log-in name and password in the job template file storage destination. a. Check hat the network cable is connected correctly.
b. From some other PC connected to the network, check that they can log in with the b. From the destination server, ping the machine.
relevant account. c. Perform the ping test on the destination server from PSW.
c. From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource d. From a client PC, check that the FTP connection to the destination server is possi-
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. ble.

027-742 HDD File System Full RAP 027-743 Template Server Install Error RAP
027-742 The HDD was full when writing to a local HDD job template or when writing temporary 027-743 The address format of the job template pool server is incorrect.
work files.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 1. Have the customer set the parameters related to the job template pool server.
1. Have the customer: 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
a. Wait a while then try again as scanned images may cause the HDD to be full.
b. Delete the files in the HDD.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798 HDD Error RAP.

027-744 Template Server Error 1 RAP 027-745 Template Server Error 2 RAP
027-744 An error occurred while calling the DNS resolution library. 027-745 The job template pool server address cannot be resolved (the DNS address is not
set).
Procedure
1. Have the customer check the connection to the DNS and whether the job template pool Perform the steps that follow:
server domain name has been registered in the DNS. 1. Have the customer set the DNS address or set the job template pool server address using
2. Reload the software, GP 4. IP address.
3. If the fault persists, perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP. 2. Reload the software, GP 4.

027-746 Job Template Pool Server Not Ready RAP 027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP
027-746 The port of the protocol specified in job template pool server settings has not started. 027-750 Transfer instruction when internet fax transfer is prohibited, or scan and printer docu-
ment print instruction during interruption.
Procedure
1. Have the customer start the port of the protocol (FTP client or SMB) specified in job tem- Perform the steps that follow:
plate pool server settings. 1. Have the customer change the transfer settings to receive internet fax.

027-751 Job Template Analysis Error RAP 027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP
027-751 Instruction analysis error. 027-752 With the required user entry not entered, the instruction to start the job was given.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer re-examine the contents of the instruction. 1. Have the customer:
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. a. Not link the box to the instruction that requires user entry.
b. Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.

027-753 Job Flow Service Request Disabled RAP 027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP
027-753 Job is executed by instruction when the service is disabled. 027-754 File signature settings mismatch in instruction.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer enable the service. 1. Have the customer check the system data setting of the XDW/PDF signature and the sig-
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. nature setting that is specified in the instruction. If the system data setting is different from
the setting in the instruction, either change the instruction or change the system data.

027-757 Extension Server SSL Fail RAP 027-758 System Credential Setting Error RAP
027-757 Web application linkage during service linkage SSL access failed. 027-758 Login credential setting error at remote authentication LDAP.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer: 1. Check whether the login name and password have been set correctly.
a. Check the server/network connection. 2. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the LDAP
b. Check the communication route that can be reached. Server.
c. Ping the DNS server.
d. Check if the CA certificate of the connection destination server is imported to the
device by using the browser.
e. Check if the device does not go through the proxy that SSL has the function to check
the communication details SSL.
f. Specify the device as out of the SSL proxy target.
g. Check if the server supports the relevant encryption method.
h. Set the client certificate to the device.
i. Import the client certificate to the device and set to use as the client certificate.
j. Check the daylight saving time difference to see if the date/time of the device is cor-
rect.

027-759 Reference Server Connection Error RAP 027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP
027-759 Reference server connection fail at remote authentication LDAP. 027-760 Incorrect command from XDOD client.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check whether the machines network settings are set correctly. 1. Have the customer:
2. Consult with the network administrator to check the connection status from the machine a. Check if the parameter setting specified in XDOD client is out of system specifica-
to the reference server. tions.
b. Check the XDOD client and controller versions.

027-761 Web Print Timeout RAP 027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP
027-761 Although a web print job was received, the machine did not start printing on time. 027-762 Although a web print job was received, the attached job execution ticket is incorrect.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer: Have the customer repeat the print instruction.
1. If on-demand print for multiple documents was instructed using the external access func-
tion, reduce the number of documents then retry it.
2. Either extend the print on demand print duration or set it to 0.

027-763 Auditron Cannot Verify User RAP 027-764 AirPrint Scan Data Transfer Fail RAP
027-763 The device cannot check user info with the external accounting server. 027-764 The device cannot check user info with the external accounting server.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check if the external accounting server is working correctly. 1. Check that network communication between the transfer destination AirPrint scan client
2. Connect the cable correctly. and the machine is available.
3. Set up the device so that it can correctly communicate with the external accounting 2. Check whether the AirPrint scan client has enough free capacity.
server. 3. Check the network cable connection.

027-765 Host Name Solution Error in WebDAV RAP 027-766 Proxy Name Solution Error in WebDAV RAP
027-765 DNS failed to resolve the specified host name. 027-766 DNS failed to resolve the proxy server name.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check that the scan document destination WebDAV server is registered in DNS. 1. Check that the proxy server name that is configured on the machine is registered in DNS.
2. Check that the DNS server connection is good. 2. Check that the DNS server connection is good.
3. Check that the DNS server is correctly configured. 3. Check that the address of the DNS server is correctly configured.

027-767 WebDAV Server SSL Access Fail RAP 027-768 WebDAV Server Certificate Fail RAP
027-767 An error has occurred during the SSL/TLS connection. 027-768 There is a problem with the SSL certificate of the server.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server. 1. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server.
2. Check the scan document SSL settings of the destination WebDAV server. 2. Ensure the device is registered.
3. Check the scan document destination WebDAV server name and server path name. 3. Ensure the scan SSL server certificate of the document destination WebDAV server is
correct. For example:
a. Check the expiration date.
b. Check that the device time is correct.
c. Check that they are not on the disposal list.
d. Check the SSL server certificate of the certification path.
4. If the Scan document certificate to the destination WebDAV server is not registered, dis-
able the certificate validation of the device.

027-769 WebDAV Server Access Fail RAP 027-770 PDL Error RAP
027-769 WebDAV server connection error. 027-770 The DFE detected a failure in PDL during job processing.
Procedure Procedure
1. Check the network cable connection. 1. Have the customer change the job conditions then try again.
2. Check the access from the PC to the Scan document destination WebDAV server. 2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4.
3. Ensure the correct network interface is selected.

027-771 DFE Disk Full RAP 027-772, 774, 776 SMTP Server Error RAP
027-771 The remaining HDD capacity in the DFE became less than 500Mb when printing from 027-772 The SMTP server refused the HELO command (after connection to the server).
DFE.
027-774 Unavailable letters were specified as a destination address (after connection to the
Procedure server).
027-776 The SMTP server refused the EHLO command (after connection to the server).
a. Change the job parameters, then try again. Procedure
b. Delete unnecessary files from the HDD in the DFE.
Advise the customer to use only ASCII letters for the machine host name and destination
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. address.

027-775 Too Many SMTP Addresses RAP 027-777 SMTP Server Non Support RAP
027-775 The SMTP server refused the EHLO command (after connection to the server). 027-777 The SMTP server does not support SMTP-AUTH (after connection to the server).
Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to reduce the number of mail addresses. Advise the customer to send mail without setting SMTP-AUTH.

027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP 027-779 Authentication Failure by SMTP-AUTH RAP
027-778 The mode specified by SMTP-AUTH was not found (after connection to the server). 027-779 Authentication fail (after connecting to the server).
Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to contact the network administrator to check what SMTP authentication Advise the customer to check if the authentication information (user name/password) has been
method the server uses. set correctly.

027-780 WebDAV Network Interface Fail RAP 027-781 WebDAV Spool Size Over RAP
027-780 The specified network interface can not be used. 027-781 Writing of scan data spool file failed because the disk is full.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer select the network interface that can be used. Have the customer split the scan data.

027-782 WebDAV Server Redirector Limit RAP 027-783 WebDAV User Authentication RAP
027-782 Maximum number of WebDAV server redirections has occurred. 027-783 WebDAV server is not authenticated.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check the redirection settings of the WebDAV server. Have the customer:
1. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server.
2. Check the login user name and password.
3. Check the scan document destination WebDAV server name and server path name.

027-784 WebDAV Proxy Server Authentication RAP 027-787 WebDAV File Name Dupulication Fail RAP
027-784 WebDAV proxy server authentication failure. 027-787 Override is selected in the scan file name duplication when processing.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check that the user name and password for the proxy server that was con- Have the customer set the processing of duplicated filenames at the time of scanning job exe-
figured on the device are correct. cution to anything other than Stop the Job (Not Save).

027-788, 027-793 WebDAV Request Fail RAP 027-789, 791, 795 Access Forbidden RAP
027-788 Bad request answered from WebDAV server. 027-789 Access forbidden reply from WebDAV server.
027-793 Error number 400 from the WebDAV server has been answered. 027-791 WebDAV server method not allowed.
Procedure 027-795 WebDAV server not implemented.

Have the customer:
1. Check whether access to the directory is possible.
Procedure
Have the customer:
2. Perform the operation again.
1. Check the connection to the WebDAV server.
2. Check if read/write access in a file or folder in the specified place is set.
3. Check the specified file path.

027-790, 029-792 WebDAV File Not Found RAP 027-794 WebDAV Server Internal Fail RAP
027-790 WebDAV server not found. 027-794 WebDAV server internal error.
027-792 WebDAV server conflict. Procedure

Have the customer:
Procedure 1. Check that the WebDAV server is up and running.
Advise the customer to ensure WebDAV storage path and directory specified in the server 2. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server.
exist.

027-796 Email Not Printed RAP 027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP
027-796 Email print control through user settings. 027-797 Incorrect output destination of received mail.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer correct the settings, then repeat the operation. 1. Have the customer specify the output destination that can be processed by the device,
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. then repeat the operation.

027-798 JFS Target Document Not Found RAP 027-799 WebDAV Server Insufficient Storage RAP
027-798 The execution target document in the instruction set does not exist. 027-799 There is no free space in the storage location on the WebDAV server.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Advise the customer to check whether or not there is free space in the storage location.
1. Have the customer select another document, then repeat the operation.

028-910 Wrong Fuser Type RAP
028-910 The fuser needs to be replaced.
Procedure
WARNING
Install a new fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1.

029-700, 029-701 WebDAV Server Response RAP 029-702 WebDAV Client RAP
029-700 Error No.500 bill from the WebDAV server has been answered. 029-702 An unexpected error has occurred in the internal library.
029-701 The response from the server does not meet the specifications of the WebDAV. Procedure
Have the customer retry the same operation.
Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Ensure that the WebDAV server is up and running.
2. Verify the configuration of the server.
3. Check the access from the PC to the scan document destination WebDAV server.

029-703 AirPrint Scan Client RAP 029-704, 711 Invalid PACFile RAP
029-703 An error has occurred during the communication with the AirPrint scan client. 029-704 In WiFi mode, the contents of the proxy configuration file (PACFile) acquired by the
proxy auto- detection function (WPAD) has detected that it is a fraud.
Procedure
Have the customer: 029-711 In Ethernet 1 mode, the contents of the proxy configuration file (PACFile) acquired by
the proxy auto- detection function (WPAD) has detected that it is a fraud.
1. Check the connection of the network cable.
2. Check the transfer destination AirPrint scan client status. Procedure
Have the customer check the proxy configuration file that is stored in the HTTP server, it may
be an invalid format, such as JavaScript or too large (greater than 64KB).

029-703, 029-704, 711 2-328 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
029-705, 706, 709, 712, 713, 716 PACFile Communications 029-707, 029-708, 714, 715 PACFile Not Found RAP
RAP 029-707 In WiFi mode, failed to find the proxy settings file (PACFile) in the proxy automatic
029-705 In WiFi mode, communication time-out at the time of the proxy configuration file (PAC- detection function (WPAD).
File) acquisition occurs in a proxy auto detection function (WPAD).
029-708 In WiFi mode, incorrect format of the storage destination URL of PACFile acquired by
029-706 In WiFi mode, the proxy configuration file (PACFile) the time of acquisition in a proxy the proxy auto- detection function (WPAD).
auto-detection function (WPAD), connection error has occurred.
029-714 In Ethernet 1 mode, failed to find the proxy settings file (PACFile) in the proxy auto-
matic detection function (WPAD).
029-709 In WiFi mode, communication time-out of the storage destination URL of the PACFile
proxy auto-detection function (WPAD).
029-715 In Ethernet 1 mode, incorrect format of the storage destination URL of PACFile
029-712 In Ethernet 1 mode, communication time-out at the time of the proxy configuration file acquired by the proxy auto- detection function (WPAD).
(PACFile) acquisition occurs in a proxy auto-detection function (WPAD).
Procedure
029-713 In Ethernet 1 mode, the proxy configuration file (PACFile) the time of acquisition in a Have the customer:
proxy auto-detection function (WPAD), connection error has occurred. 1. Check the URL setting of PACFile storage destination server.
2. Check the URL information PACFile set in the DHCP server is correct (if the proxy server
029-716 In Ethernet 1 mode, communication time-out of the storage destination URL of the
acquisition method is WPAD).
PACFile proxy auto-detection function (WPAD).
3. If the URL is correct, check that the PACFile to the HTTP server has been registered.
Procedure
Have the customer:
1. Check the connection of the network cable.
2. Check the default gateway configuration.
3. Verify the subnet mask setting.
4. Check the DNS server address setting.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-329 029-705, 706, 709, 712, 713, 716, 029-707, 029-708,
029-710, 0129-717 PACFile URL Not Found RAP
029-710 In WiFi mode, failed to locate the storage destination URL of PACFile the proxy auto-
detection function (WPAD).
029-717 In Ethernet 1 mode, failed to locate the storage destination URL of PACFile the proxy
auto-detection function (WPAD).
Procedure
Have the customer check whether the URL information of the PACFile in the DHCP server is
correctly registered.

033-310 Fax Charge Function Fail RAP 033-311 Invalid Address Book Data RAP
033-310 The fax send billing function was turned on although multiple lines are installed. 033-311 The registered contents in the address book are invalid.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer switch off the fax send billing function or change to a single-line installation. Perform dC301 NVM initialization.

033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP 5. Reload the software, GP 4.
6. Check that the customer fax line is operational. Plug a phone into the fax line. Check for a
033-312 The fax PWB was unable to detect the power off at the ESS PWB side within the
dial tone. If the fax line has a fault, inform the customer to have the fax line checked by
specified time.
the telephone company.
033-313 After the initialization of fax card has completed, it was detected that communication 7. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
cannot be established with the fax card. • Fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15.
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5.
033-315 USB fax class driver notifies that a fatal error has occurred.
033-316 An error has occurred at the device cont section in fax controller.
033-317 An error has occurred at the fax device section in fax controller.
033-318 A fatal error has occurred at the fax image processing.
033-319 Due to an error during fax cont 2 software processing, subsequent processes cannot
be performed.
033-320 The system side did not respond within the specified time on booting.
033-321 The fax card did not respond within the specified time on booting.
033-322 An I/F timeout with the fax.
033-323 An error was detected in fax cont 2.
033-324 The USB has transitioned to an unexpected state.
033-325 A fatal error has occurred at the fax card.
033-326 The fax card has detected a fatal error.
033-327 During fax communication, the FCM stopped responding and even though a commu-
nication interrupt request was issued to the FCM, it remained unresponsive.
Procedure
WARNING
2. Check that the telephone cables and network cable are securely connected.
3. Ensure that the fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15 is installed correctly.
4. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Check the connections and wiring between the ESS PWB, PL
18.1B Item 5 and the fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15 for an open circuit, short circuit or poor
contact.

033-314 Controller and Fax Card ROM Mismatch RAP 033-328, 329, 340 Failed to Initialize Fax Log RAP
033-314 The controller detected software version mismatch. 033-328 The initialization of communication log library has failed.
Procedure 033-329 A fax cont error was detected.

033-340 The Pflite communication log write function returned an error.
2. If the fault persists, reload the software, GP 4. Procedure
1. Perform dC301 NVM Initialization.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.

033-330 to 033-335 FoIP Error RAP 033-336 Non-mounted Channel RAP
033-330 A fatal software error has occurred within the FoIP 033-336 A message meant for a channel that is not installed was received.
033-331 The initialization process with the FoIP controller has failed. Procedure
Perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.
033-332 The FoIP controller did not respond within the specified time on booting.
033-333 The FoIP controller did not respond within the specified time after entering sleep
mode.
033-334 Unable to send messages to the FoIP controller.
033-335 A fault notification due to invalid fault code was received from the fax card or FoIP.
Procedure

033-339 Fax 2 Not Responding RAP 033-363 Fax Card Reset (Reboot) RAP
033-339 When transitioning to sleep, there is no response from fax controller 2. 033-363 The controller reset the fax card because the fax card did not respond.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10. Perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.

033-500 to 033-507 Remote Machine Error RAP 033-508, 033-511 Destination Polling Error RAP
033-500 Modem CS operation error. 033-508 No polling document in the remote machine.
033-501 The number of receive line is 0. 033-511 DTS/NSC resending exceeded the limit.
033-502 There was no response for up to the 3rd post message. Procedure
033-503 T1 timeout has occurred.
1. Have the customer check the destination device for a problem, for example a document
033-504 T2 timeout has occurred. jam or mismatched password or request a polling document to prepared. Then repeat the
operation.
033-505 T5 timeout has occurred. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.
033-506 DCN received.
033-507 No receiving capability in the remote machine.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check the status of the remote machine, If the remote machine is
good, repeat the operation.

033-500 to 033-507, 033-508, 033-511 2-336 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
033-509 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded RAP 033-510 Fallback Error RAP
033-509 DCS/NSS re-send over. 033-510 FTT was received at 2400 bps.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.
1. Have the customer repeat the operation. If the problem persists after repeating the opera-
tion, check the status of the receiver at the destination side.

033-512, 513, 518, 519, 520, 534 Remote Machine Function 033-514, 516, 517, 521, 522, 033-526 to 033-529 Remote
RAP Machine Error 1 RAP
033-512 The remote machine did not support relay broadcast. 033-514 Carrier broken.
033-513 The remote machine does not have the mailbox function. 033-516 EOR-Q was received.
033-518 No SUB receive function in the receiver. 033-517 Timeout has occurred between the ECM frames.
033-519 No SEP receive function in the receiver. 033-521 The system sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.
033-520 No PWD/SID receive function in the receiver. 033-522 DTMF I/F timed out. Correct operation was not performed within the specified time.
033-534 No remote collate copy function in the remote machine. 033-526 An ECM error has occurred.
Procedure 033-527 EOR-Q was sent.

033-528 RTN was sent.
1. Have the customer check if the remote machine has the relevant function.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP. 033-529 RTN was received.
Procedure
1. Have the customer request for the sender to check the remote machine for an error, then
re-send.

033-512, 513, 518, 519, 520, 534, 033-514, 516, 517, 2-338 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
033-523, 524, 525, 542, 546, 574 Line Not Connected RAP 033-530 DTMF Illegal Procedure RAP
033-523 Channel 1 not connected. 033-530 An invalid procedure signal was received.
033-524 Channel 2 not connected. Procedure

033-525 Channel 3 not connected.
1. Advise the customer that there may be a mistake in how the operator is performing the
DTMF procedure.
033-542 The process was requested for uninstalled channel.
033-546 The dial tone could not be detected.
033-574 An instruction was issued to a channel that is not installed.
Procedure
1. Ensure the relevant telephone cable is connected correctly.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-339 033-523, 524, 525, 542, 546, 574, 033-530
033-531, 532, 533, 544, 552, 578 Remote Machine Error 2 033-535 DCN Receive at Phase B Send RAP
RAP 033-535 Phase B instruction command (DCS/NSS/NSC/DTC) was rejected at the DCN.
033-531 A reject command signal was received.
Procedure
033-532 An illegal command was received. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Have the customer check the recipient’s address, folder information, etc. then repeat the
033-533 An error has occurred at the T.30 protocol. operation.
033-544 Busy tone was detected.
033-552 When receiving G3 image data, the detected total number of error lines exceeded the
threshold value indicated in the system data.
033-578 The frame size of received command exceeded the specification value.
Procedure
re-send.

033-531, 532, 533, 544, 552, 578, 033-535 2-340 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
033-536 to 033-540, 568, 575, 577 Send/Receive Error RAP 033-541, 033-566 No Destination Specified RAP
033-536 The ringing stops before the resource was released. 033-541 The Fax Card is not able to call because there is no dial.
033-537 A conflict between outgoing and incoming calls has occurred and the sending was 033-566 The fax card is unable to call because there is no dial.
cancelled.
Procedure
033-538 During the image processing of fax send, an error has occurred in the fax card.
033-539 During the image processing of fax receive, an error has occurred in the fax card. 1. Have the customer specify the appropriate address by using the speed dial number that is
registered with the correct fax address number, etc.
033-540 During the image processing for fax print format, an error has occurred. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.
033-568 During fax communication, there was no response from the FCM for the specified
time.
033-575 Polarity inversion was detected.
033-577 An underrun has occurred at the modem.
Procedure

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-341 033-536 to 033-540, 568, 575, 577, 033-541, 033-566
033-543, 567, 576, 702, 703 Dial Error RAP 033-545 T0 Timeout RAP
033-543 There is incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data. 033-545 The remote machine might not be a facsimile, or it is not in the facsimile mode.
033-567 There is incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data. Procedure

033-576 The dial data is invalid.
1. Have the customer check the address number and whether the remote party is a fax
machine.
033-702 Digits of the indicated dial data exceeds the number of allowed number of digits.
033-703 The indicated dial data digits exceed the number of allowed digits.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check the dial data, then repeat the operation.

033-547 Abort During Transmission RAP 033-548 No Manual Send Line RAP
033-547 Aborted during transmission (operation was cancelled). 033-548 There are no lines for manual transmission.
Procedure Procedure
For information only. No service action necessary. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Use a phone to establish communications, then have the customer repeat the operation.

033-549, 551, 583 Fax Service Disabled RAP 033-550 Cannot Disable Fax Service RAP
033-549 The system cannot receive the service because it was prohibited to do the operation. 033-550 The system is attempting to transition to the diag mode, etc., but was unable to do so
because fax communication is in progress.
033-551 When a phone or fax communication was about to end, an operation was performed
on that job. Procedure
033-583 The request received a connection refused response because the target connection is
1. Have the customer wait for the job to complete its transmission, then repeat the opera-
temporarily out of resource.
tion.
Procedure 2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.

1. Have the customer wait for a while, then repeat the operation.

033-553 No Folder/Relay RAP 033-554 Wrong Password/Receive Banned RAP
033-553 The F code that was sent from the remote machine is instructing a function that does 033-554 Data received without a password/a mismatch of passwords, or a mismatch of the
not exist in the local machine. select receive number. Mismatch of password or communication from the user other than
those who are in the select receive list.
Procedure
1. Have the customer consult with the operator of the remote machine on whether the wrong Perform the steps that follow:
F Code was input. 1. For a single occurrence, take no action.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.

033-555, 033-556 Incorrect Password RAP 033-557, 033-565 Destinations or Services Exceeded RAP
033-555 The machine password of local machine does not match the one that was sent from 033-557 The total number of requested services or total number of addresses exceeded the
the remote machine. number defined by the specifications.
033-556 The remote ID was not sent from the remote machine. The sending password and the 033-565 The total number of requested addresses exceeded the number defined by the speci-
remote ID do not match. fications.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer consult with the operator of the remote machine on whether the wrong 1. Have the customer wait for the jobs that are waiting to be sent to decrease or reduce the
machine password was input. number of addresses, then try again.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.

033-558, 033-559 Remote ID Rejection RAP 033-560, 561, 562 TRESS/RCC RAP
033-558 The remote ID of the remote terminal is registered in the blacklist of the local machine. 033-560 For TRESS and RCC, the authentication ID that was sent from the remote terminal
was invalid.
033-559 The remote ID was not sent from the remote terminal.
033-561 TRESS and RCC cannot be performed as the operation is prohibited or a Job is in
Procedure progress.
033-562 RCC execution was put on hold as it is in the operation prohibited mode.
1. Have the customer change the fax machine setting to be able to receive fax messages
even if destination does not send remote ID.
Procedure

033-563, 033-569 No Printable Paper Size RAP 033-564, 033-570 Power Off During Transmission RAP
033-563 When formatting, registered paper that is not applicable to the document size to be 033-564 An error due to power off during transmission. The power switch was turned off, or the
printed was loaded. system was reset.
033-569 The paper tray status is such that paper with orientation that can be output can only 033-570 An error due to power off during transmission. the power switch was turned off, or the
be supplied from the SMH. system was reset.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer specify the correct paper size and check that the paper trays are cor- 1. Have the customer:
rectly loaded with the paper guides correctly adjusted. a. Wait for a while then check the fax function settings and dial numbers, then resend
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP. data if needed.
b. Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again.

033-571, 033-588 Manual Send Job Cancelled RAP 033-572 Fax Report Print Job Cancelled RAP
033-571 At the start of the Job, the report area for fax was detected to be full and the job was 033-572 At the start of the job, job full was detected, only the fax report document is stored,
cancelled. and the printing of fax report was cancelled.
033-588 T38 packet loss causing unrecoverable error was detected. Procedure
Procedure 1. For a single occurrence, take no action.
1. Have the customer wait for some of the jobs that are queued to be completed or can-
celled, then retry the operation.

033-573 Domain Regulation Check Error RAP 033-580 Missing VoIP Gateway RAP
033-573 The address was specified with a prohibited domain. 033-580 There is no existing VoIP gateway that correspond to the phone number that was
input.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check the address and input the correct one. Perform the steps that follow:
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP. 1. Have the customer set the correct device VoIP gateway address to correspond with the
phone number that was input.

033-581 Access Authentication Failure RAP 033-582 Mismatched Ability RAP
033-581 The request was asked for authentication and it failed the authentication. 033-582 The request received a connection refused response because the target connection
has mismatched capability data.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check the proxy server authentication user name, authentication Perform the steps that follow:
password, and sip server settings at the machine. 1. Have the customer check the device at the recipient side. If the recipient side is guaran-
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP. teed to be a supported machine, check the sip server settings between the recipient side
and the machine.

033-584 SIP Request Timeout RAP 033-585 SIP Request Error RAP
033-584 SIP communication timeout has occurred. 033-585 Other error has occurred during SIP communication.
Procedure Procedure
a. Check whether the correct address or phone number was input.
b. Check whether the network cable is connected.
c. Check whether the SIP server is running.
d. Check the connection status of the network cable between the machine and the SIP
server, as well as between the machine and the recipient side.
e. Check whether the SIP server and the recipient side are able to communicate.

033-586 T38 Protocol Not Ready RAP 033-587, 589, 590, 592 Remote Machine Error 3 RAP
033-586 Unable to communicate as the IP address is unresolved. Unable to communicate as 033-587 Unable to establish T38 session (including RTP session).
the registration to registrar server was not completed when using a SIP server.
033-589 The received T38 protocol data contains invalid content (including ASN.1 decode
Procedure error).
033-590 Unable to continue the job as an error has occurred at the packet send (TCP, UDP,
RTP) of T38 protocol.
a. Wait for a while, then try to send again.
b. Make it so that the IP address can be obtained and registered to the registrar server. 033-592 A timeout caused by other than timeout notification (image data receive timeout and
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP. FoIP internal timeout) has occurred.
Procedure
re-send.

033-591 FoIP Max Sessions Over RAP 033-593 Cancelled By Remote Peer RAP
033-591 A new send request was initiated when the system is already communicating using 033-593 An interrupt process was performed at the communication partner side.
the maximum number of sessions for FoIP.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 1. Have the customer request for the sender to re-send.
1. Wait for the IP fax send that is in progress to complete, then try to send again. 2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP.

033-700 T1 Timeout Fail RAP 033-701 Retry Timeout RAP
033-700 T1 timeout has occurred when sending or at phase B and later when receiving. 033-701 The communication did not end normally within the retry timeout time.
Procedure Procedure
a. Repeat the operation if the fault occurs while sending.
b. Request for the sender to re-send if the fault occurs when receiving.
c. Check the remote machine for an error.

033-710, 712, 713, 717, 718, 719, 721 Document Not Found 033-716 No Specified Folder RAP
RAP 033-716 The status in which the job cannot be performed was detected during EP-TRESS
033-710 The specified document cannot be found operation.
033-712 Invalid document, host memory full Procedure

033-713 Incorrect chain-link number. 1. For a single occurrence, take no action.
033-717 The verification result of the specified password was NG.
033-718 The document was not found in the polling sending box or the specified folder.
033-719 The document was not found in the polling sending box or the specified folder.
033-721 The specified page cannot be generated.
Procedure

033-710, 712, 713, 717, 718, 719, 721, 033-716 2-356 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
033-724 Fax Receive Memory Over Flow RAP 033-725, 033-742 Insufficient Hard Disk Space RAP
033-724 Receive operation was aborted because the maximum limit of the image data amount 033-725 The HD was full when fax was received, or when the format or report was created.
that can be received for one Fax communication was exceeded.
033-742 Timed out by page read close instruction (ran out of memory during manual send).
Procedure
1. Inform the customer that the optional hard disk is required. Have the customer delete unnecessary data from the hard disk.
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327Fax Fault RAP.
Procedure
1. Have the customer delete unnecessary data from the hard disk.

033-726, 728, 734, 737, 738, 751 Fax Printing Error RAP 033-731, 732, 736, 740, 747, 749 Inconsistent Instructions
033-726 Two sided printing not available when receiving fax (mixed size). RAP
033-731 Transmission closed due to start transmission from fax card and stop transmission
033-728 Formatting for fax auto print was aborted because the instruction for fax manual print
from controller.
was sent during the operation.
033-732 Print job received was cancelled at forced polling.
033-734 Job was cancelled because fax print and fax auto report were started at the same
time. 033-736 The data amount for fax transfer exceeded the threshold during fax transfer of internet
fax off ramp.
033-737 The fax cont detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.
033-740 The user cancelled immediate printing upon receiving.
033-738 The fax cont detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data.
033-747 When requesting to start the service from the fax card, the job could not be generated
033-751 An activity report is generated during the time period where print is prohibited and
due to causes such as job number overflow.
since the machine is in sleep mode, it started the process to place the report on hold.
033-749 During fax formatting, the extended image data is larger than the memory reserved.
Procedure
1. For a single occurrence, take no action. For information only. No service action necessary.

033-726, 728, 734, 737, 738, 751, 033-731, 732, 736, 2-358 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
033-733, 735, 741, 743, 744, 745, 746, 750 Fax Document
Number Error RAP
033-733 The number of job documents related to the job could not be obtained.
033-735 Fax receive - buffer allocate timeout.
033-741 When transferring image data to the fax card, the conditions for sending the response
to the fax card did not match.
033-743 When receiving image data from the fax card, the conditions for sending the response
033-746 When transferring image data to the fax card, the conditions for sending the response
033-750 During formatting, when image data was retrieved from the fax card, even though the
image data was determined to be free from error, extension failed.
Procedure

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-359 033-733, 735, 741, 743, 744, 745, 746, 750
033-733, 735, 741, 743, 744, 745, 746, 750 2-360 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
041-310 IM Logic Fail RAP 041-340 MCU NVM (EEPROM) Fail RAP
041-310 IM software control error detected. 041-340 NVM (EEPROM) data abnormality.
Procedure Initial Actions
WARNING WARNING
Perform the steps that follow: Fault code 041-340 Only. Check that the NVM values that follow are set to default:
1. Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10. • 740-016 Range Over Chain No
2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 • 740-017 Range Over Link No
(B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface • 740-018 Range Over Chain Link
• 740-019 Range Over Value
• 740-020 Write in Progress Range Over Chain No
• 740-021 Write in Progress Range Over Link No
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) Procedure
4. dC301 NVM Initialization.

042-348 Drive Over Temperature Detect Fail RAP 045-310 Image Ready RAP
042-348 Drive over temperature was detected. 045-310 Controller image preparation failure detected.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING
• GP 6 How to Check a Motor.
Enter dC330 code 042-001 to run the rear fan. The rear fan runs.
Y N
Refer to Wiring Diagram 9. Check the items that follow:
• The wiring between the rear fan and the LVPS for open circuit, short circuit or poor
contact.
• Load towards the rear fan.
Install new components as necessary:
• Rear fan, PL 19.3A Item 9 (B400) or PL 19.3B Item 9 (B405).
Enter dC330 code 042-003 to run the LVPS fan. The LVPS fan runs.
Y N
Refer to Wiring Diagram 4 (B405) or Wiring Diagram 5 (B400). Check the items that fol-
low:
• The wiring between the LVPS fan and the LVPS for open circuit, short circuit or poor
contact.
• Load towards the rear fan.
• LVPS fan, PL 4.1A Item 13 (B400) or PL 4.1B Item 14 (B405).
The fault may be intermittent. Perform the steps that follow:

• Refer to Wiring Diagram 9. Check The wiring between the rear fan and the LVPS for open
• Refer to Wiring Diagram 4 (B405) or Wiring Diagram 5 (B400). Check the wiring between
the LVPS fan and the LVPS for open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
• Rear fan, PL 19.3A Item 9 (B400) or PL 19.3B Item 9 (B405).
• LVPS fan, PL 4.1A Item 13 (B400) or PL 4.1B Item 14 (B405).

045-311 Controller Communication Fail RAP
045-311 Communication failure between ESS PWB and MCU PWB was detected.
Procedure
WARNING

058-315 to 058-316, 059-314 to 059-315, 059-324, 059-326
Fuser Checkout RAP
058-315 Fuser heat roll STS Sensor fail detected.
058-316 Low fuser heat roll temperature detected.
059-314 Centre STS Sensor disconnect detected.
059-315 Over Temperature of Fuser heat roll detected.
059-324 Abnormal Fuser heat roll temperature detected.
059-326 The system detected an open circuit of the heat roll thermistor.
Initial Actions
WARNING
• Remove the fuser. Check the heat roll for paper or foreign substances.
• (Fault code 058-310 only) Check that the initial temperature is not set to high in NVM,
dC131.
Procedure
2. Ensure that the fuser is installed correctly and is the correct voltage for the region.
3. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1, and the MCU PWB,
PL 18.2 Item 2, for open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
4. Check the connections and wiring between the fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1, and the LVPS, PL
18.1A Item 10 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 10 (B405), for open circuit, short circuit or poor
contact.
5. Check the connections and wiring between the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2, and the
LVPS, PL 18.1A Item 10 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 10 (B405), for open circuit, short circuit
or poor contact.
6. Check the FSR harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 9 (B400) or PL 18.3B Item 9 (B405),
and the LV harness assembly PL 18.3A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.3B Item 5 (B405), for
damage.
• FSR harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 9 (B400) or PL 18.3B Item 9 (B405).
• LV harness assembly PL 18.3A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.3B Item 5 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-365 058-315 to 058-316, 059-314 to 059-315, 059-324,
058-315 to 058-316, 059-314 to 059-315, 059-324, 059- 2-366 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
062-311, 062-313 to 062-314, 062-318 IIT Software Logic 062-345 IIT EEPROM Fail RAP
Fail RAP 062-345 Write failure to IEEPROM, or communication failure with EEPROM.
062-311 Error detected in IISS software.
Procedure
062-313 Inexecutable software parameters detected.
062-314 Inexecutable software parameters detected. WARNING

062-318 Scan setting was not performed in time during page gap. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
2. Ensure the EMMC Card, PL 18.1A Item 6 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 6 (B405), is securely
connected to the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
WARNING 3. If the fault persists, install new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do (B405).
3. For 062-311 and 062-313 only, if the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A
Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-367 062-311, 062-313 to 062-314, 062-318, 062-345
062-360, 062-389 Carriage Position Fail RAP 062-362 X Hard Fail RAP
062-360 Any of the faults that follow was detected: 062-362 Hard modification of authentication device was detected.
• An error with the count value of the carriage position control.
• No IIT registration sensor input during carriage initialization. Procedure
• Abnormality in detected position of IIT registration sensor.
062-389 A Carriage overrun was detected.
WARNING
Procedure
WARNING 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
(B405).
2. Clean the document glass and the white strip, GP 24.
3. Check the connections and wiring between the ESS PWB (P/J451, P/J452, P/J453), and
the IIT assembly PL 21.1 Item 14, for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
• IIT assembly PL 21.1 Item 14.

062-380, 386 Lamp Illumination Fail RAP 062-790 Recognition Fail RAP
062-380 Insufficient lamp brightness was detected when performing AGC. 062-790 The document being scanned is prohibited by law.
062-386 A CCD output error was detected when performing AOC. Procedure
Advise the customer to refer to the Legal Notices in the User Guide to check the types of docu-
Procedure ment available for copying.
WARNING
2. Clean the document glass and the white strip, GP 24.
3. Check the connections and wiring between the ESS PWB (P/J451, P/J452, P/J453), and
the IIT assembly PL 21.1 Item 14, for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
• IIT assembly PL 21.1 Item 14.
• Scanner Assembly PL 21.1 Item 1.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-369 062-380, 386, 062-790
062-380, 386, 062-790 2-370 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
071-101 Tray 1 Misfeed RAP 072-101 Tray 2 Misfeed RAP
071-101 Paper does not actuate the registration sensor within the specified time after tray 1 072-101 Paper does not actuate the tray 2 path sensor within the specified time after tray 2
feed starts. feed starts.
Initial Actions Initial Actions

• Check the condition of the paper in tray 1. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifi- • Check the condition of the paper in tray 2. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifi-
cations. cations.
• Check that the tray 1 paper guides are set correctly. • Check that the tray 2 paper guides are set correctly.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary: Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
• GP 6 How to Check a Motor. • GP 6 How to Check a Motor.
Perform the steps that follow: • GP 7 How to Check a Sensor.
1. Check for obstructions in the paper path. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Check the tray 1 feed roll, PL 9.2 Item 4, for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install 1. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
new components as necessary. 2. Check the tray 2 feed roll, PL 11.2 Item 13, for foreign substances or wear. Clean or
3. Check the registration actuator, PL 15.2 Item 20 for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install new components as necessary.
install new components as necessary. 3. Enter dC330, code 071-119. Check the path sensor, PL 11.4 Item 4.
4. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Enter dC330, code 071-102. Move the registration sensor 4. Enter dC330, code 071-018. Check the option feeder clutch assembly, PL 11.1A Item 8
shutter, PL 15.2 Item 14 to actuate the registration sensor. If the display does not change, (B400) or PL 11.1B Item 8 (B405).
install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. 5. Enter dC330, code 071-021. Check the takeaway roll assembly, PL 11.2 Item 21.
NOTE: The registration sensor is mounted on the HVPS. 6. Enter dC330, code 071-009. Check the motor assembly, PL 11.1A Item 19 (B400) or PL
11.1B Item 19 (B405).
5. Enter dC330, code 071-005. Check the feeder clutch, PL 15.2 Item 16.
7. Refer to Wiring Diagram 13. Check the connections and wiring between the MCU PWB,
6. Enter dC330, code 071-001. Check the main motor, PL 11.1A Item 19 (B400) or PL 11.1B
PL 18.2 Item 2, and the option feeder PWB assembly PL 11.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 11.1B
Item 19 (B405).
Item 5 (B405), for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
7. If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2. 8. If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.

072-310 to 072-311 Tray 2 Fail RAP 075-100 Bypass Tray (MSI) Jam RAP
071-310 Tray 2 feeder motor fail detected. 075-100 Paper does not actuate the registration path sensor within the specified time after
bypass tray feed starts.
071-311 Tray 2 incorrect operation mode detected.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Check the condition of the paper in the MSI. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Size Spec-
• Ensure the 550-sheet option feeder (Tray 2) is correctly seated. ifications
• Power off, then power on the machine, GP 10. Check if the fault recurs. • Check that the paper guides are set correctly.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Perform the steps that follow: Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
1. Switch the machine off, then on, GP 10. • GP 8 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
2. Reload the software, GP 4. Perform the steps that follow:
3. If the fault persists, install a new option feeder (tray 2), PL 11.1A Item 1 (B400) or PL 1. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
11.1B Item 1 (B405). 2. Check the MSI feed roll assembly, PL 13.1 Item 18 for foreign substances or wear. Clean
or install new components as necessary.
3. Enter dC330, code 071-004. Check the MSI feed solenoid, PL 13.1 Item 5.
4. If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.

077-101, 077-104 Registration/Exit Sensor Jam RAP 077-117 Tray 2 Registration Sensor Jam RAP
077-101 The paper does not deactuate the registration sensor within the specified time after 077-117 The paper does not actuate the registration sensor within the specified time after tray
the registration clutch is energized. 2 feed starts.
077-104 The paper deactuated the fuser exit sensor earlier than the specified time. Initial Actions
• Check the condition of the paper in tray 2. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifi-
Initial Actions cations.
• Check the condition of the paper in tray 1. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifi- • Check that the tray 2 paper guides are set correctly.
cations.
• Check that the tray 1 paper guides are set correctly. Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. • GP 6 How to Check a Motor.
Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary: Perform the steps that follow:
• GP 6 How to Check a Motor. 1. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
• GP 7 How to Check a Sensor. 2. Check the tray 1 feed roll, PL 9.2 Item 4, and option feeder (tray 2, 3 or 4) feed roll assem-
Perform the steps that follow: bly, PL 11.2 Item 13, for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install new components as
1. Check for obstructions in the paper path. necessary.
2. Check the tray 1 feed roll, PL 9.2 Item 4, for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install 3. Check the registration actuator, PL 15.2 Item 20 for foreign substances or wear. Clean or
new components as necessary. install new components as necessary.
3. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Enter dC330, code 071-102. Move the registration sensor 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Enter dC330, code 071-102. Move the registration sensor
shutter, PL 15.2 Item 14 to actuate the registration sensor. If the display does not change, shutter, PL 15.2 Item 14 to actuate the registration sensor. If the display does not change,
install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
NOTE: The registration sensor is mounted on the HVPS. NOTE: The registration sensor is mounted on the HVPS.
4. Enter dC330, code 071-006. Check the registration clutch, PL 15.2 Item 4. 5. Enter dC330, code 071-005. Check the feeder clutch, PL 15.2 Item 16.
5. Enter dC330, code 071-103. Check the exit sensor, PL 17.1 Item 1. 6. Enter dC330, code 071-001. Check the main motor, PL 11.1A Item 19 (B400) or PL 11.1B
6. Enter dC330, code 071-001. Check the main motor, PL 11.1A Item 19 (B400) or PL 11.1B Item 19 (B405).
Item 19 (B405). 7. If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.

077-119 Image Formation Fail Jam RAP 077-123 Registration Sensor Jam (Duplex) RAP
077-119 The paper feeds too slowly for the image formation to complete. 077-123 Paper does not actuate the registration sensor in the specified time after the registra-
tion clutch in energized in duplex mode.
Initial Actions
• Check the condition of the paper in all trays. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Size Spec- Initial Actions
ifications. Check the condition of the paper in all trays. Refer to GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifica-
• Check that the paper guides in all trays are set correctly. tions
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary: Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
• GP 6 How to Check a Motor. • GP 6 How to Check a Motor.
Perform the steps that follow: • GP 8 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
1. Check for obstructions in the paper path. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Check the tray 1 feed roll, PL 9.2 Item 4, and option feeder (tray 2, 3 or 4) feed roll assem- 1. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
bly, PL 11.2 Item 13, for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install new components as 2. Check the exit roll assembly, PL 17.1 Item 5 for foreign substances or wear. Clean or
necessary. install new components as necessary.
3. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Enter dC330, code 071-102. Move the registration sensor 3. Enter dC330, code 071-007. Check the T21 exit clutch assembly, PL 3.1 Item 6.
shutter, PL 15.2 Item 14 to actuate the registration sensor. If the display does not change, 4. Enter dC330, code 071-008. Check the T24 inverter clutch assembly, PL 3.1 Item 7.
install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
5. Check the duplex roll assembly, PL 14.1 Item 2 for foreign substances or wear. Clean or
NOTE: The registration sensor is mounted on the HVPS. install new components as necessary.
6. Check the registration actuator, PL 15.2 Item 20 for foreign substances or wear. Clean or
4. Enter dC330, code 071-006. Check the registration clutch, PL 15.2 Item 4.
install new components as necessary.
5. Enter dC330, code 071-103. Check the exit sensor, PL 17.1 Item 1. 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Enter dC330, code 071-102. Move the registration sensor
6. Enter dC330, code 071-001. Check the main motor, PL 11.1A Item 19 (B400) or PL 11.1B shutter, PL 15.2 Item 14 to actuate the registration sensor. If the display does not change,
Item 19 (B405). install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
NOTE: The registration sensor is mounted on the HVPS.
8. Enter dC330, code 071-001. Check the main motor, PL 11.1A Item 19 (B400) or PL 11.1B
Item 19 (B405).

077-300 Front Cover Open RAP 077-322 Option Tray Communication Fail RAP
077-300 Front cover was opened during run. 077-322 A communication failure between the IOT and the option tray is detected.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary: Perform the steps that follow:
• GP 9 How to Check a Switch 1. Ensure the option feeder (tray 2, 3 or 4) is correctly seated.
Perform the steps that follow: 2. Power off, then power on the machine, GP 10.
1. Check the actuator on the front cover for damage. If necessary, install a new interlock 3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
actuator, PL 19.1A Item 3 (B400) or PL 19.1B Item 3 (B405). • Option feeder, PL 11.1A Item 1 (B400) or PL 11.1B Item 1 (B405).
2. Enter dC330 code 041-300. Check the front cover interlock switch, PL 18.1A Item 12 • MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.
(B400) or PL 18.1B Item 23 (B405).
• Front cover interlock switch, PL 18.1A Item 12 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 23 (B405).
• MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2

077-327 Invalid Option Feeder RAP 077-909 IOT Static Jam RAP
077-327 An invalid option feeder (tray 2, 3 or 4) is detected. 077-909 Paper is present on the registration, exit or option feeder path sensors, when the
machine is powered on, shut down or when the option feeder tray, rear cover or side cover is
Procedure closed.
Procedure
WARNING
1. Ensure the option feeder (tray 2, 3 or 4) is correctly seated.
2. Power off, then power on the machine, GP 10.
1. Clear the paper jam.
3. If the fault persists, install the correct Option feeder, PL 11.1A Item 1 (B400) or PL 11.1B
Item 1 (B405).

077-911, 077-967 to 077-968 Paper Mismatch RAP
077-911 Paper size is different from specified paper size.
077-967 Paper quality is different from specified paper quality.
077-968 Paper quality is different from specified paper quality.
Procedure
WARNING
1. Advise the customer to specify the correct paper size and quality when submitting the job.

091-300 Rear Cover Interlock Open RAP 091-401, 091-406 Drum Cartridge Near End of Life RAP
091-300 Rear cover is detected as open. 091-401 Drum cartridge is near end of life.
Initial Actions 091-406 Drum cartridge is near end of life.

• Check rear cover latch and fitment.
• Check rear interlock actuator.
Procedure
• Check rear cover interlock switch position and condition, PL 15.1A Item 97 (B400) or PL Information only. No service action necessary. Advise the customer that the drum cartridge is
15.1B Item 97 (B405). near end of life.
Procedure
WARNING
• GP 9 How to Check a Switch
1. Enter dC330 code 041-301. Check the rear cover interlock switch, PL 15.1A Item 97
(B400) or PL 15.1B Item 97 (B405).
• Rear cover interlock switch, PL 15.1A Item 97 (B400) or PL 15.1B Item 97 (B405).
• MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2

091-402, 091-913 Drum Cartridge End of Life RAP 091-914 to 091-915 Drum Cartridge CRUM Data Error RAP
091-402 Drum cartridge end of life. 091-914 Drum Cartridge CRUM communication failure detected.
091-913 Drum cartridge end of life. 091-915 Drum Cartridge CRUM physical damage detected.
Procedure Procedure
Install a new drum cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Remove, then reinstall the toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2.
2. If the fault persists, install a genuine Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1.

091-916 Drum Cartridge CRUM Authentication Error RAP 091-921 Toner Cartridge CRUM Communication Error RAP
091-916 Invalid authentication area data of Drum Cartridge CRUM detected. 091-921 Toner Cartridge CRUM is not installed in the correct position.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING
2. If the fault persists, install a genuine Xerox toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2.
3. Check the toner cartridge CRUM connector for damage and contamination.
4. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1 (B405) or Wiring Diagram 2 (B400). Check the wiring between
the toner CRUM connector assembly, PL 5.1 Item 2, and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2
for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
• Toner CRUM connector assembly, PL 5.1 Item 2.

093-406 Toner Cartridge Near End of Life RAP 093-335, 093-339, 093-916 Toner CRUM Communication
093-406 Toner cartridge is near end of life. Error RAP
093-335 Toner CRUM authentication IC communication error.
Procedure
Information only. No service action necessary. Advise the customer that the toner cartridge is 093-339 Toner CRUM authentication IC communication error 2.
almost empty.
093-916 Toner cartridge CRUM is not installed in the correct position.
Procedure
1. Tap Restart to restart the machine and re-establish communication between the MCU
and toner cartridge CRUM.
2. If the fault persists, switch off the machine, GP 10, then reseat the toner cartridge, PL 8.1
Item 2.
3. Switch on the machine, GP 10.

093-444 to 093-445, 093-912 Toner Cartridge Empty RAP 093-916 Toner CRUM Not Readable RAP
093-444 The toner cartridge is empty. 093-916 The toner cartridge CRUM is unreadable.
093-912 The toner cartridge is empty. Procedure

Procedure 1. Reseat the toner cartridge.
Install a new toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2. 2. If the fault persists, install a new toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2.

093-924 to 093-925 Drum CRUM Data Failure RAP 093-926 Toner CRUM Authentication Fail RAP
093-924 Toner cartridge CRUM communication failure detected. 091-916 Invalid authentication area data of toner cartridge CRUM detected.
093-925 Toner cartridge CRUM damage is detected. Procedure

Procedure 1. Remove, then reinstall the toner cartridge.
Perform the steps that follow: 2. If the fault persists, install a genuine Xerox toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2.

096-918 3rd Party Toner CRUM Detected RAP 099-396 to 099-399 Fuser Temperature Fault RAP
096-918 Invalid 3rd Party toner cartridge CRUM detected. 099-364 The recovery time from low temperature not ready state has become longer than the
setting time.
Procedure
1. Remove, then reinstall the toner cartridge. For information only, no service action necessary.

102-311 to 102-319 USB Dongle Errors RAP 102-356 EWS Soft Fail RAP
102-311 USB dongle access failed during the initial installation by the USB dongle. 102-356 Fatal error related to EWS.
102-312 It was detected that MAC address of another M/C was recorded in the dongle during Procedure
the initial installation by the USB dongle.
102-313 An illegal IOT speed setting key was detected during the initial installation by the USB WARNING
dongle.
102-314 Setting the IOT speed setting key failed during the initial installation by the USB don-
gle.
102-315 Setting the SW Key failed during the initial installation by the USB dongle. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
102-316 Setting the supply setting failed during the initial installation by the USB dongle. 3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules on the PWB are
102-317 Setting the page pack failed during the initial installation by the USB dongle. securely connected.
4. Initialise the hard disk, refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
102-318 Setting the country code failed during the initial installation by the USB dongle.
102-319 The NVM rewriting list process failed during the initial installation by the USB dongle. 6. If the fault persists, ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
Procedure
WARNING
1. Ensure the USB dongle is installed correctly.
4. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5
securely connected.
• Front USB harness, PL 18.1A Item 13 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 17 (B405).
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

103-310 to 103-313 Hybrid Water Mark RAP 103-314 Prohibited Originals RAP
103-310 The secure watermark kit cannot be made available because the hybrid watermark 103-314 Possible prohibited originals (system fail).
detection hardware is not installed.
Procedure
103-311 The secure watermark Kit is not enabled.
103-312 The secure watermark kit cannot be made available because the hybrid watermark WARNING
detection hardware for document side 2 is not installed.
103-313 The secure watermark kit did not become available because of insufficient IISS exten-
sion memory.
For information only. No service action necessary. 2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5
securely connected.
4. If the fault persists, install new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405).

116-210, 116-211 Media Reader Error RAP 116-212, 116-220, 116-310 to 116-311 ESS Error RAP
116-210 Fatal error of reader. 116-212 MediaLib internal logic error has occurred.
116-211 Connection cable disconnected. 116-220 The downloader software that processes downloads within the ESS failed to initialize
during transition into download mode.
Procedure
116-310 An error was detected when the ESS font ROM DIMM #2 was checked.
WARNING 116-311 A fail is detected during a check of ESS font ROM DIMM #3.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Procedure
WARNING
4. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL
18.1B Item 5 (B405).
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-391 116-210, 116-211, 116-212, 116-220, 116-310 to 116-
116-312, 116-313 HDD Encrypt Key Fail RAP 116-314 Ethernet Address Fail RAP
116-312 An error in the encryption key was detected on booting. 116-314 An Ethernet error was detected.
116-313 An encryption setting error was detected on booting. Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
2. Ensure that the EMMC card, PL 18.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 6 (B405) is
1. If installed, initialise the HDD, refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics. securely connected.
2. When the system has been recovered, advise the customer to set a correct HDD encryp- 3. Reload the software, GP 4.
tion key.
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

116-319 Controller and UI Configuration RAP 116-320, 116-345 Process Error RAP
116-319 A mismatch between the installed ROM and UI. 116-320 Fatal error of the STREAMZ. A problem has occurred in the software processing and
it is unable to continue with the subsequent processes.
Procedure
116-345 Token Ring Control IC Access error.
WARNING Procedure
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram 10 (B405) or Wiring Diagram 11 (B400). Ensure that all connec-
tors on the UI assembly, PL 1.1A Item 4 (B400) or PL 1.1B Item 4 (B405) and the ESS
PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) are securely con-
nected.
• UI assembly, PL 1.1A Item 4 (B400) or PL 1.1B Item 4 (B405).
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

116-321, 322, 328, 329, 338 Software Error RAP 116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail RAP
116-321 Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. 116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R check fail.
116-322 Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Procedure
116-328 A failure was detected in the level 2 cache built in the CPU.
WARNING
116-329 A system call error related to the serial I/F was detected.
116-338 Overall JBA fatal error. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
WARNING (B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 4. Reload the software, GP 4.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL
Perform the steps that follow: 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

116-324 Exception Fail RAP 116-325 ESS Fan Fail RAP
116-324 A fatal software exception error has occurred in the controller PWB CPU. 116-325 An error occurred in the rotation of the ESS fan.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 2. Reload the software, GP 4.
(B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface 3. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL
mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected. 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
(B405) and the HDD.
5. If installed, initialise the HDD. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.

116-330, 331, 336, 337, 339 HDD File System Fail RAP 116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail
116-330 HDD check at power on detected that an error has occurred or the HDD was not for- 116-334 ESS NVRAM data compare fail.
matted.
Procedure
116-331 A log related error was detected.
116-336 An error was detected when the HDD was accessed. WARNING
116-337 Overall SNTP fatal error. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent pro-
cesses cannot be performed.
116-339 When the JBA is started up, the HDD is not installed. Perform the steps that follow:
Procedure 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
Perform the 016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798 HDD Error RAP. 3. Check the faults, dC125. If a 124-3XX fault code is displayed, perform the relevant RAP.
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

116-340 Not Enough Memory RAP 116-341, 342, 393, 394 ROM Version Incorrect RAP
116-340 Insufficient memory was detected during initialization. A PS option requiring an addi- 116-341 Versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed are incorrect.
tional memory was installed but memory was not added.
116-342 Fatal error related to the SNMP agent.
Procedure
116-393 AAA manager fatal error.
116-394 Abnormal authentication mode and accounting mode settings detected during AAA
manager boot sequence.
Procedure

116-343, 346, 357, 359 Main PWB Error RAP 116-348, 349, 358, 360, 374 Redirecter Fail RAP
116-343 An error was detected in the IC in the ESS PWB. 116-348 Various fatal errors detected in the redirecter.
116-346 A response such as system function recall error was detected. 116-349 An error occurred when calling the Pflite function using the SIF.
116-357 PS Fatal System Error 116-358 Fatal error related to salutation.
116-359 Fatal error in PLW. 116-360 Fatal error related to SMB.
Procedure 116-374 Fatal error of auto SW.
Procedure
WARNING
(B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected. 3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
4. Reload the software, GP 4. (B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface
5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected.
18.1B Item 5 (B405). 4. Reload the software, GP 4.
5. Advise the customer to ensure that the machine’s network port settings are correct.
6. Perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP.
(B405).

116-343, 346, 357, 359, 116-348, 349, 358, 360, 374 2-398 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
116-353, 354, 356, 361, 362 HDD Fail RAP 116-355 Agent Soft Fail RAP
116-353 The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting. 116-355 Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.
116-354 The M/C was not started up due to a product code error detected in the HDD on boot- Procedure
ing.
116-356 The M/C was not started up due to an insufficient HDD capacity error detected during WARNING
HDD formatting.
116-361 Fatal error of SPL HDD.
116-362 HDD Software Fail. Perform the steps that follow:
Procedure 2. Reload the software, GP 4.
Perform the 016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798 HDD Error RAP. 3. Advise the customer to ensure that the machine’s network port settings are correct.
(B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-399 116-353, 354, 356, 361, 362, 116-355
116-363, 367, 370, 373, 376 Fatal Error RAP 116-364, 365, 366, 368, 371, 372, 375, 377 Timer Fail RAP
116-363 BMLinkS/print service software failure. 116-364 An error in the timer was detected.
116-367 Overall fatal error of Parallel. 116-365 Fatal error of the SPL.
116-370 Fatal error of XJCL. 116-366 Print utility operational failure, report generator operational failure.
116-373 Fatal error related to dynamic DNS. 116-368 Fatal error of DumpPrint.
116-376 Port 9100 software fail. 116-371 PCL decomposer software failure.
Procedure 116-372 Fatal error of P-formatter.
116-375 A response such as system function recall error was detected.

WARNING
116-377 Video DMA failure was detected.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. WARNING
3. Reload the software, GP 4. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
4. Advise the customer to ensure that the machine’s network port settings are correct. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
5. Perform the 016A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP. Perform the steps that follow:
6. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
(B405). 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
(B405).

116-363, 367, 370, 373, 376, 116-364, 365, 366, 368, 2-400 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
116-378, 379, 395 MCR/MCC Soft Fail RAP 116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail RAP
116-378 Fatal error related to MCR. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent pro- 116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 check failure.
Procedure
116-369 Fatal error related to MCC. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent pro-
WARNING
116-395 Fatal error related to USB.
Procedure death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
3. Ensure that the fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15 is installed correctly.
4. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Check the connections and wiring between the ESS PWB, PL
18.1B Item 5 and the fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15 for an open circuit, short circuit or poor
contact.
3. Advise the customer to ensure that the machine’s network port settings are correct.
5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
(B405).

116-381 ABL Version Fail RAP 116-382 ABL Initialize Fail RAP
116-381 ABL did not match the ABL version information on the NVM, or corrupted data was 116-382 ABL has failed to access the NVM or HDD.
detected.
Procedure
Initialize the NVM, refer to dC301 NVM Initialization. 1. Enter dC131. Set NVM value 790-664 to 0.
NOTE: Inform the customer that this will clear all address information.

116-383 PIT Lib Failure RAP 116-384, 385, 387, 389 DCS/IDC Software Fail RAP
116-383 Board Fault/non-installation, or HDD access error. 116-384 DCS-related fatal error. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent pro-
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: 116-385 Fatal error related to IDC. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent pro-
2. Check dC125 Faults. If a new fault is listed, perform the relevant RAP. 116-387 A fatal error has occurred during the usage of high compression board.
116-389 The necessary additional RAM was not installed.
Procedure
WARNING
(B405).

116-386 Fax USB Port RAP 116-388 No HDD RAP
116-386 At startup, the fax USB cable was connected to an incorrect port. 116-388 The system detected that the HDD was not installed, even though the system configu-
ration (with Fax and Finisher) requires a HDD.
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
2. Ensure that the fax USB cable is connected to the correct USB port. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.

116-390 ROM and NVM Version Mismatch RAP 116-391 Illegal Code RAP
116-390 Incompatible versions of the standard ROM and NVM were detected. 116-391 Country code/territory code/paper size group setting error detected.
Procedure Procedure
1. Initialize the NVM, refer to dC301 NVM Initialization.
WARNING
NOTE: Inform the customer that this will clear all address information. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
2. Reload the software, GP 4. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
2. If the fault persists, enter dC131. Ensure NVM values 700-165, 700-338 and 700-402 are
correct. Change the values as necessary.

116-392 Machine Code Check Fail RAP 116-396 FIPS140 Self Test Fail RAP
116-392 Machine code check fail. 116-396 At start, the FIPS140 encryption module self-test has detected a failure. Self test error
due to illegal ROM (FW).
Procedure
For information only. No service action necessary. Procedure
WARNING

116-397 Illegal Setting Area Coverage Threshold RAP 116-399 Initialization RAP
116-397 The plain total color judge threshold setting is incorrect. 116-399 The machine remains in initializing state even after 10 minutes has passed since it
has started up (not including the startup after power save).
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
2. Enter dC131. Ensure the value of 720-061 is higher than 720-060. Adjust the values as 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
necessary. 2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405).

116-701, 116-710 Out of Memory Duplex Fail RAP 116-702 Print with Substitute Font RAP
116-701 One page data was printed on multiple pages during two sided print. 116-702 Printing performed with substitute font.
116-710 HP-GL spool file overflow. Procedure

Advise the customer that additional fonts are required.
Procedure
Advise the customer that the optional HDD is required.

116-703 Postscript Language RAP 116-704 Media Reader RAP
116-703 There is a problem in the PostScript data and an error occurred in PostScript gram- 116-704 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access
mar interpretation or language interpretation. to media.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Ensure that all paper trays are loaded with the correct media.

116-705 to 116-709, 716, 717 Media Reader Format RAP 116-713, 116-751 HDD Full RAP
116-705 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access 116-713 Collate operation was split when HDD full occurred in print service.
to media.
116-751 When a Booklet job is writing into the HDD, the job is aborted because the HDD
116-706 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access became full
to media.
Procedure
116-707 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access Perform the steps that follow:
to media.
116-708 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access a. Delete the stored documents to clear HDD full condition.
to media. b. Split the job so that HDD full does not occur.
116-709 The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access
to media.
to media.
to media.
Procedure
1. Have the customer check the contents in the media for errors from the PC:
a. Check the file format/directory and selected mode (digital camera print/document
print).
b. Check whether the printed file attribute information is displayed.
c. Check whether the print file images are displayed.
d. Check whether the printed file attribute information is displayed.
e. If the fault persists, inform the customer that the media may be defective.
2. If the fault persists, inform the customer that the media may be defective.

116-705 to 116-709, 716, 717, 116-713, 116-751 2-410 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
116-714 HP-GL/2 Command Error RAP 116-719 XPIF Parameter Cancelled RAP
116-714 HP-GL/2 command error occurred. 116-719 The device was instructed to execute a function it did not support.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Advise the customer to cancel the disabled parameters.

116-720 PCL Memory Low Page Simplified RAP 116-721 to 116-724, 726, 727, 728 Color Print Permissions
116-720 PCL memory low, page simplified. RAP
116-721 Color printing is prohibited in this time zone. Output changed to monochrome.
Procedure
Advise the customer to: 017-722 Color printing prohibited. Output changed to monochrome.
1. Deactivate the unnecessary ports.
2. Adjust various buffer memory sizes. 017-723 Color print attempted from a prohibited application. Output changed to monochrome.
3. Add an expanded memory.

017-724 Single sided print attempted from a prohibited application. Output changed to duplex.
017-726 Color, single sided print attempted. Output changed to monochrome, duplex.
017-727 Single sided print attempted. Output changed to duplex.
017-728 Prohibited print attempted. Output changed to acceptable output.
Procedure
Have the customer set the permissions as required.

116-720, 116-721 to 116-724, 726, 727, 728 2-412 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
116-725 HDD Image Log Full RAP 116-738 Size/Orientation Mismatch RAP
116-725 The log image storage area on the disk is full. 017-738 Form overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the form’s drawing is differ-
ent from that of the paper.
Procedure
1. Rerun the job. Have the customer select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.
2. If the situation persists despite re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the
device.

116-739, 741, 742, 743 Out of Disk Area RAP 116-740 Arithmetic Error RAP
017-739 The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient ram or hard disk space. 017-740 The value calculated in the interpreter exceeded the limit.
017-741 The form data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of forms. Procedure
Have the customer upgrade the driver.
017-742 The logo data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of logos.
017-743 The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size.
Procedure
Have the customer delete the unnecessary forms/logos. Otherwise, if not already installed,
inform the customer that the optional HDD is required.

116-739, 741, 742, 743, 116-740 2-414 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
116-746 Selected Form Not Registered RAP 116-747, 116-748 Invalid Page Data RAP
017-746 The specified form is not registered. 017-747 After subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area, the result of the cal-
culation will be negative.
Procedure
Have the customer use a registered form or register the required form. 017-748 Drawing data does not exist in the page data.
Procedure

116-749 PostScript Font Error RAP 116-750 Banner Sheet Cancelled RAP
017-749 Job was aborted because the specified font is not found. 017-750 Banner sheet was cancelled.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer add the necessary font, or specify a substitute font. Have the customer set the banner sheet feed tray status to normal or change the banner sheet
feed tray.

116-752 Print Job Ticket RAP 116-771 to 116-780 Invalid JBIG Parameter RAP
116-752 The machine received a print job ticket sent together with a PDF but the job ticket data 116-771 An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was automatically corrected.
includes printing instructions that are not supported by the machine.
116-772 An incorrect JBIG parameter D was detected and automatically corrected.
Procedure
116-773 An incorrect JBIG parameter P was detected and automatically corrected.
WARNING 116-774 An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was detected and automatically corrected.
116-775 An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was detected and automatically corrected.
116-776 An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was detected and automatically corrected.
1. Have the customer: 116-777 An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was detected and automatically corrected.
a. Re-run the job.
b. Print to a machine that supports the printing instructions. 116-778 An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was detected and automatically corrected.
116-780 The system detected an error in the document attached to the E-mail to XXX
Procedure
For information only. No service action necessary.

117-310 WSD Scan S/W Fail RAP 117-311 Incorrect Installation of Security Enhancement Kit
117-310 A problem occurred in the processing of WSD scan service software, causing the pro- RAP
cessing to discontinue.
117-311 The security enhancement kit is installed in the incorrect slot.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 1. Install the security enhancement kit into the correct slot.
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

117-312 Device Self Test Error RAP 117-313, 117-314 Geographic Region Change Fail RAP
117-312 In an OS self program determination test, it was detected that the checksum value 117-313 The geographic region change command from the PJL can not be implemented.
and the mini OS/program were different.
117-314 The contract type change command from the PJL can not be implemented.
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
1. Reload the software, GP 4. Perform the steps that follow:
2. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
18.1B Item 5 (B405). 2. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

117-315 Contract Type/Geographic Region Changed RAP 117-316 Contract Manager Software Fail RAP
117-315 The geographic region and contract type change command from the PJL was imple- 117-316 When the contract manager is running, it can no longer perform task control due to
mented. software malfunction.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer install the correct CRUs for the changed geographic region and contract Perform the steps that follow:
type. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.

117-317, 117-318 Contract Manager PPP RAP 117-319 EMMC Card Program or Font Data Access RAP
117-317 The contract manager detected that the PPP contract has ended. 117-319 EMMC card program or font data access fail.
117-318 The contract manager detected that the DC command write that was performed at the Procedure
end of a PPP contract has failed.
Procedure WARNING
Advise the customer to wait for the machine to reboot. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

117-320 to 117-324, 327, 329, 338 EMMC Card Fail RAP 117-325, 117-326 Access Fail RAP
117-320 When starting, the EMMC card hardware error was detected by SysCheckSD. 117-325 Failed to obtain RTC timer value due to hardware problem in the contract function.
117-321 When starting, the installed EMMC card was detected to be unsupported by Sys- 117-326 Software fault processing of NVRAM area/access.
CheckSD.
Procedure
117-322 When starting, EMMC encryption error was detected by SysCheckSD.
117-323 When starting, EMMC card file system access error was detected by SysCheckSD.
117-324 When the OS is starting up, the system detected that the EMMC card is meant for
another product and an error is issued.
117-327 Hardware fault processing of NVRAM area/access on the EMMC card.
117-329 When starting up, the EMMC card was detected to be not connected by the OS or
SysCheckSD.
117-338 Fault in the connection with EMMC card is detected by the controller.
Procedure
WARNING
1. Ensure the EMMC card, PL 18.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 6 (B405) is the correct
variant for the machine and securely installed.
5. (117-323 Only). If installed, initialise the HDD, refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
6. (117-327 Only). Initialize the NVM, refer to dC301 NVM Initialization.
NOTE: Inform the customer that this will clear all address information.

• EMMC card, PL 18.1A (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 6 (B405).
• ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-423 117-320 to 117-324, 327, 329, 338, 117-325, 117-326
117-330 XBDS Soft Fail RAP 117-331, 117-355 Uninitialized HDD RAP
117-330 An Ethernet error was detected. 117-331 An uninitialized HDD that was used for another device was recognized.
Procedure 117-355 HDD is not recognized in this startup.
Procedure
WARNING Perform the 016-210, 506, 777, 780, 798 HDD Error RAP.
2. Have the customer check whether HTTP and HTTPS have started up normally and are
operable.
3. Have the customer check that the TCP/IP ports are correctly configured.
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

117-332, 117-335 Uninitialized Used NVM RAP 117-333 Uninitialized Used EMMC Card RAP
117-332 An uninitialized NVM that was used for another device was recognized. 117-333 An uninitialized EMMC card that was used for another device was detected.
117-335 Invalid NVM detection. Procedure

Procedure 1. Initialize the NVM, perform dC301 NVM Initialization.
Initialize the NVM, perform dC301 NVM Initialization. 2. If installed, initialise the HDD, refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.

117-336, 117-337 PCI Not Supported Fail RAP 117-339 NVM Backup Fail RAP
117-336 An unknown PCI option was detected. 117-339 NVM backup is not carried out fail.
117-337 An unknown PCIEX option was detected. Procedure

Initialise the HDD, refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
Procedure
Install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

117-340, 117-342 Other HDD Fail RAP 117-343 Log Sending Parameter Fail RAP
117-340 A hard disk that was formatted by another machine was detected. 117-343 An incorrect setting of the log transfer function was detected:
1. When the image log function is disabled and the auto transfer function is enabled, transfer
117-342 Storage device incorrect-exchanged fault. in job units is set.
2. When the job log auto transfer function is disabled (no hard disk), the auto transfer func-
Procedure tion of the log is set to enabled.
Procedure
WARNING
2. If the fault persists:
1. Have the customer change the settings of the log transfer function:
• For detection condition 1, change the operation method for Log Auto Transfer to
b. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B anything other than Transfer in Job Units.
Item 5 (B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all • For detection condition 2, check whether a hard disk is installed or change the Auto
surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected. Transfer function of the log to disable it.
c. Reload the software, GP 4. 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
d. Install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 3. Reload the software, GP 4.
(B405).
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

117-344 Invalid User Job Type Fail RAP 117-345 SSMM Batch Setting Duration Fail RAP
117-344 The applicable user job cannot be executed at the system level. 117-345 During the batch setting of LoDeM, a reboot occurred due to a change in system data.
Procedure Procedure
Have the customer check if public print it is set to be stored as charge print.
WARNING
b. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
c. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B
Item 5 (B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all
surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected.
d. Reload the software, GP 4.
e. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or ESS PWB,
PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

117-347, 349, 350 Service Fail RAP 117-348 Uninitialized Used EMMC Card RAP
117-347 When the SEEP extension billing counter have been used and billing count cannot be 117-348 An un-initialized EMMC card that had been used in another device was recognized.
performed as new extension counter cannot be obtained.
Procedure
117-349 Detects this fail when enters a state where it is unable to continue operating as GRS.
117-350 A problem has occurred in the AirPrint scan service software processing and it is WARNING
unable to continue with the subsequent processes.
Procedure death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. Initialize the NVM, perform dC301 NVM Initialization.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. (B405) and the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 are securely connected. Ensure all surface
18.1B Item 5 (B405).
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

117-354, 356, 358 Job Limit System Fail RAP 117-360 Date Limit Exceeding Fail RAP
117-354 Before Job execution, an error occurs in Coml_SsmiIsJoblimit. 117-360 Date limit exceeded.
117-356 During Job estimate acquisition, an error occurs. Procedure

Have the customer set the correct time and date.
117-358 Fatal error of JAL relationship in software processing.
Procedure

117-362, 117-363 USB Dongle Fail RAP 117-364 Encryption Key Fail RAP
117-362 During the initial installation by USB dongle, it fails to set the TSC contract mode. 117-364 TPM encryption key data corrupted.
117-363 During the initial installation by USB dongle, it fails to set the count-up mode. Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. If the fault persists, switch off, then switch
Perform the steps that follow: on the machine a second time.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. 2. If the fault still persists, perform dC305 Initialize Hard Disk.
2. Ensure the correct USB dongle is installed.

117-365 WiFi Diagnostic Fail RAP
117-365 Error during WiFi diagnostics test.
Procedure
2. Ensure that the wireless adaptor, PL 18.1A Item 90 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 90 (B405) is
connected securely.
3. If the fault persists install a new wireless adaptor, PL 18.1A Item 90 (B400) or PL 18.1B
Item 90 (B405).

118-310, 118-311 Internal Fail RAP
118-310 An internal error was detected during initialization of the IPSEC.
118-311 GCP related fatal error.
Procedure
WARNING
3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405), are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB
are securely connected.
5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) / PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405).

121-310, 327 EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail RAP 121-311, 312, 313 IC Card Auditron Password Fail RAP
121-310 Transmission has failed between the EP-SV and the accessories. 121-311 IC card auditron config fail 01.
121-327 EPSV accessory not in service fail. 121-312 IC card auditron config fail 02.
Procedure 121-313 IC card auditron config fail 03.

Procedure

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-435 121-310, 327, 121-311, 312, 313
121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail RAP 121-316 Accessory Conflict RAP
121-314 Customize user prompts fail. 121-316 Prohibited combination of EP accessory connection and secure access authentica-
tion.
Procedure
For information only, no service action necessary. Procedure
WARNING
1. Disconnect the FDI accessory.
2. Set the authentication method to an option other than Secure Access (either Authentica-
tion Off, Local Authentication or Remote Authentication).
3. Reconnect the FDI accessory.

121-317 Continuous Job Setting Mismatch RAP 121-318 Auth/Account Settings Not Supported RAP
121-317 Prohibited combination of EP accessory connection and secure access authentica- 121-318 Auth/account settings not supported.
tion.
Procedure
Procedure For information only. No service actions necessary.
For information only. No service actions necessary.

121-319 Fax Send Charging and Internet Fax Setting 121-322 Controller Price Table Error RAP
Confliction RAP 121-322 EPA - controller unit price table settings error.
121-319 Fax send charging and internet fax setting conflict.
Procedure
Procedure For information only. No service actions necessary.
Have the customer disable the fax send billing function or the internet fax kit functions. Switch
off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.

121-323 Web EP Software Fail RAP 121-324 Fax Send Charging Confliction RAP
121-323 Fatal error related to Web EP. 121-317 It is detected that with fax send charging enabled, blank document detection is
enabled or blank document detection display (display on KO screen) is enabled.
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine. GP 10. Procedure

121-325 ICCR and Panel Setting Confliction RAP 121-328 to 121-332, 341, 342, 343 EP Communication Fail
121-325 ICCR and panel auth setting confliction. RAP
117-328 Cannot detect the connection of related products or there is no response from the
Procedure transmission path, or protocol error.
117-329 A communications error was detected during transmission of the message change
answer.
117-330 The disconnect boot of related products in the product is not the correct specification.
117-331 Related products settings contradiction.
117-332 The wake command from this machine to related products has elapsed.
117-341 Undefined accessory information was detected in the wake up answer message.
117-342 fatal error of related products in the job disable message.
117-343 fatal error of related products in the accessory status message.
Procedure

121-325, 121-328 to 121-332, 341, 342, 343 2-440 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
121-339 Price Table Error RAP 121-340 EP Accessory MisMatch RAP
117-339 EPA unit price table error. 117-340 The combination of accessories that are installed does not match the specifications.
Procedure Procedure
For information only. No service actions necessary. For information only. No service actions necessary.

123-310 to 123-353 UI Error 1 RAP 123-354 to 123-381 UI Error 2 RAP
123-310 The data sent from the UI to the controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing 123-354 The control panel has detected a drop in +24V power voltage.
capability.
123-355 The control panel has detected a drop in +5V power voltage.
123-311 The data received from the controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing
capability in the UI. 123-356 The control panel has detected that FFC is disconnected from one touch key for fax or
that one touch key has a problem.
123-312 The data received from the controller has exceeded the upper limit of the processing
capability in the UI. 123-357 The control panel has detected that writing in the EEPROM has failed.
123-325 The specified UI internal object could not be created due to a setting/specification 123-358 The control panel has detected that writing in the EEPROM for logging failed.
error. UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
123-362 UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
123-326 The memory in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.
123-368 There is insufficient memory or the connection failed.
123-333 The H/W connection in the UI is faulty or the internal connection could not be correctly
detected. 123-369 UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
123-343 UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. 123-371 The parameter sent from the controller was incorrect.
123-344 UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. 123-374 The job ID parameter sent from the controller was incorrect.
123-350 MCW panel one-touch key fail. 123-377 UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
123-352 An error internal to the con-panel (an abnormal value in EEPROM for Sys) has been 123-379 UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
detected.
123-353 The control panel has detected that the UI cable is disconnected.
Procedure
Perform the 002-500 UI Error RAP. Procedure
Perform the 002-500 UI Error RAP.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-443 123-310 to 123-353, 123-354 to 123-381
123-382 to 123-399 UI Error 3 RAP
Procedure
Perform the 002-500 UI Error RAP.

123-382 to 123-399 2-444 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
124-310, 311, 314, 316, 318, 322, 324, 340 344, 360 DC132 124-312, 313, 356, 357 DC132 Error 10 and 12 RAP
Error RAP 124-312 Stored data mismatch. The product number did not match.
124-310 Product number not specified.
124-313 Stored data mismatch. The serial numbers do not match.
124-311 Serial number not specified.
124-356 Serial number 1 point mismatch.
124-314 Stored data mismatch.
124-357 Product number 1 point mismatch.
Procedure
124-322 Stored data mismatch. WARNING

124-324 All billing counter mismatch. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
124-340 All three CRUM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set). Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists.
Y N
124-344 All the billing meter types kept at multiple locations are different. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
124-360 All three CRUM enable/disable settings are not set (0 or different values are set). Enter dC132 Device ID and Billing Data. All three product numbers are different.
Y N
Procedure Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2, then a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400)
or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
WARNING Perform dC132. Make all three product numbers the same.
3. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2. Perform dC132. Make all three product numbers
the same.
(B405). Perform dC132. Make all three product numbers the same.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-445 124-310, 311, 314, 316, 318, 322, 324, 340 344, 360,
124-315, 317, 355 DC132 Error 02, 04 and 14 RAP 124-319 DC132 Error 08 RAP
124-315 Stored data mismatch. Internal control error was detected. 124-319 Stored data mismatch. Internal control error was detected.
124-317 Stored data mismatch. Internal control error was detected. Procedure
124-355 At least one set of territory information at the 3 locations is different.
WARNING
WARNING Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Y N
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists. Enter dC131. Compare NVM values 700-606, 700-607 and 700-608. All three values are dif-
Y N ferent.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2, then a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400)
Enter dC131. Compare NVM values 700-600, 700-601 and 700-602. All three values are dif- or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
ferent.
Y N Perform dC132. Make all three values the same.
or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
Perform dC132. Make all three values the same.

124-315, 317, 355 , 124-319 2-446 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
124-320 SEEPROM Fail RAP 124-321 Backup SRAM Fail RAP
124-320 Write error occurred in the SEEPROM on the ESS PWB. 124-321 Write error occurred in the NVM on the ESS PWB.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. Ensure that all connectors and surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A 2. Ensure that all connectors and surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A
Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) are securely connected. Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) are securely connected.
3. Reload the software, GP 4. 3. Ensure that the fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15 is installed correctly.
4. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 4. Reload the software, GP 4.
(B405). 5. If the fault persists, install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
(B405).

124-323 DC132 06 RAP 124-325 Billing Restoration Fail RAP
124-323 Internal control error was detected. 124-325 Billing counter mismatch (1 position).
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Enter dC131. Compare NVM values 700-603, 700-604 and 700-605. All three values are dif- Enter dC132 Device ID and Billing Data. All three product numbers are different.
ferent. Y N
Y N Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2, or a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2, or a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) as necessary.
PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405) as necessary.
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2, then a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2, then a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
18.1B Item 5 (B405).

124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered RAP 124-327 IOT Speed Change Fail RAP
124-326 IOT Speed not registered. 124-327 A SW error was detected during the procedure for changing IOT speed.
Procedure Procedure
Advise the customer to follow the instructions on the UI in order to enter the SW key for chang-
ing IOT speed.
WARNING

124-328 Punch Unit User Initial Set Up RAP 124-331 to 124-339 ESS ROM DIMM RAP
124-328 Punch unit user initial installation screen displayed. 124-331 The system detected that the ESS ROM DIMM #1 was not installed.
Procedure 124-333 An error was detected in the Panther.

124-334 An error was detected in the standard built-in font ROM.
124-335 The installation of the font ROM was not detected.
124-337 An error was detected in the ESS built-in standard RAM.
124-338 The system detected that a duplicate font ROM was installed.
124-339 The system detected that the ROM DIMM for another model was installed.
Procedure
WARNING

124-341, 351, 361, 381, 391 CRUM Market Fail MCU RAP 124-342, 343, 352, 353, 362, 363, 382, 383, 392, 393 CRUM
124-341 One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (IOT). Market Fail SYS 1 RAP
124-342 One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).
124-351 One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT).
124-343 One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2).
124-361 One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (IOT).
124-352 One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).
124-381 One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (IOT).
124-391 One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT).
124-362 One of CRUM enable/disable settings is different from the others (SYS 1).
Procedure
124-363 One of CRUM enable/disable settings is different from the others (SYS 2).
WARNING 124-382 One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 124-383 One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2).
Perform the steps that follow: 124-392 One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).
2. Enter dC132 Device ID and Billing Data. Make all three values the same.
3. If the fault persists, install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2, Procedure
WARNING
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Enter dC132 Device ID and Billing Data. Make all three product numbers the same. The fault
persists.
Y N
Reinstall the EMMC card, PL 18.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 6 (B405). The fault per-
sists.
Y N
Install a new EMMC card, PL 18.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 6 (B405). The fault per-
sists.
Y N
Install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-451 124-341, 351, 361, 381, 391, 124-342, 343, 352, 353,
124-344, 346, 348 Information Mismatch RAP 124-345 Billing Meter Type Restoration Fail RAP
124-344 Billing count type fail (all the three are different from each other). 124-345 Billing meter type fail (one mismatches the others but cannot be automatically
repaired.)
124-346 Billing count type fail (all the three are different from each other).
Procedure
124-348 Modal break point fail (all the three are different from each other).
Procedure WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Y N
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists.
Y N Enter dC131. Compare NVM values 720-002 and 720-062. Both values are different.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.
Enter dC132 Device ID and Billing Data. Make all three product numbers the same. The fault
persists. Install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
Y N
or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2. The fault persists.

Y N
Install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

124-347 Billing CountType Restoration Fail RAP 124-349 Modal Break Point Restoration Fail RAP
124-347 Billing count type fail (one mismatches the others but cannot be automatically 124-349 Modal break point fail (one mismatches the others but cannot be automatically
repaired.) repaired.)
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10. The fault persists.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Enter dC131. Compare NVM values 720-052 and 720-063. Both values are different. Enter dC131. Compare NVM values 720-057 and 720-064. Both values are different.
Y N Y N
Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.
Install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405). Install a new ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5 (B405).

124-350, 354, 380, 390 CRUM OEM Fail RAP 124-372, 373, 374 IOT Soft Fail RAP
124-350 All three CRUM OEM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set). 124-372 IOT controller software failure.
124-354 The territory info that is stored in 3 locations are not initialized. Although the values all 124-373 IOT manager software failure.
match, they are the values for ’Not set’ (0).
124-374 IOT IM device driver software failure.
124-380 The CRUM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set
(0). Procedure
124-390 The CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not
set (0). WARNING
Procedure not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 3. Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
2. Enter dC132 Device ID and Billing Data. Make all three product numbers the same.
3. Install a new MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.
(B405).
(B405).

124-350, 354, 380, 390, 124-372, 373, 374 2-454 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
127-310 to 127-315, 342 ESS Error RAP 127-337 Job Template HDD Write Error RAP
127-310 A fatal error occurred in ESR task. 127-337 An error occurred when the job template was stored on the HDD.
127-311 Fatal error related to ExtPRTc. Procedure

127-312 DFE detected a video link error.
WARNING
127-313 ESS detected a video link error.
127-314 ESS detected a video link error.
127-315 A problem has occurred with software processing, causing the processing to stop. Perform the steps that follow:
127-342 A response such as system function recall error was detected. 2. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Perform the LONGDIAG MODE routine.
Procedure (B405) and the hard disk.
(B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB
WARNING are securely connected.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 5. Initialise the hard disk. Refer to dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics.
• Hard disk, PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91 (B405).
(B405) are securely connected. Ensure all surface mounted modules on the ESS PWB
are securely connected.
(B405).

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-455 127-310 to 127-315, 342, 127-337
127-353 to 127-399 Fatal Error RAP 127-700 SIP Registration Fail RAP
127-353 Fatal error related to LPD. 127-700 An error has occurred in registering device info with the SIP registration server.
127-354 Fatal error of FTP server was detected. Procedure

Have the customer:
127-396 Fatal error related to mail IO.
1. Check what the SIP registration server is set to on the device.
127-398 Fatal error related to IPP. 2. Check that the SIP registration server is available.
127-399 Fatal error related to JME.
Procedure
WARNING
2. Have the customer check that the TCP/IP ports are correctly configured.

133-210 to 133-217 Fax Parameter Incorrect RAP 133-218 Fax Card Message Memory RAP
133-210 The parameter value was inappropriate. 133-218 Insufficient fax card message library memory.
133-211 The PV exceeds the range. Procedure

133-212 The specified data was not found (incorrect number or channel).
133-213 The specified data cannot be read due to reasons such as the specified data is bro- 2. Reload the software, GP 4.
ken.
133-214 Detected by FAPE (create instance failed).
133-215 Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.
Procedure

133-219 to 133-223 Fax Card Error 1 RAP 133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM Mismatch RAP
133-219 Due to insufficient memory, the system was unable to reserve the memory required 133-224 Version mismatch between the controller ROM and the fax card ROM.
for processing.
Procedure
133-220 Due to an error during fax controller software processing, subsequent processes can- Reload the software, GP 4.
not be performed.
133-221 The fax card did not respond within the specified time on booting.
133-222 The fax card did not respond within the specified time.
133-223 Fax card reset.
Procedure

133-226 Illegal Country RAP 133-280 to 133-283 Fax Card Error 2 RAP
133-226 The code that does not provide fax service is set in the system data country code. 133-280 Due to either a fax card failure or fax cont SW failure, subsequent processes could not
be performed.
Procedure
Set a correct country code. 133-281 A message not specified in the I/F settings was received from the fax card.
133-282 As downloading of fax card could not be completed due to either a fax card failure or
fax cont SW failure, subsequent processes could not be performed.
133-283 Mailbox not open was detected when fax report is stored in a mailbox.
Procedure

133-701 Replacement Character Detected RAP 133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP
133-701 Character replacement has occurred in destination name, sender name, comment, 133-710 When printing fax-received documents, it was performed via the bypass tray since the
station name. selected tray cannot be used for fax.
Procedure Procedure
1. Have the customer set the character that can be used by referring to the User Documen- 1. Have the customer load the correct the paper size and type for fax printing or specify the
tation. If the customer does not know the type of letter that can be used, advise them to tray for fax printing.
use only alphanumeric characters. 2. If the fault persists, perform the steps that follow:
2. If the fault persists, perform the 033-312, 033-313, 033-315 to 033-327 Fax Fault RAP. a. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 10.
b. Reload the software, GP 4.

500-030 DC612 IOT Wait State RAP 500-033, 500-035 Diagnostic Documents RAP
500-030 The machine changed state during dC612. 500-033 The document is not loaded or the documents are not enough when a diagnostics
routine is performed.
Procedure
Allow the machine to return from the wait state, then re-run the routine. 500-035 The document size is different when a Diagnostic routine is performed.
Procedure
Load the required number and size of documents, then re-run the routine.

500-990 DC612 Print Error RAP
500-990 Printing could not start due to unknown reason in dC612 test pattern print, or it was
aborted.
Procedure
Re-run the routine.

OF 1 Unusual Noises RAP During DADF Feeding
Use this procedure to isolate unusual noises. Perform the steps that follow:
1. Clean the separation pad, PL 21.1 Item 4. If the noise persists, install a new separation
NOTE: Due to the intermittent nature of unusual noises, this RAP can only give guidance on pad, PL 21.1 Item 4.
how to isolate noises. This RAP will not find all possible causes. When machines become old 2. If the noise persists, install a new scanner assembly, PL 21.1 Item 1.
and worn, unusual noises may arise that are not covered in this RAP.
Procedure
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the cus-
1. Ask the customer to demonstrate the function that generates the unusual noise.
2. Cycle system power. Wait while the printer performs a normal initialization and warm-up.
3. Run the machine in all modes. Also use the diagnostics to run individual components. Go
to the relevant subsection:
• When Switching on the Machine
• During Standby
• During Printing
• During DADF Feeding
When Switching on the Machine
CAUTION
Do not run the dispenser motor, PL 5.1 Item 9 for more than 3 seconds at any speed as dam-
age may occur.
1. Check the operation of the dispenser motor. Enter dC330 code 093-001 (normal speed)
or 093-002 (half-speed) and run the dispenser motor. If the noise persists, install a new
toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2.
2. Check the operation of the main drive assembly. Enter dC330 code 071-001 (normal
speed), 071-002 (half-speed) or 071-003 (low speed) and run the main drive assembly. If
the noise persists, install a new main drive assembly, PL 3.1 Item 1.
3. If the noise persists, replace the machine.
During Standby
1. Check the operation of the LVPS fan. Enter dC330 code 042-003 and run the LVPS fan. If
the noise persists, install a new LVPS fan, PL 4.1A Item 1 (B400) or PL 4.1B Item 1
(B405).
During Printing
1. Install a new MSI feed solenoid, PL 13.1 Item 5.
2. If the noise persists, install a new registration clutch,PL 15.2 Item 4.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 2-463 OF 1
OF 2 POST Error RAP
Use this RAP when the UI has stalled and shows the splash-logo screen, or the system
appears to have power but the UI is blank.
• Power on Self Test (POST) occurs each time the machine is powered on. POST verifies
the functionality of key subsystems.
• POST begins when power is switched on before higher level machine functions (such as
the user interface) are operational.
• POST is performed by the ESS PWB.
• The fault is communicated via an LED display on the ESS PWB. This is to help diagnose
common faults which prevent the machine from powering up correctly to the point where POST Diagnostic
LEDs
faults are displayed and service mode can be entered.
Procedure
WARNING
To check for the system power up error: Figure 1 POST diagnostic LEDs
2. To view the LEDs, remove the option HDD PL 18.1A Item 91 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 91
(B405), and HDD bracket, PL 18.1A Item 4 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 4 (B405) if fitted, Fig-
ure 1.
3. Check if the power on self test has completed successfully by ensuring that all LEDs are
lit when the device has completed start-up.
4. If the system power up sequence has failed, contact 2nd level support.

OF 2 2-464 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
3 Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
IQ1 Image Quality Entry RAP ......................................................................................... 3-3
IQ2 Light or Undertoned Print RAP ................................................................................. 3-4
IQ3 Unfused Image RAP................................................................................................. 3-5
IQ4 Random Spots RAP ................................................................................................. 3-6
IQ5 Blank Print RAP........................................................................................................ 3-7
IQ6 In Process Direction Streaks RAP............................................................................ 3-8
IQ7 Black Prints RAP ...................................................................................................... 3-9
IQ8 Pitched Black Dots RAP ........................................................................................... 3-10
IQ9 In Process Deletions RAP ........................................................................................ 3-11
IQ10 Ghosting RAP......................................................................................................... 3-12
IQ11 Light Induced Fatigue RAP .................................................................................... 3-13
IQ12 Fog, Background Contamination RAP ................................................................... 3-13
IQ13 Bead Carry-Out RAP .............................................................................................. 3-14
IQ14 Jagged Characters RAP......................................................................................... 3-15
IQ15 Cross Process Bands RAP .................................................................................... 3-15
IQ16 Auger Marks RAP................................................................................................... 3-16
IQ17 Wrinkled or Stained Paper RAP ............................................................................. 3-17
IQ18 Lead Edge Damage RAP ....................................................................................... 3-18
IQ19 Incorrect Top and Side Margins RAP ..................................................................... 3-19
IQ20 Skewed Images RAP ............................................................................................. 3-19
IQ21 Repeating Defects Procedure ................................................................................ 3-20
Launch Issue February 2017 Image Quality

Image Quality February 2017 Launch Issue
IQ1 Image Quality Entry RAP Table 1 Image defect definitions
Use this RAP to determine the source of an image quality defect. Defect Definition Go To
Jagged charac- Text in image is fuzzy or blurry IQ14
Initial Actions ters
Refer to Figure 1 for the print/copy definitions. Lead edge paper The page comes out with the leading edge damaged. IQ18
damage
Perform the steps that follow. If the image quality fault persists, go to Image Defect Definitions: Light prints The overall image density is too light. IQ2
• Discuss the IQ problem with the customer to fully understand the defect and the modes in Light-induced Light fatigue pattern appearing across image IQ11
which it occurs. Produce the customer job that displays the customer’s IQ defect. fatigue
• Check the condition of the paper. Do not use incorrectly cut paper, damp paper, paper Pitched dots Recurring dots or spots in the process direction. IQ8
with rough edges, badly drilled paper, paper with wrapper wax or glue. Paper and media
Skewed images Images in the output are not parallel to the edge of the IQ20
should be stored flat, enclosed in wrappers, in a cool dry environment. printed sheet.
• Check that the paper is within specifications, GP 15.
Spots There are random spots of toner on the page. IQ4
• Verify that the media type is set correctly.
Unfused image Part or all of the image is unfused. Refer to the specification. IQ3
• Inspect the paper path for items such as staples, paper clips or paper fragments.
In process dele- Areas of image appear as blanks or deletions. IQ9
• Check that all paper tray guides are set to the correct paper size. tions
• Check that the document guides on the DADF are set correctly. Wrinkled paper The paper comes out either wrinkled, creased, stained, or IQ17
• Ensure that the image adjustment mode selections are those used by the customer. torn
• Check the original documents for defects.
• Ensure the machines altitude NVM value is correct. Refer to ADJ 1.3 Altitude Adjustment.
• Ensure that the Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1 and the toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2 are
installed correctly.
• Enter dC131 Check NVM value 756-800 Xerographic Unit Page Count. If the Drum Car-
tridge is close to end of life (65K feeds), install a new Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1.
• Enter dC131. Check NVM value 756-824 Toner Gas Gauge. If the toner cartridge is
nearly empty, install a new toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2.
Trail edge
Image Defect Definitions In process

Table 1 lists image defect definitions and the IQ RAP used to correct the problem. direction
Table 1 Image defect definitions

Defect Definition Go To
Auger marks Auger marks appear across output IQ16
Bead carry-out Multiple dots appearing across image. IQ13
Black prints Part of the entire output is black IQ7
Blank prints Prints with no visible image. IQ5
Fog Toner contamination on all or part of the page appears as a IQ12
very light gray dusting or fog.
Cross
Ghosting The image from a previous print appears on the current print. IQ10 process
Lead edge
Cross process Voids and streaks that appear as areas of horizontal bands. IQ15 direction
banding
Incorrect margins Image prints outside of the page margins. IQ19
In process Extraneous dark lines/bands in the process direction. IQ6
streaks
Figure 1 Print/copy definitions

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 3-3 IQ1
IQ1 Internal Test Patterns IQ2 Light or Undertoned Print RAP
Table 2 describes the test patterns and the purpose for which they should be used to identify The overall image density is too light, Figure 1.
image quality defects.
To print the test print from the control panel, perform dC612Print Test Pattern.
Table 2 Internal test patterns

Internal
Test Pattern
Number Name Intended Use Notes
51 Total Pattern For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Gradation,
Manufacturing use. Standard or Fineness.
52 Total Pattern (Manu- For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Gradation,
facturer) Manufacturing use. Standard or Fineness.
53 All Solid (1-Sided) For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Gradation,
55 Whole-page Halftone Detection of band- Screen must be set to: Gradation,
ing and defect Standard or Fineness.
detection.
57 Alignment Checking align- Screen must be set to: Gradation,
ment Standard or Fineness.
58 Gradation General Image Screen must be set to: Gradation, Figure 1 Light or undertone print
Quality problem Standard or Fineness.
isolation. Initial Actions
63 Pitch Confirmation General Image Screen must be set to: Gradation,
and repeating WARNING
defect isolation. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
64 Ghosting Detection of Ghost- Screen must be set to: Gradation, not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
ing. Standard or Fineness. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
112 IIT Analog Gradation For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Copy Error
Manufacturing use. Diffusion
115 Pre IPS/FS Increment For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Copy Error WARNING
Manufacturing use. Diffusion Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.
119 Pre IPS/SS Incre- For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Copy Error • Ensure that there are no obstructions in the laser light path.
ment Manufacturing use. Diffusion • Advise the customer to ensure that Toner Saver is turned off in the print driver.
120 Even Density of Detection of band- Screen must be set to: Copy Error • Adjust the transfer setting for the loaded paper type. Refer to ADJ 1.1 Transfer Adjust-
Whole Page ing and defect Diffusion ment.
detection.
123 Pre IPS/Shading For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Copy Error
Procedure
Data BW Manufacturing use. Diffusion
Remove the CRU transfer roller assembly, PL 6.1 Item 1. Check for surface contamination or
128 Post IPS/Grid/BW Detection of skew Screen must be set to: Copy Error
excessive wear, ensure the transfer roller is correctly seated. The transfer roller is good.
and distortion Diffusion
Y N
defects.
Install a new CRU transfer roller assembly, PL 6.1 Item 1.
A
IQ1, IQ2 3-4 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
A
Check the BTR plate spring on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The plate spring is clean and IQ3 Unfused Image RAP
undamaged.
The printed image is not fully fused to the paper, Figure 1. The image rubs off easily. A cold
Y N
As necessary, clean the plate spring or install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. environment affects the warm-up time, while high humidity has an adverse effect on fusing.
Also, media weight and composition affect fusing performance.
Remove the Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Check the BCR and
DB spring connectors on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The spring connectors are clean and
undamaged.
Y N
As necessary, clean the spring connectors or install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
Enter dC330, code 093-001 to run the toner dispenser motor, PL 5.1 Item 9. The toner dis-
penser motor runs.
Y N
Check the toner dispenser motor. Refer to:
• Wiring Diagram 6
If necessary, install a new toner dispenser motor, PL 5.1 Item 9.
Check the ATC sensor contact point on the Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1 and the xerographic
connector assembly, PL 5.1 Item 10. The contact point is good.
Y N
• Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1.
• Xerographic connector assembly, PL 5.1 Item 10.
Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
Figure 1 Unfused image
mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected. The image qual-
ity defect persists.
Initial Actions
Y N
WARNING
Install new components as necessary: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
• Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
• HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
• ROS unit, PL 2.1 Item 4.
WARNING
Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.
• Check the environment. A location that is too cold or humid reduces fusing performance.
• Set media type setting to the next heavier type.
• Ensure the green fuser nip release levers are in the locked position.
• Adjust the fuser temperature setting for the loaded paper type. Refer to ADJ 1.2 Fuser
Adjustment.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 3-5 IQ2, IQ3
Procedure IQ4 Random Spots RAP
Rub the image with a soft cloth or tissue. The image smears. There are spots of toner randomly scattered on the page, Figure 1.
Y N
Replace the media with new, dry media from an unopened ream. The image smears.
Y N
Remove the fuser unit, PL 7.1 Item 1. Check the fuser rolls for contamination. The fuser rolls
are clean.
Y N
Clean the fuser rolls. If necessary, install a new fuser assembly, PL 7.1 Item 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram 9. Check the fuser electrical connection and wiring. The connector
and wiring are good.
Y N
Repair or install a new fuser harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 9 (B400) or PL 18.3B Item
9 (B405).
Install a new fuser assembly, PL 7.1 Item 1.
Figure 1 Random spots
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
• Check that the paper is clean, dry, and meets specifications.
• Check the drum surface for spots or contamination.
• Check the fuser unit for wear or contamination.
Procedure
Print a test pattern. The image quality defect persists.
Y N
Clean the document glass. If the fault persists, install a new IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item
14.
A
A
Remove the CRU transfer roller assembly, PL 6.1 Item 1. Check for surface contamination or IQ5 Blank Print RAP
No visible image anywhere on the output, Figure 1.
Y N
Check the BTR plate spring on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The plate spring is clean and
undamaged.
Y N
As necessary, clean the plate spring or install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
undamaged.
Y N

• Fuser assembly, PL 7.1 Item 1.
Figure 1 Blank print
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
• Clear any obstructions in the laser light path.
Procedure
Y N
undamaged.

Y N IQ6 In Process Direction Streaks RAP
Extraneous dark lines or bands in the process direction, Figure 1.
undamaged.
Y N
Enter dC330, code 093-001 to run the toner dispenser motor, PL 5.1 Item 9. The toner dis-
penser motor runs.
Y N
Check the toner dispenser motor. Refer to:
• Wiring Diagram 6
If necessary, install a new toner dispenser motor, PL 5.1 Item 9.
Y N
Ensure that all connectors on the ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 (B400) or PL 18.1B Item 5
Figure 1 Streaks
mounted modules on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB are securely connected. The image qual-
ity defect persists.
Procedure
Y N
WARNING
Install new components as necessary: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
• Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
WARNING
Y N
Clean the document glass. If the steaks are the full length of the paper, clean the CVT
glass (position to the left of the document glass). If the fault persists, install a new IIT
assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14.
Y N
A
A
Check the BTR plate spring on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The plate spring is clean and IQ7 Black Prints RAP
undamaged.
Black, or partially black image, Figure 1.
Y N
undamaged.
Y N

Figure 1 Vertical process streak

Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot.
Y N
Install a new IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14.
undamaged.
Y N
undamaged.
Y N

A B
IQ8 Pitched Black Dots RAP Remove the CRU transfer roller assembly, PL 6.1 Item 1. Check for surface contamina-
tion or excessive wear, ensure the transfer roller is correctly seated. The transfer roller
Recurring dots or spots in the process direction, Figure 1.
is good.
Y N
Check the BTR plate spring on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The plate spring is clean
and undamaged.
Y N
Remove the Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Check the BCR
and DB spring connectors on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The spring connectors are
clean and undamaged.
Y N
Remove the fuser unit, PL 7.1 Item 1. Check the fuser rolls for contamination. The fuser
rolls are clean.
Y N
Install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
Clean the relevant component or install new components as necessary.

Figure 1 Pitched dots
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Print test pattern 63, Pitch Confirmation. The cause of the image quality defect can be
determined from the test pattern.
Y N
Y N
Clean the document glass and the DADF feed rolls. If the fault persists, install a new
components as necessary:
• DADF feed roller assembly, PL 21.1 Item 3.
• IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14.
A B
IQ8 3-10 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
IQ9 In Process Deletions RAP Y N
Deletions in the process direction, Figure 1.
Print a test pattern.. The image quality defect persists.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 10. Use a dry, lint free cloth to clean the ROS window. Switch on
the machine. Print a test pattern.. The image quality defect persists.
Y N
excessive wear, ensure the transfer roller is correctly seated.. The transfer roller is good.
Y N
Check the BTR plate spring on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.. The plate spring is clean and
undamaged.
Y N
DB spring connectors on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.. The spring connectors are clean and
undamaged.
Figure 1 Deletions Y N
Initial Actions
Remove the fuser unit, PL 7.1 Item 1. Check the fuser rolls for contamination. . The fuser
rolls are clean.
WARNING Y N
Install a new ROS unit, PL 2.1 Item 4.
WARNING
• Check that rollers and other media path components are clean and unobstructed.
• If the deletions are small and align with the stripper fingers in the fuser, clean the stripper
fingers. If necessary, install a new fuser unit, PL 7.1 Item 1.
Procedure
CAUTION
Do not touch the surface of the drum while cleaning the Drum Cartridge.
Remove the Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. Use a dry, lint free cloth to clean the rear side of
the Drum Cartridge. Refer to Figure 2. Reinstall the Drum Cartridge. Make a copy from the
document glass. The image quality defect persists.
Figure 2 Drum cartridge

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 3-11 IQ9
A
IQ10 Ghosting RAP Check the BTR plate spring on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The plate spring is clean and
undamaged.
The residual image from a previous print, or previous pager in the same print job appears on
Y N
the current print, Figure 1. As necessary, clean the plate spring or install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.
undamaged.
Y N
Remove the fuser unit, PL 7.1 Item 1. Check the fuser rolls for contamination. The fuser rolls
are clean.
Y N
Figure 1 Ghosting
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING Figure 2 Ghosting type

• Ensure the green fuser nip release levers are in the locked position.
• Identify the type of ghosting, refer to Figure 2. If the ghosting is positive, increase the
transfer voltage. If the ghosting is negative, decrease the transfer voltage. Refer to ADJ
1.1 Transfer Adjustment.
Procedure
Y N
A
IQ10 3-12 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
IQ11 Light Induced Fatigue RAP IQ12 Fog, Background Contamination RAP
Light fatigue pattern appearing across image, Figure 1. There is toner contamination on all or part of the page, Figure 1. The contamination appears as
a very light dusting or fog.
Figure 1 Light induced fatigue

Figure 1 Background defect
Procedure
Initial Actions
WARNING
Install a new Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
• Some glossy media or photo paper will exhibit high background. If the issue only occurs
on a particular media, advise the customer to use a different brand.
• Ensure all covers and doors are in place and no outside light is entering the machine.
Procedure
Y N
A
A
• Xerographic connector assembly, PL 5.1 Item 10. IQ13 Bead Carry-Out RAP
Multiple dots appearing across image, Figure 1.
Ensure that all connectors on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5 are securely connected. The con-
nections are good.
Y N
Securely connect the connectors. If necessary, install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.

Figure 1 Bead carry-out
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Ensure that all connectors on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5 are securely connected. The con-
nections are good.
Y N
Securely connect the connectors. If necessary, install a new HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5.


IQ14 Jagged Characters RAP IQ15 Cross Process Bands RAP
Text in image is fuzzy or blurry, Figure 1. Use this procedure to correct defects that appear as areas of cross process bands, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Jagged characters Figure 1 Cross process bands
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.
Perform the steps that follow: Print a test pattern. Cross process bands are visible on the test pattern.
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 7. Ensure PJ18 is securely connected to the MCU PWB. Y N
Clean the document glass. If the fault persists, install a new IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item
2. If necessary, install a ROS unit, PL 2.1 Item 4.
14.
Print test pattern 63, Pitch Confirmation. The cause of the image quality defect can be
determined from the test pattern.
Y N
Remove the CRU transfer roller assembly, PL 6.1 Item 1. Check for surface contamina-
tion or excessive wear, ensure the transfer roller is correctly seated. The transfer roller
is good.
A
A
Y N IQ16 Auger Marks RAP
Auger marks appear across output, Figure 1.
Check the BTR plate spring on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The plate spring is clean
and undamaged.
Y N
Remove the Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 8. Check the BCR
and DB spring connectors on the HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5. The spring connectors are
clean and undamaged.
Y N
Remove the fuser unit, PL 7.1 Item 1. Check the fuser rolls for contamination. The fuser
rolls are clean.
Y N
Install a new components as necessary:

• Main drive assembly, PL 3.1 Item 1.
Clean the relevant component or install new components as necessary.

Figure 1 Auger marks
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Install a new Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. The image quality defect persists.
Y N
undamaged.
Y N

Y N IQ17 Wrinkled or Stained Paper RAP
Prints are either wrinkled, creased, stained or torn, Figure 1.
Escalate the problem to 2nd level support.
Figure 1 Wrinkled paper
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
• If wrinkle is occurring when the customer prints on envelopes, ensure the machines set-
tings are correct for printing on envelopes.
NOTE: Wrinkles within 30mm (1.25 inches) of the envelope edge are within specification.
• Ensure the paper trays are correctly installed.
Procedure
Check the following components for damage or contamination. Clean or install new compo-
nents as necessary:
• The rolls in the registration feeder transport assembly, PL 15.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL
15.1B Item 6 (B405).

• MSI feed rolls, PL 13.1. IQ18 Lead Edge Damage RAP
• Tray 1 feed rolls, PL 9.2.
Output has lead edge damage, Figure 1
• CRU transfer roller assembly, PL 6.1 Item 1.
• As necessary, the rolls in tray 2, 3 or 4, PL 11.2, PL 11.3 and PL 11.4.
• Exit roll assembly and pinch rolls, PL 17.1.
• Fuser unit, PL 7.1 Item 1.
Figure 1 Lead edge damage
Procedure
Perform the IQ17 Wrinkled or Stained Paper RAP.

IQ19 Incorrect Top and Side Margins RAP IQ20 Skewed Images RAP
Image prints outside of the page margins, Figure 1. Images are not parallel to the edge of the printed sheet, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Incorrect margins

Procedure
Figure 1 Skewed image
WARNING
The fault only occurs during printing. WARNING
Y N Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
The fault only occurs when feeding an original through the DADF. not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Y N death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the DADF feed roller assembly, PL 21.1 Item 3.. The feed roller assembly is
damaged or contaminated. WARNING
Y N Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.
Install a new scanner assembly, PL 21.1 Item 1. Print a test pattern. The image is skewed.
Y N
Clean or install a new DADF feed roller assembly as necessary, PL 21.1 Item 3.
Make a copy from the document glass. The image is skewed.
Install a new Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1.. The image quality defect persists. Y N
Y N Clean or install a new DADF feed roller assembly as necessary, PL 21.1 Item 3. If
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. the image quality defect persist, install a new IIT assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14.
Install a new CRU transfer roller assembly, PL 6.1 Item 1.. The image quality defect per- Install a new scanner assembly, PL 21.1 Item 1.
sists.
Y N Check the following components for damage or contamination. Clean or install new compo-
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. nents as necessary:
Install a new ROS unit, PL 2.1 Item 4. • MSI feed rolls, PL 13.1.

• Tray 1 feed rolls, PL 9.2. IQ21 Repeating Defects Procedure
• As necessary, the rolls in tray 2, 3 or 4, PL 11.2, PL 11.3 and PL 11.4.
Purpose
• The rolls in the registration feeder transport assembly, PL 15.1A Item 6 (B400) or PL
This is an image quality hardware defects detection procedure. Perform this procedure to iden-
15.1B Item 6 (B405).
tify if one of the following assemblies, xerographic development assembly, PL 8.1, fuser, PL
• CRU transfer roller assembly, PL 6.1 Item 1.
7.1, transfer assembly PL 6.1, or duplex assembly, PL 14.1, are the cause of horizontal streaks
• Drum Cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 1. or spots that appear in a constant cycle on defective output prints and copies.
• Fuser unit, PL 7.1 Item 1.
Procedure
1. At the device user interface, enter service mode, GP 1.
2. Touch Device.
3. Touch Support.
4. Touch Support Pages.
5. Touch Repeating Defects.
6. The device will print a Repeating Defects check print.
7. Refer to the instructions on the Repeating Defects check print.
NOTE: The repeating defect must be measured accurately to ensure the correct assem-
bly is identified.
8. Install new components as necessary:

• Xerographic development assembly, PL 8.1.
• Fuser assembly, PL 7.1.
• Transfer belt assembly, PL 6.1.
• Duplex assembly, PL 14.1.

4 Repairs and Adjustments
REPs 1 - UI REPs 8 - Xerographics
REP 1.1 UI Access Door, UI Console Assembly, ICCR Cover, UI Top Cover, REP 8.1 Drum Cartridge B405 ........................................................................................ 4-65
IIT Front Top Cover, IIT Left Cover B405........................................................................ 4-3 REP 8.2 Drum Cartridge B400 ........................................................................................ 4-65
REP 1.2 UI Harness Assembly, UI Speaker, UI Bottom Frame B405 ............................ 4-5
REP 1.3 UI Console Assembly B400 .............................................................................. 4-8 REPs 9 - Tray 1
REP 1.4 UI Front Cover, UI Left Cover B400.................................................................. 4-9 REP 9.1 Retard Holder Assembly B405.......................................................................... 4-67
REP 1.5 UI Speaker B400 .............................................................................................. 4-10 REP 9.2 Retard Holder Assembly B400.......................................................................... 4-67
REP 1.6 UI Harness Assembly B400 .............................................................................. 4-11 REP 9.3 Feed Roll Assembly B405................................................................................. 4-68
REP 9.4 Feed Roll Assembly B400................................................................................. 4-68
REPs 2 - ROS
REP 2.1 ROS Assembly B405 ........................................................................................ 4-13 REPs 11 - Option Feeder
REP 2.2 ROS Assembly B400 ........................................................................................ 4-15 REP 11.1 Option Feeder Assembly B405 ....................................................................... 4-69
REP 11.2 Option Feeder Assembly B400 ....................................................................... 4-70
REPs 3 - Drive REP 11.3 Option Feeder Left Cover B405 ...................................................................... 4-70
REP 3.1 Main Drive Assembly B405............................................................................... 4-17 REP 11.4 Option Feeder Left Cover B400 ...................................................................... 4-71
REP 3.2 Main Drive Assembly B400............................................................................... 4-18 REP 11.5 Option Feeder PWB Assembly B405.............................................................. 4-71
REP 3.3 T24 Inverter Clutch Assembly, Exit Out Drive Holder Assembly B405 ............. 4-20 REP 11.6 Option Feeder PWB Assembly B400.............................................................. 4-72
REP 3.4 T24 Inverter Clutch Assembly, Exit Out Drive Holder Assembly B400 ............. 4-24 REP 11.7 Option Feeder Right Cover B405.................................................................... 4-73
REP 3.5 T21 Exit Clutch Assembly, Exit In Drive Holder Assembly B405 ...................... 4-28 REP 11.8 Option Feeder Right Cover B400.................................................................... 4-74
REP 3.6 T21 Exit Clutch Assembly, Exit In Drive Holder Assembly B400 ...................... 4-32 REP 11.9 Option Feeder Rear Cover B405 .................................................................... 4-75
REP 3.7 Duplex in Gear B405 ........................................................................................ 4-36 REP 11.10 Option Feeder Rear Cover B400 .................................................................. 4-75
REP 3.8 Duplex in Gear B400 ........................................................................................ 4-37 REP 11.11 Option Feeder Motor Assembly B405........................................................... 4-76
REP 11.12 Option Feeder Motor Assembly B400........................................................... 4-77
REPs 4 - NOHAD REP 11.13 Option Feeder B405...................................................................................... 4-79
REP 4.1 Front Right Link, Right Link Shaft, Connector Link B405 ................................. 4-39 REP 11.14 Option Feeder B400...................................................................................... 4-80
REP 4.2 Front Right Link, Right Link Shaft, Link Connector B400 ................................. 4-40 REP 11.15 Option Feeder Clutch Assembly B405.......................................................... 4-82
REP 4.3 Front Left Link, Left Link Shaft, Connector Link B405 ...................................... 4-41 REP 11.16 Option Feeder Clutch Assembly B400.......................................................... 4-83
REP 4.4 Front Left Link, Left Link Shaft, Connector Link B400 ...................................... 4-44 REP 11.17 Option Feeder Feed Roll Assembly B405..................................................... 4-84
REPs 5 - Dispenser REP 11.18 Option Feeder Feed Roll Assembly B400..................................................... 4-84
REP 5.1 CRUM Housing Assembly B405 ....................................................................... 4-47 REP 11.19 Option Feeder Takeaway Clutch Assembly B405 ........................................ 4-85
REP 11.20 Option Feeder Takeaway Clutch Assembly B400 ........................................ 4-86
REP 5.2 CRUM Housing Assembly B400 ....................................................................... 4-49
REP 11.21 Option Feeder No Paper Sensor B405 ......................................................... 4-87
REP 5.3 Dispenser Drive Assembly B405 ...................................................................... 4-51
REP 5.4 Dispenser Drive Assembly B400 ...................................................................... 4-53 REP 11.22 Option Feeder No Paper Sensor B400 ......................................................... 4-88
REP 11.23 Option Feeder Path Sensor B405................................................................. 4-89
REP 5.5 Dispenser Motor B405 ...................................................................................... 4-54
REP 11.24 Option Feeder Path Sensor B400................................................................. 4-89
REP 5.6 Dispenser Motor B400 ...................................................................................... 4-56
REP 5.7 Xerographic Connector Assembly B405 ........................................................... 4-59 REP 11.25 Option Feeder No Paper Actuator B405 ....................................................... 4-90
REP 11.26 Option Feeder No Paper Actuator B400 ....................................................... 4-90
REP 5.8 Xerographic Connector Assembly B400 ........................................................... 4-60
REP 11.27 Option Feeder Take Away Roll Assembly B405 ........................................... 4-91
REPs 6 - Transfer REP 11.28 Option Feeder Takeaway Roll Assembly B400 ............................................ 4-91
REP 6.1 CRU Transfer Roller Assembly B405 ............................................................... 4-61
REP 6.2 CRU Transfer Roller Assembly B400 ............................................................... 4-61
REPs 13 - MSI
REP 13.1 MSI Retard Roll Assembly, MSI Cover B405.................................................. 4-93
REPs 7 - Fusing REP 13.2 MSI Retard Roll Assembly, MSI Cover B400.................................................. 4-94
REP 7.1 Fuser B405 ....................................................................................................... 4-63 REP 13.3 MSI Feed Solenoid B405 ................................................................................ 4-95
REP 7.2 Fuser B400 ....................................................................................................... 4-63 REP 13.4 MSI Feed Solenoid B400 ................................................................................ 4-97
REP 13.5 Pick Up Holder Assembly B405 ...................................................................... 4-99
REP 13.6 Pick Up Holder Assembly B400 ...................................................................... 4-100
Launch Issue February 2017 Repairs and Adjustments

REPs 14 - Duplex REP 19.13 Rear Cover Assembly B405.......................................................................... 4-178
REP 14.1 Duplex Chute Assembly B405 ........................................................................ 4-101 REP 19.14 Rear Cover Assembly B400.......................................................................... 4-179
REP 14.2 Duplex Chute Assembly B400 ........................................................................ 4-102 REP 19.15 Rear Fan B405.............................................................................................. 4-181
REP 19.16 Rear Fan B400.............................................................................................. 4-183
REPs 15 - Registration REP 19.17 Rear Under Cover B405 ............................................................................... 4-185
REP 15.1 Registration Transport Assembly B405 .......................................................... 4-105 REP 19.18 Rear Under Cover B400 ............................................................................... 4-186
REP 15.2 Registration Transport Assembly B400 .......................................................... 4-111 REP 19.19 WiFi Cap Cover B405 ................................................................................... 4-187
REP 15.3 Rear Interlock Switch Assembly B405 ............................................................ 4-118 REP 19.20 WiFi Cap Cover B400 ................................................................................... 4-187
REP 15.4 Rear Interlock Switch Assembly B400 ............................................................ 4-121
REP 15.5 Feed Roll Assembly B405 .............................................................................. 4-124 REPs 21 - Scanner
REP 15.6 Feed Roll Assembly B400 .............................................................................. 4-125 REP 21.1 Scanner Assembly B405................................................................................. 4-189
REP 15.7 Feeder Assembly B405 .................................................................................. 4-126 REP 21.2 Left/Right Hinge Assembly B405 .................................................................... 4-191
REP 15.8 Feeder Assembly B400 .................................................................................. 4-127 REP 21.3 Separation Pad B405...................................................................................... 4-192
REP 15.9 Rubber Roll Assembly, Registration Clutch B405 .......................................... 4-129 REP 21.4 DADF Roller Assembly B405.......................................................................... 4-193
REP 15.10 Rubber Roll Assembly, Registration Clutch B400 ........................................ 4-131 REP 21.5 DADF Top Cover B405 ................................................................................... 4-194
REP 21.6 DADF Tray Assembly B405 ............................................................................ 4-195
REPs 17 - Exit REP 21.7 Scanner Front Bottom Cover B405................................................................. 4-196
REP 17.1 Exit Roll Assembly B405................................................................................. 4-135
REP 17.2 Exit Roll Assembly, Exit Chute Assembly B400 ............................................. 4-136 ADJs 1 - Adjustments
REP 17.3 Left and Right Pinch Assembly B405 ............................................................. 4-137 ADJ 1.1 Transfer Adjustment .......................................................................................... 4-197
REP 17.4 Left and Right Pinch Assembly B400 ............................................................. 4-138 ADJ 1.2 Fuser Adjustment .............................................................................................. 4-197
REP 17.5 Exit Chute Assembly B405 ............................................................................. 4-139 ADJ 1.3 Altitude Adjustment............................................................................................ 4-198
REPs 18 - Electrical
REP 18.1 ESS PWB Assembly B405 ............................................................................. 4-143
REP 18.2 ESS PWB Assembly B400 ............................................................................. 4-146
REP 18.3 MCU PWB Assembly B405 ............................................................................ 4-149
REP 18.4 MCU PWB Assembly B400 ............................................................................ 4-151
REP 18.5 HVPS B405..................................................................................................... 4-152
REP 18.6 HVPS B400..................................................................................................... 4-154
REP 18.7 LVPS PWB B405 ............................................................................................ 4-155
REP 18.8 LVPS PWB B400 ............................................................................................ 4-156
REP 18.9 Front USB Harness B405 ............................................................................... 4-157
REP 18.10 Front USB Harness B400 ............................................................................. 4-159
REP 18.11 Inlet Harness Assembly B405....................................................................... 4-160
REP 18.12 Inlet Harness Assembly B400....................................................................... 4-162
REP 18.13 Front Interlock Switch Assembly B405 ......................................................... 4-163
REP 18.14 Front Interlock Switch Assembly B400 ......................................................... 4-164
REP 18.15 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) ................................................................................. 4-165
REPs 19 - Covers
REP 19.1 Front Cover Assembly B405........................................................................... 4-167
REP 19.2 Front Cover Assembly B400........................................................................... 4-168
REP 19.3 ESS Window Cover Assembly B405 .............................................................. 4-169
REP 19.4 ESS Window Cover Assembly B400 .............................................................. 4-169
REP 19.5 Cover Extension B405 .................................................................................... 4-170
REP 19.6 Cover Extension B400 .................................................................................... 4-171
REP 19.7 Right Cover B405 ........................................................................................... 4-172
REP 19.8 Right Cover B400 ........................................................................................... 4-173
REP 19.9 Exit Top Cover Assembly B405 ...................................................................... 4-174
REP 19.10 Exit Top Cover Assembly B400 .................................................................... 4-175
REP 19.11 Left Cover B405 ............................................................................................ 4-176
REP 19.12 Left Cover B400 ............................................................................................ 4-177
Repairs and Adjustments February 2017 Launch Issue

REP 1.1 UI Access Door, UI Console Assembly, ICCR
Cover, UI Top Cover, IIT Front Top Cover, IIT Left Cover
B405
Parts List on PL 1.1B and PL 1.2B
Removal
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the
customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
1. Remove the left cover, REP 19.11.
2. Remove the IIT left cover, Figure 1. IIT front top
cover
3. Remove the IIT front top cover, Figure 1.
IIT left cover
Figure 1 IIT cover removal
4. Remove the ICCR cover, Figure 2.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 4-3 REP 1.1
5. Remove one screw (black, tapping, 6mm), then remove the UI top cover, Figure 2. 9. Remove two screws (silver, M4, 6mm), then remove the UI console assembly, Figure 3.
UI console assem-
ICCR cover
UI access door
PJ4
PJ1
UI top cover
UI speaker
UI harness assembly
Figure 2 ICCR and UI cover removal Figure 3 UI console assembly removal
6. Slide the UI access door in the arrowed direction, then remove it from the UI console Replacement
assembly, Figure 3. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
7. Disengage PJ1 of the UI harness assembly, Figure 3.
8. Disengage PJ4 of the UI speaker, Figure 3.

REP 1.1 4-4 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
REP 1.2 UI Harness Assembly, UI Speaker, UI Bottom
Frame B405
Parts List on PL 1.1B and PL 1.2B
Removal
ESS top plate
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the MSI cover, PL 13.2 Item 3.
2. Pull the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9, out of the printer.
3. Remove the front cover, REP 19.1.
4. Remove the rear cover assembly, REP 19.13.
5. Remove the ESS window cover assembly, REP 19.3.
6. Remove the WIFI cap cover, REP 19.19.
7. Remove the UI access door, UI console assembly, ICCR cover, UI top cover IIT front top
cover and IIT left cover, REP 1.1.
8. Remove the left cover, REP 19.11. ESS lower window plate
9. Remove seven screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the ESS lower window plate and
the WIFI release lever, Figure 1.
10. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the ESS top plate, Figure 1. Figure 1 ESS Top and lower plate removal
11. Disengage P/J632, then release the ICCR USB harness from the harness guide, Figure
2.

12. Disengage P/J441, then release the UI harness assembly from the harness guide, Figure 14. Release two push ties, then remove the UI harness assembly, Figure 3.
2.
UI harness assembly
UI harness assembly
ICCR USB harness
P/J441
ICCR USB harness
P/J632
Clamp Push tie
Push tie
Figure 3 ICCR USB and UI harnesses removal

Figure 2 ICCR USB and UI harnesses disengage
13. Release one clamp, remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove ICCR USB har-
ness, Figure 3.

15. Release the two push ties of the UI speaker, Figure 4. 17. Remove five screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the UI bottom frame, Figure 5.
ICCR inner cover
Push tie UI bottom frame

Push tie
Figure 4 Speaker push ties release Figure 5 Inner ICCR cover and UI bottom frame removal
16. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the ICCR inner cover, Figure 5.

Replacement REP 1.3 UI Console Assembly B400
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 1.1A and PL 1.2A
2. If the speaker cover, PL 18.1B Item 20, is accidentally removed. Install the speaker cover,
with the LVPS fan harness assembly, the UI speaker and the speaker assembly. Refer to
Removal
Figure 6.
WARNING
UI speaker Speaker assembly cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
1. Remove one screw (black, tapping, 6mm), then remove the UI top cover, Figure 1.
UI top cover
LVPS fan harness assembly
Figure 6 Replacement
Figure 1 UI Top cover removal
2. Slide the UI access door in the direction shown, then remove it from the UI console
assembly, Figure 2.

REP 1.2, REP 1.3 4-8 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
3. Disengage P/J1 of the UI harness assembly, Figure 2. REP 1.4 UI Front Cover, UI Left Cover B400
4. Disengage P/J4 of the UI speaker, Figure 2.
Parts List on PL 1.2A
5. Remove two screws (silver, M4, 6mm), then remove the UI console assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
P/J4
UI access door cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
P/J1
WARNING
1. Remove the UI console assembly, REP 1.3.
2. Open the front cover, PL 19.1A Item 2.
3. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the UI front cover, Figure 1.
UI harness assembly
UI speaker
UI harness assembly
UI front cover
Figure 2 UI console assembly removal
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Figure 1 UI front cover removal

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 4-9 REP 1.3, REP 1.4
4. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the UI left cover, in the arrowed REP 1.5 UI Speaker B400
direction, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Release the hook, then remove the UI speaker, Figure 1.
UI speaker
UI left cover
Figure 2 UI left cover removal
Replacement
Figure 1 UI speaker removal
Replacement

REP 1.6 UI Harness Assembly B400
Removal
WARNING
ESS top plate
WARNING
4. Remove the front/left UI cover assembly, REP 1.4.
5. Remove the front cover assembly, REP 19.2.
7. Remove the exit top cover assembly, REP 19.10.
9. Remove the ESS window cover assembly, REP 19.4. Front
10. Remove the left cover assembly, REP 19.12.
11. Remove seven screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the ESS lower window plate and
WIFI release lever, Figure 1.
ESS lower window plate
12. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the ESS top plate, Figure 1.
Figure 1 ESS top and lower window plate removal
13. Disengage P/J631, then release the harness from the HDD bracket, Figure 2.
14. Disengage P/J302 and P/J310, then remove the optional HDD, Figure 2.

15. Remove one screw (silver, M3, 6mm), then release the three bosses to remove the HDD 16. Disengage P/J1362, release one push tie, then remove the UI harness assembly, Figure
bracket, Figure 2. 3.
UI harness assembly
P/J1362
HDD bracket
HDD
Front
Figure 2 Optional HDD and bracket removal Figure 3 UI harnesses assembly removal
Replacement

REP 2.1 ROS Assembly B405 4. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that fix the MCU housing, Figure 2.
Parts List on PL 2.1

Removal
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the MCU housing
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION
Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.
1. Disengage all connectors from the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.
Figure 2 MCU housing location
2. Disengage P/J253 from the CRUM housing assembly, REP 5.1.
3. Release the harness from the harness guide installed on the MCU housing, PL 18.2 Item
4.

5. Rotate the MCU housing in the arrowed direction, release the hook, then remove the 6. Remove the four screws (silver, flanged, M3, 10mm) that fix the ROS assembly, disen-
MCU housing from the printer, Figure 3. gage PJ502, then remove the ROS assembly from the printer, Figure 4.
P/J502
(2)
(1
ROS assembly
MCU housing
Figure 3 MCU housing removal
Figure 4 ROS assembly removal
Replacement

REP 2.2 ROS Assembly B400 4. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that fix the MCU housing, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
MCU housing
Figure 2 MCU housing location
Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION
2. Disengage P/J253 from the CRUM housing assembly, REP 5.1.
3. Release the harness from the harness guide installed on the MCU housing, PL 18.2 Item
4.

5. Rotate the MCU housing in the arrowed direction, release the hook, then remove the 6. Remove four screws (silver, flanged, M3, 10mm) that fix the ROS assembly, disengage
MCU housing from the printer, Figure 3. PJ502, then remove the ROS assembly from the printer, Figure 4.
(2)
P/J502
(1)
ROS assembly
MCU housing Front
Figure 3 MCU housing removal Figure 4 ROS assembly removal
Replacement

REP 3.1 Main Drive Assembly B405 10. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm) and one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm), that fix
the ESS housing, then remove the ESS housing from the printer, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
ESS housing
2. Pull out the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9.
8. Remove the ESS PWB, REP 18.1.
9. Remove the fuser, REP 7.1.
Figure 1 ESS housing removal
11. Push the left front link fully into the printer to disengage the main motor harness assem-
bly, PL 18.3B Item 11 from the clamp.
12. Remove the four screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the main drive assembly, then
remove the LM main drive assembly from the printer, Figure 2.

13. Disengage P/J101 from the LM main drive assembly, Figure 2. REP 3.2 Main Drive Assembly B400
Removal
WARNING
Link cover cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
LM main drive
assembly 1. Open the MSI cover, PL 13.2 Item 99.
P/J101 10. Remove the left cover, REP 19.12.
AC inlet 11. Remove the ESS PWB, REP 18.2.
Figure 2 Main drive assembly removal
NOTE: Keep the link cover with the printer.
Replacement

13. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm) and one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm), that fix 16. Disengage P/J101 from the LM main drive assembly, Figure 2.
the ESS housing. Release the two tabs from the frame, then remove the ESS housing
from the printer, Figure 1. Link
Inlet harness
assembly
P/J101
ESS housing
LM main drive assembly
Front
14. Disengage the main motor harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 11, from the clamp. Figure 2 Main drive assembly removal
15. Remove four screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the main drive assembly, then remove
the LM main drive assembly from the printer, Figure 2. NOTE: Keep the link cover with the printer.
Replacement

REP 3.3 T24 Inverter Clutch Assembly, Exit Out Drive 11. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm) and one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm), that fix
Holder Assembly B405 from the printer, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. ESS housing
4. Remove the Drum Cartridge. REP 8.1.

12. Release the hook that fixes the FSR harness assembly from above, then move the FSR 14. Release the four hooks that fix the MSI top frame, then remove the MSI top frame, Figure
harness assembly in the arrowed direction, Figure 2. 3.
13. Disengage P/J233 from the FSR harness assembly, Figure 2. 15. Remove the MCU cover by releasing the hook. Disengage P/J17 from the MCU PWB,
then release the harness of the T21 exit clutch assembly from the harness guide, Figure
3.
MCU Cover MCU PWB
P/J17
P/J233
FSR harness assembly
MSI top frame

Figure 2 FSR harness assembly removal
Figure 3 T21 exit clutch harness assembly release
16. Remove one screw (silver, M3, 6mm) that fixes the left upper corner of the LVPS PWB,
then lift the earth plate.

17. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the exit out drive holder assembly. 18. Release the hook that fixes the E3 gear, from the exit out drive holder assembly. Remove
Release the harness from the harness guide installed on the exit out drive holder assem- the E3 gear and E3 Z gear. Remove the T24 inverter clutch assembly, Figure 5.
bly, then remove the exit out drive holder assembly by releasing the hook, Figure 4.
E3 gear E3 Z gear
T24 inverter clutch assembly
Exit out drive holder assembly
Figure 4 Exit out drive holder assembly removal
Figure 5 T24 inverter clutch assembly removal

Replacement 4. When installing the MSI top frame, position the printer to be resting on its right side.
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the MSI no paper actuator, coupled with the MSI top frame fits into the hole
on the printer and the MSI in lock touches the pickup holder assembly, Figure 7.
2. During replacement, insert the earth plate between the LVPS PWB and the frame.
3. When installing the exit out drive holder assembly, fit the D-shaped shaft of the exit in
Pickup holder assembly
drive S3 holder into the D-shaped hole of the T24 inverter clutch assembly, Figure 6.
MSI top frame
S3 exit in drive holder assembly

MSI in lock
MSI no paper actuator
Front
Figure 6 Exit out drive holder assembly installation
Figure 7 MSI top frame installation

REP 3.4 T24 Inverter Clutch Assembly, Exit Out Drive 14. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm) and one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm), that fix
Holder Assembly B400 from the printer, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
ESS housing
15. Release the hook that fixes the FSR harness assembly from above. Disengage P/J233
from the FSR harness assembly, Figure 2.

16. Release the two hooks that fix the harness guide to the printer. Remove the harness 18. Release the three hooks that fix the MCU cover to the printer. Disengage PJ17 from the
guide, Figure 2. MCU PWB, then release the harness of the T21 exit clutch assembly from the harness
guide, Figure 3.
MSI top frame
MCU cover
MCU PWB
P/J17
P/J233
Harness guide
FSR
harness
assembly
Front
Front
Figure 2 FSR harness assembly removal

Figure 3 T21 exit clutch harness assembly release
17. Release the four hooks that fix the MSI top frame. Remove the MSI top frame, Figure 3.
19. Remove one screw (silver, M3, 6mm) that fixes the left upper corner of the LVPS PWB,
then lift the earth plate Figure 4.

20. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 6mm) that fix the exit out drive holder assembly to 22. Remove the T24 inverter clutch assembly, Figure 5.
the printer. Release one hook, then release the harness of the T21 exit clutch assembly.
Remove the exit out drive holder assembly, Figure 4.
E3 gear E3 Z gear
Earth plate T24 inverter clutch assembly
Front Figure 5 T24 inverter clutch assembly removal
Figure 4 Exit out drive holder assembly removal
21. Release the hook that fixes the E3 gear to the exit out drive holder assembly. Remove the
E3 gear and E3 Z gear. Remove the T24 inverter clutch assembly, Figure 5.

Replacement 4. When installing the MSI top frame, position the printer to be resting on its right side.
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the MSI no paper actuator, coupled with the MSI top frame fits into the hole
2. During replacement, insert the earth plate between the LVPS PWB and the frame.
3. When installing the exit out drive holder assembly, fit the D-shaped shaft of the exit in
drive S3 holder into the D-shaped hole of the T24 inverter clutch assembly, Figure 6. pickup holder assembly
MSI top frame
MSI in lock
Front
Exit Out Drive Holder Assembly
Figure 6 Exit out drive holder assembly installation


REP 3.5 T21 Exit Clutch Assembly, Exit In Drive Holder 12. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm) and one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm) that fix
Assembly B405 from the printer, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. ESS housing
9. Remove the right cover assembly, REP 19.7.
10. Remove the exit top cover assembly. REP 19.9.
13. Release the four hooks that fix the MSI top frame, then remove the MSI top frame, Figure
2.

14. Remove the MCU cover by releasing the hook. Disengage PJ16 from the MCU PWB, 15. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the exit in drive holder assembly,
then release the harness of the T24 inverter clutch assembly from the harness guide, Fig- then remove the exit in drive holder assembly from the printer, Figure 3.
ure 2.
MCU Cover MCU PWB
PJ16
MSI top frame
Figure 3 Exit in drive holder assembly removal
Figure 2 T24 inverter clutch assembly harness release 16. Release the harness from the harness guide installed on the exit in drive holder assem-
bly.

17. Release the hook on the shaft, and then remove the T21 exit clutch assembly, Figure 4. Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
T21 exit clutch assembly 2. When installing the T21 exit clutch assembly, fit the tab into the stopper of the exit in drive
holder assembly, Figure 5.
T21 exit clutch assembly
Exit in drive S3 holder assembly
Exit in drive S3 holder assembly
Figure 5 T21 exit clutch assembly installation

Figure 4 T21 exit clutch assembly removal

3. When installing the exit in drive holder assembly, fit the D-shaped shaft of the exit in drive 4. When installing the MSI top frame, position the printer to be resting on its right side.
holder assembly into the D-shaped hole of the T24 inverter clutch assembly, Figure 6. Ensure that the MSI no paper actuator, coupled with the MSI top frame fits into the hole

MSI top frame
MSI in lock
Holder assembly drive exit out
Front
Figure 6 Exit in drive holder assembly installation

REP 3.6 T21 Exit Clutch Assembly, Exit In Drive Holder 12. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm) and one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm) that fix
Assembly B400 from the printer, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
ESS housing

13. Release the four hooks that fix the MSI top frame, then remove the MSI top frame, Figure 15. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 6mm) that fixes the exit in drive holder assembly to
2. the printer. Release the two hooks, release the harness of the T21 exit clutch assembly,
14. Remove the MCU cover by releasing the three hooks. Disengage P/J16 from the MCU then remove the exit in drive holder assembly from the printer, Figure 3.
PWB, then release the harness of the T24 inverter clutch assembly from the harness
guide, Figure 2. S3 exit in drive holder assembly
MSI top frame

MCU cover
MCU PWB
P/J16
Front
Figure 3 Exit in drive holder assembly removal
Front 16. Release the harness of the T21 exit clutch assembly from the exit in drive holder assem-
bly.
Figure 2 T24 inverter clutch harness assembly release

17. Release the hook on the E5 gear, then remove the T21 exit clutch assembly, Figure 4. Replacement
T21 exit clutch assembly 2. When installing the T21 exit clutch assembly, fit the tab into the stopper of the exit in drive
T21 exit clutch assembly
E4 gear
E5 gear
Exit 6 gear
Figure 4 T21 exit clutch assembly removal
Figure 5 T21 exit clutch assembly installation

3. When installing the exit in drive holder assembly, fit the D-shaped shaft of the exit in drive 4. When installing the MSI top frame, position the printer to be resting on its right side.
holder assembly into the D-shaped hole of the T24 inverter clutch assembly, Figure 6. Ensure that the MSI no paper actuator, coupled with the MSI top frame fits into the hole

MSI top frame
MSI in lock
Figure 6 Exit in drive holder assembly installation Front

REP 3.7 Duplex in Gear B405 3. Remove the duplex in gear from the duplex gear holder, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the rear cover, PL 19.2B Item 99.
2. Rotate the duplex gear holder, clockwise while pulling the tab, Figure 1.
Duplex gear holder
Duplex in gear
Figure 2 Duplex in gear removal
Replacement
Duplex gear holder
Figure 1 Duplex gear holder removal

REP 3.8 Duplex in Gear B400
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the rear cover, PL 19.2A Item 99.
2. Rotate the duplex gear holder, clockwise while pulling the tab, Figure 1.
Duplex gear holder
Figure 1 Duplex gear holder removal

3. Remove the duplex in gear from the duplex gear holder, Figure 2.
Duplex gear holder
Duplex in gear
Figure 2 Duplex in gear removal
Replacement

REP 4.1 Front Right Link, Right Link Shaft, Connector Link 7. Remove the six screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the right chassis, release the hole
on the right chassis from the boss on the frame, and then remove the right chassis from
B405 the printer, Figure 1.
Parts List on PL 4.1B
Removal
WARNING
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Right chassis
WARNING
5. Remove the right cover, REP 19.7.
6. Remove the scanner assembly, REP 21.1.
Figure 1 Right chassis removal
8. Release the hook on the link connector, then remove the front right link.

9. Remove the right link shaft by bending it outside from inside the printer, Figure 2. REP 4.2 Front Right Link, Right Link Shaft, Link Connector
B400
Front right link Parts List on PL 4.1A
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
8. Release the hook on the link connector, then remove the front right link.
Connector link
Right link shaft
Figure 2 Right link shaft removal
Replacement

9. Remove the right shaft link by bending it outside from inside the printer, Figure 1. REP 4.3 Front Left Link, Left Link Shaft, Connector Link
B405
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
(2) 1. Open the MSI cover, PL 13.2 Item 99.
4. Remove the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.
Right shaft link
10. Remove the main drive assembly, REP 3.1.
11. Remove the LVPS PWB, REP 18.3.
Connector link Front

Front right link
Replacement

12. Remove the MCU cover, then remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm) from the left side, 13. Remove the LVPS plate, Figure 2.
Figure 1.
LVPS plate
MCU cover
Front
Figure 2 LVPS plate removal

Figure 1 MCU cover removal

14. Pull out the left link shaft toward the front of the printer, then remove the connector link 17. Remove the left link shaft by bending it outside from inside the printer, Figure 4.
and the front left link, Figure 3.
Harness guide
Front left link
Connector Link
Left shaft link
Left link shaft
Harness guide Front

Left xerographic stopper assembly
Figure 4 Left link shaft removal

Figure 3 Front left link removal
Replacement
15. Remove the left Xerographic stopper assembly, PL 4.1B Item 10. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
16. Release the two hooks, and then lift the harness guide. 2. When installing the MCU cover, do not pinch the wire with the screws.

REP 4.4 Front Left Link, Left Link Shaft, Connector Link 14. Remove the MCU cover, then remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm) from the left side,
Figure 1.
B400
Parts List on PL 4.1A MCU cover
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Screw
Figure 1 MCU cover removal

15. Remove the LVPS plate, Figure 2. 16. Pull out the left link shaft toward the front of the printer, then remove the link connector
and the front left link, Figure 3.
LVPS plate
Front left link
Connector link
Front
Left shaft link
Figure 2 LVPS plate removal

Figure 3 Front left link removal
17. Remove the left xerographic stopper assembly, PL 4.1A Item 10.
18. Release the two hooks, and then lift the harness guide.

19. Remove the left link shaft by bending it outside from inside the printer, Figure 4.
Harness guide
Left shaft link
Harness guide Front

Left xerographic stopper assembly
Figure 4 Left link shaft removal
Replacement
2. When installing the MCU cover, do not pinch the wire with the screws.

REP 5.1 CRUM Housing Assembly B405 5. Disengage P/J253, Figure 2.

Removal CRUM housing assembly
WARNING
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol
P/J253
CAUTION
1. Open the front cover assembly, PL 19.1B Item 98.
Figure 2 Toner CRUM connector assembly removal
2. Remove the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.
3. Release the hook, open the CRUM housing assembly, Figure 2.
4. Remove the toner CRUM connector assembly, from the CRUM swing housing, Figure 2.

6. Release one boss of the CRUM swing housing, then remove the CRUM swing housing Replacement
from the printer, Figure 3. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. When closing the CRUM housing assembly, ensure the CRUM swing spring is installed
CRUM swing housing
as shown, Figure 4.
MCU housing
CRUM swing spring
Figure 3 CRUM swing housing removal
Figure 4 CRUM swing spring installation

REP 5.2 CRUM Housing Assembly B400 5. Disengage P/J253, Figure 2.

Removal
Toner CRUM connector assembly

WARNING
customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can CRUM swing housing
WARNING
P/J253
Figure 1 ESD symbol
Front
CAUTION
1. Open the front cover assembly, PL 19.1A Item 98.
Figure 2 Toner CRUM connector assembly removal
2. Remove the Drum cartridge, REP 8.2.
3. Release the hook, open the CRUM housing assembly, Figure 2.
4. Remove the toner CRUM connector assembly, from the CRUM swing housing, Figure 2.

6. Release two bosses of the CRUM swing housing, then remove the CRUM swing housing Replacement
from the printer, Figure 3. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. When closing the CRUM housing assembly, ensure the CRUM swing spring is installed
as shown, Figure 4.
CRUM swing housing
Front
CRUM swing spring
Figure 4 CRUM swing spring installation
Figure 3 CRUM swing housing removal

REP 5.3 Dispenser Drive Assembly B405 7. Remove the six screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the right chassis, release the hole
on the right chassis from the boss on the frame, and then remove the right chassis from
Parts List on PL 5.1 the printer, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Right chassis
WARNING
Figure 1 Right chassis removal
8. Remove the HVPS, REP 18.5.

9. From the right shaft link, release the hook on the link connector, that fixes the right front 11. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 10mm), that fix the dispenser drive assembly,
link, then remove the link cover, Figure 2. release one boss, then remove the dispenser drive assembly, Figure 3.
10. Release the right shaft link from the hook on the printer, then remove the right shaft link,
Figure 2.
Front right link
Dispenser drive assembly
Connector link
Right shaft link Figure 3 Dispenser drive assembly removal
Figure 2 Right shaft link removal Replacement


REP 5.4 Dispenser Drive Assembly B400 9. Remove the right shaft link by bending it out from inside the printer, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Pull out the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9. (2)
5. Remove the UI console assembly, REP 1.3. (1)
8. Release the hook on the front right link, then remove the connector link, and the front right
link from the right shaft link, Figure 1.
Right shaft link
Connector link Front

Front right link

10. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 10mm), that fix the dispenser drive assembly, then REP 5.5 Dispenser Motor B405
remove the dispenser drive assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
8. Disengage PJ253 from the CRUM housing assembly, PL 5.1 Item 1.
9. Release the harness from the harness guide installed on the MCU Housing, PL 18.2 Item
4.
Front
Dispenser drive assembly
Figure 2 Dispenser drive assembly removal
Replacement

10. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that fix the MCU housing, release the hook, then 12. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the dispenser motor, rotate the dis-
remove the MCU housing from the printer, Figure 1. penser motor anti-clockwise and remove, Figure 2.
P/J111
MCU housing
Dispenser motor
Figure 1 MCU housing removal Figure 2 Dispenser motor removal
11. Disengage P/J111 of the harness connected to the dispenser motor, Figure 2.

Replacement REP 5.6 Dispenser Motor B400
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 5.1
2. When installing the dispenser motor, secure the dispenser motor and earth wire together
with the screw, Figure 3.
Removal
Earth wire
WARNING
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Dispenser motor
Figure 3 Dispenser motor installation
10. Disengage P/J253 from the CRUM housing assembly, PL 5.1 Item 1.
11. Release the harness from the harness guide installed on the MCU Housing, PL 18.2 Item
4.

12. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that fix the MCU housing, Figure 2. 13. Rotate the MCU housing in the arrowed direction, release the hook, then MCU housing
from the printer, Figure 3.
(2)
(1)
MCU housing
Figure 2 MCU housing screw removal
MCU housing
Figure 3 MCU housing removal
14. Disengage P/J111 of the harness connected to the dispenser motor.

15. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the dispenser motor, rotate the dis- Replacement
penser motor anti-clockwise and remove, Figure 4.
2. When installing the dispenser motor, secure the dispenser motor and earth wire together
with the screw, Figure 5.
Earth wire
P/J111
Dispenser motor
Dispenser motor
Figure 4 Dispenser motor removal
Figure 5 Dispenser motor installation

REP 5.7 Xerographic Connector Assembly B405 7. Pull the yellow harness to create slack and disengage P/J254 from the Xerographic con-
nector assembly, Figure 2.
Removal Harness Xerographic connector assembly
WARNING
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol

P/J254
CAUTION
Front
Observe ESD procedures during this procedure. P/J25
2. Remove the drum cartridge, REP 8.1.
Figure 2 Xerographic connector assembly removal
3. Release three hooks, then remove the MCU cover, PL 18.2 Item 1.
4. Disengage P/J25 from the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2.
Replacement
5. Release the yellow harness from the harness guides around the MCU PWB.
6. Release the hook that fixes the xerographic connector assembly, and then remove the
xerographic connector assembly, Figure 2.

REP 5.8 Xerographic Connector Assembly B400 7. Pull the yellow harness to create slack and disengage P/J254 from the xerographic con-
nector assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING Harness Xerographic connector assembly
WARNING
P/J254
Figure 1 ESD symbol
Front
P/J25
CAUTION
Figure 2 Xerographic connector assembly removal
3. Release three hooks, and then remove the MCU cover, PL 18.2 Item 1.
4. Disengage P/J25 from the MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2. Replacement
5. Release the yellow harness from the harness guides around the MCU PWB. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
6. Release the hook that fixes the xerographic connector assembly, and then remove the
xerographic connector assembly, Figure 2.

REP 6.1 CRU Transfer Roller Assembly B405 REP 6.2 CRU Transfer Roller Assembly B400
Parts List on PL 6.1 Parts List on PL 6.1
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the
customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Open the rear cover assembly, PL 19.2B Item 99. 1. Open the rear cover assembly, PL 19.2A Item 99.
2. Release two hooks that fix the CRU transfer roller assembly, then remove the CRU trans- 2. Press the two hooks on the left and right sides of the CRU transfer roller assembly to
fer roller assembly by rotating it in the arrowed direction, Figure 1. unlock the CRU transfer roller assembly, then remove the CRU transfer roller assembly
by rotating it along the axis between the bosses, Figure 1.
CRU transfer roller assembly
CRU transfer roller assembly
Front
Figure 1 CRU transfer roll assembly removal

Figure 1 CRU transfer roll assembly removal
Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement
2. If a new CRU transfer roller assembly is installed, enter dC135 HFSI Counter. Reset the 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
HFSI counter 950-824. 2. If a new CRU transfer roller assembly is installed, enter dC135 HFSI Counter. Reset the
HFSI counter 950-824.

REP 7.1 Fuser B405 REP 7.2 Fuser B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Open the rear cover assembly, PL 19.2B Item 99. 1. Open the rear cover assembly, PL 19.2A Item 99.
2. Rotate the two levers that lock the fuser in the arrowed direction to unlock and remove the 2. Rotate the two levers that lock the fuser in the arrowed direction to unlock and remove the
fuser, Figure 1. fuser, Figure 1.
Fuser
Fuser
Front
Figure 1 Fuser removal Figure 1 Fuser removal
Replacement Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. If a new fuser is installed, enter dC135 HFSI Counter. Reset the HFSI counters that fol- 2. If a new fuser is installed, enter dC135 HFSI Counter. Reset the HFSI counters that fol-
low: low:
• 950-800. • 950-800.
• 950-804. • 950-804.

REP 8.1 Drum Cartridge B405 REP 8.2 Drum Cartridge B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Take care not to touch the xerographic drum and protect it from dirt and dust.
Take care not to touch the xerographic drum and protect it from dirt and dust.
2. Unlock and remove the toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2. 2. Unlock and remove the toner cartridge, PL 8.1 Item 2.
3. Remove the drum cartridge, Figure 1.
3. Remove the drum cartridge, Figure 1.
NOTE: . Note that the drum cartridge is locked while the right front link, PL 4.1B Item 3,
NOTE: . Note that the drum cartridge is locked while the front right link, PL 4.1A Item 3,
and left front link, PL 4.1B Item 4, are pressed.
and front left link, PL 4.1A Item 4, are pressed.
Toner cartridge Toner cartridge
Drum cartridge
Drum cartridge
Front left link
Figure 1 Drum cartridge removal Figure 1 Drum cartridge removal

The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 9.1 Retard Holder Assembly B405 REP 9.2 Retard Holder Assembly B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1. 1. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1.
2. Release the hook that fixes the option tray retard holder assembly, then rotate the option 2. Release the hook that fixes the option tray retard holder assembly to the 550 tray assem-
tray retard holder assembly in the arrowed direction, Figure 1. bly, rotate the option tray retard holder assembly, along the axis, then remove the retard
3. Release the two bosses on the retard holder assembly, and then remove the retard roll holder assembly by moving it in the arrowed direction, Figure 1.
Option tray retard holder assembly (2)
Option tray retard holder assembly
(1)
Figure 1 Retard roll holder assembly removal

Figure 1 Retard roll holder assembly removal
Replacement
Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 9.3 Feed Roll Assembly B405 REP 9.4 Feed Roll Assembly B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
2. Remove the retard holder assembly, REP 9.1. 2. Remove the retard holder assembly, REP 9.2.
3. Release the hook fixing the option tray retard shaft, then remove the option tray retard 3. Release the hook fixing the option tray retard shaft, then remove the option tray retard
shaft, together with the feed roll assembly by pulling it out sideways, Figure 1. shaft, together with the feed roll assembly by pulling it out sideways, Figure 1.
NOTE: Handle the hook of the option tray retard holder carefully to avoid breakage. NOTE: Handle the hook of the option tray retard holder carefully to avoid breakage.
4. Pull out the feed roll assembly while releasing the hook fixing it, Figure 1. 4. Pull out the feed roll assembly while releasing the hook fixing it, Figure 1.
Feed roller assembly

Feed roller assembly
3)-2
3)-2
4)
4)
3)-1
3)-1
Option tray retard holder
Option tray retard holder
Figure 1 Feed roll assembly removal

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement

REP 11.1 Option Feeder Assembly B405
Removal
WARNING
Mandatory safety warning. This procedure must be performed by two people. The mod-
ule is heavy.
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the IOT
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Lock screws
3. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1.
4. Release the two lock screws fixing the option feeder assembly, Figure 1.
WARNING
Use safe handling procedures, GP 11. The module is heavy.
NOTE: The printer weight is 22kg (49lb)
5. Release the five bosses on the option feeder assembly from the holes on the IOT, then lift
Option feeder assembly
the IOT upward from the option feeder assembly, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Option feeder assembly removal
Replacement

REP 11.2 Option Feeder Assembly B400 REP 11.3 Option Feeder Left Cover B405
Parts List on PL 11.1A Parts List on PL 11.1B
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Open the MSI cover, PL 13.2 Item 99. 1. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1 from the printer.
2. Pull out the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9. 2. Remove the option feeder assembly, REP 11.1.
3. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1. 3. Remove the one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the option feeder left cover,
4. Release the two lock screws fixing the option feeder assembly, Figure 1. release the two hooks from the bosses, release the six bosses from the holes, then
remove the option feeder left cover, Figure 1.
5. Release the five bosses on the option feeder assembly from the holes on the IOT, then lift
the IOT upward from the option feeder assembly, Figure 1.
Lock screw
MSI tray assembly
IOT
Lock screw
Front
Left side cover
Option tray assembly

Option feeder assembly
Figure 1 Option feeder left cover removal
Figure 1 Option feeder assembly removal

Replacement
Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 11.4 Option Feeder Left Cover B400 REP 11.5 Option Feeder PWB Assembly B405
Parts List on PL 11.1A Parts List on PL 11.1B
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
2. Remove the option feeder assembly, REP 11.2.
3. Remove the one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the option feeder left cover,
release the one hook from the boss, release the six bosses from the holes, then remove
the option feeder left cover, Figure 1.
Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION
3. Remove the option feeder left cover, REP 11.3.
4. Release the harness from the clamp, then remove the clamp from the frame.
5. Disengage all connectors from the option tray PWB assembly, Figure 2.
Front
Left side cover
Figure 1 Option feeder left cover removal
Replacement

6. Remove three screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the option tray PWB assembly, then REP 11.6 Option Feeder PWB Assembly B400
remove the option feeder PWB assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol
P/J423
P/J421
CAUTION
P/J419 1. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1.
Option tray PWB assembly 3. Remove the option feeder left cover, REP 11.4.
4. Release the harness from the clamp, then remove the clamp from the frame.
Front 5. Disengage all connectors from the option tray PWB assembly, Figure 2.
P/J420
P/J422
Figure 2 Option feeder PWB assembly removal
Replacement

6. Remove three screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the option tray PWB assembly, then REP 11.7 Option Feeder Right Cover B405
remove the option feeder PWB assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol
P/J423
P/J421
CAUTION
P/J419 1. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1.
Option tray PWB assembly
P/J420 Front
P/J422
Figure 2 Option feeder PWB assembly removal
Replacement

3. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the option feeder right cover, release REP 11.8 Option Feeder Right Cover B400
the two hooks from the bosses, release the six bosses from the holes, then remove the
option feeder right cover, Figure 2. Parts List on PL 11.1A
Removal
WARNING
3. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the option feeder right cover, release
the two hooks from the bosses, release the six bosses from the holes, then remove the
option feeder right cover, Figure 1.
Front
Right side cover
Figure 2 Option feeder right cover removal
Replacement
Front
Right side cover

Figure 1 Option feeder right cover removal
Replacement

REP 11.9 Option Feeder Rear Cover B405 REP 11.10 Option Feeder Rear Cover B400
Parts List on PL 11.1B Parts List on PL 11.1A
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1. 1. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1.
2. Remove the option feeder assembly, REP 11.1. 2. Remove the option feeder assembly, REP 11.2.
3. Remove one side of the rear cover spring from the option feeder rear cover, Figure 1. 3. Remove one side of the rear cover spring from the option feeder rear cover, Figure 1.
4. Remove the left boss from the hole, then remove the option feeder rear cover, Figure 1. 4. Remove the left boss from the hole, then remove the option feeder rear cover, Figure 1.
Rear cover spring Rear cover spring
Front Front
Rear cover Rear cover
Figure 1 Option feeder 550 rear cover removal Figure 1 Option feeder rear cover removal

REP 11.11 Option Feeder Motor Assembly B405 6. Remove four screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the option feeder drive assembly, then
remove the option feeder drive assembly, Figure 1.
Removal
Cover
WARNING P/J4221
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Earth plate
WARNING
4. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the cover by lifting the earth
plate, Figure 1.
5. Disconnect PJ4221 from the option feeder motor assembly, Figure 1.
Option feeder drive assembly

Front
Figure 1 Option feeder drive assembly removal

7. Remove the option feeder gear and three screws (silver, M3, 4mm) that fix the option REP 11.12 Option Feeder Motor Assembly B400
feeder motor assembly, then remove the option feeder motor assembly from the motor
bracket, Figure 2. Parts List on PL 11.1A
Removal
Option feeder gear

WARNING
WARNING
4. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the cover by lifting the earth
plate, Figure 1.
5. Disconnect PJ4221 from the option feeder motor assembly, Figure 1.
Motor bracket
Option feeder gear
Figure 2 Option feeder motor assembly removal
Replacement

6. Remove four screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the option feeder drive assembly, then 7. Remove the option feeder gear and three screws (silver, M3, 4mm) that fix the option
remove the option feeder drive assembly, Figure 1. feeder motor assembly, then remove the option feeder motor assembly from the motor
bracket, Figure 2.
Cover
P/J4221
Option feeder gear
Earth plate
Option feeder drive assembly

Front
Motor bracket
Option feeder gear
Figure 1 Option feeder drive assembly removal

Figure 2 Option feeder motor assembly removal
Replacement

REP 11.13 Option Feeder B405 5. Disconnect PJ4202, PJ4213 and PJ4214 from the option feeder, Figure 1.

Removal P/J4213
WARNING
WARNING
4. Remove the option feeder clutch assembly, REP 11.15.
P/J4214
Front
P/J4202
Figure 1 Option feeder relay disconnect
6. Release the harness from the harness guide on the frame.

7. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the option feeder, release the four REP 11.14 Option Feeder B400
holes from the bosses on the frame, then remove the option feeder, Figure 2.
Option feeder Removal
WARNING
WARNING
4. Remove the option feeder clutch assembly, REP 11.16.
Font
Figure 2 Option feeder removal
Replacement

5. Disconnect PJ4202, PJ4213 and PJ4214 from the option feeder, Figure 1. 7. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the option feeder, release the four
holes from the bosses on the frame, then remove the option feeder, Figure 2.
P/J4213
Option feeder
P/J4214
Font
P/J4202
Figure 1 Option feeder relay disconnect

Figure 2 Option feeder removal
6. Release the harness from the harness guide on the frame.
Replacement

REP 11.15 Option Feeder Clutch Assembly B405 6. Remove the E-ring that fixes the option feeder clutch assembly, then remove the option
feeder clutch assembly, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Option feeder clutch assembly

WARNING
4. Remove the option feeder motor assembly, REP 11.11.
5. Disconnect PJ4201 from the option feeder clutch assembly, then release the harness
from the harness guide on the frame, Figure 1.
P/J4201 Front
Figure 1 Option feeder clutch assembly removal
Replacement

REP 11.16 Option Feeder Clutch Assembly B400 6. Remove the E-ring that fixes the option feeder clutch assembly, then remove the option
feeder clutch assembly, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Option feeder clutch assembly

WARNING
4. Remove the option feeder motor assembly, REP 11.12.
5. Disconnect PJ4201 from the option feeder clutch assembly, then release the harness
from the harness guide on the frame, Figure 1.
Front
P/J4201
Figure 1 Option feeder clutch assembly removal
Replacement

REP 11.17 Option Feeder Feed Roll Assembly B405 REP 11.18 Option Feeder Feed Roll Assembly B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
3. Remove the hook that fixes the option feeder feed roll assembly, then remove the option 3. Remove the hook that fixes the option feeder feed roll assembly, then remove the option
feeder feed roll assembly, Figure 1. feeder feed roll assembly, Figure 1.
Feed roll assembly Feed roll assembly
Front Front
Figure 1 Option feeder feed roll assembly removal Figure 1 Option feeder feed roll assembly removal

REP 11.19 Option Feeder Takeaway Clutch Assembly B405 5. Remove the E-ring, then remove the takeaway clutch assembly, Figure 1.

Removal Idler gear
WARNING
Takeaway clutch assembly
4. Remove the idler gear and remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the nudger
spring bracket, then remove the nudger spring bracket, Figure 1.
Nudger spring bracket
Front
Figure 1 Option feeder takeaway clutch assembly removal
Replacement

REP 11.20 Option Feeder Takeaway Clutch Assembly B400 5. Remove the E-ring, then remove the takeaway clutch assembly, Figure 1.

Removal Idler gear
WARNING
2. Remove the option feeder assembly, REP 11.2. Takeaway clutch assembly
4. Remove the idler gear and remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the nudger
spring bracket, then remove the nudger spring bracket, Figure 1.
Nudger spring bracket
Front
Figure 1 Option Feeder takeaway clutch assembly removal
Replacement

REP 11.21 Option Feeder No Paper Sensor B405 Replacement
Parts List on PL 11.2 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Connect the harness to the option feeder no paper sensor, then route the harness.
Removal
3. Set the left shaft of the bracket to the feeder first, then set the other side.
WARNING
2. Remove the harness from the clamp, Figure 1.
3. Disconnect PJ4203, then remove the option feeder no paper sensor, Figure 1.
P/J4203
No paper sensor
Front
Figure 1 Option feeder no paper sensor removal

REP 11.22 Option Feeder No Paper Sensor B400 Replacement
2. Connect the harness to the option feeder no paper sensor, then route the harness.
Removal
3. Set the left shaft of the bracket to the feeder first, then set the other side.
WARNING
2. Remove the harness from the clamp, Figure 1.
3. Disconnect PJ4203, then remove the option feeder no paper sensor, Figure 1.
P/J4203
No paper sensor
Front
Figure 1 Option feeder no paper sensor removal

REP 11.23 Option Feeder Path Sensor B405 REP 11.24 Option Feeder Path Sensor B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
2. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the chute cover, Figure 1. 2. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the chute cover, Figure 1.
3. Disconnect PJ4212, then remove the option feeder path sensor, Figure 1. 3. Disconnect PJ4212, then remove the option feeder path sensor, Figure 1.
Chute cover
Chute cover
P/J4212 P/J4212
Front Front
Path sensor Path sensor
Figure 1 Option feeder path sensor removal Figure 1 Option feeder path sensor removal

REP 11.25 Option Feeder No Paper Actuator B405 REP 11.26 Option Feeder No Paper Actuator B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1. 1. Remove the tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1.
3. Remove the E-ring, then remove the option feeder no paper actuator, Figure 1. 3. Remove the E-ring, then remove the option feeder no paper actuator, Figure 1.
No paper actuator no paper actuator
E-ring
E-ring
Front Front
Figure 1 Option feeder no paper actuator removal

Figure 1 Option feeder no paper actuator removal
Replacement
Replacement

REP 11.27 Option Feeder Take Away Roll Assembly B405 REP 11.28 Option Feeder Takeaway Roll Assembly B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
4. Remove the option feeder takeaway clutch assembly, REP 11.19. 4. Remove the option feeder takeaway clutch assembly, REP 11.20.
5. Remove the E-ring and nudger bearing, then remove the option feeder take away roll 5. Remove the E-ring and nudger bearing, then remove the option feeder take away roll
assembly by shifting it to the left, Figure 1. assembly by shifting it to the left, Figure 1.
Take away roll assembly

Harness cover Harness cover Take away roll assembly
Nudger bearing Nudger bearing
Nudger bearing Nudger bearing

Front Front
Figure 1 Option feeder take away roll assembly removal Figure 1 Option feeder take away roll assembly removal

REP 13.1 MSI Retard Roll Assembly, MSI Cover B405 4. Release the hole on the MSI cover from the boss on the MSI frame assembly, then
remove the MSI cover, Figure 1.
Removal
(2)
WARNING
1. Open the MSI cover, PL 13.2 Item 99. (1)
MSI retard roll
2. Pull out the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9. assembly
3. Release the hook that fixes the MSI retard roll assembly to the MSI frame assembly.
Remove the MSI retard roll assembly by rotating it in the arrowed direction, Figure 1.
MSI frame assembly
MSI cover
Figure 1 MSI cover and retard roll assembly removal
Replacement

REP 13.2 MSI Retard Roll Assembly, MSI Cover B400 4. Release the hole on the MSI cover from the boss on the MSI frame assembly, then
remove the MSI cover, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
3. Release the hook that fixes the MSI retard roll assembly to the MSI frame assembly, then MSI retard roll assembly
remove the MSI retard roll assembly by rotating it in the arrowed direction. Figure 1.
MSI frame assembly
MSI cover
Figure 1 MSI cover and retard roll assembly removal
Replacement

REP 13.3 MSI Feed Solenoid B405 12. Remove the MCU cover by releasing the hook. Disconnect PJ15 from the MCU PWB,
then release the harness of the MSI feed solenoid from the harness guide, Figure 1.
Removal
MCU cover
MCU PWB
P/J15
WARNING
5. Remove the drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.
Figure 1 MSI feed solenoid disconnect

13. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the MSI feed solenoid, Figure 2.
MSI feed solenoid
Actuator
MSI segment gear
Figure 3 MSI feed solenoid installation
MSI feed solenoid

Front
Figure 2 MSI feed solenoid removal
Replacement
2. When installing the MSI feed solenoid, ensure that the actuator is latched to the MSI seg-
ment gear 1, Figure 3.

REP 13.4 MSI Feed Solenoid B400 15. Remove the MCU cover by releasing the hook. Disconnect PJ15 from the MCU PWB,
then release the harness of the MSI feed solenoid from the harness guide, Figure 1.
Removal
P/J15 MCU PWB MCU cover
WARNING
5. Remove the Drum cartridge. REP 8.2.
Figure 1 MSI feed solenoid disconnect

16. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the MSI feed solenoid, Figure 2. Replacement
2. When installing the MSI feed solenoid, ensure that the actuator is latched to the MSI seg-
ment gear 1, Figure 3.
MSI feed solenoid
Actuator
MSI segment gear
Figure 3 MSI feed solenoid installation

MSI feed solenoid
Figure 2 MSI feed solenoid removal

REP 13.5 Pick Up Holder Assembly B405 6. Remove the pick up flange by releasing the hook, then remove the pick up holder assem-
bly, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the Bottom
5. Place the printer on its right side.
Pick up holder assembly
Front
Pick up flange
Figure 1 Pick up holder removal
Replacement

REP 13.6 Pick Up Holder Assembly B400 6. Remove the pick up flange by releasing the hook, then remove the pick up holder assem-
bly, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the Bottom
5. Place the printer on its right side.
Pick up holder assembly
Front
Pick up flange
Figure 1 Pick up holder removal
Replacement

REP 14.1 Duplex Chute Assembly B405
Duplex chute assembly
Removal
(1)
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the (1)
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. (2)
2. Remove the CRU transfer roller assembly, REP 6.1. (2)
3. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 4mm), then remove the DTS out earth spring from the
rear cover assembly, Figure 1.
4. Release the two hooks, then remove the duplex chute assembly by sliding it to the left
until the four bosses are released, Figure 1.
(2)
(2)
DTS out earth spring
Figure 1 Duplex chute assembly removal

Replacement REP 14.2 Duplex Chute Assembly B400
2. When installing the DTS out earth spring, ensure it is positioned above the DTS earth
spring, on the duplex chute assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the CRU transfer roller assembly, REP 6.2.
3. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 4mm), then remove the DTS out earth spring from the
rear cover assembly, Figure 1.
DTS earth spring
Figure 2 DTS out earth spring installation

4. Release the two hooks, then remove the duplex chute assembly by sliding it to the left Replacement
until the four bosses are released, Figure 1. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. When installing the DTS out earth spring, ensure it is positioned above the DTS earth
spring, on the duplex chute assembly, Figure 2.
Duplex chute assembly
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
DTS earth spring
(2)
(2)

Figure 2 DTS out earth spring installation
Figure 1 Duplex chute assembly removal

REP 15.1 Registration Transport Assembly B405 17. Remove the MCU cover by releasing the hook. Disconnect P/J12 and P/J14 from the
MCU PWB, then release the registration transport assembly harness from the harness
Parts List on PL 15.1B guide, Figure 1.
Removal
MCU PWB
WARNING
customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can MCU cover
P/J14
P/J12
WARNING
5. Remove the drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.
12. Remove the fuser unit, REP 7.1.
15. Remove the rear interlock switch assembly, REP 15.3.
16. Release four hooks, then remove the MSI top frame, Figure 1.
MSI top frame
Figure 1 Registration transport assembly harness release

19. Remove the MSI segment gear 1, MSI segment gear 2, and MSI feed gear, Figure 2. 20. Release the MSI feed spring from the MSI lifter arm, then remove the MSI lifter arm and
MSI lifter stopper, Figure 3.
MSI feed gear
MSI lifter stopper
MSI segment gear 2,
MSI feed spring

Front
Front
MSI lifter arm
MSI feed solenoid
MSI segment gear 1 Figure 3 MSI lifter arm and lifter stopper removal
Figure 2 MSI feed solenoid, segment and MSI feed gears removal

21. Release the hook, then remove the registration shutter sensor, Figure 4. 22. Release one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the registration out earth plate,
Figure 5.
Front Front
Registration out earth plate
Registration shutter sensor
Figure 4 Registration shutter sensor removal

Figure 5 Registration out earth plate removal

23. Remove three screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the registration transport Replacement
assembly from the printer, Figure 6. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. When installing the registration transport assembly, ensure the position of the boss and
the registration shutter sensor is correct, Figure 7.
Registration transport assembly
Front
Front
Figure 6 Registration transport assembly removal
Figure 7 Registration transport assembly installation

3. When installing the MSI lifter stopper, ensure the pickup holder assembly, is in the posi- 4. When installing the MSI lifter arm, ensure the MSI feed spring, is correctly positioned, Fig-
tion shown, Figure 8. ure 9.
MSI lifter stopper
Front
MSI lifter stopper
pickup holder assembly MSI feed spring
MSI lifter arm
Figure 8 MSI lifter stopper installation Figure 9 MSI lifter arm installation

5. When installing the MSI segment gear 1 and MSI segment gear 2, fit the bosses on the 6. When installing the MSI segment gear 1 and MSI segment gear 2, ensure that the actua-
MSI segment gear 1 into the holes on the MSI segment gear 2, Figure 10. tor is the position shown, Figure 11.
MSI segment gear 1
MSI segment gear 2,
Front
Figure 10 MSI segment gear 1 and 2 installation MSI segment gear 1 and 2
Figure 11 MSI segment gear 1 and 2 actuator position

7. When installing the MSI top frame, ensure the MSI no paper actuator, coupled with the REP 15.2 Registration Transport Assembly B400
MSI top frame, fits into the hole on the printer, Figure 12.
Removal
MSI top frame
WARNING
MSI in lock WARNING

MSI no paper actuator 3. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1.
5. Remove the drum cartridge. REP 8.2.
Front 14. Remove the ESS PWB, REP 18.2.
Figure 12 MSI top frame installation 19. Release four hooks, then remove the MSI top frame, from the printer, Figure 1.

20. Remove the MCU cover, by releasing the hook, disconnect PJ12 and PJ14 from the MCU 22. Remove the MSI segment gear 1, MSI segment gear 2 and MSI feed gear, Figure 2.
PWB, then release the registration transport assembly harness from the harness guide,
Figure 1.
MSI top frame

MCU PWB
MCU cover
P/J12 P/J14
MSI segment gear 2,
Front
MSI feed solenoid Front

MSI segment gear 1
Figure 2 MSI feed solenoid, segment and MSI feed gears removal
Figure 1 Registration transport assembly harness release

23. Release the MSI feed spring from the MSI lifter arm, then remove the MSI lifter arm and 24. Release the hook, then remove the registration shutter sensor, Figure 4.
MSI lifter stopper, Figure 3.
MSI lifter stopper
Front Registration shutter sensor,
MSI feed spring

Figure 4 Registration shutter sensor removal
Front
MSI lifter arm
Figure 3 MSI lifter arm and lifter stopper removal

25. Release one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the registration out earth plate, 26. Remove three screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the registration transport
Figure 5. assembly from the printer, Figure 6.
(1)
Front
Registration out earth plate
Front
Figure 5 Registration out earth plate removal
(2)
Figure 6 Registration transport assembly removal

Replacement 3. When installing the MSI lifter stopper, ensure the pickup holder assembly, is in the posi-
tion shown, Figure 8.
2. When installing the registration transport assembly, ensure the position of the boss and
the registration shutter sensor is correct, Figure 7.
MSI lifter stopper
Front
MSI lifter stopper

Front
Figure 8 MSI lifter stopper installation
Figure 7 Registration transport assembly installation

4. When installing the MSI lifter arm., ensure the MSI feed spring is correctly positioned, Fig- 5. When installing the MSI segment gear 1 and MSI segment gear 2, fit the bosses on the
ure 9. MSI segment gear 1 into the holes on the MSI segment gear 2, Figure 10.
MSI segment gear 1
MSI segment gear 2
Figure 10 MSI segment gear 1 and 2 installation
MSI feed spring
MSI lifter arm
Figure 9 MSI lifter arm installation

6. When installing the MSI segment gear 1 and MSI segment gear 2, ensure that the actua- 7. When installing the MSI top frame, ensure the MSI no paper actuator coupled with the
tor is the position shown, Figure 11. MSI top frame, fits into the hole on the printer, Figure 12.

MSI top frame
MSI in lock
Front
Front
MSI segment gear 1 and 2
Figure 11 MSI segment gear 1 and 2 actuator position


REP 15.3 Rear Interlock Switch Assembly B405 9. Release six screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the ESS housing, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING ESS housing


10. Disconnect P/J201 from the LVPS PWB, then move the harness guide, Figure 2. 12. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the rear interlock switch assembly.
Release the two hooks, then remove the rear interlock switch assembly by releasing the
boss on the registration out roll assembly from the hole, Figure 3.
P/J230
Registration out roll assembly
P/J201
Front
Figure 2 P/J201 disconnection
11. Disconnect P/J230 from the LVPS PWB, release the harness from the harness guide
fixed on the printer, then pull the harness out of the hole on the printer. Rear interlock switch assembly
Figure 3 Rear interlock switch assembly removal

13. Remove the interlock harness assembly from the rear interlock switch assembly, Figure Replacement
4. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Install the interlock harness assembly to the rear interlock switch assembly as shown in
Figure 5.
Interlock harness assembly

Rear interlock switch assembly
Figure 4 Interlock harness assembly removal
Figure 5 Interlock harness assembly installation

REP 15.4 Rear Interlock Switch Assembly B400 14. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm) and one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm).
Release the two tabs from the frame, then remove the ESS housing, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
5. Remove the drum Cartridge. REP 8.2.
9. Remove the WIFI cap cover, REP 19.20. Front
ESS housing

15. Disconnect PJ201 from the LVPS PWB, then move the harness guide, Figure 2. 17. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the rear interlock switch assembly.
Release the two hooks, then remove the rear interlock switch assembly by rotating it
along the axis between the bosses, Figure 3.
P/J201
MSI segment gear 2,
Front
Figure 2 P/J201 disconnection
16. Disconnect PJ230 from the LVPS PWB. Release the rear interlock switch harness from MSI feed solenoid Front
the harness guide. MSI segment gear 1
Figure 3 Rear interlock switch assembly removal

18. Remove the interlock harness assembly from the rear interlock switch assembly, Figure Replacement
4. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Install the interlock harness assembly to the rear interlock switch assembly as shown in
Figure 5.
Rear interlock switch assembly Interlock harness assembly
Figure 4 Interlock harness assembly removal
Figure 5 Interlock harness assembly installation

REP 15.5 Feed Roll Assembly B405 5. Remove the feed roll assembly from the bottom of the printer by releasing the hook, Fig-
ure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Front
4. Place the printer right side up.
Feed roll assembly
Replacement

REP 15.6 Feed Roll Assembly B400 5. Remove the feed roll assembly from the bottom of the printer by releasing the hook, Fig-
ure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the Front
4. Place the printer right side up.
Feed roll assembly
Replacement

REP 15.7 Feeder Assembly B405 19. Remove the feeder assembly, Figure 1.

Feeder assembly
Removal
Feed gear Feed shaft assembly

WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the One-way feed clutch Nudger bearing
4. Remove the rear cover assembly, REP 19.13. feeder assembly
11. Remove the option tray assembly, PL 9.2 Item 1. Nudger bearing
15. Remove the registration transport assembly, REP 15.1.
16. Remove the feed roll assembly, REP 15.5.
17. Turn the registration transport assembly upside down, remove the E-ring that fixes the
tray feed clutch, then remove the tray feed clutch and nudger bearing, Figure 1.
18. Remove the feed gear, one-way feed clutch, feed shaft assembly and nudger bearing, Tray feed clutch
Figure 1.
Figure 1 Feeder assembly removal

Replacement REP 15.8 Feeder Assembly B400
2. When installing the feeder assembly, ensure that the no paper tray actuator, is positioned
as shown in Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
No paper tray actuator cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
4. Remove the drum Cartridge. REP 8.2.
18. Remove the feed roll assembly, REP 15.6.
19. Turn the registration transport assembly upside down, remove the E-ring that fixes the
tray feed clutch. Remove the tray feed clutch and nudger bearing, Figure 1
Figure 2 Feeder assembly installation

20. Remove the feed gear, one-way feed clutch, feed shaft assembly, and nudger bearing, Replacement
Figure 1. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
21. Remove the feeder assembly, Figure 1.
2. When installing the feeder assembly, ensure that the no paper tray actuator, is positioned
as shown in Figure 2.
Feeder assembly
Feed shaft assembly

Feed gear No paper tray actuator
One-way feed clutch Nudger bearing
feeder assembly
Nudger bearing
Figure 2 Feeder assembly installation

Tray feed clutch
Figure 1 Feeder assembly removal

REP 15.9 Rubber Roll Assembly, Registration Clutch B405 3. Remove the registration spring and MSI feed bearing. Remove the MSI feed shaft and
MSI lifter lever, Figure 2.
Removal Registration spring
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the MSI feed bearing
2. Remove the pick up flange, then remove the pickup holder assembly, Figure 1.
MSI lifter lever
Front MSI feed shaft
Figure 2 MSI spring, feed bearing, lifter lever and feed shaft removal

Pick up flange
Front
Figure 1 Pickup holder assembly removal

4. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the registration in chute by 7. Remove the E-ring, then remove the rubber roll assembly, Figure 4.
opening the both side frames, Figure 3.
NOTE: Retain the registration bearing cartridge.
Rubber roll assembly
Registration in chute
Registration bearing cartridge
Registration clutch
Registration
earth bearing
Front
Right registration bearing
Front Figure 4 Registration clutch and rubber roll assembly removal
Figure 3 Registration in chute removal
5. Remove the E-ring, then remove the registration clutch, Figure 4.

6. Remove the right registration bearing and the registration earth bearing, by rotating clock-
wise, Figure 4.

Replacement REP 15.10 Rubber Roll Assembly, Registration Clutch
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. B400
2. When installing the registration clutch, fit the tab with the stopper of the registration trans-
port assembly, then route the harness of the registration clutch into the hooks, Figure 5.
Removal
Tab
WARNING
2. Remove the pick up flange, then remove the pickup holder assembly, Figure 1.
Hook
Harness
Figure 5 Registration clutch installation

Pick up flange
Front
Figure 1 Pickup holder assembly removal

3. Remove the registration spring and MSI feed bearing. Remove the MSI feed shaft and 4. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the registration in chute, by
MSI lifter lever, Figure 2. opening the both side frames, Figure 3.
NOTE: Retain the registration bearing cartridge.

Registration spring
Registration in chute
MSI feed bearing Registration bearing cartridge
MSI lifter lever
Front
MSI feed shaft
Figure 2 MSI spring, feed bearing, lifter lever and feed shaft removal
Front
Figure 3 Registration in chute removal
5. Remove the E-ring, then remove the registration clutch, Figure 4.

6. Remove the right registration bearing and the registration earth bearing, by rotating clock- Replacement
wise, Figure 4. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
7. Remove the E-ring, then remove the rubber roll assembly, Figure 4.
2. When installing the registration clutch, fit the tab with the stopper of the registration trans-
port assembly, then route the harness of the registration clutch into the hooks, Figure 5.
Rubber roll assembly Tab
Registration clutch
Registration
earth bearing
Hook
Front Harness
Right registration bearing
Figure 4 Registration clutch and rubber roll assembly removal

Figure 5 Registration clutch installation

REP 17.1 Exit Roll Assembly B405 9. Release the hook that fixes the exit bearing, then remove the exit roll assembly, Figure 1.

Removal Exit bearing
WARNING
customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can Exit roll assembly
2. Pull out the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9. Exit gear
7. Remove the exit chute assembly, REP 17.5. Exit bearing
8. Turn the exit chute assembly upside down, release the hook, then remove the exit gear,
Figure 1.
Figure 1 Exit roll assembly removal
Replacement

REP 17.2 Exit Roll Assembly, Exit Chute Assembly B400 11. Remove the exit gear. Release the hook that fixes the exit bearing, then remove the exit
bearing and the exit roll assembly, Figure 1.
Removal Exit gear
WARNING
1. Remove the fuser, REP 7.2. Exit bearing
Exit roll assembly
5. Remove the rear cover assembly, REP 19.14. Exit bearing
6. Remove the UI console assembly, REP 1.3. Left cover
7. Remove the exit top cover assembly, REP 19.10. Exit chute assembly
8. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that fix the exit chute assembly to the printer. Lift
the exit chute assembly in the arrowed direction, then disconnect P/J272 from the photo
sensor, Figure 1.
9. Bend the left cover release the two bosses of the exit chute assembly from the printer,
then lift the exit chute assembly in the arrowed direction, Figure 1. P/J271
10. Disconnect PJ271 from the exit sensor, then remove the exit chute assembly, Figure 1.
Exit chute assembly P/J272
Front
Figure 1 Exit chute assembly and exit roll assembly removal

Replacement REP 17.3 Left and Right Pinch Assembly B405
2. When installing the exit chute assembly, ensure the end of the sensor earth spring is in
contact with the plate on the frame, Figure 2.
Removal
Exit chute assembly WARNING

9. Remove the UI access door, console assembly, ICCR cover, UI top cover, IIT top cover
and IIT left cover, REP 1.1.
Sensor earth spring Front 10. Remove the UI harness assembly, UI speaker, UI bottom frame, REP 1.2.
Figure 2 Exit chute assembly installation 13. Remove the exit top cover assembly, REP 19.9.

REP 17.4 Left and Right Pinch Assembly B400
CAUTION Parts List on PL 17.1
Applying excessive force to the hooks may cause breakage.
Removal
14. Release the hooks, then remove the left and right pinch assemblies, Figure 1.
WARNING
Right pinch assembly Left pinch assembly cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Figure 1 Left and right pinch assembly removal
Replacement

REP 17.5 Exit Chute Assembly B405
CAUTION Parts List on PL 17.1
Applying excessive force to the hooks may cause breakage.
Removal
8. Release the hooks, then remove the left and right pinch assemblies, Figure 1.
WARNING
Right pinch assembly Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the
Left pinch assembly cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
Front 9. Remove the UI access door, console assembly, ICCR cover, UI top cover, IIT top cover
and IIT left cover, REP 1.1.
10. Remove the UI harness assembly, UI speaker, UI bottom frame, REP 1.2.
Figure 1 Left and right pinch assembly removal
Replacement

13. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that fix the exit chute assembly to the printer. Lift 16. Remove the exit gear. Release the hook that fixes the exit bearing, then remove the exit
the exit chute assembly in the arrowed direction, then disconnect P/J272 from the full bearing and the exit roll assembly, Figure 2.
stack sensor, Figure 1.
Exit gear
P/J272 Exit chute assembly
Exit bearing
Exit roll assembly
Left cover
Exit bearing
Exit chute assembly
P/J271
Exit chute assembly
P/J272
Front
Figure 1 Full stack sensor disconnect Front
14. Bend the left cover, release the two bosses of the exit chute assembly from the printer,
then lift the exit chute assembly in the arrowed direction, Figure 2.
15. Disconnect P/J271 from the exit sensor, then remove the exit chute assembly, Figure 2.
Figure 2 Exit chute assembly removal

Replacement
2. When installing the exit chute assembly, ensure the end of the sensor earth spring is in
contact with the plate on the frame, Figure 3.
Sensor earth spring

Exit chute assembly
Front
Figure 3 Exit chute assembly installation

REP 18.1 ESS PWB Assembly B405 6. Remove the WIFI cap cover, REP 19.19.
8. Remove seven screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the lower ESS window plate with
Removal WIFI release lever, Figure 2.
WARNING
ESS top plate

WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION
CAUTION Lower ESS window plate

When installing a new ESS PWB and a new MCU PWB at the same time, first install the new
ESS PWB, switch off, then switch on the machine. If the new ESS PWB installation is success-
ful, switch off the machine, then install the new MCU PWB.
Figure 2 ESS top and lower plate removal
CAUTION 10. Remove the fax clamp fixing the fax harness assembly, Figure 3.
If a new ESS PWB is to be installed, ensure the EMMC card is removed from the old ESS
PWB, then installed onto the new ESS PWB.
CAUTION
When installing a new ESS PWB, address book data will be lost. Prior to removal, backup the
address book as detailed in the System Administrator’s Guide.

11. Disconnect P/J432 from the ESS PWB and P/J1350 from the Fax PWB, then remove the 13. Remove three screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the fax plate, Figure 4.
fax harness, Figure 3.
Fax plate
Fax PWB
Fax clamp
Figure 4 Fax PWB and plate removal
14. Disconnect, P/J1352, P/J631 and P/J632, then remove the harnesses from the HDD
bracket, Figure 5.
Fax harness 15. Disconnect P/J302 and P/J310, then remove the option HDD, Figure 5.
Figure 3 Fax harness removal
12. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the fax PWB, Figure 4.

16. Remove one screw (silver, M3, 6mm), then release the two bosses to remove the HDD
bracket, Figure 5.
CAUTION
When handling the ESS PWB, ensure that only the marked areas at the top and bottom of the
PWB are touched.
19. Remove seven screws (silver with spring washer and plain washer, M3, 6mm) and two
screws (silver, M3, 4mm), then remove the ESS PWB, Figure 6.
P/J1352
P/J302 Earth wire P/J453

P/J451
P/J454 P/J452
P/J310
P/J631
P/J411
P/J632
P/J430
P/J1422
P/J1421
HDD bracket
Option HDD
Figure 5 HDD and HDD bracket removal

ESS PWB
17. Disconnect all connectors from the ESS PWB, Figure 6.
18. Remove one screw (silver, M3, 6mm) fixing the earth wire, Figure 6.
Figure 6 ESS PWB removal

Replacement REP 18.2 ESS PWB Assembly B400
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 18.1A
2. If a new ESS PWB is to be installed, remove the EMMC card from the old ESS PWB, then
install it onto the new ESS PWB, Figure 7.
Removal
WARNING
EMMC card customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol

Old ESS
CAUTION
New ESS
CAUTION
When installing a new ESS PWB and a new MCU PWB at the same time, first install the new
ESS PWB, switch off, then switch on the machine. If the new ESS PWB installation is success-
Figure 7 EMMC card ful, switch off the machine, then install the new MCU PWB.
3. When installing the ESS PWB, ensure the harness is connected properly to the power
connector P/J441 before powering on the printer. CAUTION
If a new ESS PWB is to be installed, ensure the EMMC card is removed from the old ESS
PWB, then installed onto the new ESS PWB.
CAUTION
When installing a new ESS PWB, address book data will be lost. Prior to removal, backup the
address book as detailed in the System Administrator’s Guide.

6. Remove the exit top cover assembly, REP 19.10. 15. Remove one screw (silver, M3, 6mm), then release the two bosses to remove the HDD
7. Remove the WIFI cap cover, REP 19.20. bracket, Figure 3.
ESS top plate
HDD bracket
Option HDD
Front
Figure 3 HDD and HDD bracket removal
16. Disconnect all connectors from the ESS PWB, Figure 4.
Lower ESS window plate
13. Disconnect P/J631, then remove the harness from the HDD bracket, Figure 3.
14. Disconnect P/J302 and P/J310, then remove the option HDD, Figure 3.

Replacement
CAUTION 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
When handling the ESS PWB, ensure that only the marked areas at the top and bottom of the 2. If a new ESS PWB is to be installed, remove the EMMC card from the old ESS PWB, then
PWB are touched. install it onto the new ESS PWB, Figure 5.
17. Remove eight screws (silver with spring washer and plain washer, M3, 6mm) and three
screws (silver, M3, 4mm), then remove the ESS PWB, Figure 4.
EMMC card
P/J1362
P/J302
P/J310
P/J631
P/J441
P/J1422
P/J1421
Old ESS PWB
Front
New ESS PWB
ESS PWB
Figure 5 EMMC card
Figure 4 ESS PWB removal 3. When installing the ESS PWB, ensure the harness is connected properly to the power
connector P/J441 before powering on the printer.

REP 18.3 MCU PWB Assembly B405 7. Remove four screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the MCU PWB, Figure 2.

MCU cover
Removal
WARNING
P/J23 P/J22 P/J24 P/J25
P/J27
WARNING P/J20
P/J10
P/J15 P/J19
P/J14
P/J18
P/J17 P/J21
P/J16 P/J12 P/J26 P/J11
Figure 1 ESD symbol
MCU PWB
CAUTION
Figure 2 MCU PWB removal

CAUTION
When installing a new MCU PWB and a new ESS PWB at the same time, first install the new
MCU PWB, switch off, then switch on the machine. If the new MCU PWB installation is suc-
cessful, switch off the machine, then install the new ESS PWB.
CAUTION
If a new MCU PWB is to be installed, ensure the U105 ROM chip is removed from the old MCU
PWB, then installed onto the new MCU PWB.
5. Remove the MCU cover, by releasing the hooks, Figure 2.
6. Disconnect all connectors from the MCU PWB, Figure 2.

Replacement 2. If a new MCU PWB is to be installed, remove the U105 ROM chip from the old MCU
PWB, then install it onto the new MCU PWB, Figure 4.
CAUTION
Do not confuse connectors with same number of pins. The PJ12 connectors are white. The
PJ15 connectors are black, Figure 3.
PJ15 (Black)
PJ12 (White)
Figure 4 U105 ROM chip installation
Figure 3 MCU PWB installation

REP 18.4 MCU PWB Assembly B400 7. Remove four screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the MCU PWB, Figure 2.

Removal P23
P10 P27 P22
P24
P13 P25
P20
P15 P19
WARNING P16
MCU cover P17 P12 P26
P11 P21
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. P14
P18
WARNING
MCU PWB
Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION
CAUTION
When installing a new MCU PWB and a new ESS PWB at the same time, first install the new
MCU PWB, switch off, then switch on the machine. If the new MCU PWB installation is suc-
cessful, switch off the machine, then install the new ESS PWB.
Figure 2 MCU PWB removal
CAUTION Replacement
If a new MCU PWB is to be installed, ensure the U105 ROM chip is removed from the old MCU
PWB, then installed onto the new MCU PWB.
CAUTION
Do not confuse connectors with same number of pins. The PJ15 connectors are white. The
2. Pull out the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9. PJ15 connectors are black, Figure 3.
3. Remove the front cover assembly, REP 19.2. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
5. Remove the MCU cover, by releasing the hooks, Figure 2.
6. Disconnect all connectors from the MCU PWB, Figure 2.

REP 18.5 HVPS B405
Removal
WARNING
PJ15 (Black)
PJ12 (White) WARNING

Figure 3 MCU PWB Installation
2. If a new MCU PWB is to be installed, remove the U105 ROM chip from the old MCU
PWB, then install it onto the new MCU PWB, Figure 4. Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION
Figure 4 U105 ROM chip installation

6. Disconnect P/J261 from the HVPS. Remove seven screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix Replacement
the HVPS. Release two bosses on the frame from the holes on the HVPS, then remove 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
the HVPS, Figure 2.
2. When installing the HVPS, ensure that the ends of the three conductive springs provided
on the frame are in contact with the terminals on the board, and that the two sensors on
the HVPS are correctly aligned with the registration shutter sensor, Figure 3.
P/J261
HVPS
Figure 2 HVPS removal

HVPS
Figure 3 HVPS installation

REP 18.6 HVPS B400 8. Disconnect P/J261 from the HVPS. Remove seven screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix
the HVPS. Release two bosses on the frame from the holes on the HVPS, then remove
Parts List on PL 18.2 the HVPS, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION P/J261
2. Pull out the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9. HVPS
3. Remove the front cover assembly, REP 19.2. Figure 2 HVPS removal

Replacement REP 18.7 LVPS PWB B405
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 18.1B
2. When installing the HVPS, ensure that the ends of the three conductive springs provided
on the frame are in contact with the terminals on the board, and that the two sensor on the
Removal
HVPS is correctly aligned with the registration shutter sensor, Figure 3.
WARNING
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION
Figure 3 HVPS installation
8. Disconnect all connectors from the LVPS PWB, Figure 2.

9. Remove eight screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that fix the LVPS PWB, then remove the LVPS REP 18.8 LVPS PWB B400
PWB, Figure 2.
P/J211 P/J231
Removal
P/J220
P/J230
P/J241 P/J210
WARNING
P/J213
P/J240 Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the
P/J212 customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can
P/J201
WARNING
P/J200 Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
Figure 1 ESD symbol
CAUTION
LVPS PWB 2. Pull out the MSI tray assembly, PL 13.2 Item 9.
Figure 2 LVPS PWB removal 6. Remove the exit top cover assembly, REP 19.10.
Replacement 8. Remove the ESS window cover assembly, REP 19.4.
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 9. Remove the front/left UI cover assembly, REP 1.4.
11. Disconnect all connectors from the LVPS PWB, Figure 2.

12. Remove nine screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that fix the LVPS PWB and two screws (silver, REP 18.9 Front USB Harness B405
tapping, 8mm) that fix the front interlock switch assembly. Remove the LVPS PWB, Fig-
ure 2. Parts List on PL 18.1B
Removal
P/J230 P/J240
P/J211 P/J212 P/J260
WARNING
P/J213 Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 10. Disconnect the power cord from the
P/J210
P/J220
WARNING
P/J201
P/J200
Front interlock switch assembly 8. Remove seven screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the lower ESS window plate with
LVPS PWB
Figure 2 LVPS PWB removal
Replacement

9. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the ESS top plate, Figure 1. 11. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the front USB harness, Figure 2.
ESS top plate
Front USB harness
Lower ESS window plate
Figure 1 ESS top and lower plate removal Figure 2 Front USB harness removal
10. Disconnect P/J631 from the ESS PWB, Figure 2. Replacement


REP 18.10 Front USB Harness B400 12. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the ESS top plate, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING ESS top plate

WARNING
Front
WIFI release lever, Figure 1. Lower ESS window plate
13. Disconnect P/J631 from the ESS PWB, Figure 2.

14. Remove two screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then remove the front USB harness, Figure 2. REP 18.11 Inlet Harness Assembly B405
Removal
WARNING
Front USB harness
WARNING
Front Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
Figure 2 Front USB harness removal
Replacement

9. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm), one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm), one screw 10. Remove one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the earth wire. Disconnect P/J200 from
(sliver, M4, 8mm) and one screw (silver, tapping, 10mm), that fix the ESS housing. the LVPS PWB, then remove the inlet harness assembly, Figure 2.
Release the two tabs from the frame, then remove the ESS housing from the printer, Fig-
ure 1.
ESS housing
Figure 2 Inlet harness assembly removal
Replacement
CAUTION
When installing a wiring harness, ensure the new harness follows same routing as the old har-
ness. Check that the harness is properly seated in the harness guides, ensure the harness is
not trapped when the cover is closed and that no unnecessary slack is present. Ensure that the
harness does not contact moving parts.

REP 18.12 Inlet Harness Assembly B400 12. Remove six screws (silver, M3, 6mm), one screw (silver, tapping, M4, 10mm), that fix the
ESS housing. Release the two tabs from the frame, then remove the ESS housing from
Parts List on PL 18.3A the printer, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
ESS housing

13. Remove one screw (silver, M4, 5mm) that fixes the earth wire. Disconnect PJ200 from the REP 18.13 Front Interlock Switch Assembly B405
LVPS PWB. Release both sides of the hook of the power switch, then remove the inlet
harness assembly, Figure 2. Parts List on PL 18.1B
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Front
Figure 2 Inlet harness assembly removal
Replacement
CAUTION
When installing a wiring harness, ensure the new harness follows same routing as the old har-
ness. Check that the harness is properly seated in the harness guides, ensure the harness is
not trapped when the cover is closed and that no unnecessary slack is present. Ensure that the
harness does not contact moving parts.

9. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the front interlock switch assem- REP 18.14 Front Interlock Switch Assembly B400
bly, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Front interlock switch assembly
WARNING
Figure 1 Front interlock switch assembly removal
Replacement

12. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the front interlock switch assem- REP 18.15 Hard Disk Drive (HDD)
bly, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
Front interlock switch assembly
CAUTION
Xerox does not recommend removal of the hard disk unless it is defective or the device is
being returned to Xerox. If the hard disk is thought to be defective, before removal, first create
a clone file of the hard disk data, GP 13. Once the hard disk is removed a factory initialization
from the special boot menu will be required, GP 25.
1. Remove the ESS window cover assembly, REP 19.4 (B400) or REP 19.3 (B405).
2. Disconnect P/J302 and P/J310, then remove the option HDD, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Front interlock switch assembly removal
Replacement
Figure 1 HDD removal

Replacement
1. If no drive is to be installed: perform 02. FACTORY INIT MODE, GP 25 Special Boot
Modes.
2. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
3. If a new hard drive is installed: perform 02. FACTORY INIT MODE, GP 25 Special Boot
Modes, then install the clone file saved at the start of this procedure.

REP 19.1 Front Cover Assembly B405 5. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the front cover to the top front cover,
then remove the front cover, by releasing the two bosses, Figure 2.
Removal
Front cover
WARNING
3. Open the front cover assembly. Release the hooks on the right and left front links, Figure
1.
4. Remove the front cover assembly by flexing it to release one of the bosses from the hole,
Figure 1.
Left front link
Top front cover
Figure 2 Front cover removal
Replacement
Right front link The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Front cover assembly
Figure 1 Front cover assembly removal

REP 19.2 Front Cover Assembly B400 5. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the front cover to the top front cover,
then remove the front cover, by releasing the two bosses, Figure 2.
Removal
Top front cover

WARNING
3. Open the front cover assembly. Release the hooks on the right and left front links, Figure
1.
4. Remove the front cover assembly by flexing it to release one of the bosses from the hole,
Figure 1.
Front cover assembly
Front cover
Figure 2 Front cover removal
Replacement
Front
Figure 1 Front cover assembly removal

REP 19.3 ESS Window Cover Assembly B405 REP 19.4 ESS Window Cover Assembly B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Loosen the thumb screw that fixes the ESS window cover assembly, then remove the 1. Loosen the thumb screw that fixes the ESS window cover assembly, then remove the
ESS window cover assembly from the printer, Figure 1. ESS window cover assembly from the printer, Figure 1.
Front
ESS window cover assembly

ESS window cover assembly
Figure 1 ESS window cover assembly removal Figure 1 ESS window cover assembly removal

REP 19.5 Cover Extension B405 2. Remove the second cover extension from the from the cover extension by flexing the sec-
ond cover extension to release one of the bosses from the hole, Figure 2.
Removal Cover extension
WARNING
1. Remove the cover extension assembly by flexing it to release one of the bosses from the
hole, Figure 1.
Second cover extension
Figure 2 Second cover extension removal
Replacement
Cover extension assembly
Figure 1 Cover extension assembly removal

REP 19.6 Cover Extension B400 2. Remove the second cover extension from the from the cover extension by flexing the sec-
ond cover extension to release one of the bosses from the hole, Figure 2.
Removal Cover extension
WARNING
1. Remove the cover extension assembly by flexing it to release one of the bosses from the
hole, Figure 1.
Cover extension assembly
Second cover extension
Figure 2 Second cover extension removal
Replacement
Front
Figure 1 Cover extension assembly removal

REP 19.7 Right Cover B405 6. Remove three screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fix the right cover. Release four holes
from the bosses on the frame. Release two hooks, then remove the right cover, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
5. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the scanner outer right cover.
Release one hook, then remove the scanner outer right cover, Figure 1.
Right cover
Figure 2 Right cover assembly removal
Replacement
Scanner outer right cover
Figure 1 Scanner outer right cover removal

REP 19.8 Right Cover B400 8. Release four holes on the right cover from the bosses on the printer. Release two hooks,
then remove the right cover, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
7. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that fixes the right cover, Figure 1. Front
Right cover
Figure 1 Right cover removal
Replacement

REP 19.9 Exit Top Cover Assembly B405 7. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the exit top cover assembly, Fig-
ure 2.
Removal
WARNING
6. Release the hooks that fix the scanner inner right cover, then slide it out of the printer,
Figure 1.
Exit top cover assembly

Scanner inner right cover
Figure 2 Exit top cover assembly removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Scanner inner right cover removal

REP 19.10 Exit Top Cover Assembly B400 Replacement
Parts List on PL 19.1A The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removal
WARNING
7. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the exit top cover assembly, Fig-
ure 1.
Exit top cover assembly
Front
Figure 1 Exit top cover assembly removal

REP 19.11 Left Cover B405 8. Remove five screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), (silver, M4, 6mm) that fix the left cover, Figure
2.
Parts List on PL 19.2B 9. Disconnect PJ241 from the LVPS PWB, then release the harness clamp from the printer,
Removal Figure 2.
WARNING
7. Release eleven hooks, then remove the scanner left cover, Figure 1.
Left cover
Figure 2 Left cover removal
Replacement
Scanner left cover
Figure 1 Scanner left cover removal

REP 19.12 Left Cover B400 11. Disconnect PJ241 from the LVPS PWB, then release the harness clamp from the printer,
Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
10. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) and one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fix the
left cover. Release four holes from the bosses on the frame. Release two hooks, then
remove the left cover, Figure 1.
Front
Left cover
Figure 1 Left cover removal
Replacement

REP 19.13 Rear Cover Assembly B405 5. Release the hook on the rear cover assembly. Release one of the bosses from the hole
on the printer, remove the DTS out earth spring, then remove the rear cover assembly,
Parts List on PL 19.2B Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
1. Open the rear cover, PL 19.2B Item 10.
2. Release three hooks that fix the connector cover, then remove the connector cover, Fig-
ure 1.
3. Disconnect PJ2401 from the rear cover assembly, Figure 1.
4. Remove the stopper that fixes the rear cover assembly, by rotating the stopper in the
arrowed direction, Figure 1. P/J2401
Rear cover assembly
Figure 1 Rear cover assembly removal

Replacement REP 19.14 Rear Cover Assembly B400
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 19.2A
2. When installing the rear cover assembly, ensure that DTS out earth spring is set in the
hook of the printer, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
1. Open the rear cover, PL 19.2A Item 10.
2. Release three hooks that fix the connector cover, then remove the connector cover, Fig-
ure 1.
3. Disconnect P/J2401 from the rear cover assembly, Figure 1.
4. Remove the stopper that fixes the rear cover assembly, by rotating the stopper in the
arrowed direction, Figure 1.
Out earth spring
Front
Rear cover assembly
Figure 2 Rear cover assembly installation

5. Release the hook on the rear cover assembly by releasing one of the bosses from the Replacement
hole on the printer. Remove the DTS out earth spring, while removing the rear cover 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
assembly, Figure 1.
2. When installing the rear cover assembly, ensure that DTS out earth spring is set in the
hook of the printer, Figure 2.
Front
P/J2401
Front
Rear cover assembly
Figure 2 Rear cover assembly installation

Rear cover assembly
Figure 1 Rear cover assembly removal

REP 19.15 Rear Fan B405 5. Release the two hooks that fix the duplex out chute. Release the four bosses from the
holes, then remove the duplex out chute, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the transfer roll assembly, REP 6.1.
3. Remove the duplex chute assembly, REP 14.1.
4. Release two hooks, then remove the harness guide, Figure 1.
Duplex out chute
Figure 1 Duplex out chute removal

6. Release the rear latch in the arrowed direction to release the two hooks, then remove the 7. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 22mm) that fix the rear fan. Release the harness
rear latch, Figure 2. from the harness guide, then remove the rear fan, Figure 3.
Rear latch
Rear fan
Figure 2 Rear latch removal

Figure 3 Rear fan removal
Replacement

REP 19.16 Rear Fan B400
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the transfer roll assembly, REP 6.2.
3. Remove the duplex chute assembly, REP 14.2. Duplex out chute
4. Release two hooks, then remove the harness guide, Figure 1.
5. Release the two hooks that fix the duplex out chute. Release the four bosses from the
holes, then remove the duplex out chute, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Duplex out chute removal

6. Release the rear latch in the arrowed direction to release the two hooks, then remove the 7. Remove two screws (silver, tapping, 22mm) that fix the rear fan. Release the harness
rear latch, Figure 2. from the harness guide, then remove the rear fan, Figure 3.
Rear latch
Rear fan
Figure 2 Rear latch removal

Figure 3 Rear fan removal
Replacement

REP 19.17 Rear Under Cover B405
Removal
WARNING
Boss
8. Release two holes on the rear under cover from the bosses on the printer, Figure 1.
9. Remove the rear under cover by sliding it to the left to disengage three hooks, Figure 1.
Boss
rear under cover
Hook
Figure 1 Rear under cover removal
Replacement

REP 19.18 Rear Under Cover B400
Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the front cover assembly, REP 19.2. Boss
7. Remove the Right Cover, REP 19.8.
9. Remove the ESS window cover assembly, REP 19.4. Front
11. Remove the left cover, REP 19.12. Boss
12. Release two holes on the rear under cover from the bosses on the printer, Figure 1. rear under cover
13. Remove the rear under cover by sliding it to the left to disengage three hooks, Figure 1.
Hook
Figure 1 Rear under cover removal
Replacement

REP 19.19 WiFi Cap Cover B405 REP 19.20 WiFi Cap Cover B400
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Push the lever and remove the WiFi cap cover, Figure 1. 1. Push the lever and remove the WiFi cap cover, Figure 1.
Front
WiFi cap cover WiFi cap cover
Figure 1 WiFi cap cover removal

Figure 1 WiFi cap cover removal
Replacement
Replacement

REP 21.1 Scanner Assembly B405 10. Release the hooks that fix the scanner inner right cover, then slide it out of the printer,
Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
8. Remove the UI access door, UI console assembly, ICCR cover, UI top cover, IIT front top
cover, IIT left cover, REP 1.1.
9. Remove the UI harness assembly, UI speaker, UI bottom, REP 1.2.
Scanner inner
right cover
Figure 1 IIT in right cover removal
12. Disconnect, PJ451, PJ452, PJ453 and PJ454 from the ESS PWB. Release the ribbon
cable from the hole on the frame and from the harness guide, Figure 2.
NOTE: When removing the ribbon cable, remove the adhesive surface of the double-
sided tape from the metal plate.

13. Remove one screw (silver, M3, 6mm) that fixes the grounding wire, and then remove the 14. Remove the screw (silver, hexagon head with flange, M4, 8mm), two screws (silver, tap-
grounding wire, Figure 2. ping, 10mm), two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) on the left, and the three screws (silver,
tapping, 10mm) on the right that fix the scanner assembly. Release four bosses on the
scanner assembly from the holes, then remove the scanner assembly, Figure 3.
P/J454
P/J451
P/J453
P/J452 Scanner assembly
ESS top plate
Figure 2 Scanner assembly disconnect
Figure 3 Scanner assembly removal

15. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) from the harness clamps, then pull the harness REP 21.2 Left/Right Hinge Assembly B405
out of the hole in the scanner assembly, Figure 4.
16. Release the latch of the right hinge assembly, then separate the DADF assembly from the
IIT assembly, Figure 4. Removal
DADF assembly
WARNING
8. Remove the UI access door, UI console assembly, ICCR cover, UI top cover, IIT front top
cover, IIT left cover, REP 1.1.
9. Remove the UI harness assembly, UI speaker, UI bottom, REP 1.2.
11. Turn the DADF assembly upside down.
IIT assembly
Figure 4 DADF, IIT assembly separation
Replacement

12. As necessary, remove five screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the relevant hinge REP 21.3 Separation Pad B405
assembly, Figure 1.
Left hinge assembly Removal
WARNING
Right hinge assembly
1. Open the DADF top cover, PL 21.1 Item 2.
2. Release two hooks, then remove the separation pad, Figure 1.
Separation pad
Figure 1 Hinge assembly removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Separation pad removal
Replacement

REP 21.4 DADF Roller Assembly B405 Replacement
2. Set the boss of the DADF roller assembly into the hole of the DADF top cover, Figure 2.
Removal
3. Position the two guides on the DADF roller assembly, Figure 2.
WARNING
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Guide
2. Release two lock levers, then remove the DADF roller assembly, Figure 1.
Guide Guide
Guide
DADF roller assembly
Figure 2 DADF feed roller assembly installation
Figure 1 DADF feed roller assembly removal

REP 21.5 DADF Top Cover B405 Replacement
2. When installing the DADF top cover, ensure the DADF top cover is positioned under the
Removal two black tabs, Figure 2.
WARNING
2. Release the cover from the front stud, then remove the DADF top cover, Figure 1.
Figure 2 DADF top cover installation

DADF top cover
Figure 1 DADF top cover removal

REP 21.6 DADF Tray Assembly B405 3. Open the DADF top cover and DADF tray assembly, then remove the DADF rear cover,
Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING DADF tray assembly

2. Remove four screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), from the DADF assembly, Figure 1.
DADF top cover
Figure 2 DADF rear cover removal
Figure 1 DADF rear cover screw removal

4. Disconnect CON 12, then remove the DADF tray assembly, Figure 3. REP 21.7 Scanner Front Bottom Cover B405
DADF tray assembly
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove one screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), then remove the scanner front bottom cover,
Figure 1.
CON 12
Figure 3 DADF tray assembly removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Scanner front bottom cover removal
Replacement

ADJ 1.1 Transfer Adjustment ADJ 1.2 Fuser Adjustment
Purpose Purpose
To adjust the transfer amount. This may decrease the severity of white spots or a mottled The Fuser uses heat and pressure to bond the toner image to the paper. For optimal print qual-
appearance on prints. This adjustment can be performed for each supported paper type. ity, the printer automatically adjusts the temperature of the Fuser when you change the paper
type. Because of differences in paper construction and thickness, the adjustment made by the
NOTE: This procedure adjusts print quality by creating lighter or darker prints. printer is not enough or is too much for all paper types. If the Fuser temperature is too low, the
toner will not properly bond to the paper. If the Fuser is too hot, the paper can curl.
NOTE: For information on resolving Image Quality problems, refer to IQ1.
Adjustment Adjustment
To adjust the transfer amount by editing NVM values: Fuser temperature adjustment for a particular paper type is accomplished by editing the NVM
values.
1. Identify the paper type for which you need to adjust the transfer amount.
2. Refer to dC131, NVM Read /Write for detailed instructions on accessing NVM values.
To adjust the Fuser temperature by editing NVM values:
3. Enter the Chain-Link code for the paper identified in step 1. Refer to Table 1 for the appro-
1. Identify the paper type for which you need to adjust the fuser temperature.
priate Chain-Link code.
2. Refer to dC131, NVM Read /Write for detailed instructions on accessing NVM values.
4. Adjust the value up or down as necessary within the range 1 to 16, with 6 as the default
3. Enter the Chain-Link code for the paper identified in step 1. Refer to Table 1 for the appro-
value.
priate Chain-Link code.
Table 1 Adjustments 4. Adjust the value up or down as necessary using one of the following settings:
-9, -6, -3, 0 (default), +3, +6, +9.
Media Name Chain-Link Default
The value of the setting raises (if positive) or lowers (if negative) the Fuser temperature
Plain 1 746-500 6
for the specified paper type. For example, entering +3 will raise the temperature by three
Plain 2 746-501 6 degrees celsius.
High-Quality 746-502 6
Heavyweight 1 746-503 6 Table 1 Adjustments
Heavyweight 2 746-504 6 Media Name Chain-Link Default
Heavyweight 3 746-505 6 Plain 1 744-050 0
Postcard 746-506 6 Plain 2 744-051 0
Envelope 746-507 6 High-Quality 744-052 0
Label 746-508 6 Heavyweight 1 744-053 0
Thin 746-510 6 Heavyweight 2 744-054 0
Heavyweight 3 744-055 0
Postcard 744-056 0
Envelope 744-057 0
Label 744-058 0
Thin 744-060 0

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 4-197 ADJ 1.1, ADJ 1.2
ADJ 1.3 Altitude Adjustment
Purpose
Print quality varies with barometric pressure. Since the barometric pressure decreases as the
altitude increases, altitude can affect the print quality. To optimize print quality for your location,
select an altitude setting to match the location by entering Service Mode and editing NVM
using a specific Chain-Link code.
Adjustment
1. Refer to dC131.
2. Enter the Chain-Link code 746-526.
3. Refer to Table 1 to set the NVM value corresponding to your altitude in meters. The
default setting is 0. Use only the NVM values listed in Table 1.
Table 1 Adjustments
Altitude NVM Value
0m 0 (default)
500 m 1
1000 m 2
1500 m 3
2000 m 4
2500 m 5
3000 m 6

ADJ 1.3 4-198 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
5 Parts Lists
PL 1 - User Interface PL 17 - Exit
PL 1.1A UI (1 of 2) - B400 ............................................................................................... 5-3 PL 17.1 Exit ..................................................................................................................... 5-28
PL 1.1B UI (1 of 2) - B405 ............................................................................................... 5-4
PL 1.2A UI (2 of 2) - B400 ............................................................................................... 5-5 PL 18 - Electrical
PL 1.2B UI (2 of 2) - B405 ............................................................................................... 5-6 PL 18.1A Electrical (1 of 3) - B400 .................................................................................. 5-29
PL 18.1B Electrical (1 of 3) - B405 .................................................................................. 5-30
PL 2 - Raster Output Scanner (ROS) PL 18.2 Electrical (2 of 3) ................................................................................................ 5-31
PL 2.1 ROS ..................................................................................................................... 5-7 PL 18.3A Electrical (3 of 3) - B400 .................................................................................. 5-32
PL 18.3B Electrical (3 of 3) - B405 .................................................................................. 5-33
PL 3 - Drive
PL 3.1 Drive .................................................................................................................... 5-8 PL 19 - Cover
PL 19.1A Cover (1 of 3) - B400 ....................................................................................... 5-34
PL 4 - Noise, Ozone, Heat and Dust (NOHAD) PL 19.1B Cover (1 of 3) - B405 ....................................................................................... 5-35
PL 4.1A NOHAD - B400.................................................................................................. 5-9 PL 19.2A Cover (2 of 3) - B400 ....................................................................................... 5-36
PL 4.1B NOHAD - B405.................................................................................................. 5-10 PL 19.2B Cover (2 of 3) - B405 ....................................................................................... 5-37
PL 5 - Dispenser PL 19.3A Cover (3 of 3) - B400 ....................................................................................... 5-38
PL 19.3B Cover (3 of 3) - B405 ....................................................................................... 5-39
PL 5.1 Dispenser............................................................................................................. 5-11
PL 6 - Transfer PL 21 - Scanner
PL 21.1 Scanner.............................................................................................................. 5-40
PL 6.1 Transfer ............................................................................................................... 5-12
PL 7 - Fusing
PL 7.1 Fuser.................................................................................................................... 5-13
PL 8 - Xerographics
PL 8.1 Xerographics........................................................................................................ 5-14
PL 9 - Tray 1
PL 9.2 Tray 1................................................................................................................... 5-15
PL 11 - Option Feeder
PL 11.1A Option Feeder (1 of 4) - B400 ......................................................................... 5-16
PL 11.1B Option Feeder (1 of 4) - B405 ......................................................................... 5-17
PL 11.2 Option Feeder (2 of 4) ....................................................................................... 5-18
PL 13 - MSI
PL 13.1 MSI (1 of 2) ........................................................................................................ 5-21
PL 13.2 MSI (2 of 2) ........................................................................................................ 5-22
PL 14 - Duplex
PL 14.1 Duplex................................................................................................................ 5-23
PL 15 - Registration
PL 15.1A Registration (1 of 3) - B400 ............................................................................. 5-24
PL 15.1B Registration (1 of 3) - B405 ............................................................................. 5-25
PL 15.2 Registration (2 of 3) ........................................................................................... 5-26
PL 15.3 Registration (3 of 3) ........................................................................................... 5-27
Launch Issue February 2017 Parts Lists

Parts Lists February 2017 Launch Issue
PL 1.1A UI (1 of 2) - B400
Item Part Description
1 952K38380 UI harness assembly B400 (REP
1.6)
2 – UI speaker B400 (Not Spared)
(REP 1.5)
3 822E32001 UI access door
4 948K14382 UI console assembly B400 (REP
1.3)

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 5-3 PL 1.1A
PL 1.1B UI (1 of 2) - B405
1 952K37240 UI harness assembly B405 (REP
1.2)
2 – UI speaker (Not Spared) (REP 1.2)
3 822E32001 UI access door (REP 1.1)
4 948K14382 UI console assembly (REP 1.1)

PL 1.1B 5-4 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
PL 1.2A UI (2 of 2) - B400
1 – UI top cover (Not Spared)
2 822E29410 UI left cover (REP 1.4)
3 – UI front cover (Not Spared) (REP
1.4)

PL 1.2B UI (2 of 2) - B405
1 822E31951 ICCR cover (REP 1.1)
2 – ICCR inner cover (Not Spared)
3 822E31941 UI top cover (REP 1.1)
4 – Bottom plate (P/O PL 1.2B Item 99)
5 – UI base bottom cover (P/O PL 1.2B
Item 99)
6 – ICCR USB harness (Not Spared)
7 – Not used
8 – Not used
9 – Not used
10 822E31980 Scanner front top cover (REP 1.1)
11 822E31992 Scanner front bottom cover (REP
21.7)
12 822E31971 Scanner left cover (REP 1.1)
99 607K03900 UI bottom frame kit (REP 1.2)

PL 2.1 ROS
1 062K24267 ROS assembly B400 (REP 2.2) /
B405 (REP 2.1)
2 – ROS-MCU harness (P/O PL 2.1
Item 1)
3 – Video harness (P/O PL 2.1 Item 1)
4 – ROS unit (P/O PL 2.1 Item 1)

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 5-7 PL 2.1
PL 3.1 Drive
1 007K18903 Main drive assembly B400 (REP
3.2) / B405 (REP 3.1)
2 007K18912 Exit out drive holder assembly
B400 (REP 3.4) / B405 (REP 3.3)
3 007K18931 Exit in drive S3 holder assembly
B400 (REP 3.6 ) / B405)(REP 3.5 )
4 019E83450 Duplex gear holder
5 604K80770 Duplex in gear B400 (REP 3.8) /
B405 (REP 3.7)
6 – T21 exit clutch assembly B400
(REP 3.6 ) / B405 (REP 3.5 ) (P/O
PL 3.1 Item 3)
7 – T24 inverter clutch assembly B400
(REP 3.4) / B405 (REP 3.3) (P/O
PL 3.1 Item 2)
8 – E3 Z gear (P/O PL 3.1 Item 2)
9 – E3 gear (P/O PL 3.1 Item 2)
10 – Exit out drive holder (P/O PL 3.1
Item 2)
11 – Exit in drive S3 holder (P/O PL 3.1
Item 3)

PL 3.1 5-8 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
PL 4.1A NOHAD - B400
1 127K66001 LVPS fan (Main fan assembly)
2 – Cable band (P/O PL 4.1A Item 1)
3 012E18133 Front right link (REP 4.2)
4 012E18143 Front left link (REP 4.4)
5 – Right link shaft (Not Spared) (REP
4.2)
6 – Left shaft Link (Not Spared) (REP
4.4)
7 012E18172 Connector link (REP 4.2)
8 – CRU interlock link
9 – Right xerographic stopper
assembly (Not Spared)
10 – Left xerographic stopper assembly
(Not Spared)
11 – CRU interlock spring (Not Spared)
12 – Foot (P/O PL 4.1A Item 97)
13 – LVPS fan (P/O PL 4.1A Item 1)
97 604K77650 Foot assembly

PL 4.1B NOHAD - B405
1 127K75190 LVPS fan (main fan assembly)
2 – Band cable (P/O PL 4.1B Item 1)
3 012E18133 Front right link (REP 4.1)
4 012E18143 Front left link (REP 4.3)
5 – Right link shaft (Not Spared) (REP
4.1)
6 – Left link shaft (Not Spared) (REP
4.3)
7 012E18172 Connector link (REP 4.1)
8 – CRU interlock link (Not Spared)
9 – Right xero stopper assembly (Not
Spared)
10 – Left xero stopper assembly (Not
Spared)
11 – CRU interlock spring (Not Spared)
12 – Foot (P/O PL 4.1B Item 97)
13 – LVPS fan harness assembly (Not
Spared)
14 – LVPS fan (P/O PL 4.1B Item 1)
97 604K77650 Foot assembly

PL 5.1 Dispenser
1 – CRUM housing assembly B400
(REP 5.2)/ B405 (REP 5.1) (P/O PL
5.1 Item 99)
2 – Toner CRUM connector assembly
(P/O PL 5.1 Item 1)
3 – Swing CRUM housing (P/O PL 5.1
Item 1)
4 – Swing CRUM spring (P/O PL 5.1
Item 99)
5 007K18413 Dispenser drive assembly B400
(REP 5.4) / B405 (REP 5.3)
6 – Drive dispenser housing (P/O PL
5.1 Item 5)
7 – Idler motor gear (P/O PL 5.1 Item 5)
8 – Output gear (P/O PL 5.1 Item 5)
9 127K52160 Dispenser motor B400 (REP 5.6)/
B405 (REP 5.5)
10 116K91041 Xerographic connector assembly
B400 (REP 5.8) / B405 (REP 5.7)
99 604K77290 CRUM assembly kit

PL 6.1 Transfer
1 859K00950 CRU transfer roll assembly B400
(REP 6.2) / B405 (REP 6.1)

PL 7.1 Fuser
1 126K36850 Fuser (220V) B400 (REP 7.2)/
B405 (REP 7.1)
– 126K36840 Fuser (110V) B400 (REP 7.2)/
B405 (REP 7.1)

PL 8.1 Xerographics
1 101R00554 Drum Cartridge B400 (REP 8.2)/
B405 (REP 8.1)
2 106R03580 Black standard capacity toner
cartridge - Versalink B400/B405
(NA/XE) (Not Spared)
– 106R03582 Black high capacity toner cartridge -
Versalink B400/B405 (NA/XE)
– 106R03583 Black high capacity toner cartridge -
Versalink B400/B405 (DMO)
– 106R03584 Black extra high capacity toner
(NA/XE)
– 106R03585 Black extra high capacity toner
(DMO)
– 106R03581 Black standard capacity toner
(DMO)
3 106R03586 Black metered toner cartridge -
Versalink B400/B405 (Not shown)

PL 9.2 Tray 1
1 050K71211 Tray 1
2 – Bottom Plate assembly (P/O PL 9.2
Item 1)
3 – Retard holder assembly B400 (REP
9.2) / B405 (REP 9.1) (P/O PL 9.2
Item 99)
4 – Feed roll assembly B400 (REP 9.4)
/ B405 (REP 9.3) (P/O PL 9.2 Item
3)
5 – Retard friction clutch (P/O PL 9.2
Item 3)
6 – Option tray retard shaft (P/O PL 9.2
Item 3)
7 – Option tray retard holder (P/O PL
9.2 Item 3)
8 – Right side guide assembly (P/O PL
9.2 Item 1)
9 – Left side guide assembly (P/O PL
9.2 Item 1)
10 – Pinion gear (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
11 – Bottom lock cover (P/O PL 9.2 Item
1)
12 – Bottom lock rack (P/O PL 9.2 Item
1)
13 – Bottom lock pinion gear (P/O PL
9.2 Item 1)
14 – Bottom lock lever gear (P/O PL 9.2
Item 1)
15 – Bottom lock lever (P/O PL 9.2 Item
1)
16 – Bottom lock gear (P/O PL 9.2 Item
1)
17 – Bottom lock spring (P/O PL 9.2
Item 1)
18 – Lock spring (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
19 – Left lock actuator (P/O PL 9.2 Item
1)
20 – Not used
21 – Upper bottom spring (P/O PL 9.2
Item 1)
22 – MSI retard spring holder (P/O PL
9.2 Item 1)
23 – Option tray retard spring (P/O PL
9.2 Item 1)
24 – Upper lift rack (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
25 – Base housing (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
26 – End extension lever (P/O PL 9.2
Item 1)
27 – End guide assembly (P/O PL 9.2
Item 1)
28 – End housing (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
29 – Not used
30 – Tray handle (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
31 – Pad (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
32 – Label (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
34 – Traceability label (P/O PL 9.2 Item
1)
36 – GD handle (P/O PL 9.2 Item 1)
37 – Roll retard assembly (with
instruction) (P/O PL 9.2 Item 99)
38 – End guide handle (P/O PL 9.2 Item
1)
39 848E93660 Dust cover
98 604K11192 Feed roller assembly kit (Kit
Contains 3 Feed Roller assembly
and Instruction)
99 604K78360 Option tray retard holder assembly
kit (Kit contains cassette retard
holder assembly and Instruction)

PL 11.1A Option Feeder (1 of 4) - B400
1 – Option feeder assembly (P/O PL
11.1A Item 99) (REP 11.2)
2 – Left side cover (P/O PL 11.1A Item
99) (REP 11.4)
3 – Not used
4 – Not used
5 960K67513 Option feeder PWB assembly (REP
11.6)
6 – Not used
7 007K18020 Option feeder drive assembly
8 005K83210 Option feeder clutch assembly
(REP 11.16)
9 – Not used
10 – Option feeder gear (P/O PL 11.1A
Item 7)
11 – Tray motor harness assembly (P/O
PL 11.1A Item 99)
12 – Not used
13 – Right side cover (P/O PL 11.1A
Item 99) (REP 11.8)
14 – Foot (P/O PL 11.1A Item 99)
15 050K71211 Option feeder tray assembly (REF:
PL 11.3)
16 – Top cover - LIP (P/O PL 11.1A Item
99)
17 – Rear cover (P/O PL 11.1A Item 99)
(REP 11.10)
18 – Feeder harness assembly 1 (P/O
PL 11.1A Item 99)
19 – Motor assembly (MOT - Motor) (P/
O PL 11.1A Item 7) (REP 11.12)
20 059K86170 Option feeder (REF: PL 11.2) (REP
11.14)
21 – Not used
22 – Not used
23 – Not used
24 – Not used
25 – Not used
26 – Lock screw (P/O PL 11.1A Item 99)
27 – Option tray stopper (P/O PL 11.1A
Item 99)
28 – Not used
29 – Not used
30 – Rear cover spring (P/O PL 11.1A
Item 99)
31 – Not used
32 – Not used
33 – C2 turn harness assembly (P/O PL
11.1A Item 99)
34 – Pin relocate bracket (P/O PL 11.1A
Item 99)
35 – Option feeder rear under cover (P/
O PL 11.1A Item 99)
99 059K82011 Option feeder assembly

PL 11.1A 5-16 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
PL 11.1B Option Feeder (1 of 4) - B405
1 – Option feeder assembly (P/O PL
11.1B Item 99) (REP 11.1)
2 – Option feeder left side cover (P/O
PL 11.1B Item 99) (REP 11.3)
3 – Not used
4 – Not used
5 960K67513 Option tray PWB assembly (REP
11.5)
6 – Not used
7 007K18020 Option feeder drive assembly
8 005K83210 Option feeder clutch assembly
(REP 11.15)
9 – Not used
10 – Option feeder gear (P/O PL 11.1B
Item 7)
11 – Tray motor harness assembly (P/O
PL 11.1B Item 99)
12 – Not used
13 – Option feeder right side cover (P/O
PL 11.1B Item 99) (REP 11.7)
14 – Foot (P/O PL 11.1B Item 99)
15 050K71211 Option feeder tray assembly (REF:
PL 9.2 Item 1, PL 11.3 Item 1)
16 – Top cover - LIP (P/O PL 11.1B Item
99)
17 – Option feeder rear cover (P/O PL
11.1B Item 99) (REP 11.9)
18 – Feeder harness assembly 1 (P/O
PL 11.1B Item 99)
19 – Motor assembly (P/O PL 11.1B
Item 7) (REP 11.11)
20 059K86170 Option feeder (REF: PL 11.2) (REP
11.13)
21 – Not used
22 – Not used
23 – Not used
24 – Not used
25 – Not used
26 – Lock screw (P/O PL 11.1B Item 99)
27 803E10840 CST stopper
28 – Not used
29 – Not used
30 – Rear cover spring (P/O PL 11.1B
Item 99)
31 – Feeder drawer 2 harness assembly
(P/O PL 11.1B Item 99)
32 – Not used
33 – C2 turn harness assembly (P/O PL
11.1B Item 99)
34 – Option feeder bracket locate pin (P/
O PL 11.1B Item 99)
35 – Option feeder rear under cover (P/
O PL 11.1B Item 99)
99 059K82021 Option feeder assembly

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 5-17 PL 11.1B
PL 11.2 Option Feeder (2 of 4)
1 – No paper sensor cover (Not
Spared)
2 930W00123 No paper sensor B400 (REP 11.22)
/ B405 (REP 11.21)
3 – No paper sensor harness assembly
(Not Spared)
4 – Upper chute (Not Spared)
5 – Nudger bearing (Not Spared)
6 – Nudger support assembly (Not
Spared)
7 – One-way feed clutch (Not Spared)
8 – Feed gear (Not Spared)
9 – Not used
10 – Nudger idler gear (Not Spared)
11 – No paper actuator B400 (REP
11.26) / B405 (REP 11.25) (Not
Spared)
12 – Nudger shaft (Not Spared)
13 – Feed roll assembly B400 (REP
11.18) / B405 (REP 11.17) (Not
Spared)
14 – Nudger gear (Not Spared)
15 – Lower chute (Not Spared)
16 – Feed shaft assembly (Not Spared)
17 – Not used
18 – Not used
19 – Pinch chute assembly (Not Spared)
20 121K48670 Takeaway clutch Assembly B400
(REP 11.20) / B405 (REP 11.19)
21 059K71770 Takeaway roll assembly B400
(REP 11.28) / B405 (REP 11.27)
22 – Earth Plate
23 – Nudger spring bracket (Not Spared)
24 – Harness cover
25 – Gear shaft
26 – Option feeder gear
27 – Nudger spring

1 050K71211 Option feeder tray assembly
2 – Bottom Plate assembly (P/O PL
11.3 Item 1)
3 – Option tray retard holder assembly
(P/O PL 11.3 Item 1)
4 – Feed roller assembly (P/O PL 11.3
Item 3)
5 – Retard friction clutch (P/O PL 11.3
Item 3)
6 – Option tray retard shaft (P/O PL
11.3 Item 3)
7 – Option tray retard holder (P/O PL
11.3 Item 3)
8 – Right side guide assembly (P/O PL
11.3 Item 1)
9 – Left side guide assembly (P/O PL
11.3 Item 1)
11 – Bottom lock cover (P/O PL 11.3
Item 1)
12 – Bottom lock rack (P/O PL 11.3 Item
1)
13 – Bottom lock pinion gear (P/O PL
11.3 Item 1)
14 – Bottom lock lever gear (P/O PL
11.3 Item 1)
15 – Bottom lock lever (P/O PL 11.3
Item 1)
16 – Bottom lock gear (P/O PL 11.3 Item
1)
17 – Bottom lock spring (P/O PL 11.3
Item 1)
18 – Lock spring (P/O PL 11.3 Item 1)
19 – Left lock actuator (P/O PL 11.3 Item
1)
20 – Not used
21 – Upper bottom spring (P/O PL 11.3
Item 1)
22 – MSI retard spring holder (P/O PL
11.3 Item 1)
23 – Option tray retard spring (P/O PL
11.3 Item 1)
24 – Upper lift rack (P/O PL 11.3 Item 1)
25 – Base housing (P/O PL 11.3 Item 1)
26 – End extension lever (P/O PL 11.3
Item 1)
27 – End guide assembly (P/O PL 11.3
Item 1)
28 – End housing (P/O PL 11.3 Item 1)
29 – Not used
30 – Tray handle (P/O PL 11.3 Item 1)
31 – Pad (P/O PL 11.3 Item 1)
34 – Traceability label (P/O PL 11.3 Item
1)
36 – GD handle (P/O PL 11.3 Item 1)
37 – Roll retard assembly (with
instruction) (P/O PL 11.3 Item 99)
38 – End guide handle (P/O PL 11.3
Item 1)
39 848E93660 Dust cover
98 604K11192 Feed roller assembly kit (Kit
Contains 3 Feed Roller assembly
and Instruction)
99 604K78360 Option tray retard holder assembly
kit (Kit contains option tray retard
holder)

1 – Pinch chute (Not Spared)
2 – Pinch roller (Not Spared)
3 – Chute cover (Not Spared)
4 930W00123 Path sensor B400 (REP 11.24) /
B405 (REP 11.23)
5 – Registration pre-actuator (Not
Spared)
6 – Registration pre-sensor spring (Not
Spared)
7 – Option feeder registration harness
8 – Pinch spring (Not Spared)

PL 13.1 MSI (1 of 2)
1 – MSI In stopper (P/O PL 13.1 Item
97)
2 – MSI In lock (P/O PL 13.1 Item 97)
3 – MSI top frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item
97)
4 – MSI no paper actuator (P/O PL
13.1 Item 97)
5 121E23570 MSI feed solenoid B400 (REP 13.4)
/ B405 (REP 13.3)
6 – MSI segment gear 1 (P/O PL 13.1
Item 95)
7 – MSI segment gear 2 (P/O PL 13.1
Item 95)
8 – MSI feed bearing (Not Spared)
9 – MSI lifter arm (Not Spared)
10 – MSI lifter stopper (Not Spared)
11 – MSI feed spring (Not Spared)
12 – MSI feed gear (Not Spared)
13 – MSI lifter lever (Not Spared)
14 – MSI NF spring (Not Spared)
15 059K78790 Pick up holder assembly B400
(REP 13.6) / B405 (REP 13.5)
16 – Pick up holder (P/O PL 13.1 Item
15)
17 – Feeder idler gear (P/O PL 13.1 Item
15)
18 – Feed roll assembly (P/O PL 13.1
Item 15)
19 – Rubber roll (P/O PL 13.1 Item 18)
20 – Core roll (P/O PL 13.1 Item 18)
21 – MSI feed shaft (Not Spared)
22 – MSI feed bearing (Not Spared)
23 – Pickup flange (Not Spared)
95 – MSI solenoid assembly kit (Not
Spared)
97 801K57914 MSI top frame assembly

PL 13.2 MSI (2 of 2)
1 – MSI base tray (P/O PL 13.2 Item
96)
2 – MSI end guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item
96)
3 – MSI cover B400 (REP 13.2) / B405
(REP 13.1) (P/O PL 13.2 Item 99)
4 – MSI end holder (P/O PL 13.2 Item
96)
5 – Pad (P/O PL 13.2 Item 96)
6 – Left side guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item
96)
7 – Right side guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item
96)
8 – Paper feeding label (P/O PL 13.2
Item 99)
9 050K71291 MSI tray assembly
10 – Roller retard spring (P/O PL 13.2
Item 98)
11 – 150 sheet stopper spring (P/O PL
13.2 Item 96)
12 – 150 sheet lock (P/O PL 13.2 Item
96)
13 – MSI retard guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item
96)
14 – 150 sheet stopper (P/O PL 13.2
Item 96)
15 – Roll retard holder (P/O PL 13.2
Item 98)
16 – Roll retard roll assembly B400
(REP 13.2)/ B405 (REP 13.1) (P/O
PL 13.2 Item 98)
17 – Friction clutch assembly (P/O PL
13.2 Item 98)
18 – MSI Mid paper stopper spring (P/O
PL 13.2 Item 96)
19 – Side guide rack (P/O PL 13.2 Item
96)
96 – MSI frame assembly kit (Not
Spared)
98 604K78371 MSI retard roll assembly kit
99 – MSI cover kit (Not Spared)

PL 14.1 Duplex
1 – Duplex bearing (P/O PL 14.1 Item
12)
2 – Duplex roll assembly (P/O PL 14.1
Item 12)
3 – DTS Earth spring (P/O PL 14.1
Item 12)
4 – Duplex gear (P/O PL 14.1 Item 12)
5 – Duplex pinch roll (P/O PL 14.1 Item
12)
6 – Duplex pinch spring (P/O PL 14.1
Item 12)
7 – In duplex chute (P/O PL 14.1 Item
12)
8 – Transfer chute (P/O PL 14.1 Item
12)
9 – Not used
10 – Not used
11 – Not used
12 054K48100 Duplex chute assembly B400 (REP
14.2)/ B405 (REP 14.1)
13 – BTR spring cap (P/O PL 14.1 Item
12)
14 – BTR spring (P/O PL 14.1 Item 12)

PL 15.1A Registration (1 of 3) - B400
1 – Duplex lower chute assembly (P/O
PL 15.1A Item 97)
2 – Duplex lower chute (P/O PL 15.1A
Item 97)
3 – Interlock spring (P/O PL 15.1A Item
97)
4 – Interlock harness assembly (P/O
PL 15.1A Item 97)
5 – Not used
6 059K79334 Registration transport assembly
(REP 15.2)
7 – Not used
8 – Registration out earth plate (Not
Spared)
9 – Rear fan connector holder (Not
Spared)
10 – Not used
11 803E13351 Cassette stopper
97 604K85740 Rear interlock switch assembly
(REP 15.4)

PL 15.1B Registration (1 of 3) - B405
1 – Duplex lower chute assembly (Not
Spared)
2 – Duplex lower chute (P/O PL 15.1B
Item 97)
3 – Not used
4 – Interlock harness assembly (P/O
PL 15.1B Item 97)
5 – Interlock spring (P/O PL 15.1B Item
97)
6 059K79334 Registration transport assembly
(REF: PL 15.2) (REP 15.1)
7 – Tray lock (not shown) (Not Spared)
8 – Registration out earth plate (Not
Spared)
9 – Rear fan connector holder (Not
Spared)
10 – Not used
11 803E13351 Cassette stopper
97 604K85750 Rear interlock switch assembly
(REP 15.3)

PL 15.2 Registration (2 of 3)
1 – Registration in chute (Not Spared)
2 – 2 Support roll (P/O PL 15.2 Item 41)
3 – Registration spring (Not Spared)
4 121K51870 Registration clutch
5 – Registration Earth bearing (Not
Spared)
6 059K74580 Rubber roll assembly B400 (REP
15.10) / B405 (REP 15.9)
7 – Right registration bearing (Not
Spared)
8 – Registration pinch roll assembly
(Not Spared)
9 – Registration out roll assembly (Not
Spared)
10 – Mid lower feed chute (Not Spared)
11 – Not used
12 – Registration chute (P/O PL 15.2
Item 41)
13 – Not used
14 055E60433 Registration sensor shutter
15 – Not used
16 121K51880 Tray feed clutch
17 – Not used
18 – MSI registration actuator (P/O PL
15.2 Item 41)
19 – Registration actuator spring (P/O
PL 15.2 Item 41)
20 – Registration actuator (P/O PL 15.2
Item 41)
21 – No paper tray actuator (P/O PL
15.2 Item 41)
22 – Not used
23 – Not used
24 – Not used
25 – Not used
26 – Not used
27 – Not used
28 – Not used
29 – Not used
30 – Not used
31 – Not used
32 – Not used
33 – 2 Support roll (Not Spared)
34 – Not used
35 – No paper tray actuator (P/O PL
15.2 Item 41)
36 – Registration pinch shaft (Not
Spared)
37 – Registration pinch roll (Not Spared)
38 – Registration bearing cartridge (Not
Spared)
39 – Not used
40 – Not used
41 – Registration chute assembly (Not
Spared)
99 – Feeder assembly (Not Spared)

PL 15.3 Registration (3 of 3)
2 – Feeder assembly B400 (REP 15.8)
/ B405 (REP 15.7) (Not Spared)
3 – Feed gear (Not Spared)
4 – One-way feed clutch (Not Spared)
5 – Feed roll assembly B400 (REP
15.6) / B405 (REP 15.5) (Not
Spared)
6 – Feed shaft assembly (Not Spared)
7 – Nudger plate (P/O PL 15.3 Item 2)
8 – Nudger idler gear (P/O PL 15.3
Item 2)
9 – Nudger gear (P/O PL 15.3 Item 2)
10 – Nudger shaft (P/O PL 15.3 Item 2)

PL 17.1 Exit
1 – Exit sensor (P/O PL 17.1 Item 99)
2 – Exit gear (P/O PL 17.1 Item 99)
3 – Sensor Earth spring (P/O PL 17.1
Item 99)
4 – Exit bearing (P/O PL 17.1 Item 99)
5 – Exit roll assembly B400 (REP 17.2)
/B405 (REP 17.1) (P/O PL 17.1
Item 99)
6 604K77510 Left pinch assembly B400 (REP
17.4) / B405 (REP 17.3)
7 604K77520 Right pinch assembly B400 (REP
17.4) / B405 (REP 17.3)
8 – Full stack actuator (P/O PL 17.1
Item 99)
9 930W00123 Full stack sensor
99 054K48380 Exit chute assembly B400 (REP
17.5) / B405 (REP 17.2)

PL 18.1A Electrical (1 of 3) - B400
1 – Lower window plate (Not Spared)
2 – WiFi release lever (Not Spared)
3 – Top plate (Not Spared)
4 – SSD bracket (Not Spared)
5 607K04260 ESS PWB (REP 18.2)
6 – EMMC card (Not Spared)
7 – ESS housing (Not Spared)
8 – Not used
9 – Not used
10 – LVPS PWB 110V/220V (REP 18.8)
(P/O PL 18.1A Item 99)
11 – LVPS plate (P/O PL 18.1A Item 99)
12 – Front interlock switch assembly
(Not Spared) (REP 18.14)
13 952K33420 Front USB harness (REP 18.10)
14 – Interlock switch bracket (Not
Spared)
90 – Wireless adaptor (Not Spared)
91 – SSD (Not Spared)
99 607K03910 LVPS PWB kit 110V
– 607K03920 LVPS PWB kit 220V

PL 18.1B Electrical (1 of 3) - B405
1 – ESS lower window plate (Not
Spared)
2 – WiFi release lever (Not Spared)
3 – ESS top plate (Not Spared)
4 – SSD bracket (Not Spared)
5 607K04280 ESS PWB (REP 18.1)
6 – EMMC card (Not Spared)
7 – ESS housing (Not Spared)
8 – Not used
9 – Not used
10 105K32960 LVPS PWB 110V (REP 18.7)
– 105K32970 LVPS PWB 220V
11 – LVPS plate (Not Spared)
12 – Not used
13 – Not used
14 – Not used
15 960K80761 Fax PWB
16 – Fax plate (Not Spared)
17 952K33430 Front USB harness (REP 18.1)
18 – Not used
19 – Speaker assembly (Not Spared)
20 – Speaker cover (Not Spared)
21 – Fax harness assembly (Not
Spared)
22 – Fax clamp (Not Spared)
23 – Front interlock switch assembly (P/
O PL 18.1B Item 98) (REP 18.3)
24 – Interlock switch bracket (P/O PL
18.1B Item 98)
90 – Wireless adaptor (Not Spared)
91 – SSD (Not Spared)
98 604K90560 Front interlock switch assembly

PL 18.2 Electrical (2 of 3)
1 – MCU cover (Not Spared)
2 960K87320 MCU PWB B400 (REP 18.4) / B405
(REP 18.3)
3 – MCU bracket (Not Spared)
4 – MCU housing (Not Spared)
5 105K30958 HVPS B400 (REP 18.6) / B405
(REP 18.5)

PL 18.3A Electrical (3 of 3) - B400
1 952K13401 Inlet harness assembly 220V (REP
18.12)
– 952K10221 Inlet harness assembly 110V (REP
18.12)
2 – Switch bracket (Not Spared)
3 – ESS harness assembly (Not
Spared)
4 – ESS power harness assembly (Not
Spared)
5 – LV harness assembly (Not Spared)
6 – MCU 24V harness assembly (Not
Spared)
7 – Not used
8 – Option feeder harness assembly
(Not Spared)
9 – FSR harness assembly (Not
Spared)
10 – Dispenser motor harness assembly
(Not Spared)
11 – Main motor harness assembly (Not
Spared)
12 – Xerographics CRUM harness
13 – HV harness assembly (Not Spared)
14 – Test rely harness assembly (Not
Spared)
15 – Exit sensor harness assembly (Not
Spared)
16 – Rear fan harness assembly (Not
Spared)
17 – Harness assembly (Not Spared)
18 – Drawer harness assembly (Not
Spared)

PL 18.3B Electrical (3 of 3) - B405
1 952K13401 Inlet harness assembly 220V (REP
18.11)
– 952K10220 Inlet harness assembly 110V (REP
18.11)
2 – Switch bracket (Not Spared)
3 – ESS harness assembly (Not
Spared)
4 – ESS power harness assembly (Not
Spared)
5 – LV harness assembly (Not Spared)
6 – MCU 24V harness assembly (Not
Spared)
7 – Not used
8 – Option feeder harness assembly
(Not Spared)
9 – FSR harness assembly (Not
Spared)
10 – Dispenser motor harness assembly
(Not Spared)
11 – Main motor harness assembly (Not
Spared)
12 – Xerographics CRUM harness
13 – HV harness assembly (Not Spared)
14 – Test rely harness assembly (Not
Spared)
15 – Exit sensor harness assembly (Not
Spared)
16 – Rear fan harness assembly (Not
Spared)
17 – Harness assembly (Not Spared)
18 – Drawer harness assembly 110V/
220V (Not Spared)

PL 19.1A Cover (1 of 3) - B400
1 – Top front cover (P/O PL 19.1A Item
98)
2 – Front cover (P/O PL 19.1A Item 98)
(REP 19.2)
3 – Interlock actuator (P/O PL 19.1A
Item 98)
4 – Interlock spring (P/O PL 19.1A Item
98)
5 – Interlock holder (P/O PL 19.1A Item
98)
6 – MSI instruction label (P/O PL 19.1A
Item 98)
7 – Logo - plate assembly (P/O PL
19.1A Item 98)
8 – Cover extension (P/O PL 19.1A
Item 99) (REP 19.6)
9 – 2nd cover extension (P/O PL 19.1A
Item 99)
10 948K02680 Exit top cover assembly (REP
19.10)
11 – Exit top cover (P/O PL 19.1A Item
10)
12 – Bottom exit cover (P/O PL 19.1A
Item 10)
13 848E82653 Right cover (REP 19.8)
98 948K02610 Front cover assembly kit
99 948K02600 Cover extension assembly

PL 19.1B Cover (1 of 3) - B405
1 – Front top cover (P/O PL 19.1B Item
98)
2 – Front cover (P/O PL 19.1B Item 98)
(REP 19.1)
3 – Interlock actuator (P/O PL 19.1B
Item 98)
4 – Interlock spring (P/O PL 19.1B Item
98)
5 – Interlock holder (P/O PL 19.1B Item
98)
6 – MSI instruction label (P/O PL 19.1B
Item 98)
7 – XC logo plate assembly (P/O PL
19.1B Item 98)
8 – Cover extension (P/O PL 19.1B
Item 99) (REP 19.5)
9 – 2nd cover extension (P/O PL 19.1B
Item 99)
10 948K02670 Exit top cover assembly
11 – Exit top cover (P/O PL 19.1B Item
10)
12 – Exit bottom cover (P/O PL 19.1B
Item 10)
13 – Not used
14 – Not used
15 822E29580 Scanner outer right cover
16 822E29570 Scanner inner right cover
17 848K68342 Right cover (REP 19.7)
98 948K02640 Front cover assembly kit
99 948K02600 Cover extension assembly

PL 19.2A Cover (2 of 3) - B400
1 822E29340 WiFi cap cover (REP 19.20)
2 822E29390 Left cover (REP 19.12)
3 948K02220 ESS window cover assembly (REP
19.4)
4 – ESS window cover (P/O PL 19.2A
Item 3)
5 – Knurling screw (P/O PL 19.2A Item
3)
6 – E-ring (P/O PL 19.2A Item 3)
7 – Window plate (P/O PL 19.2A Item
3)
8 848E82672 Rear under cover (REP 19.18)
9 – Not used
10 – Rear cover assembly (P/O PL
19.2A Item 99) (REP 19.14)
11 – DTS out earth spring (P/O PL
19.2A Item 99)
12 – Duplex chute assembly (P/O PL
19.2A Item 99)
99 848K70060 Rear cover assembly

PL 19.2B Cover (2 of 3) - B405
1 822E29340 WiFi cap cover (REP 19.19)
2 848E89213 Scanner left cover
3 822E29521 Left cover (REP 19.11)
4 948K02210 ESS window cover assembly (REP
19.3)
5 – ESS window cover (P/O PL 19.2B
Item 4)
6 – Knurling screw (P/O PL 19.2B Item
4)
7 – E-ring (P/O PL 19.2B Item 4)
8 – Window plate (P/O PL 19.2B Item
4)
9 848E82672 Rear under cover (REP 19.17)
10 – Rear cover assembly (P/O PL
19.2B Item 99) (REP 19.13)
11 – DTS out earth spring (P/O PL
19.2B Item 99)
12 – Duplex chute assembly (P/O PL
19.2B Item 99)
99 948K02690 Rear cover assembly

PL 19.3A Cover (3 of 3) - B400
1 – Rear cover (Not Spared)
2 – Top rear cover (Not Spared)
3 – Rear latch cover (Not Spared)
4 – Rear latch (Not Spared)
5 – Duplex out chute (Not Spared)
6 – Rear latch spring (Not Spared)
7 868E76893 Rear strap
8 – Rear guide harness (Not Spared)
9 127E86632 Rear fan (REP 19.16)
10 – Screw (Not Spared)

PL 19.3B Cover (3 of 3) - B405
1 – Rear cover (Not Spared)
2 – Top rear cover
3 – Rear latch cover (Not Spared)
4 – Rear latch (Not Spared)
5 – Duplex out chute (Not Spared)
6 – Rear latch spring (Not Spared)
7 868E76893 Rear strap
8 – Rear guide harness (Not Spared)
9 127E86632 Rear fan (REP 19.15)
10 – Screw (Not Spared)

PL 21.1 Scanner
1 059K81533 Scanner assembly (REP 21.1)
2 – DADF top cover (P/O PL 21.1 Item
96) (REP 21.5)
3 – DADF roller assembly (P/O PL 21.1
Item 95) (REP 21.4)
4 – Separation pad (P/O PL 21.1 Item
95) (REP 21.3)
5 – DADF frame assembly (P/O PL
21.1 Item 1)
7 – Not used
8 – Not used
9 003K89860 Right hinge assembly (REP 21.2)
10 003K89140 Left hinge assembly (REP 21.2)
11 050K71060 DADF tray assembly (REP 21.6)
12 – Not used
13 – Not used
14 062K25595 IIT Assembly
15 – Not used
16 – Not used
17 – Left stopper plate (P/O PL 21.1
Item 96)
18 – Right stopper plate (P/O PL 21.1
Item 96)
19 – Idle spring (P/O PL 21.1 Item 96)
20 – Idle roll assembly (P/O PL 21.1
Item 96)
21 – Not used
22 – Sensor (P/O PL 21.1 Item 11)
23 – Not used
24 – Not used
25 – Harness (P/O PL 21.1 Item 11)
26 – --
27 – DADF tray (P/O PL 21.1 Item 11)
95 604K85850 DADF pick up module kit (mid)
96 604K85860 DADF top cover assembly (mid)
(REP 21.5)
97 – DADF top cover kit (P/O PL 21.1
Item 1)

6 General Procedures/Information
GP 1 to GP 9 dC132 to dC1011
GP 1 Service Diagnostics Entry and Exit ........................................................................ 6-3 dC132 Machine ID and Billing Data ................................................................................ 6-39
GP 2 Fault Codes and History Logs................................................................................ 6-3 dC135 HFSI Counter....................................................................................................... 6-39
GP 3 Device Information ................................................................................................. 6-4 dC140 Analog Component Monitoring ............................................................................ 6-40
GP 4 Machine Software .................................................................................................. 6-5 dC301 NVM Initialization ................................................................................................. 6-40
GP 5 Miscellaneous Checks ........................................................................................... 6-10 dC305 UI Panel Diagnostics ........................................................................................... 6-41
GP 6 How to Check a Motor ........................................................................................... 6-11 dC330 Component Control.............................................................................................. 6-41
GP 7 How to Check a Sensor ......................................................................................... 6-13 dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics ......................................................................................... 6-44
GP 8 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch ....................................................................... 6-14 dC500 Blank Page Threshold Value ............................................................................... 6-44
GP 9 How to Check a Switch .......................................................................................... 6-14 dC612 Print Test Pattern................................................................................................. 6-45
dC945 IIT Calibration ...................................................................................................... 6-46
GP 10 to GP 19 dC1010 Signals Sending Test......................................................................................... 6-46
GP 10 How to Switch the Machine On or Off .................................................................. 6-15 dC1011 Relay On/Off Test .............................................................................................. 6-47
GP 11 How to Safely Lift or Move Heavy Modules ......................................................... 6-15
GP 12 Machine Lubrication ............................................................................................. 6-16
GP 13 Cloning Network Configurations .......................................................................... 6-16
GP 14 How to Set the Date and Time............................................................................. 6-18
GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifications .................................................................. 6-19
GP 16 Installation Space Requirements ......................................................................... 6-20
GP 17 Electrical Power Requirements ............................................................................ 6-21
GP 18 Environmental Data ............................................................................................. 6-21
GP 19 Administrator Log In ............................................................................................. 6-22
GP 20 to GP 26
GP 20 First Print Out/Copy Time and Startup Time ........................................................ 6-23
GP 21 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) ..................................................... 6-23
GP 22 Printing Reports ................................................................................................... 6-24
GP 23 Obtaining Audit and Device Logs......................................................................... 6-24
GP 24 Cleaning the Document Glass and White Strip.................................................... 6-25
GP 25 Special Boot Modes ............................................................................................. 6-25
GP 26 Ethernet Crossover Cable Setup ......................................................................... 6-26
GP 40
GP 40 Glossary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations ................................................ 6-29
dC118 to dC131
dC118 Jam Counter ........................................................................................................ 6-35
dC120 Failure Counter.................................................................................................... 6-35
dC122 Shutdown History ................................................................................................ 6-36
dC125 Faults................................................................................................................... 6-36
dC131 NVM Read/Write.................................................................................................. 6-37
Launch Issue February 2017 General Procedures and Information

General Procedures and Information February 2017 Launch Issue
GP 1 Service Diagnostics Entry and Exit GP 2 Fault Codes and History Logs
Purpose Purpose
To describe access to fault history information and explain the fault code structure.
This procedure describes how to enter and exit diagnostics and the available service routines.
NOTE: When diagnostics is entered, all existing copy jobs are cancelled and an ‘Offline’ Fault Data Available from Diagnostics
screen message is displayed. Diagnostics (GP 1) gives access to the fault history options that follow:
• For information on paper jam codes, refer to dC118 Jam Counter.
How to Enter Diagnostics
• For information on failures, refer to dC120 Failure Counter.
• For information on current machine faults, refer to dC125 Faults.
2. When the machine is ready, press and hold the Home button for 5 seconds.
3. When the passcode screen opens, enter the passcode, 6789. Tap the OK button on the
Function, Fault, Component Codes
UI. Refer to Table 1 for a description of some of the function and fault code prefixes.
4. Tap Diagnostics.
Table 1 Function and fault code prefixes
5. Select the relevant diagnostics routine:
Chain Code Function
• dC118 Jam Counter
• dC120 Failure Counter 002 User interface
• dC122 Shutdown History 003 Network Controller (IITSC)
• dC125 Faults 005 Document transportation (DADF)
• dC131 NVM Read/Write 010 Paper Handling/Fuser
• dC132 Machine ID and Billing Data 016 Network controller (Controller)
• dC135 HFSI Counter 017 Network controller (Controller)
• dC140 Analog Component Monitoring 018 Network controller (Network)
• dC301 Initialize NVM 021 Network controller (EP Accessory)
• dC305 Panel Diagnostics 023 Network controller (MF-UI)
• dC330 Component Control 024 Network controller (IOTSC)
• dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics 025 Network controller (HDD/SSD)
• dC500 Blank Page Threshold Value 026 Network controller (JRM)
• dC612 Print Test Pattern 027 Network controller (Network)
• dC945 IIT Calibration 028 Network controller (IOTSC)
• dC1010 Signals Sending Test 029 Network controller (Network)
• dC1011 Relay On/Off Test 03X Fax
How to Exit Diagnostics 04X IOT Manager/Drive
05X IOT (Jam Zone / Fuser)
1. Tap the Exit button. Select either Clear Error Log History or Keep Error Log History.
06X ROS, IIT
2. Tap the Service button.
07X (X = tray No.) Paper Trays and Handling / Interlocks
3. Tap the Log Out button.
09X Xerographics
102 USB
103 Network controller (IITSC)
116 Network controller (Controller)
117 Network controller (Controller)
118 Network controller (Network)
121 Network controller (EP Accessory)
123 Network controller (MF-UI)

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 6-3 GP 1, GP 2
Table 1 Function and fault code prefixes GP 3 Device Information
Chain Code Function Purpose
124 Network controller (IOTSC) To provide machine hardware and software information.
127 Network controller (Network)
133 Network controller (Fax) Service Information Available
500 Diagnostics Mode From the Home screen, tap the Device button. This gives the options that follow:
• Language
• About:
– Device Name
– Model
– Serial Number
– Xerox Asset Tag
– Customer Asset Tag
– Software Version
– Contact information
– Network information
– WiFi information
– Job Overwrite
– Information Pages
• Notifications
• Paper Trays
• Supplies
• Billing Usage
• Support

GP 2, GP 3 6-4 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
GP 4 Machine Software 6. Log in as an administrator via the web page, GP 19. Ensure that software Update is set to
Enable in the Embedded Web Server, (Home/ System / Software Update / Enable).
Purpose 7. Double click on FWDLMgr.exe to run the firmware download manager tool.
To explain the software loading procedures.
8. Touch Agree on the Firmware Update Tool (License), Figure 1.
Obtaining Machine Software

The firmware download manager tool (FWDLMgr.exe) and the device firmware file (.bin) can
be downloaded from the Xerox.com, Product Support & Drivers page.
Procedure
Four methods are available to download the machine software:
1. Firmware Download Manager Tool via Port 9100, using the customer network or ethernet
crossover cable.
2. Firmware Download Manager Tool via the rear USB Type B Port, using the rear USB port
from a PC to the device.
3. Special Boot Menu and USB Drive Software Loading, using the front USB port.
4. Embedded Web Server Software Loading, using an internet connection.
NOTE: Prior to updating software, ensure that software update is enabled.
NOTE: The USB device must be formatted using the FAT32 file system.
Firmware Download Manager Tool via Port 9100

1. Download the appropriate firmware download manager tool (FWDLMgr.exe), for the B400
or B405 to a location on your PC or laptop, refer to Obtaining Machine Software. Figure 1 License agreement
2. Download the appropriate firmware (.bin) file to a location on your PC or laptop, refer to
Obtaining Machine Software.
3. Connect a PC or laptop onto the same network as the device or connect a laptop to the
device via a ethernet crossover cable, refer to GP 26 Ethernet Crossover Cable Setup.
4. Switch on the power for the PC or laptop and the device, GP 10. When the device
reaches the Ready state, print a configuration report, GP 22.
5. Ensure the IP address (refer to the configuration report) of the device can be pinged from
the PC or laptop:
a. From an internet connected PC or laptop, open a command window (CMD):
dialog box, then press Enter.
NOTE: If the Windows key is enabled (the key located in the lower left corner with
the Microsoft logo), hold the Windows key down, press R and release both keys to
open the Command window.
b. In the Command window (where the blinking cursor is) type ping. Press the space
bar once, then enter the IP address of the device. Press Enter.
c. If the ping command is successful, the device will reply four times. This should not
take more than two or three seconds.
d. If the ping command times out, or responds with ‘host unreachable’, check the IP
address that was entered. If the IP address is correct, contact 2nd level support.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 6-5 GP 4
9. Select the Printer model from the pull-down menu then browse to where the firmware file 11. Specify the printer to be update on the Printer Specification screen (entering the IP
(.bin) is located. Double-click the (.bin) file then touch Add and then touch Next, Figure 2. address is the easiest method). Touch Next to start the software download, Figure 5.
Figure 2 Printer model and file Figure 4 Printer specification
10. Select Network (Port9100) on the Communication Interface Selection screen, then touch 12. The Firmware update status appears on the Update in Progress screen, Figure 5.
Next, Figure 3.
Figure 5 Update in progress

Figure 3 Port 9100

GP 4 6-6 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
7. Touch Agree on the Firmware Update Tool (License), Figure 7.
CAUTION
Do not switch off the device until the reboot is complete. The device will reboot after the down-
load is complete.
13. Touch complete on the Result screen. The firmware upgrade is complete, the device will
reboot, and a Software Upgrade Report will be printed, Figure 6.
Figure 7 License agreement
8. Select the Printer model from the pull-down menu then browse to where the firmware file
(.bin) is located. Double-click the (.bin) file then touch Add and then touch Next, Figure 8.
Figure 6 Result screen
Firmware Download Manager Tool via the rear USB Type B Port
1. Download the appropriate firmware download manager tool (FWDLMgr.exe), B400 or
B405 to a location on your PC or laptop, refer to Obtaining Machine Software.
2. Download the firmware (.bin) file, refer to Obtaining Machine Software.
3. Connect a PC or laptop to the device with a USB cable (Type A to Type B, male on both
ends).
NOTE: For both the B400 and B405, the USB Type B port is on the back of the device).
4. Switch on the power for the PC or laptop and the device, GP 10.
5. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Select Download Mode on SPECIAL BOOT MENU 1/3.
6. As the front panel UI displays 0% completed, quickly double click on FWDLMgr.exe to run
the firmware download manager tool.
Figure 8 Printer model and file

9. Select USB Port on the Communication Interface Selection screen, the touch Next to
begin the download, Figure 9.
CAUTION
Do not switch off the device until the reboot is complete. The device will reboot after the down-
load is complete.
11. Click complete on the Result screen. The firmware upgrade is complete, the device will
reboot, and a Software Upgrade Report will be printed, Figure 11.
Figure 9 USB port
10. The Firmware update status appears on the Update in Progress screen, Figure 10.
Figure 11 Result
Special Boot Menu and USB Drive Software Loading

2. Create a Folder named “DWLD” on the USB memory device.
3. Store the software download file (.bin) in the “DWLD” folder
4. With the printer powered off, insert the USB memory device, Figure 12.
5. Enter special boot mode, GP 25. Select Download Mode on SPECIAL BOOT MENU 1/3,
then touch YES. The UI will display SW update progress and the machine will eventually
reboot.
CAUTION
Do not switch off the printer until the reboot is complete. The printer will reboot after the down-
load is complete.
6. Once the reboot is complete, a Software Upgrade Report will print. The process is com-
plete and the USB memory device can be removed.
Figure 10 Update in progress

Updates with File Specified

2. Log in as an administrator via the web page, GP 19. Ensure that software Update is set to
3. Under the Update with File Specified banner, touch Select.
4. Browse to where the firmware file (.bin) is located. Select the (.bin) file, then touch Install
Now.
Figure 12 USB port
Embedded Web Server Software Loading

There are three options available for updating the system software via the embedded web
page
• Check now.
• Periodic Updates.
• Updates with File Specified.
Check now
Use this feature to check for software updates.

2. Touch Check Now.
Periodic Updates
Use this feature setup the device to check periodically (daily, weekly, monthly) for software
updates.

2. Under the Check Automatically banner, use to pull down menu to set “When should the
Device check for updates?” to Never, Daily, Weekly or Monthly.

GP 5 Miscellaneous Checks • Short circuits caused by physical damage or contamination of conductors, terminals or
connectors.
Purpose • Overheated insulation.
To indicate which types of problems to look for when checking or inspecting parts of the
• Damaged insulation near moving parts and sharp edges.
machine.
• Pin and receptacle damage on connectors.
Procedure Rollers
1. Assess the fault. Check if the part is broken, too loose or too tight. Check if it needs clean- • Flats.
ing or lubricating. • Tears.
2. Check the components that follow as appropriate: • Contamination.
• Actuators • Secure E-clips and other retainers.
• Bearings Shafts
• Drive Belts • Contamination.
• Gears • Misalignment.
• Gravity Fingers and Stripper Fingers • Rotates without binding.
• Harnesses and Wiring
• Rollers
• Shafts
Actuators
• Free movement.
• Damage
• Contamination.
Bearings
• Wear.
• Damage.
• Contamination.
Drive Belts
• Wear.
• Damaged teeth.
• Correct tension.
• Contamination of tension rollers and support shafts.
Gears
• Contamination.
• Chips or cracks.
• Wear.
• Misalignment.
Gravity Fingers and Stripper Fingers
• Free movement.
• Missing fingers.
• Damage.
• Contamination on the fingers, rollers or on the pivot shaft.
Harnesses and Wiring
• Continuity.

GP 6 How to Check a Motor • Check the wiring and the connectors for the motor circuit.
Six Wire Stepper Motor
This procedure describes how to check the motors that follow:
• Two Wire DC Motors. NOTE: A stepper motor with an internal open circuit may appear to be fully functional under
• Four Wire Stepper Motor. dC330 component control. However, under normal operation it will run with intermittent failure.
Use the standard digital meter to check that the resistance of the stepper motor coils are simi-
• Six Wire Stepper Motor.
lar.
Initial Actions
• Disconnect PJF (Flag 5). Check the +24V supply and the motor on pulses when the com-
ponent control code for the motor is entered.
WARNING • Disconnect PJD (Flag 4). Check the +24V, +5V and 0V supplies.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do • Check the clock pulses (Flag 4).
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause • Check that the signal on PJD pin 13 (Flag 4) changes when the component control code
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. for the motor is entered.
1. Check that the motor is free to rotate. • Check the wiring and the connectors for the motor circuit.
2. Check that all the motor’s mechanisms are clean, free to move and lubricated correctly.
3. Enter the component control code for the motor. Refer to dC330. Run the motor for 30
seconds. If the motor shows signs of, or can be heard to slow down, then the motor is
defective. Replace the motor.
4. Perform the appropriate procedure:
• Two Wire DC Motors.
• Four Wire Stepper Motor.
• Six Wire Stepper Motor.
NOTE: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example
only.
Two Wire DC Motors
NOTE: In cases where the motor may be driven forward or backward, the same 2 feed wires
are used, but the voltages on them are reversed, to reverse the motor direction. Such motors
may have 2 component control codes, for forward and reverse. A typical application is a tray lift
motor with a tray-up and a tray-down direction.
• Disconnect PJB (Flag 2). Check that +24V is measured when the component control
code for the motor is entered.
• Disconnect PJA (Flag 1). Check for +24V on the LVPS.
• Disconnect PJC (Flag 3). Check that the signal changes on the ESS PWB when the com-
ponent control code for the motor is entered.
• Check the wiring and the connectors for the motor circuit.
Four Wire Stepper Motor
NOTE: A stepper motor with an internal open circuit may appear to be fully functional under
dC330 component control. However, under normal operation it will run with intermittent failure.
Use the standard digital meter to check that the resistance of the stepper motor coils are simi-
lar.
• Disconnect PJH (Flag 6). Check the motor on pulses on the harness when the component
control code for the motor is entered.
• Disconnect PJJ (Flag 6). Check the motor on pulses on the harness when the component
control code for the motor is entered.

Figure 1 Wiring diagram

GP 7 How to Check a Sensor Procedure
Description For the upper sensor in Figure 1:
• Disconnect PJA (Flag 1). Check for +3.3V and 0V at PJA on the harness.
Use this procedure to check the operation of a sensor.
• Disconnect PJC (Flag 2). Check the wiring and the connectors for the sensor circuit.
NOTE: The upper circuit diagram in Figure 1 shows a flag sensor. Some sensors have a resis- • Check for +3.3V and 0V at PJC (Flag 2) on the ESS PWB.
tor within the sensor. Other sensors require a resistor on the PWB, such as R1 in Figure 1. The • If necessary, install new components or repair the wiring.
resistor limits the current through the LED. This decreases the voltage on the sensor LED to
1.2V, typically.
NOTE: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only.
Initial Actions
WARNING
1. Ensure that the sensor is installed correctly.
2. Clean the sensor and the area around the sensor.
3. If a flag actuator is installed, check that it has free movement.
4. Check that the paper path is clear.
5. If the sensor activates by a surface that reflects, check that the surface is clean. Also
ensure that there is not an obstruction between the sensor and the surface.
6. If the sensor actuates by an encoder disc, ensure the holes or gaps in the disc are aligned
correctly with the sensor.
Sensor Action
In the upper sensor in Figure 1, when light from the LED is allowed to fall on the photo-sensi-
tive transistor, the sensing line, PJA, pin 2, is low. When light from the LED is blocked by the
flag, the sensing line is high.
In the lower sensor in Figure 1, when light from the LED is reflected by the paper onto the
photo-sensitive transistor, the sensing line, PJE, pin 2 is low. When no paper is present, no
light falls on the transistor and the sensing line is high.
Quick Sensor Check
Enter the component control code for the sensor. Refer to dC330. Activate the sensor. If the
display changes, the sensor operates correctly. If the display does not change, perform the
procedure.

GP 8 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch GP 9 How to Check a Switch
Description Description
Use this procedure to check a clutch or solenoid.
Use this procedure to check the operation of a switch.
Initial Actions NOTE: The circuit in Figure 1 shows an interlock switch activated by the closing of a door.
Initial Actions
WARNING
1. For a clutch, check that the mechanical components are clean, free to move and are lubri- not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
cated correctly death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. For a solenoid, check that the armature and associated mechanical components are free Manually check that the switch operates. Ensure that the magnet or other actuator has enough
to move. mechanical movement to operate the switch.
Procedure NOTE: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only.
NOTE: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only.
Procedure
NOTE: When a solenoid is energized in diagnostics, armature movement is seen. When a • Disconnect PJA (Flag 1). Check the electrical operation of the switch.
clutch is energized in diagnostics, the sound of the clutch action is heard. If possible, energize • Disconnect PJB (Flag 1). Check for +5V and 0V on the IOT PWB.
the motor connected to the clutch to confirm when the clutch is energized.
• Check the wiring and the connectors for the switch circuit.
• Check that the signal changes on the ESS PWB (Flag 1) when the component control
code for the clutch or solenoid is entered.
• Disconnect PJC (Flag 2). Check that +24V is measured when the component control
code for the clutch or solenoid is entered.
• Disconnect PJD (Flag 3). Check for +24V on the LVPS.
• Check the wiring and the connectors for the clutch or solenoid circuit.

GP 10 How to Switch the Machine On or Off GP 11 How to Safely Lift or Move Heavy Modules
Purpose Purpose
Use this procedure when lifting or moving heavy modules.
To show how to switch off or switch on the machine without the loss of customer data or dam-
age to the system hardware.
Procedure
When removing heavy modules from the machine, the instructions that follow must be
observed:
WARNING 1. Ensure that a suitable stable surface to support the module after removal is located in
Do not use the power button as a safety disconnect device. The power button is not a close proximity to the machine.
disconnect device. Disconnect the power cord from the supply to isolate the equipment.
NOTE: Other parts of the machine are not a suitable stable surface.
Refer to:
• Switch On Procedure 2. Ensure that the height of the support surface is between 750mm and 1000mm (30 inches
• Switch Off Procedure and 39 inches).
• Restart 3. Ensure that there are no hazards or obstacles between the machine and the support sur-
face.
• Sleep Mode
4. If instructed to remove the module toward the rear of the machine and only 1 person is
Switch On Procedure available, the module must be removed while standing at the rear of the machine. If 2
1. After the machine has been switched off, wait a minimum of 2 minutes before the people are available, the module may be removed while standing at the front of the
machine is switched on. machine.
2. After a service call, ensure that all service tools are removed from the machine. 5. Two people are required if the module is to be lifted on to the floor or lifted from the floor.
3. Connect the power lead from the power supply outlet to the machine.
4. For B400 only, switch on the main power switch.
5. Press the Power button on the UI.
6. The machine will perform a power on self test (POST). The POST checks that the hard-
ware resources are available to run the operating system. If a POST fault is detected, the
machine is prevented from booting. The fault is communicated via a LEDs on the ESS
PWB. Refer to the OF 2 POST Error Rap.
Switch Off Procedure
CAUTION
Do not disconnect the power cord or interrupt the electricity supply before the power down is
complete unless advised. The data and software can become damaged.
1. Press the Power button on the UI. The Power Down Options window will display.
2. Tap the Power Off button.
3. For B400, switch off the main power switch.
4. When the machine has switched off, remove the power lead from the outlet.
Restart
Restart is selected from the Power Down Options window. When pressed, the machine should
restart within 2 minutes.
Sleep Mode
Sleep is selected from the Power Down Options window. When pressed, the machine should
immediately enter sleep mode.

GP 12 Machine Lubrication GP 13 Cloning Network Configurations
Purpose Purpose
To give information on the use of lubricants. Use this procedure to establish a network connection between the PWS and printer, create a
copy of network configuration settings and then distribute these settings to multiple devices on
Procedure the network. This cloning process can also be used to backup and restore network settings lost
during a software reload.
WARNING NOTE: To establish a direct Ethernet connection between the PWS and printer requires the
printer’s driver installation CD-ROM, a crossover cable, and the PWS.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 10. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Depending on the printer, a Windows 7 (W7) driver might not be available on the printer’s
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. driver installation CD-ROM. If not, download the driver from Xerox.com under the Support and
Drivers page. W7 has two kernal types, 32 and 64-bit. If you try to install the wrong driver, Win-
dows displays an error to indicate the driver is incorrect. To check the kernal type, click on
CAUTION Start, in the right column, right click on Computer and select Properties, you will see the kernal
Only use lubricants as directed. Incorrect use of lubricants could seriously affect the perfor- type listed as System Type.
mance of the machine.
Establishing a LAN connection
Take the precautions that follow when performing machine lubrication:
Use these steps to establish a Local Area Network (LAN) connection between the PWS and
• Wear disposable gloves. printer using a crossover cable.
• Only use lubricants that are specified in the Parts List.
NOTE: Record the original data for every change you make. You may or may not need to reset
• Only lubricate parts of the machine as directed in the relevant RAPs, Repairs, Adjust-
the IP address, depending on PWS usage and local network practice.
ments and General Procedures.
• Apply only the smallest amount of lubricant, sufficient to lubricate the parts. To prevent 1. Print a Configuration Report, GP 22. Note the printer’s IP address.
contamination, remove any surplus lubricant before the machine is run. 2. Connect the crossover cable between the PWS and printer.
• Take great care not to contaminate other parts of the machine with the lubricant. 3. Open a Command window (CMD) on the PWS.
• If running XP, click on Start, then select Run. Type CMD in the Run dialog box and
press Enter.
• If running W7, select Start and in the Search box above the Start button, type CMD
and press Enter.
NOTE: If the Windows key is enabled (the key located in the lower left corner with the
Microsoft logo), hold the Windows key down, press R and release both keys to open the
Run dialog box.
4. Type ipconfig at the prompt, then write down the current network settings displayed.
Restore these settings when the LAN connection is no longer needed.
NOTE: Use the IPv4 address for the Local Area Connection, not the address listed under
Wireless Ethernet Connection (if enabled in your laptop).
5. Check the IP addresses of the PWS and printer. If the PWS has been connected to the
same subnet, the PWS and printer address should share the same values for the first
three and have a different value for the forth number. Refer to Table 1 for an example.
Table 1 Example LAN Settings

Printer PWS / Laptop
IP Address 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.5
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0
Gateway/Router 192.168.0.1 192.168.0.1

If the PWS and printer share similar, but unique IP address, continue. If not, use the Set a Using the Clone File
Static IP Address on the PWS to set the PWS IP address.
NOTE: This procedure can be performed from ANY PC connected to the network or the PWS
6. After verifying the IP addresses are correctly configured, PING the printer.
connected to the machine using an Ethernet crossover cable. The only requirement on the PC
a. In the Command window (where the blinking cursor is) type the word PING. Press is an Internet Browser.
the space bar once and enter the printer’s IP address and press Enter. As an exam-
ple: ping 192.168.0.2. 1. Open Internet Explorer
2. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Address line and select Go.
b. If the printer responds to the PING command, it replies four times. This should not
take more than two or three seconds. 3. When the Internet Services window opens, login to Admin, GP 19. Click on the Home
tab, then the Cloning link.
c. If the PING command times out, or responds with “host unreachable”, check the IP
4. Click on the Select button.
addresses that were entered. If the IP address is correct, contact 2nd level support.
5. Use the Browse button to navigate to the clone file, or type the full path to the file, then
7. If the PING command replies, exit the Command window (type “exit” at the prompt and click Open.
press Enter). This test verifies the Ethernet connection is good. 6. Click Install.
8. Install the printer driver and setup the printer as a local printer. Select connect to the 7. Verify the cloned settings with a new Configuration Report.
printer using “other” port type. From the dialog drop down select Standard TCP/IP port.
Set a Static IP Address on the PWS
9. For the Printer Name or IP address, enter the printer’s IP address (192.168.0.2 in this
example). Use this procedure to manually set the PWS IP address. Instructions are given for W7 and XP.
10. When the driver installation finishes, Select Yes at the Print Test Print dialog box. NOTE: If the PWS has a wireless Ethernet card/adapter installed, Windows will not use the
wired Ethernet port by default until either the PWS is rebooted or you temporarily disable the
NOTE: . If the test page does not print, the customer could have Accounting enabled (if
wireless Ethernet card. If unsure how to disable/enable your wireless Ethernet card, restart the
the device supports it) requiring that a special code is submitted with the print job before
PWS after setting the IP address.
the printer prints.
For W7:
11. After the test print is completed, open a web browser on the PWS. 1. Open the Control Panel.
12. In the Address Bar (in place of a web site address or URL), enter the printer’s IP address 2. Select Network Sharing Center.
(192.168.0.2 in this example). 3. Select Change Adaptor Settings in the upper left corner of the Control Panel.
13. If the connection is working correctly, the web page of the printer will be displayed. 4. Right-click on Local Area Connection, then select Properties.
5. On the Networking tab (for local area connection), click on Internet Protocol Version 4
NOTE: . If you are unable to open the printer’s webpage, verify that Web Services are
(TCP/IPv4), then select Properties.
enabled on the configuration page. If your web browser is set to use a Proxy address for
6. Select Use the following IP address and enter an IP address similar to the printer to
the internet connection, you will not be able to bring up the printer’s webpage as you will
manually set the PWS IP address and subnet mask to match the printer’s IP configuration
have no connection to that proxy server while directly connected to the printer via cross-
settings.
over Ethernet cable. Refer to PWS Browser Proxy Server Setting for instructions on Inter-
7. Click OK twice and exit Network Connections and return to Creating the Clone File.
net Explorer proxy configuration.
For XP:
Creating the Clone File 1. Click Start and select Control Panel.
2. Click Network and Internet Connections and then select Network Connections.
NOTE: This procedure can be done from ANY PC connected to the network or the PWS con- 3. Right-click on Local Area Connection and then select Properties.
nected to the machine using an Ethernet crossover cable. The only requirement on the PC is
4. On the General tab (for local area connection), click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), and then
an Internet Browser. click on Properties.
1. Open Internet Explorer 5. Click Use the following IP address to manually set the computer's IP address and sub-
net mask to match the printer’s IP configuration.
2. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Address line and select Go.
6. Click OK twice to exit Network Connections and return to Creating the Clone File.
3. When the Internet Services window opens, login to Admin mode, GP 3. Click on the
Home tab, then the Cloning link. PWS Browser Proxy Server Setting
4. Select individual parameters to clone from the device or Select/Clear All. The following steps ensure the proxy server settings are correct.
5. Click on Create. 1. Open Windows Internet Explorer.
2. Select Tools - Internet Options.
6. If prompted, save the clone file to a location that you can remember easily when you need
the file for installation. If you are not prompted to save the file, look for it in the Downloads 3. Select the Advanced tab.
folder on your computer. 4. Scroll down to HTTP 1.1 Settings.
5. Ensure that the “Use HTTP 1.1 through proxy connections” box is un-checked.
7. Click Close.
6. Select OK to close the Internet Options window.
8. Log out of Admin mode, GP 19.
7. Close Windows Internet Explorer.

GP 14 How to Set the Date and Time
Purpose
To set the machine’s date and time.
Procedure
1. Enter Customer Administration Mode, GP 19.
2. Touch the Device button.
3. Touch General.
4. Touch Date and Time.
5. Set the correct Time Zone, Date and Time, and date and time display settings, then select
OK.
6. Log out of Customer Administration Mode, GP 19.

GP 15 Paper and Media Size Specifications Specifications
Purpose NOTE: Check that the paper tray settings match the paper size in the tray.
To list the paper and media size specifications.
Refer to Table 1 for supported paper size and weight for the standard tray, the 550 sheet
option feeder(s) and the MSI tray.
Table 1 Supported paper size and weight

Supported Paper (Non-Standard Size)
Tray Supported Paper (Standard Size) (W x L) Supported Paper Weight Capacity Remarks
Standard Min: A6SEF Min: 76.2x127mm (3x5 inches) 60 to 220gsm (16 to 80lbs) 550 (60gsm/16lbs) Stack height 54mm (2.1 inches)
tray Max: Legal 8.5x14 inches SEF Max: 215.9 x 355.6mm (8.5x14 inches)
550 sheet Min: A5SEF Min: 139.7x210mm (A5 to 8.5 inches) 60 to 220gsm (16 to 80lbs) 550 (60gsm/16lbs) Stack height 54mm (2.1 inches)
option feeder Max: Legal 8.5x14 inches SEF Max: 215.9 x 355.6mm (A5 to 14 inches)
MSI Min: Postcard, Envelope Min: 76.2x127mm (3x5 inches) 60 to 220gsm (16 to 80lbs) 150 (60gsm/16lbs) Stack height 15mm (0.6 inch)
Max: Legal 8.5x14 inches SEF Max: 215.9x355.6mm (8.5x14 inches)

GP 16 Installation Space Requirements Machine Dimensions and Installation Space Requirements
Purpose Table 3 shows the dimensions of the MFP and SPF machines and the installation space
required for safe operation.
To outline the general space requirements to enable safe use and adequate access for ser-
vice. NOTE: The installation dimensions in Table 3 allow for a 400 mm (15.8 inches) minimum safe
work space around the machine. To ensure this minimum safe work space, it may be neces-
sary to move the machine within the area specified.
WARNING A gap of 100mm (4 inches) is required at the rear for airflow to fans. This is also sufficient for
the DADF when raised.
Do not work in a confined space. 1 m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working.
The installation dimensions in Table 3 show the machine footprint with the MSI and output
trays fully extended.
WARNING Figure 1 represents a plan view of a machine installation and is to be read in conjunction with
USA and Canada. Do not install this machine in a hallway or exit route that does not Table 3. The dimensions A and B outline a footprint of the machine within the boundary of safe
have 1.12 m (44 inches) of space additional to the normal space requirements in front of operation, dimensions C and D. The dimension E indicates the area required for airflow/work
the machine. To conform with fire regulations this additional 1.12 m (44 inches) of space space at the rear of the machine.
is needed in front of the machine in hallway and exit routes.
Machine Height Table 3 Dimensions and space requirements
Refer to Table 1. Machine Width Machine Install Width Rear Airflow

(MSI closed) Depth Required Install Depth Space
Table 1 Machine Height Specifications (A) mm/ (B) mm/ (C) mm/ (D) mm/ (E) mm/
Configuration inches inches inches inches inches
Configuration Height (mm) Height (Inches)
MFP 495 / 19.5 495 / 19.5 1495 / 58.9 995 / 39.2 400 / 15.7
MFP with standard paper try only 551 21.69
SFP 459 / 18.1 426 / 16.8 1426 / 56.1 959 / 37.8 400 / 15.7
MFP with 3 550 sheet option feeders 971 38.2
SFP with standard paper tray only 458 18
SFP with 3 550 sheet option feeders 740 29.1
Machine Weight
Refer to Table 2.
Table 2 Machine Weight Specifications

Configuration Weight (kg) Weight (lbs)
MFP with standard paper try only 22 48.5
MFP with 3 550 sheet option feeders 32.5 71.7
SFP with standard paper tray only 13.5 29.8
SFP with 3 550 sheet option feeders 23.1 50.9
Front
Figure 1 Installation plan

GP 17 Electrical Power Requirements GP 18 Environmental Data
Power Requirements Operating
Refer to Table 1. • Temperature range: 0 to 35 degrees C (32 to 95 degrees F).
• Relative humidity: 10 to 85%.
Table 1 Electrical power requirements
• Altitude: 0 to 3000 metres (0 to 10170 feet).
Nominal Voltage Average Current Comments • Noise:
110-127VAC Less than or equal to 11A RMS. 50/60Hz plus 3Hz minus 3Hz
NOTE: Blue Angel Europe criteria measured in accordance with RAL-UZ 122.
(60Hz) Plus 10%
minus 10% – Table 1 contains the maximum value in decibels of noise that can be generated by
220-240VAC Less than or equal to 6A RMS. 50Hz plus 3Hz minus 3Hz the basic machine.
(50Hz) Plus 10% – Table 2 contains the maximum value in decibels of noise that can be generated by
minus 10% the machine in other configurations.
Table 1 Maximum noise limits, basic machine

Power Consumption
PPM Standby (dBA) Run Continuous (dBA) Run Impulse (dBA)
Refer to Table 2.
45 35 56 59
Table 2 Power consumption 55 35 56 61
Model Power Consumption Value (kW)
Table 2 Maximum noise limits, all configurations
MFP 1.08 or less
SFP 1.03 or less PPM Standby (dBA) Run continuous (dBA) Run Impulse (dBA)
45 35 59 63
Operation Modes 55 35 59 63
Refer to Table 3 and Table 4.
Storage
Table 3 Operation modes • Altitude: 0 to 3000metres (0 to 10170 feet).
Mode State • Maximum temperature 40 degrees C (104 degrees F).
Run Normal operation mode • Minimum temperature -20 degrees C (-4 degrees F).
Ready The state prior to entering run mode.
Low power A lower power consumption mode than ready mode
Sleep A lower power consumption mode than low power mode.
Table 4 IOT states

Sub-System Run Mode Ready Mode Low Power Mode Sleep Mode
Fuser Maintaining operat- Maintaining Maintaining low Off
ing temperature standby temper- temperature
ature
Xerographics Operating state Off Off Off
Print Head Operating state Off Off Off
Assembly
Fusing Fan Operating State Operating State Off Off
(half-speed)
ESS (Refer- Operating state Operating State Operating State Off
ence only)

GP 19 Administrator Log In
Purpose
To enable access to administrator features on UI and web interface.
How to Enter Customer Administration Mode at the UI

2. When the machine is ready, touch Log In in the top left corner of the UI.
3. Touch Admin.
4. The Password screen is displayed. Enter the password ‘1111’ (default setting).
NOTE: If the password is not 1111, ask the customer for the current password. If the cus-
tomer does not know the password, go to Administrator Password Reset.
5. Touch OK.
Call Closeout
1. Touch Admin in the top left corner of the UI.
2. Touch Logout.
How to Enter Customer Administration Mode via the Webpage
1. Type the device IP address into a web browser.
2. Select Log in, top left corner.
3. The User Accounts screen is displayed. Select Admin.
4. The admin screen is displayed. Enter the password ‘1111’ (default setting).
5. Select Log In.
Call Closeout
1. Select Admin, in the top left corner.
2. The pull down menu is displayed. Select Log Out.
Administrator Password Reset
To reset the admin password, contact 2nd level support.

GP 20 First Print Out/Copy Time and Startup Time GP 21 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
Purpose Purpose
First Print Output Time (FPOT) is defined as the time from when the print engine receives a To give information on the RoHS Directive.
start signal in low power/sleep mode, until a single page is printed and delivered to the output
tray, Table 1. The RoHS Directive restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and elec-
tronic equipment. It applies to equipment placed in the European Union (EU) market. The
First Copy Output Time (FCOT) is defined as the time from the tap of the Start button until the directive takes effect from 1st July 2006.
complete exit of the first copy, Table 1.
NOTE: Currently these restrictions are only for the European Union (EU) market and some
Table 1 First print/copy output time associated countries. For more information go to www.Xerox.com. However, Xerox has man-
dated that all Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 machines must be maintained as RoHS
FPOT
Color (Low Power/Sleep FCOT FCOT compliant.
Mode Mode) (from platen) (from DADF) The hazardous substances are:
B/W 6.5 sec. max. 8.5 sec. max. 9.6 sec. max. • Lead (Pb)
• Mercury (Hg)
Startup time is the time required for the device to reach ready-state after the machine is • Cadmium (Cd)
switched on or woken from low power or sleep mode, Table 2. • Hexavalent Chromium (Cr 6+, Cr [VI])
• Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE’s)
Table 2 Power up time
• Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB’s)
From mains switch on From low power mode From sleep mode
79 sec. max. 19.9 sec. max. 19.9 sec. max. Identification of a RoHS Compliant Machine
Xerox will maintain a central list of RoHS compliant machines.
All Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 machines are RoHS compliant at time of manufacture.
Procedure
CAUTION
Failure to comply with RoHS guidelines can result in product recalls, imprisonment, fines or
penalties.
Use only spares that are listed in the Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Spare Parts List. Do
not use spare parts from other similar machines, even if the parts look identical. All Xerox®
VersaLink® B400 and B405 machines are RoHS compliant at time of manufacture and must
be maintained as RoHS compliant.

GP 22 Printing Reports GP 23 Obtaining Audit and Device Logs
Purpose Purpose
To list reports available from the control panel, refer to GP 3. To obtain device logs for analysis by 2nd level support.
• Configuration Report NOTE: It may not be possible to obtain audit and device logs if the device executed a reboot
• Billing Summary Report after an error occurred. To enable the device log collection enter dC131, then set the NVM
• Supplies Usage Report value 700-530 value to 0. Once logs are obtained, enter dC131 and set NVM value 700-530 to
1.
• PostScript Font List
• PCL Font List Procedure
• Demonstration Print Audit Log
• Startup Page To obtain the Audit Log:
Configuration Report 1. Obtain the machine’s IP address by printing a configuration report, GP 22.
The Configuration Report lists the current state of system configuration parameters including 2. Access the web UI by entering the IP address into a web browser on a PC on the same
installed options and network settings. network as the machine.
3. Log in to the web UI as an administrator, GP 19.
Billing Summary Report
4. Ensure HTTP- SSL/TLS is enabled:
The Billing Summary Report lists Device Information, Billing Meter impression counters (for
a. Click Connectivity.
customers on billing meter supplies plans only) and Sheet Count by Paper Type.
b. Click HTTP.
Supplies Usage c. Enable HTTP (SSL). You will be prompted to restart the machine, click Restart
The Supplies Usage report includes the current status of printer consumables and routine Now.
maintenance items. Installation dates and replacement part numbers are listed. d. Click OK. You will be prompted to restart the machine, click Restart Now.
5. When the machine restarts, log back in as an administrator, then click System.
PostScript Font List 6. Click Logs.
This report provides a list of the installed PostScript fonts. 7. Click Audit Log.
8. Click Enable.
PCL Font List
9. Click Export. The auditlog.txt file is downloaded via the web browser.
This report provides a list of the installed PCL fonts.
Device Log
Demonstration Print To obtain the Device Log:
This report shows a brief synopsis of the device. 1. Obtain the machine’s IP address by printing a configuration report, GP 22.
2. Access the web UI by entering the IP address into a web browser on a PC on the same
Startup Page network as the machine.
This report lists device type, software versions, enabled protocols and mobile connectivity. 3. Log in to the web UI as an administrator, GP 19.
4. Click System.
Procedure 5. Click Logs.
Reports are printed from the Control Panel 6. Click Device Log.
7. Click Accept. The devicelog.dat file is downloaded via the web browser.
NOTE: It is not necessary to enter SA mode (log in) in order to perform this procedure.
• From the Home Screen touch Device.

• Touch About.
• Scroll to the bottom of the list, then touch Information Pages
• Select the desired report, then touch Print.

GP 24 Cleaning the Document Glass and White Strip GP 25 Special Boot Modes
Purpose Purpose
To clean the document glass and white strip while addressing IIT faults. To start up the device in various modes to enable special functions, Table 1.
General Precautions Procedure

1. Switch off the machine, GP 10.
CAUTION 2. Simultaneously press then hold down the Home and Power buttons until the device pow-
ers on and SPECIAL BOOT MENU appears, Figure 1.
• When cleaning the printer do not use organic or strong chemical solvents or aerosol
cleaners. Do not pour fluids directly into any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials 3. Simultaneously touch the letters A in SPECIAL, B in BOOT and the Home button. Do not
only as directed in this documentation. hold any of the three locations, just touch/press then release simultaneously, Figure 1.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer.
• Do not leave the covers and doors open for any length of time, especially in well-lit
places. Light exposure can damage the imaging units.
• Do not open covers and doors during printing.
• Do not tilt the printer while it is in use.
• Do not touch the electrical contacts or gears. Doing so could damage the printer and
cause the print quality to deteriorate.
• Ensure any parts removed during cleaning are replaced before you plug in the printer.
Cleaning Process
WARNING Figure 1 Accessing special boot mode

4. At the keypad screen enter code number: 6789#. The SPECIAL BOOT MENU 1/3 screen
will display.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not turn off the device until the reboot is complete. The device will reboot after the download
Do not spray detergent directly on the printer. Liquid detergent could enter the printer through a
is complete.
gap and cause problems. Never use cleaning agents other than water or mild detergent.
5. Scroll through SPECIAL BOOT MENU screens 1/3, 2/3 and 3/3 to select the appropriate
1. Slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper towel with water.
function, refer to Table 1, then follow the on screen instructions. The device may reboot
2. Open the document cover. then print a report.
3. Wipe the surface of the document glass and white strip, and then wipe with a dry cloth or
paper towel until they are completely dry. Table 1 Next Level of Menu
4. Pull the tab to open the DADF chute cover and hold it open. Function Display Description
5. Wipe the surface of the white strip, dry with a dry cloth or paper towel.
DOWNLOAD --BOOT MODE-- Starts up in Firmware Download Mode. See
6. Carefully close the DADF chute cover. MODE DOWNLOAD MODE GP 4.
7. Close the document cover. ARE YOU SURE?
YES
NO
LONGDIAG --BOOT MODE-- Performs a more detailed check than the
MODE LONGDIAG MODE usual device diagnostic items at the start up
ARE YOU SURE? of the machine.
YES
NO

Table 1 Next Level of Menu GP 26 Ethernet Crossover Cable Setup
Function Display Description Purpose
01. JOB LOG --BOOT MODE-- Used when the log data has an error and a To connect and then configure a laptop to communicate with a device via a ethernet crossover
CLEAR MODE 01. JOB LOG CLEAR Fail such as 116-331 has occurred, or when cable, tool number 600T02252.
MODE the log data must be cleared for version
ARE YOU SURE? upgrade that involves a large change in ver- Procedure
YES sions.
NO
02. FACTORY --BOOT MODE-- Used when recovery is not achieved with WARNING
INIT 02. FACTORY INIT MODE Startup by “03. NVRAM INIT MODE”. This
MODE ARE YOU SURE? method can also be used to resolve the
YES problem where the internal clock becomes
NO unstable, therefore causing all the functions
that use the clock to become unstable when 1. Print a configuration report, GP 22.
the ESS PWB is initialized with the backup 2. Ensure that Windows firewall and wireless network connectivity on the laptop are turned
battery detached. When an initialization is off.
performed with this method, the same billing 3. Record the IP address and Subnet Mask of your laptop.
mismatch, etc. occurs as after replacing the
ESS PWB.
Note: When performing this boot mode on a CAUTION
device after replacing the IIT, perform a Before you change the value of a setting ensure the original value is recorded. All the
parameter setup for the IIT again according original values will need to be restored to the laptop at the end of the procedure.
to the instruction sheet included with the a. Open a command window on the laptop
replacement IIT.
03. NVRAM INIT -BOOT MODE-- Initializes the NVM of the configuration dialog box, then press Enter.
MODE 03. NVRAM INIT MODE range (Printer Settings etc) inside the Con-
ARE YOU SURE? troller by force and starts up.
YES
NO NOTE: If the Windows key is enabled (the key located in the lower left corner with
04. HDD FORMAT -BOOT MODE-- Formats the EMMC card by force. the Microsoft logo), hold the Windows key down, press R and release both keys to
MODE 04. HDD FORMAT MODE This operation forcibly sets the EMMC card open the Command window.
ARE YOU SURE? partition condition to the setting used at ship-
b. Type ipconfig at the command prompt, then make a note of your Local Area Con-
YES ment.
nection: IPv4 Address and Subnet Mask.
NO
4. Configure the LAN connection of the laptop to enable communication with the device. Go
06. HDD INITIAL- --BOOT MODE-- Initializes the Spool Area (EMMC card).
to the relevant procedure:
IZE MODE 06. HDD INITIALIZE Initialization is performed for the predeter-
MODE mined area of EMMC card partition, and • Windows 7.
ARE YOU SURE? the area other than this area is not influ- • Windows XP
YES enced.
NO
SKIP INSTALL --BOOT MODE-- The function started without displaying
WIZARD SKIP INSTALL WIZARD INSTALL WIZARD.
ARE YOU SURE?
YES
NO

Windows 7 6. Select Use the following IP address. Enter the IP address and subnet mask, Figure 2.
1. Open Start / Control Panel / Network and Sharing Centre.
2. From the left pane, select Change adapter settings.
3. Right-click on the Local Area Connection icon. Select Properties. The Local Area Con-
nection Properties window will open.
4. Highlight Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4). Select Properties, refer to Figure 1. The
Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties window will open.
Figure 2 Properties window
7. Refer to the configuration report. Set the IP address of the laptop one number higher than
the device. For example, if the IP address of the device is 192.168.196.112, set the IP
address of the laptop to 192.168.196.113.
8. Refer to the configuration report. Set the Subnet mask of the laptop to the same as the
Subnet mask of the device.
9. Click on OK to close the properties dialog box, then OK to close the second properties
Figure 1 Properties window dialog box.
10. Close the Local Area Connection Status dialog box.
5. Double-click the entry Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4).
11. Connect the ethernet crossover cable to the device, then continue with your procedure.

Windows XP 4. Select Use the following IP address, Figure 4.
1. Open Start / Control Panel / Network Settings.
2. Right-click on Local Area Connection icon. Select Properties. The Local Area Connection
Properties window will open.
3. Highlight Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). Select Properties, refer to Figure 3. The Internet Pro-
tocol (TCP/IP) Properties window will open.
5. Refer to the configuration report. Set the IP address of the laptop one number higher than
the device. For example, if the IP address of the device is 192.168.196.112, set the IP
address of the laptop to 192.168.196.113.
6. Refer to the configuration report. Set the Subnet mask of the laptop to the same as the
Subnet mask of the device.
7. Select OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.
8. Select OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.
9. Connect the ethernet crossover cable to the device, then continue with your procedure.

GP 40 Glossary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations Table 1 Abbreviations
Where possible unit designations as appear in ISO 1000 (International Organization for Stan- Term Description
dardization) and Xerox Standard MN2-905 have been used. All measurements appear in ISO CQ Copy Quality
units followed by any conversion in brackets e.g.; 22.5mm (0.885 inches)
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
Refer to Table 1. CRU Customer Replaceable Unit

CRUM Customer Replaceable Unit Monitor
Table 1 Abbreviations CSE Customer Service Engineer
Term Description CVT Constant Velocity Transport
1TM One Tray Module DADF Dual Auto Document Feeder

dB Decibel (applies to sound pressure level units)
3TM Three Tray Module
dC Diagnostic code
AAA Authentication, Authorisation and Accounting
DC Device Controller, generic term for any module that acts as a image han-
ABS Automatic Background Suppression.
dling device e.g., SIP. Digital Copier
AC Alternating Current
DC Direct Current
ACAST Anti Counterfeiting Activities Support/Strategy Team
DCN Disconnect
ACL Alternating Current Live
DCS Digital Command Signal
ACN Alternating Current Neutral
DDNS Dynamic Domain Name System
AGC Automatic Gain Control
DH Document Handler
AHA Advanced Hardware Architecture
DHCP Dynamic Host Config Protocol (similar to BootP)
AMPV Average Monthly Print Volume
DIMM Dual In-line Memory Module
ANSAM Answer Tone, Amplitude Modulated
DIP Dual In-line Package (switch)
APS Auto Paper Selection
DIS Digital Identification Signal
ARP Address Resolution Protocol. Converts an IP address to a MAC address.
DLM Dynamically Loadable Module
See RARP.
ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit DM Document Manager
B Bels (applies to sound power level units) DMA Direct Memory Access
Binding Part of the communication between modules. DMO Developing Markets Operations
BM Booklet Maker DMO-E Developing Markets Operations East
BootP Boot Protocol. AN IP protocol for automatically assigning IP addresses. DMO-W Developing Markets Operations West
BPS Bits Per Second DPI Dots per inch
BS Behaviour Specification DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
BT Busy Tone DST Daylight Saving Time
BCR Bias Charge Roll DT Dial Tone
BTR Bias Transfer Roll DTMF Dual Tone Multiple Frequency
C Celsius DTS Detack Saw
CAT Customer Admin Tool Dust Off Routine to return machine to pre-install state
CBC Customer Business Center DVMA Direct Virtual Memory Access
CCD Charged Coupled Device EH&S Environmental Health and Safety
CCM Copy Controller Module EJS Easy Java Simulation
CCS Copy Controller Service ELT Extract, Load, Transform
CIPS Common Image Path Software Embedded Fax A fax system included in a system device
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility
CIS Contact Image Sensor
EME Electromagnetic Emission
CL Copy Lighter. A copy density setting

Table 1 Abbreviations Table 1 Abbreviations
Term Description Term Description
ENS Event Notification Service. Used by a software module to alert another I2C-bus Inter Integrated Circuit bus. This provides a simple bidirectional 2-wire
module of an event. bus for efficient inter-IC control. All I2C-bus compatible devices incorpo-
EOM End Of Message rate an interface which allows them to communicate directly with each
EOP End Of Procedure other via the I2C-bus.
EOR End Of Retransmission ID Identification
EPA Environmental Protection Agency IDG Inter document gap
EPC Electronic Page Collation (memory dedicated to temporary retention of IFax Internet Fax
images captured from the scanner and network controller) IIT Image Input Terminal
EPROM Erasable / Programmable Read Only Memory Intlk Interlock
ERR End Retransmission Response ioctl input/output control
ERU Engineer Replaceable Unit IOT Image Output Terminal
ESD Electrostatic Discharge IP Internet Protocol
ESS Electronic Sub-System (equivalent to NC) IPA Image Processing Accelerator. Used by the machine scanning services
EU European Union to convert scanned images to a standard format e.g. for scan to file /
scan to E-mail for network transmission.
EUR Europe
IPS Image Processing Service
FAR Fully Active Retard feeder
IPSec Internet Protocol Security
Fax Facsimile
IPX Internetwork Protocol eXchange
FCOT First Copy Out Time
IQ Image Quality
FDI Foreign Device Interface
IQS Image Quality Specification
FIFO First In First Out
IR Intelligent Ready
Firmware Software in a ROM
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network / International Standard Data Net-
FLASH On board erasable and re-programmable non volatile memory
work
FOIP Fax Over Internet Protocol
ISO International Standards Organization
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
ITP Internal Test Pattern
FPOT First Print Out Time
JBA Job Based Accounting (Network Accounting)
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
JIS Japanese Industrial Standards
FRU Fuser Replacement Unit
kg kilogram
FTP File Transfer Protocol
kHz kilohertz
FX Fuji Xerox
Kill All Routine to return all NVM, including protected NVM, to a virgin state.
G3 Group 3 Factory use only
GMT Greenwich Mean Time KO Key Operator
GND Ground LAN Local Area Network
GSM Grams per square metre LCD Liquid Crystal Display
GUI Graphical User Interface LCSS Low Capacity Stapler Stacker
HCF High Capacity Feeder LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (allows sharing of corporate
HDD Hard Disk Drive phone book information)
HFSI High Frequency Service Intervals LE Lead edge
HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol LED Light Emitting Diode
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply LEF Long Edge Feed
Hz Hertz LOA Load Object Attributes
I/O Input/Output LPD Line Printer Daemon

LPH LED Print Head. An LED array in close proximity to and the same width NOHAD Noise, Ozone, Heat, Airflow and Dust
as the photoreceptor. Individual LEDs are switched on/off to develop the NTP Network Time Protocol
image on the xerographic drum.
NVM Non-Volatile Memory
lpi Lines per inch
OA Open Architecture
LVF BM Low Volume Finisher Booklet maker
ODIO On Demand Image Overwrite
LVDS Low Voltage Differential Signal
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply
OpCo Operating Company
LUI Local user Interface
OS Operating System
m metre
P/R Photoreceptor
MAC Address Media Access Code. This is the basic, unique identifier of a networked
PABX Private Automatic Branch Exchange
device. An incoming message is analysed and an address in another
PC Personal Computer
form, such as an IP address, is resolved by a lookup table to a MAC
address. The message is then directed to, and accepted by the equip- PC Fax Personal Computer Fax
ment thus identified. It is the burnt-in, hardware address of a NIC. PCI Peripheral Component Interface
Mark Service Mark Service is the software module that tells the hardware to put toner PCL Printer Control Language
on paper. PDF Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format
MB Megabyte (one MB = 1,048,576 bytes = 1024 kilobytes). Mail Box PFM Paper Feed Module
Mb Mega bit (one million bits) PIN Procedural Interrupt Negative
MCF Message Confirmation PIN Personal Identification Number
MCU Main Control Unit ping Packet InterNet Groper. Tool to test connections between nodes by send-
MF Multifunction ing and returning test data.
mm millimetre PME Power Management Event
Modem MOdulator/DEModulator. Hardware unit that converts the ‘one’ and ‘zero’ POPO Power Off Power On
binary values from the computer to 2 frequencies for transmission over POO or P of O Principles of Operation
the public telephone network (modulation). It also converts the 2 frequen- POST Power On Self Test
cies received from the telephone network to the binary values for the
POTS Plain Old Telephone System
computer (demodulation).
Moire Image quality defect caused by interference between patterned originals PPM Prints per minute / Parts Per Million
and the digital imaging process. Moire patterns are repetitive and visible PR Photo-Receptor
as bands, plaids or other texture. Process Death A process has stopped working.
MSG Management Steering Group PS Post Script
MSI Bypass Tray PS Power Supply
ms millisecond PSTN Private Switched Telephone Network
N Newton PSW Portable Service Workstation
NA North America Pthread Process Thread. A very low level operating system concept for code exe-
NC Network Controller (equivalent to ESS) cution.
NC Normal Contrast. Copy contrast setting PWB Printed Wiring Board
NCR No Copying Required PWBA Printed Wiring Board Assembly
NetBIOS Network Basic Input / Output System. Software developed by IBM that PWM Pulse-Width Modulation
provides the interface between the PC operating system, the I/O bus, PWS Portable Work Station
and the network. Since its design, NetBIOS has become a de facto stan- RAM Random Access Memory
dard.
Nm Newton metre

RARP Reverse Address Resolution. Reverse of ARP. Converts a MAC address SM Scheduled Maintenance
to an IP address. The document centre resolves its address using RARP. SMART Systematic Material Acquisition Release Technique
See also MAC, NIC and ARP.
SMB Server Message Block. Microsoft Server / Client Communications proto-
RDT Remote Data Transfer col
Reg Registration SMP Service Maintenance Pack (contains a software package)
Registration Ser- Monitors when RPC services go on and offline. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
vice Snr Sensor
RF Radio Frequency
SOK Software Option Key (also known as a SOIM-Subscriber Identity Module)
RFID Radio Frequency Identification
SPAR Software Problem Action Request
RPC Remote Procedure Call. How the device communicates internally
spi Spots per inch
between software modules.
SPI Service Provider Interface. Steps to process a job.
RH Relative humidity
SR Service Representative
RMS Root Mean Square (AC effective voltage)
SRS Service Registry Service
RNR Receive Not Ready
SS or S/S Sub System
RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances
SSD Solid State Drive
ROM Read Only Memory
SSDP Simple Service Discovery Protocol
RR Receive Ready
SSID Service Set Identifier (wireless network name)
RS-232, RS-423, Series of standards for serial communication of data by wire. RS-232
STM Single Tray Module
RS-422, RS-485 operates at 20kbits/s, RS-423 operates at 100kbits/s, RS-422 and RS-
485 operate at 10Mbits/s. See FireWire and USB. SU Staple Unit
RTC Real Time Clock SW Switch
Rx Receive SW or S/W Software
S2F Scan-to-File sync synchronize
SA Systems Administration TAR Take Away Roll
SAKO Systems Administration Key Operator TAR or tar An archive file format, derived from Tape ARchive
SAR Semi-Active Retard feeder TBC To Be Confirmed
SBC Single board controller. Copy, print and UI controllers all on one PWB TBD To Be Defined
within the image processing module. TC Toner Concentration
SCD Software Compatibility Database TCF Training Check Field
SD Secure Digital, memory card format TCO Thermal Cutout
Server Fax A fax system that uses a remote Fax server. Faxes transmit as a Scan to TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
File job sent to the server. Fax receive as print jobs submitted to the Con- TE Trail Edge
nection Device. Template A collection of Scan to File attributes that can be conveniently re-used.
SEF Short Edge Feed TIFF Tagged Image File Format
Semaphore A variable or abstract data type. TP Test Point
SESS Strategic Electronic Sub-System TRC Toner Reproduction Curve
SH Staple Head TTM Tandem Tray Module
SIM Subscriber Identity Module (also known as a SOK-Software Option Key) TTY Teletype Terminal
SIM Scanner Input Module Tx Transmit
SIP Scanning and Image Processing UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
SIR Standard Image Reference
U-boot Universal Boot Loader
SLP Service Location Protocol (finds servers)
UI User Interface (display screen)

Table 1 Abbreviations
Term Description
UK United Kingdom
UM Unscheduled Maintenance
USB Universal Serial Bus.
High speed successor to parallel port for local device communications.
Operates at 12Mbits/s. See FireWire and RS-232.
USCO United States Customer Operations
USSG United States Solutions Group
V.17 / V.29 / V.34 Modem standards
VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol
WC WorkCentre
WEB UI CentreWare Internet Services
XCL Xerox Canada Limited
XE Xerox Europe
XEIP Xerox Extensible Interface Platform
XLA Xerox Latin America
XML eXtensible Markup Language
XPS XML Paper Specification (printing format)
XRU Xerographic Replacement Unit
XSA Xerox Standard Accounting

dC118 Jam Counter dC120 Failure Counter
Purpose Purpose
To view the number of jams that have occurred. dC118 Jam Counters records the number of To view the faults raised by the machine. dC120 Failure Counter records the number of occur-
occurrences of a jam and allows the counters to be sorted by occurrences. rences of a fault.
Procedure Procedure
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1. 1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1.
2. Tap dC118 Jam Counter. 2. Tap dC120 Failure Counter.
NOTE: There will be a delay while the machine retrieves the jam counter data. NOTE: There will be a delay while the machine retrieves the fault counter data.
3. A list of jams that have occurred is displayed. 3. A list of faults that have occurred on the machine is displayed.
4. Tap Close to return to the Diagnostics screen. 4. Tap Close to return to the Diagnostics screen.
5. Exit diagnostics, GP 1. 5. Exit diagnostics, GP 1.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 6-35 dC118, dC120
dC122 Shutdown History dC125 Faults
Purpose Purpose
To view the shutdown history in chronological order and in more detail than shown in dC120 To view the current faults.
Failure Counter.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1.
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1. 2. Tap dC125 Faults.
2. Tap dC122 Shutdown History.
NOTE: There will be a delay while the machine retrieves the fault data.
3. The dC122 Shutdown History screen is displayed.
4. Tap Failures to choose between: 3. A list of current faults is displayed.
• Paper Jams 4. Tap Close to return to the Diagnostics screen.
• Document Feeder Jams 5. Exit diagnostics, GP 1.
• Failures
• Last 40 Faults
5. Tap Close to return to the Diagnostics screen.
6. Exit diagnostics, GP 1.

dC122, dC125 6-36 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
dC131 NVM Read/Write
Purpose
To review and modify values within the machine configuration and control parameters stored in
NVM.
Description
Each NVM item is identified using an NVM chain link number in the form XXX-XXX.
Procedure
CAUTION
Only change an NVM value when instructed by a service procedure or when following advice
from engineering support.
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1.
2. Touch dC131 NVM Read/Write.
3. To read NVM, enter the required chain link number. The current value will be displayed.
4. To write NVM:
a. Enter the required chain link number.
b. Touch Change.
c. Enter a new value.
d. Touch OK.
e. The new value will be displayed in the Current Value box.
5. Touch Close to return to the Diagnostics screen.
NOTE: The Edoc CD must be in the CD drive to use the link below.
For the NVM tables, refer to the NVM Document.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 6-37 dC131
dC131 6-38 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
dC132 Machine ID and Billing Data dC135 HFSI Counter
Purpose Purpose
To view and, if required, synchronize the serial and product numbers between the MCU PWB To view and reset the Spec Life (threshold value) and the Current Value (usage status) of the
and ESS PWB when a new MCU PWB or ESS PWB has been installed. high frequency service items (HFSI), Refer to SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance.
The serial and product numbers are held at the following locations: Procedure
• MCU PWB (IOT). 1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1.
• EMMC card (SEEP Data SYS1) on the ESS PWB. 2. Touch dC135 HFSI Counter. The HFSI Counter screen will open.
• Soldered NVM (NVM Data SYS2) on the ESS PWB. 3. Touch Chain-Link, then enter the relevant Chain-Link number or select the component
from the list.
NOTE:
4. Touch Details. The Details screen will open, displaying the part name, current value, last
• This function must only be used when a failure has occurred.
replacement data, 2nd last replacement data, 3rd last replacement data and the specified
• When the values at the three locations (IOT, SYS1, SYS2) are the same, there is no need
life.
to continue with the procedure.
5. To reset an HFSI value:
Procedure a. Touch Reset.
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1. b. The Reset Current Value screen will open.
2. Touch dC132 Device ID and Billing Data. c. Touch Yes to reset the NVM value.
3. To change the values, touch IOT, SYS1 or SYS2.
NOTE: The three previous replacement values will be updated.
4. Follow the on screen instructions to enter the required values, then touch OK.
6. To edit the specified life of an HFSI:
a. Touch Spec Life.
b. The Spec Life screen will open.
c. Enter the new value.
d. Touch OK.
7. Touch Close to return to the HFSI Counter screen.
8. Touch Close to return to the diagnostics screen.

dC140 Analog Component Monitoring dC301 NVM Initialization
Purpose Purpose
To provide tools to start (actuate) and stop (de-actuate) monitoring of specific analog compo- To reset the values of all applicable NVM parameters to default.
nents. The nominal range of the analog value and, when monitoring is active, the current value
is displayed. The values are updated at least every second to allow the component state to be Procedure
monitored.
2. Tap the dC301 Initialize NVM button.
Procedure
3. Select the area to be initialized:
• IOT 1
2. Tap dC140 Analog Component Monitoring.
• IOT 2
3. Tap Chain-Link.
• Finisher
4. Enter the relevant Chain-Link number, refer to Table 1.
• IFM
5. Tap OK.
• IISS - IIT/IPS
6. Tap Start. The screen will display the information that follows:
• IISS - Extension
• Chain-Link number of the component.
• Input Device
• Input or output code clarification.
• Sys - System
• The enabled or disabled state.
• Sys - User
• The output level.
• Fault Counter
7. To temporarily change the output level of a component:
• HCS 1
a. Tap Level (wrench symbol).
• HCS 2
b. Tap the +/- buttons to enter the new value (1 to 65535).
• PFIM
c. Tap OK.
4. Tap Start.
8. Tap Stop All to stop component operation.
5. Follow the UI messages to initialize the NVM.
Table 1 Component list
Chain-
Link Component Name Description
010-200 Heat Roll Sensor: Main The detected value of the main heat roll sensor.
Range: 0 to 1023
010-201 Heat Roll Sensor: Side The detected value of the side heat roll sensor.
Range: 0 to 1023
046-200 BTR Current Monitor The supplied current to the Bias Transfer Roll.
Range: 0 to 1023
091-200 Environment Sensor: Tem- The temperature value of the environment sensor.
perature Range: 0 to 1023
091-201 Environment Sensor: Humid- The humidity value of the environment sensor.
ity Range: 0 to 255
092-200 ATC Sensor Displays the detected value of the ATC sensor.
Range: 0 to 1023

dC305 UI Panel Diagnostics dC330 Component Control
Purpose Purpose
To perform diagnosis of the user interface display and To show the status of input components e.g. sensors, and to run or energize output compo-
nents e.g. motors, solenoids.
Procedure
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1. Description
2. Tap dC305 UI Panel Diagnostics. Output and input component codes are entered into the Component Control Table on the UI,
and then checked individually or in permitted groups. The codes in the tables are grouped in
3. Tap LED Test or Audio Test.
function chain order. Refer to GP 2 Fault Codes and History Files.
4. For the LED test, tap the name of the LED indicator to be tested, then tap the required
test. Multiple LEDs can be tested at the same time. NOTE: To check the operation of the fuser temperature, environment sensing and the develop-
5. To halt the test, tap the LED name and tap Off or tap All Off on the main LED test screen ment housing ATC sensor, refer to dC140 Analog Monitor.
to stop all LED tests
Go to the appropriate procedure:
6. For the Audio test, Tap Volume to set the volume, then tap the audio pattern to be tested.
• Input Components
7. Tap Back to return to the Diagnostics screen.
• Output Components
Input Components
When the appropriate code is entered, the status of the component is shown on the UI.
NOTE: Logic levels shown on the Wiring Diagrams with the signal name is the actual signal as
measured with a service meter. This is not necessarily the same as the logic state shown on
the UI, especially where the output is inverted. When testing components using these control
codes, look for a change in state, not for a high or low.
The displayed status of the input component can be changed by causing the component status
to change, e.g. operating a sensor with a sheet of paper.
Go to the appropriate table:

• Table 1 Input codes 010.
• Table 2 Input Codes 041 to 042.
• Table 3 Input Codes 071.
Output Components
When the appropriate code is entered, the component runs or energizes for a set time. The
default timeout for most components is set at 90 seconds, but can be as short as 5 seconds.
Some components require that other components are run or energized at the same time. It is
possible to enter and run or energize up to 6 component control codes (not fax), but only in
permitted groups. If illegal combinations of codes are entered, the components do not run or
energize.
Go to the appropriate table:

• Table 4 Output Codes 010.
• Table 5 Output Codes 041 to 042.

Procedure Table 3 Input Codes 071
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1. Code Description General
2. Tap dC330 Component Control. 071-117 Option Feeder No Paper Sensor 2 High = No paper
071-118 Option Feeder No Paper Sensor 3 High = No paper
CAUTION 071-119 Option Feeder Path Sensor 1 High = Document present
Check the component control tables for components that will damage the machine if run 071-120 Option Feeder Path Sensor 2 High = Document present
together. 071-121 Option Feeder Path Sensor 3 High = Document present
3. Tap Chain-Link. 071-122 Full Stack Sensor High = Stack Full
4. Enter the relevant Chain-Link number. 071-200 Option Feeder Motor Alarm 1 High = Alarm Present
5. Tap OK. 071-201 Option Feeder Motor Alarm 2 High = Alarm Present
6. Tap Start. The component will operate and the screen will display the information that fol- 071-202 Option Feeder Motor Alarm 3 High = Alarm Present
lows:
• Chain-Link number of the component.
• Input or output code clarification.
• The component status.
• Operation counter.
7. Toggle Cyclic Motion to repeat the operation.
8. Tap Stop All to stop component operation.
Input Codes
Table 1 Input codes 010

Code Description General
010-200 Fusing Relay High = Energized
010-201 Envelope Mode Sensor Side D High = Envelope present
010-202 Envelope Mode Sensor Side AD High = Envelope Present
Table 2 Input Codes 041 to 042

041-300 Front Cover Interlock High = Open
041-301 Rear Cover Interlock High = Open
042-200 Rear Fan Alarm High = Alarm not present
042-201 LVPS Fan Alarm High = Alarm not present
Table 3 Input Codes 071

071-100 MSI No Paper Sensor High = No paper
071-101 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor High = No paper
071-102 Registration Sensor High = Document present
071-103 Exit Sensor High = Document present
071-116 Option Feeder No Paper Sensor 1 High = No paper

Output Codes Table 7 Output Codes 071
Code Displayed Name Description General
Table 4 Output Codes 010
071-016 Option Feeder 3 Motor Runs the Option Feeder 3 Motor at On/off
Code Displayed Name Description General (Half) half speed
010-001 Fusing Relay Energizes the Fusing Relay. On/off 071-017 Option Feeder 3 Motor Runs the Option Feeder 3 Motor at On/off
(Slow) slow speed
Table 5 Output Codes 041 to 042 071-018 Option Feeder 1 Sole- Energizes the Option Feeder 1 Sole- On/off
Code Displayed Name Description General noid noid
071-019 Option Feeder 2 Sole- Energizes the Option Feeder 2 Sole- On/off
041-001 LVPS Energizes LVPS. On/off. noid noid
042-001 Rear Fan (Normal) Runs the rear fan at normal speed On/off.
071-020 Option Feeder 3 Sole- Energizes the Option Feeder 3 Sole- On/off
042-002 Rear Fan (Half) Runs the Rear Fan at half-speed On/off noid noid
042-003 LVPS Fan Runs the LVPS Fan at half-speed On/off 071-021 Option Feeder 1 Take Energizes the Option Feeder 1 Take On/off
Away Clutch Away Clutch
Table 6 Output Codes 061 071-022 Option Feeder 2 Take Energizes the Option Feeder 2 Take On/off
Code Displayed Name Description General Away Clutch Away Clutch
071-023 Option Feeder 3 Take Energizes the Option Feeder 3Take On/off
061-001 ROS Motor Runs the ROS motor On/off
Away Clutch Away Clutch

071-001 Main Motor (Normal) Runs the Main Drive Motor at nor- On/off
mal speed 093-001 Dispenser Motor (Nor- Runs the Toner Dispenser Motor at On/off
mal) normal speed
071-002 Main Motor (Half) Runs the Main Drive Motor at nor- On/off
093-002 Dispenser Motor (Half) Runs the Toner Dispenser Motor at On/off
mal speed
half speed
071-003 Main Motor (Low) Runs the Main Drive Motor at low On/off
speed
071-004 MSI Feed Solenoid Energizes the MSI Feed Solenoid On/off
071-005 Tray 1 Feed Clutch Energizes the Tray 1 Feed Clutch On/off
071-006 Registration Clutch Energizes the Registration Clutch On/off
071-007 Exit Clutch Energizes the Exit Clutch On/off
071-008 Exit Inverter Clutch Energizes the Exit Inverter Clutch On/off
(Normal) normal speed
(Half) half speed
(Slow) slow speed
(Half) half speed
(Slow) slow speed

dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics dC500 Blank Page Threshold Value
Purpose Purpose
To initialize and inspect the new hard disk for errors. To set the value that is used to determine what is a blank page when performing blank fax
detection.
Procedure
1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1. Procedure
2. Tap dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostics. 1. Enter Diagnostics, GP 1.
3. Tap Failure Prediction Test or Initialize Hard Disk. 2. Tap dC500 Blank Page Threshold Value.
4. Follow the UI messages, then tap Start. 3. Follow the UI messages.
5. The result is displayed. Tap Close. 4. Tap Start.
6. Tap Close to return to the Hard Disk Diagnostics screen. 5. A single side is then scanned and the threshold value coefficient is displayed and set.
7. Tap Back to return to the Diagnostics screen. 6. Tap Close to return to the Diagnostics screen.

dC612 Print Test Pattern Table 1 Internal test patterns
Purpose Internal
Test Pattern
To print the internal test patterns.
Procedure 120 Even Density of Detection of band- Screen must be set to: Copy Error
Whole Page ing and defect Diffusion
detection.
2. Tap the dC612 Print Test Pattern button. 123 Pre IPS/Shading For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Copy Error
3. Select the test pattern required. Refer to IQ1 Image Quality Entry RAP and Table 1. Data BW Manufacturing use. Diffusion
Select from the available options for the required test pattern. 128 Post IPS/Grid/BW Detection of skew Screen must be set to: Copy Error
4. Tap the Start button. and distortion Diffusion
5. Tap the Close button to return to the diagnostics screen. defects.
Table 1 Internal test patterns

Internal
Test Pattern
51 Total Pattern For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Gradation,
52 Total Pattern (Manu- For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Gradation,
facturer) Manufacturing use. Standard or Fineness.
55 Whole-page Halftone Detection of band- Screen must be set to: Gradation,
ing and defect Standard or Fineness.
detection.
57 Alignment Checking align- Screen must be set to: Gradation,
ment Standard or Fineness.
58 Gradation General Image Screen must be set to: Gradation,
isolation.
63 Pitch Confirmation General Image Screen must be set to: Gradation,
and repeating
defect isolation.
64 Ghosting Detection of Ghost- Screen must be set to: Gradation,
ing. Standard or Fineness.
112 IIT Analog Gradation For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Copy Error
115 Pre IPS/FS Increment For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Copy Error
119 Pre IPS/SS Incre- For Engineering/ Screen must be set to: Copy Error
ment Manufacturing use. Diffusion

dC945 IIT Calibration dC1010 Signals Sending Test
Purpose Purpose
For information only, no service action required. For information only, no service action required.

dC1011 Relay On/Off Test
Purpose
For information only, no service action required.

7 Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Location List
PJ Locations.................................................................................................................... 7-3
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams.............................................................................................................. 7-15
Launch Issue February 2017 Wiring Data

Wiring Data February 2017 Launch Issue
PJ Locations Table 1 P/J Connectors B405
PJ Location Table P/Js Figure Description
To locate a connector, go to the appropriate table. 101 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5, and EMMC
• P/J Connectors B405, Table 1. card PL 18.1B Item 6.
101 Figure 4 Connects main drive assembly, PL 3.1 Item 1, and
• P/J Connectors B400, Table 2.
main motor harness assembly, PL 18.3B Item 11.
111 Figure 5 Connects dispenser motor PL 5.1 Item 9 and dis-
Table 1 P/J Connectors B405
penser motor harness assembly, PL 18.3B Item 10.
P/Js Figure Description
200 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and inlet
10 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and main harness assembly, PL 18.3B Item 1.
motor harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 11. 201 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and FSR
11 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB PL 18.2 Item 2 and dispenser harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 9.
motor harness assembly, PL 18.3B Item 10. 210 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and MCU
12 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and registra- 24V harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 6.
tion clutch PL 15.2 Item 4 211 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and ESS
13 Figure 2 Not used. power harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 4.
14 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and cassette 212 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and main
feed clutch PL 15.2 Item 16. motor harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 11.
15 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and MSI feed 213 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and option
solenoid PL 13.1 Item 5. feeder harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 8.
16 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and T21 exit 220 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and LV har-
clutch assembly PL 3.1 Item 6. ness assembly, PL 18.3B Item 5.
17 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and T24 230 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and inter-
inverter clutch assembly PL 3.1 Item 7. lock harness assembly PL 15.1B Item 4.
18 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and ROS 231 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and front
assembly, PL 2.1 Item 1. interlock switch assembly PL 18.1B Item 98.
19 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and ROS- 233 Figure 4 Connects fuser PL 7.1 Item 1 and FSR harness
MCU harness PL 2.1 Item 2. assembly PL 18.3B Item 9.
20 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and ESS har- 240 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and rear fan
ness assembly PL 18.3B Item 3. harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 16
21 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and MCU 24V 241 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB PL 18.1B Item 10 and LVPS
harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 6. fan, PL 4.1B Item 1.
22 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and LV har- 243 Figure 6 Connects feeder drawer 1 harness assembly PL
ness assembly, PL 18.3B Item 5. 11.1B Item 18 and option feeder harness assembly
23 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and FSR har- PL 18.3B Item 8.
ness assembly PL 18.3B Item 9. 253 Figure 5 Connects toner CRUM connector assembly PL 5.1
24 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and option Item 2 and Xerographics CRUM harness assembly
feeder harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 8. PL 18.3B Item 12.
25 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and Xero- 254 Figure 5 Connects Xerographic connector assembly PL 5.1
graphics CRUM harness assembly PL 18.3B Item Item 10 and Xerographics CRUM harness assembly
12. PL 18.3B Item 12.
26 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and HV har- 260 Figure 1 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 10, and the
ness assembly PL 18.3B Item 13. front interlock switch assembly, PL 18.1B Item 23.
27 Figure 2 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and exit sen- 261 Figure 2 Connects HVPS PL 18.2 Item 5 and HV harness
sor harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 15. assembly PL 18.3B Item 13.
30 Figure 2 Not used. 271 Figure 4 Connects exit sensor PL 17.1 Item 1 and exit sensor
harness assembly PL 18.3B Item 15.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 7-3 PJ Locations
Table 1 P/J Connectors B405 Table 1 P/J Connectors B405
P/Js Figure Description P/Js Figure Description
302 Figure 2 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5, and HDD PL 1421 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and HAR-
18.1B Item 91. NESS ASSY ESS, PL 18.3B Item 3.
310 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and HDD PL 1422 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and video
18.1B Item 91. harness, PL 2.1 Item 3.
340 Figure 1 ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 Ethernet Port 2401 Figure 4 Connects rear fan, PL 19.3B Item 9 and rear fan har-
419 Figure 6 Connects option tray PWB assembly PL 11.1B Item ness assembly, PL 18.3B Item 16.
5 and feeder drawer 1 harness assembly PL 11.1B 4201 Figure 6 Connects option feed clutch assembly, PL 11.1B
Item 18. Item 8 and C2 turn harness assembly, PL 11.1B
420 Figure 6 Connects option tray PWB assembly PL 11.1B Item Item 33.
5 and C2 turn harness assembly PL 11.1B Item 33. 4203 Figure 6 Connects no paper harness assembly, PL 11.2 Item
421 Figure 6 Connects option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1B Item 3 and C2 turn harness assembly, PL 11.1B Item 33.
5 and C2 size harness assembly, PL 11.1B Item 22. 4211 Figure 6 Connects switch sensor assembly and C2 size sen-
422 Figure 6 Connects option tray PWB assembly PL 11.1B Item sor harness assembly, PL 11.1B Item 22.
5 and tray motor harness assembly PL 11.1B Item 4212 Figure 6 Connects path sensor, PL 11.4 Item 4 and registra-
11. tion harness assembly, PL 11.4 Item 7.
430 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and speaker 4213 Figure 6 Connects takeaway clutch assembly, PL 11.2 Item
assembly PL 18.1B Item 19. 20 and C2 size sensor harness assembly, PL 11.1B
432 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and fax har- Item 22.
ness assembly PL 18.1B Item 21. 4214 Figure 6 Connects C2 size sensor harness assembly, PL
441 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and ESS 11.1B Item 22 and registration harness assembly,
power harness assembly, PL 18.3B Item 4. PL 11.4 Item 7.
451 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and IIT 4221 Figure 6 Connects motor assembly, PL 11.1B Item 19 and
assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14. tray motor harness assembly, PL 11.1B Item 11.
452 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and IIT 4231 Figure 6 Connects feeder harness assembly 2, PL 11.1B
assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14. Item 22 and feeder harness assembly 1, PL 11.1B
453 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and scanner Item 18.
assembly, PL 21.1 Item 1. 6101 Figure 1 ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5, FDI Port
454 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and IIT 7401 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and EMMC
assembly, PL 21.1 Item 14. card, PL 18.1B Item 6.
501 Figure 3 Connects ROS assembly PL 2.1 Item 1 and ROS- MJ1 Figure 1 Connects fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15 and Network
MCU harness PL 2.1 Item 2. cable
502 Figure 3 Connects ROS assembly PL 2.1 Item 1 and video MJ2 Figure 1 Connects fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15 and Network
harness PL 2.1 Item 3 cable
631 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and front USB
harness, PL 18.1B Item 17. Table 2 P/J Connectors B400
632 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and ICCR P/Js Coordinates Description
USB harness, PL 1.2B Item 6 10 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and main motor harness
1315 Figure 1 ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 USB Port assembly PL 18.3A Item 11.
1344 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and wireless 11 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and dispenser motor har-
adapter, PL 18.1B Item 90. ness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 10.
1350 Figure 1 Connects fax PWB, PL 18.1B Item 15 and fax har- 12 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and registration clutch, PL
ness assembly, PL 18.1B Item 21. 15.2 Item 4.
1352 Figure 1 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1B Item 5 and UI har- 13 Figure 8 Not used
ness assembly, PL 1.1B Item 1.

PJ Locations 7-4 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
Table 2 P/J Connectors B400 Table 2 P/J Connectors B400
P/Js Coordinates Description P/Js Coordinates Description
14 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and cassette feed clutch, PL 212 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and main motor harness
15.2 Item 16. assembly, PL 18.3A Item 11.
15 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and MSI feed solenoid PL 213 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and option feeder har-
13.1 Item 5. ness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 8.
16 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and T21 exit clutch assem- 220 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and LV harness assem-
bly, PL 3.1 Item 6. bly, PL 18.3A Item 5.
17 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and T24 inverter clutch 230 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and interlock harness
assembly, PL 3.1 Item 7. assembly, PL 15.1A Item 4.
18 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and ROS assembly PL 2.1 233 Figure 10 Connects fuser, PL 7.1 Item 1 and FSR harness assembly, PL
Item 1. 18.3A Item 9.
19 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and ROS-MCU harness, PL 240 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and rear fan harness
2.1 Item 2. assembly, PL 18.3A Item 16.
20 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and ESS harness assembly, 241 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and LVPS fan, PL 4.1A
PL 18.3A Item 3. Item 1.
21 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and MCU 24V harness 243 Figure 12 Connects drawer 1 feeder harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 18
assembly, PL 18.3A Item 6. and option feeder harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 8.
22 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and LV harness assembly, 253 Figure 11 Connects toner CRUM connector assembly, PL 5.1 Item 2 and
PL 18.3A Item 5. Xerographic CRUM harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 12.
23 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and FSR harness assembly, 254 Figure 11 Connects Xerographic connector assembly, PL 5.1 Item 10 and
PL 18.3A Item 9. Xerographic CRUM harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 12.
24 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and option feeder harness 260 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10, and the front interlock
assembly, PL 18.3A Item 8. switch assembly, PL 18.1A Item 12.
25 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and Xerographic CRUM har- 261 Figure 8 Connects HVPS, PL 18.2 Item 5 and HV harness assembly PL
ness assembly PL 18.3A Item 12. 18.3A Item 13.
26 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and HV harness assembly, 271 Figure 10 Connects exit sensor, PL 17.1 Item 1 and exit sensor harness
PL 18.3A Item 13. assembly, PL 18.3A Item 15.
27 Figure 8 Connects MCU PWB, PL 18.2 Item 2 and exit sensor harness 272 Figure 10 Connects full stack sensor, PL 17.1 Item 9 and exit sensor har-
assembly PL 18.3A Item 15. ness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 15.
30 Figure 8 Not used. 302 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91
101 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and EMMC card, PL 18.1A 310 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and HDD, PL 18.1A Item 91
Item 6. 340 Figure 7 ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 Ethernet Port.
101 Figure 10 Connects main drive assembly, PL 3.1 Item 1 and main motor har- 346 Figure 7 ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 USB Port
ness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 11. 419 Figure 12 Connects option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 and drawer
111 Figure 11 Connects dispenser motor, PL 5.1 Item 9 and dispenser motor 1 feeder harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 18.
harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 10.
420 Figure 12 Connects option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 and C2
200 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and inlet harness assem- turn harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 33.
bly, PL 18.3A Item 1. 421 Figure 12 Connects option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 and C2
201 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and FSR harness size sensor harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 32.
assembly, PL 18.3A Item 9. 422 Figure 12 Connects option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 and tray
210 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and MCU 24V harness motor harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 11.
assembly, PL 18.3A Item 6.
423 Figure 12 Connects option tray PWB assembly, PL 11.1A Item 5 and drawer
211 Figure 7 Connects LVPS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 10 and ESS power harness 2 feeder harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 31.
assembly, PL 18.3A Item 4. 441 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and ESS power harness
assembly, PL 18.3A Item 4.

Table 2 P/J Connectors B400
P/Js Coordinates Description
501 Figure 9 Connects ROS assembly, PL 2.1 Item 1 and ROS-MCU harness,
PL 2.1 Item 2.
502 Figure 9 Connects ROS assembly, PL 2.1 Item 1 and video harness, PL
2.1 Item 3.
631 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and front USB harness, PL
18.1A Item 13.
1315 Figure 7 ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 USB Port
1344 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and wireless adapter, PL
18.1A Item 90.
1362 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and UI console assembly,
PL 1.1A Item 4.
1421 Figure 7 Connects ESS harness assembly, PL 18.3A Item 3 and ESS
PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5.
1422 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and video harness, PL 2.1
Item 3.
2401 Figure 10 Connects rear fan, PL 19.3A Item 9 and rear fan harness assem-
bly, PL 18.3A Item 16.
4201 Figure 12 Connects option feeder clutch assembly, PL 11.1A Item 8 and C2
turn harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 33.
4203 Figure 12 Connects no paper sensor harness assembly, PL 11.2 Item 3 and
C2 turn harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 33.
4211 Figure 12 Connects switch sensor assembly and C2 size harness assembly,
PL 11.1A Item 32.
4212 Figure 12 Connects path sensor, PL 11.4 Item 4 and option feeder registra-
tion harness assembly, PL 11.4 Item 7.
4213 Figure 12 Connects takeaway clutch assembly, PL 11.2 Item 20 and C2 size
sensor harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 32.
4214 Figure 12 Connects C2 size sensor harness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 32
and option feeder registration harness assembly, PL 11.4 Item 7.
4221 Figure 12 Connects motor assembly, PL 11.1A Item 19 and tray motor har-
ness assembly, PL 11.1A Item 11.
4231 Figure 12 Connects feeder harness assembly 2, PL 11.1A Item 31 and
feeder harness assembly 1, PL 11.1A Item 18.
6101 Figure 7 ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 FDI Port
7401 Figure 7 Connects ESS PWB, PL 18.1A Item 5 and EMMC card, PL 18.1A
Item 6

Plug/Jack Locations (B405)
Figure 1 ESS and LVPS

Figure 2 MCU Figure 3 ROS

Figure 4 Fuser, Drive Figure 5 Xerographics

Figure 6 Option Feeder

Plug/Jack Location (B400)
Figure 7 ESS and LVPS

Figure 8 MCU Figure 9 ROS

Figure 10 Fuser, Drive

Figure 11 Xerographics Figure 12 Option Feeder

Wiring Diagrams
Wiring diagrams are an aid to trace wiring faults. Wiring diagrams are used to complement the
circuit diagram in the relevant RAP.
Refer to General Wiring Diagrams for a list of the general wiring diagrams which provide an
overview of the machine components and their connections.
Refer to Subsystem Wiring Diagrams for a list of wiring diagrams that show more detail on indi-
vidual subsystems and their connections.
General Wiring Diagrams

• B405 Power, Drive, Fusing, Controller, ROS, Xerographics/HVPS Interconnection Dia-
gram, Wiring Diagram 1.
• B400 Power, Drive, Fusing/Exit, Controller, ROS, Xerographics/HVPS Interconnection
Diagram, Wiring Diagram 2.
• B405 only Scanner, Wiring Diagram 3.
• B400 and B405 Option Feeder, Wiring Diagram 3.
Subsystem Wiring Diagrams
• B405 Power Regulation and Distribution, Wiring Diagram 4.
• B400 Power Regulation and Distribution, Wiring Diagram 5.
• Drive, Wiring Diagram 6.
• ROS, Wiring Diagram 7.
• Xerographics/HVPS, Wiring Diagram 8.
• Fuser/Exit, Wiring Diagram 9.
• B405 Controller, Wiring Diagram 10.
• B400 Controller, Wiring Diagram 11.
• B405 only Scanner, Wiring Diagram 12.
• Option Feeder, Wiring Diagram 13.

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer 7-15 Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagram 1 Component Interconnection (B405)
Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 1

Wiring Diagrams 7-16 Xerox® VersaLink® B400 and B405 Family Multifunction Printer
Wiring Diagram 2 Component Interconnection (B400)

Wiring Diagram 3 Scanner (B405 only), Option Feeder, Interconnection

Wiring Diagram 4 Power Regulation and Distribution (B405)

Wiring Diagram 5 Power Regulation and Distribution (B400)

Wiring Diagram 6 Drive

Wiring Diagram 7 ROS

Wiring Diagram 8 Xerographics/HVPS

Wiring Diagram 9 Fuser/Exit

Wiring Diagram 10 Controller (B405)

Wiring Diagram 11 Controller (B400)

Wiring Diagram 12 Scanner

Wiring Diagram 13 Option Feeder

8 Principles of Operation
Printing Process .............................................................................................................. 8-3
Functions of Scanner Assembly...................................................................................... 8-8
Paper Path ...................................................................................................................... 8-9
Functions of Major Functional Components.................................................................... 8-13
Data Flow ........................................................................................................................ 8-23
Operation Modes............................................................................................................. 8-24
Control............................................................................................................................. 8-25
Drive Transmission Route ............................................................................................... 8-26
Telephone System .......................................................................................................... 8-29
Telephone Call Connection Mechanism ......................................................................... 8-31
Fax System (Overview) ................................................................................................... 8-33
Fax Unit Mechanisms...................................................................................................... 8-33
Fax Standards (ITU-T Recommendations) ..................................................................... 8-35
Near Field Communication (NFC) ................................................................................... 8-35
Launch Issue February 2017 Principles of Operation

Principles of Operation February 2017 Launch Issue
Printing Process The outline of the printing process is shown in Figure 2.
Summary of Printing Process

This printer is a xerography-based, black and white laser printer. The xerographic system con-
sists of the following basic seven steps in which a toner image is formed on the drum, and then
transferred and fused onto the paper. Refer to Figure 1.
1. Charging. The drum surface is charged with electricity.
2. Exposure. An image is formed by exposing the drum surface to laser light.
3. Development. The image on the drum surface is developed with toner.
4. Transfer. The toner image on the drum is transferred onto the paper.
5. Neutralization/Removal. The paper is removed from the drum surface.
6. Fusing. The toner on the paper is fixed by heat and pressure.
7. Cleaning. The drum is cleaned.
Figure 1 Xerographic process
As the rotating drum surface goes through the steps of charging, exposure, development,
transfer, removal, and cleaning, a toner image is formed on the drum surface and is transferred
onto the paper. As the paper is fed by the feeding mechanism through the steps of transfer, Figure 2 Printing process
removal, and fusing, the toner image is transferred from the drum surface onto the paper, and
then is fused.

Charging Exposure
During the charging process, the surface of the drum rotating at a constant speed is uniformly The exposure process forms an invisible electrostatic latent image on the negatively charged
charged with negative polarity by the discharge from the bias charge roll (BCR). Refer to Fig- drum surface by scanning it with laser light. Refer to Figure 4
ure 3.
• The laser light is emitted from the laser diode (LD) to the polygon mirror via the two
• The BCR is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the rotations of the drum. lenses. The laser light reflected from the polygon mirror goes through the drum through
The BCR is a conductive roll that uniformly and negatively charges the drum surface with the lens L1 and the window.
the negative voltage applied by the HVPS. • The polygon mirror has six reflecting mirror faces and rotates driven by the scanner
• The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias voltage. The drum motor. The changing angle of the reflecting mirror surfaces allows the incoming laser light
surface consists of a photoreceptor (which is an insulator in the dark and a conductor in to scan the drum from end to end. One reflecting mirror is used to scan one line.
the light) backed with a conductor. • When one line of scanning ends, the laser light reflected from the polygon mirror enters
• The cleaning roll contacts with the BCR to remove the toner from its surface. the SOS mirror and is reflected to the SOS sensor. The SOS sensor generates a scan ref-
erence signal in response to the detection of laser light. This signal is used to time the
start of laser scanning to the start of image writing.
Figure 4 Exposure
Figure 3 Charging
• The laser light is illuminated according to the printing data (image data) output from the
printer controller. Only the points on the drum surface corresponding to the pixels (minute
points composing characters of pictures) of the printing data are illuminated by laser light
(the laser diode turns on at the area to be illuminated with toner, and turns off at the are
not to be developed). The areas on the drum illuminated with the laser light become con-
ductive. This allows the negative charge on the drum surface to flow to the positive side
and to cancel out the positive charge, lowering the potential on the drum surface. This
low-potential area becomes the electrostatic latent image. Refer to Figure 5.

Development
The development process makes a visible image appear on the drum surface by electrically
attracting toner particles to the electrostatic latent image.
Toner Feeding
• The toner in the toner cartridge is fed into the developer unit by the auger driven by the
dispense motor. Refer to Figure 6.
Figure 6 Toner feeding
Development
• In the developer section, the incoming toner is mixed with the existing developer (toner/
carrier mixture) by the auger, and then supplied to the magnet roll located near the drum
surface. The toner and carrier are charged by friction due to agitation (toner in negative,
carrier in positive), and they attract each other electrically. The carrier, due to its magnetic
Figure 5 Latent image properties, is attracted to the magnetized magnet roll, and then uniformly leveled by the
trimmer rod.

• The entire surface of the magnet roll is covered by a thin conductive sleeve. The develop- Transfer
ing bias (DB) voltage is supplied to this conductive sleeve from the high voltage power
During the transfer process, the toner image formed on the drum surface is transferred to the
supply (HVPS). The DB voltage is a DC voltage. The DC voltage keeps the magnet roll at
paper via the bias transfer roll (BTR).
a constant negative voltage against the photoreceptor layer of the drum. Therefore, at the
area where the negative electric charge on the drum surface does not decrease, the • The BTR is a conductive roll, which is located in contact with the drum and is supplied
potential is lower than that of the magnet roll, while the potential is higher than that of the with high voltage from the HVPS. When the paper moves from the BTR to the drum, the
magnet roll at the area where the negative charge on the drum surface decreases. Thus,
BTR applies positive charge to the backside of the paper. The toner image on the drum
the negatively charged toner is attracted only to the portions of the drum surface where surface is transferred from the drum to the paper, attracted by the positive charge of the
the negative charge has decreased below that of the magnet roll (electrostatic latent paper backside. The paper is attracted to the drum surface because the negative charge
image), forming an image on the drum. Once the toner is deposited on the drum, the
induced in the conductive layer of the drum attracts the positive charge on the paper
toner-attracting force of the corresponding portion decreases because the increase of backside. Refer to Figure 8.
negative charge lowers the potential at that portion. Refer to Figure 7.
Figure 8 Transfer
Figure 7 Development

Neutralization/Removal Fusing
During the neutralization/removal process, the charge on the paper is neutralized by the elimi- During the fusing process, toner is fixed onto the paper by heat and pressure.
nator.
• The toner particles are melted by the heat roll heated by the heater lamp, and fused onto
This also eliminates the force that attracts the paper to the drum surface, allowing the paper to the print medium by the pressure between the heat roll and the pressure belt.
peel off from the drum due to the elasticity of its own. • The pressure belt friction-driven by the heat roll nips the paper against the heat roll using
the pressurizing mechanism contained in the pressure belt. Refer to Figure 10.
• The eliminator neutralizes the charge to prevent the toner on the paper from spreading
over the surrounding metal surfaces. The eliminator is a metal sheet that is held at the
ground level. It neutralizes the positive charge applied during the transfer process by
applying negative charge to the backside of the paper. Refer to Figure 9.
Figure 10 Fusing
Figure 9 Neutralization/removal

Cleaning Functions of Scanner Assembly
During the cleaning process, excess toner is removed from the drum and BCR surfaces to Document Scanning
eliminate the charge on the drum surface.
The scanner assembly consists of the image input terminal (IIT) and the duplex automatic doc-
• Drum cleaning. The toner that was not transferred to the drum surface during the transfer ument feeder (DADF). Document scanning is performed by the carriage assembly in the image
process remains on the drum surface. To prevent the remaining toner on the drum sur- input terminal.
face from causing image quality defects during the subsequent process, the cleaning
blade in contact with the drum scrapes off the remaining toner, and transports it to the Document Scanning at Platen (IIT)
waste toner collecting area. The carriage assembly consists of the LED array for illuminating a document, the CCD image
• BCR cleaning. The cleaning roll, made of spongy material, contacts the BCR surface and sensor for photo electronic converting image data, the mirrors and the lens.
scrapes off the remaining toner, and transports it to the waste toner collecting area.
By the drive from the carriage motor, the carriage assembly in the IIT moves at the shifting
• BTR cleaning. The excess toner deposited on the BTR during the transfer process con-
taminates the backside of the subsequent sheets. To prevent this, the HVPS sends nega- speed corresponding to the set magnification and irradiates the document by the LED array.
tive high voltage (contrary to the transfer process) to the BTR to reverse-transfer the toner The optical image of the document irradiated by the LED array is reflected by the multiple mir-
rors, passed through the lens, and then scanned by the CCD image sensor. Refer to Figure 1.
from the BTR to the drum. The cleaning blade in contact with the drum scrapes off the
reverse-transferred toner from the drum, and transports it to the waste toner collecting
area. Refer to Figure 11.
Figure 1 Platen scanning

Figure 11 Cleaning

Document Scanning at DADF Paper Path
When the document being fed by the torque from the pick motor and DADF motor at the speed Paper Path Layout
corresponding to the set magnification passes the scanner home position (constant velocity
Figure 1 shows the paper path layout and the paper path-related components of the configura-
transport (CVT)) of the carriage assembly in the IIT, allowing the reflected image to be read by
tion with the optional 550 sheet feeder.
the CCD image sensor through the rod scope. Refer to Figure 2.
Figure 2 DADF scanning Figure 1 Paper path

Feeding from the MSI Feeding from the Tray
When a sheet is fed from the multi sheet inserter (MSI), the MSI feed solenoid is energized. Sheets loaded in the tray are fed by the nudger roll to the position where it is nipped between
When the MSI feed solenoid is energized, the stopper is released, and the nudger roll contacts the feed roll and the retard roll. The retard roll separates the sheets by the rotational friction
the top sheet of the stack loaded in the MSI. obtained by being pressurized to the feed roll by the spring from below. If multiple sheets are
fed together, the retard roll is braked to stop by the built-in torque limiter, and prevents, by fric-
The feed roll and the nudger roll rotate driven by the main drive assembly, to feed the sheet to
tion, the bottom sheets from going any further, allowing only the top sheet to pass. The plate
the position where it is nipped between the feed roll and the retard roll.
assembly bottom rises by the spring pressure as the sheet stack becomes thinner. Refer to
If multiple sheets are fed together, the friction with the stopper sheet and the retard roll pre- Figure 3.
vents the bottom sheets from going any further, allowing only the top sheet to pass. Refer to
Figure 2.
Figure 3 Tray feed
Figure 2 MSI feed

Registration Transfer/Fusing/Exit
When a sheet is fed from the tray or MSI to the toner transfer section, the registration of the While the sheet that passed the registration section passes between the drum and the BTR
sheet may not be correctly maintained due to misalignment of lead edge in the tray or MSI. that are driven by the main drive assembly, the toner image on the drum is transferred onto the
sheet.
To avoid this, the lead edge position needs to be adjusted at the registration section before the
sheet is fed to the toner transfer section. As the sheet is forwarded to the exit section, the toner image is fused onto the sheet surface by
the heat roll that rotates driven by the main drive assembly.
By thrusting the edge of the sheet coming out of the tray or MSI against the registration roll, the
lead edge of the sheet is correctly adjusted. Refer to Figure 4. At the exit, the torque from the main drive assembly is conveyed to the exit roll by energizing
the exit clutch to forward the sheet to the exit direction. Refer to Figure 5.
Figure 4 Registration
Figure 5 Exit

Duplex Path DADF Paper Path (Simplex)
After the printing of the side 1 is completed and the lead edge of the sheet passes the chute When the sheet feeding from the document feeder tray of the DADF starts, the pickup roller
gate, the inverter clutch is energized and the exit roll rotates toward the duplex path. The chute that rotate driven by the torque from the pick motor. The sheet is nipped between the separa-
gate lowers under its own weight, and the sheet is fed toward the duplex path. tion roller and the retard roller while being fed into the DADF.
The duplex roll rotates driven by the main drive assembly to feed the sheet to the registration
Inside the DADF, the sheet is fed by the paper feed 1 roller and paper feed 2 roller that rotates
position. Refer to Figure 6.
by the torque from the DADF motor to the scanner home (CVT) position in the carriage assem-
bly, and is scanned.
After being scanned, the sheet is ejected to the document output tray of the DADF by the eject
1 roller and eject 2 roller that rotates by the torque from the DADF motor. Refer to Figure 7.
Figure 7 DADF simplex document path
Figure 6 Duplex

DADF Paper Path (Duplex) Functions of Major Functional Components
After scanning a document is completed and the rear edge of the document is passed through Major functional components of the printer and the scanner are described below:
the flapper gate, the eject 2 roller is reversed by the reverse drive of the DADF motor, and the
• Paper Feeder
document is nipped into the DADF. The document is reversed at this time.
• Charging/Cleaning
When the document is fed near side of the paper feed 1 roller, the DADF motor returns to the • ROS
positive rotation drive, and the document is fed to the scanner home position (CVT) by the • Development
torque from the paper feed 1 roller and paper feed 2 roller. The document scanned at the CVT • Transfer/Drive
position is fed to the document output tray of the DADF by the eject 1 roller and eject 2 roller.
• Fusing/Exit
Refer to Figure 8.
• Optional 550 Sheet Feeder
• UI
• Scanner
• DADF
Paper Feeder
Refer to Figure 1. The major components are listed below:
• Registration clutch. Transmits the torque of the main drive assembly to the registration
roll.
• Tray feed clutch. Transmits the torque of the main drive assembly to the feed roll and the
nudger roll of tray 1.
• MSI solenoid feed. Releases the stopper of the MSI to allow the nudger roll to contact the
top sheet of the stack loaded in the MSI.
• Registration sensor (mounted on the HVPS). Detects that the lead edge of the paper has
reached the registration section based on the change of the actuator position.
• Tray 1 no paper sensor (mounted on the HVPS). Detects the presence/absence of sheets
in tray 1 based on the change of the actuator position.
• MSI no paper sensor (mounted on the HVPS). Detects the presence/absence of sheets in
the MSI based on the change of the actuator position.
Figure 8 DADF duplex document path

Charging/Cleaning
• The drum forms an electrostatic latent image and a toner image.
• The BCR charges the drum electrically.
• The cleaning blade removes the toner remaining on the drum after the toner image is
transferred to the paper.
• The BCR cleaning roll removes the toner remaining on the BCR.
Figure 1 Paper feeder
Figure 2 Charging/cleaning

ROS Development
The ROS assembly is an exposure device that emits laser light to form an electrostatic latent Refer to Figure 4. The major components are listed below:
image on the Drum surface. Refer to Figure 3. The major components are listed below: • Toner cartridge. Contains toner and is installed with the customer replaceable unit mem-
• PWB LDD. Converts the image data coming in from the PWB ESS SFP to the ROS ory (CRUM) that stores cartridge-specific information.
assembly into laser light, and illuminate the built-in laser diode. • Toner CRUM connector assembly. Contacts the CRUM installed on the toner cartridge to
• Motor Polygon assembly. Consists of the scanner motor that rotates at a constant speed relay the cartridge-specific data stored in the CRUM to the PWB MCU.
and of the polygon mirror installed on the motor shaft. • Dispense motor. Supplies toner from the toner cartridge tn to the development unit by
• PWB SOS. A PWB equipped with the SOS sensor. The SOS sensor converts the incom- driving the auger in the toner cartridge.
ing laser light into an electrical signal as the reference point for scanning start, and sends • ATC sensor. Detects the toner density in the development unit.
it to the PWB MCU. • Magnet roll. Contacts the drum to form a toner image on its surface.
• Trimmer rod. Spreads the toner and carrier evenly on the magnet roll.
• Auger. Agitates the toner.
• Xerographic connector assembly. Contacts the CRUM installed on the drum cartridge to
relay the component-specific data stored in the CRUM to the PWB MCU.
• The drum cartridge is installed with the CRUM that stores component-specific informa-
tion.
Figure 3 ROS

Transfer/Drive
• CRU transfer roll assembly (bias transfer roll (BTR)). Transfers the toner image on the
drum surface to the paper. The BTR is in contact with and driven by the drum.
• Main drive assembly. A motor that drives various components of the printer. Drives the
paper feed system, drum, development unit, and fuser.
Figure 5 Transfer/drive
Figure 4 Development

Fusing/Exit
• Fuser. A unit that consists of the fusing unit that fuses, by heat and pressure, the toner
that has been transferred but has not been fused onto the sheet, and of the component
for feeding the sheet while the sheet goes through the fusing process.
– Heat roll. A metal roll that transfers heat to the sheet to fuse the toner particles onto
the sheet surface.
– Pressure belt. A belt containing a pressurizing system. It pressurizes the sheet
against the heat roll to fuse the toner to the sheet.
– Heater lamp. A heating-coil-enclosed lamp located inside the heat roll. It is a heating
device that heats the entire heat roll.
– Temperature sensor. A thermistor (temperature-responsive resistance) positioned in
contact with the middle section (main) and the end section (side) of the heat roll to
detect its surface temperature and to prevent the heater lamp from overheating.
– Thermostat. A component connected in series with the power supply for the heater
lamp. Prevents the overheating of the heat roll by releasing the contacts in case the
contact section has reached a certain temperature due to a failure of overheating
prevention by the temperature sensors (thermistors).
• Exit sensor. Detects whether the fused print has passed through the fuser based on the
change of the actuator position (sheet passed: sensor beam blocked).
• Exit clutch assembly. Transfers the drive of the main drive assembly to the exit roll. The
exit roll rotates in the paper exit direction.
• Inverter clutch assembly. Transfers the drive of the main drive assembly to the exit roll.
The exit roll rotates in the duplex feed direction.
• Full stack sensor. Detects the state that paper is full on the exit section.
Figure 6 Fusing/exit

Electrical
B405 (MFP)
• LVPS PWB. Supplies the AC power from the power supply to the heater section of the
fuser and generates stable low DC voltage (+24VDC, +5VDC, and +3.3VDC) to be used
by the logic circuits and other components.
• Front interlock switch. Detects the opening and closing of the cover front. When the cover
front is open, the relay circuit for the +24VDC in the PWB LVPS is interrupted, and the
supply of the I/F +24VDC for the PWB MCU is stopped.
• Rear interlock switch. Detects the opening and closing of the cover assembly rear. When
the cover assembly rear is open, the relay circuit for the +24VDC in the PWB LVPS is
interrupted, and the supply of the I/F +24VDC for the PWB MCU is stopped.
• MCU PWB. Performs the control of the communication between the print controller, or the
control of each component at printing.
• HVPS. Supplies high voltage to the BCR in the drum cartridge, and to the BTR in the CRU
transfer roll assembly.
• ESS PWB. The print controller that controls the entire system when communicating with
the computer or when processing image data.
• LVPS fan. Discharges the heated air around the PWB LVPS out of the printer.
• Rear fan. Discharges the heated air around the fuser and drum cartridge out of the printer.
Figure 7 Electrical (B405)
B400 (SFP)
• Main switch. The switch for turning the power on.
• LVPS PWB. Supplies the AC power from the power supply to the heater section of the
fuser and generates stable low DC voltage (+24VDC, +5VDC, and +3.3VDC) to be used
by the logic circuits and other components.
• Front interlock switch. Detects the opening and closing of the cover front. When the cover
front is open, the relay circuit for the +24VDC in the PWB LVPS is interrupted, and the
supply of the I/F +24VDC for the PWB MCU is stopped.
• Rear interlock switch. Detects the opening and closing of the cover assembly rear. When
the cover assembly rear is open, the relay circuit for the +24VDC in the PWB LVPS is
interrupted, and the supply of the I/F +24VDC for the PWB MCU is stopped.
• MCU PWB. Performs the control of the communication between the print controller, or the
control of each component at printing.
• HVPS. Supplies high voltage to the BCR in the drum cartridge, and to the BTR in the CRU
transfer roll assembly.

• ESS PWB. The print controller that controls the entire system when communicating with Optional 550 Sheet Feeder
the computer or when processing image data. Refer to Figure 9. The major components are listed below:
• LVPS fan. Discharges the heated air around the PWB LVPS out of the printer.
• Option tray PWB assembly. Controls the components in the optional 550 sheet feeder.
• Rear fan. Discharges the heated air around the fuser and drum cartridge out of the printer.
• Take away clutch assembly. Transmits the torque of the option feeder motor to the roll
assembly take away.
• Option feeder clutch. Transmits the torque of the option feeder motor to the feed roll and
nudger roll.
• Path sensor. Detects that the sheet has been fed from the tray based on the change of
the actuator position.
• No paper sensor. Detects the presence/absence of paper in the tray based on the change
of the actuator position.
• Motor assembly. A DC motor that drives the rolls in the optional 550 sheet feeder.
Figure 8 Electrical (B400)

Figure 9 Optional 550 sheet feeder

UI B400 (SFP)
B405 (MFP) Refer to Figure 11. The major components are listed below:
Refer to Figure 10. The major components are listed below: • Console assembly UI. The console assembly UI displays the state of the printer and fax
• Console assembly UI. The console assembly UI displays the state of the printer and fax using touch panel and LED, and operates the printer and fax using the touch panel and
using touch panel and LED, and operates the printer and fax using the touch panel and buttons.
buttons. • Speaker UI. Generating the operation sound for the console assembly UI. The speaker UI
itself is attached to the main device side.
• Speaker UI. Generating the operation sound for the console assembly UI. The speaker UI
itself is attached to the main device side.
• USB harness front. This connector is used to use the functions that access the machine
via the local interface (USB direct print, scan to USB memory).
Figure 11 UI (B400)
Figure 10 UI (B405)

Fax Scanner
Refer to Figure 12. The major components are listed below: Refer to Figure 13. The major components are listed below:
• Fax PWB. The PWB for controlling the fax signal • Carriage motor. The stepping motor that drives the carriage assembly.
• Speaker assembly AIO. Indicating that the call is a telephone call. The speaker assembly • Scanner home position sensor. The part of the rear side of the carriage assembly frame
AIO itself is attached to the main device side. functions as an actuator and blocks the light of the scanner home position sensor, thus
detecting the registration position.
• CCD PWB. The PWB mounted with the CCD image sensor that inputs the image data.
Figure 12 Fax
Figure 13 Scanner

DADF Document Stopper
Refer to Figure 14. The major components are listed below: When a document is loaded in the DADF, the document stopper is locked to prevent the docu-
ment from being moved forward. When the DADF starts feeding, the front portion of the pickup
• Tray sensor. A sensor that detects the presence or absence of a document on the DADF
assembly is lowered. This unlocks the document stopper that blocks the document, and the
document tray.
document is fed. When the paper feed is completed, the pickup assembly returns to its original
• DADF cover sensor. A switch that detects whether or not the DADF top cover is open.
position. Refer to Figure 15.
• Feed sensor. Located near side of the scanner home position (CVT) and detects the
scanning timing.
• DADF stage sensor. Detects that the document has been fed from the document feeder
tray. Also, detects that a reverse side of a document is nipped into the duplex feed path by
the torque of the eject 2 roller, after scanning the front side of the document is completed
and then the document is reversed.
• DADF motor. The DADF motor rotates the paper feed 1 roller, paper feed 2, eject 1 roller
and eject 2 roller.
• Pick motor. The pick motor rotates the pickup roller and separation roller.
• DADF document LED. If a document is detected by tray sensor, dadf document led will
light up.
• Legal paper sensor. A sensor that detects the presence or absence of a legal size docu-
ment on the DADF document tray.
Figure 15 Document stopper
Figure 14 DADF

Pinch Roll Assembly Data Flow
The pinch roll assembly is normally pressed against the direction of the takeaway roll by the
spring pressure. Documents are fed through between the pinch rolls and the takeaway roll to
Data Flow (IOT)
the CVT Window by the rotation of the takeaway roll. If a jam occurs between the pinch roll The print data (electric signal) from the printer controller flows as shown in Figure 1 before it is
assembly and the takeaway roll, it is hard to retrieve documents due to the high spring pres- turned into a print.
sure of pinch roll assembly. In order to retrieve jammed documents, open the cover assembly
DADF to release the spring pressure, and make enough clearance between the pinch rolls and
the takeaway roll. Refer to Figure 16.
Figure 1 Data flow (IOT)
Figure 16 Pinch roll assembly

Data Flow (Scanner) Operation Modes
The image data from the document set on the IIT or DADF goes through the following compo- The printer can be operated in the following modes:
nents before it is printed at the engine section. Refer to Figure 2.
Power-off Status
The power button is off and no power is supplied. The machine does not operate.
Ready (Standby) Mode

This mode is called as ‘Energy Saving: Step 1’.
When the system starts up by power-on, it shifts from the power-off state to the standby mode.
At this point, the provided functions (copying, Fax sending, network scanning) become avail-
able via the operator panel. Fax receiving and printing, Direct Fax, and local scanning also
become available (B405).
After selecting Power Save on the operator panel, the machine enters the Sleep Mode to save
more power consumption.
Running Mode
There are the Print mode, Scan mode, and Fax communication mode in which the IOT, IIT, and
Fax communication operate respectively.
Print Mode
In this mode, the IOT is operating for printing and report printing (B400).
In this mode, the IOT is operating for printing, copying, Fax received printing, and report print-
ing (B405).
Scan Mode (B405 Only)

In this mode, the IIT is operating for copy scanning, local scanning, network scanning, and Fax
sending.
Fax Communication Mode (B405 Only)

Figure 2 Data flow (scanner) In this mode, Fax sending/receiving is in progress.
Low Power Mode

This mode is called as ‘Energy Saving: Step 2’.
When no job is executed for a certain period of time, the machine enters this mode to reduce
the standby electricity consumption.
The shift time from the Standby mode to Low Power mode can be changed from the operator
panel (Setting range: 1-60 min). The factory default is 1 minute.
The conditions that Low Power mode to Ready mode:

• Pressing ‘Energy Save’ on the operator panel
• Receiving a print job
• Receiving a Fax job (B405 only)

• Receiving Fax job (B405 only) Control
• Detecting hook-off of external telephone (default: off)
Document Scanning Steps
• Report printing directions.
A CCD image sensor is used to read image data from the document. To ensure stabilized
• At the time of USB memory insertion.
image reading, the CCD image sensor output is adjusted. Adjustment includes Automatic Gain
• Start sending or polling data at the communication, if start time specified by the operator Control (AGC) and Automatic Offset Control (AOC).
(B405 only)
Sleep Mode Reference data for adjustment is collected and used to perform compensation on the read
This mode is called as ‘Energy Saving: Step 3’. image data. Compensation includes shading compensation, white variation compensation, and
black variation compensation. These adjustment and compensation steps are described
After the Low Power Mode has continued for a certain period of time, the machine enters this below.
mode to reduce the standby electricity consumption. The shift time from the Low Power mode
Reference data is obtained by reading image data from a white reference plate via the CCD
to the this mode fixed at 1 minute.
image sensor.
Sleep mode is cancelled by:
AGC (Auto Gain Control): White Level Variation Adjustment
• Pressing ‘Energy Save on the operator panel
During AGC, the scanner assembly is moved to the position of the white reference plate, and
• Receiving a print job
the exposure lamp is illuminated. The light reflected from the white reference plate is read by
• Receiving a Fax job (B405 only) the CMOS image sensor as the white reference value, which is used to adjust CMOS image
• Detecting hook-off of external telephone (default: off) sensor output.
• Report printing directions.
AOC (Auto Offset Control)
• At the time of USB memory insertion.
AOC is performed by turning off the exposure lamp after AGC. This state is read by the CMOS
• Start sending or polling data at the communication, if start time specified by the operator
image sensor as the black reference value, which is used to adjust CMOS image sensor output
(B405 only).
(the order of AGC and AOC adjustment depends on the model).
Shading Compensation
Shading compensation compensates for pixel-by-pixel sensitivity variations and the non unifor-
mity of lamp light in the fast scanning direction. The AGC and AOC adjustment values are used
to compensate for the image data read by the CCD image sensor.

System Configuration Drive Transmission Route
The ESS PWB controls the Fax, scanner, and DADF. Fax and copy operations are performed Main Drive Assembly
according to data entered at the operation panel. Figure 1 shows the system configuration.
Refer to Figure 1.
Figure 1 Control
Figure 1 Main drive assembly

Toner Dispense Motor Option Motor Assembly
Refer to Figure 2. Refer to Figure 3.
Figure 2 Toner dispense motor
Figure 3 Option motor assembly

DADF Motor Pick Motor
Refer to Figure 4. Refer to Figure 5.
Figure 4 DADF motor Figure 5 Pick motor

Telephone System
Converting and Sending Voice in the Form of Electrical Signals
The human voice is a sound wave; in other words, air vibrations. Conversation between two
people results when such vibrations travel through the air and reach each other's ears. A string
telephone transmits the air vibrations generated between two people along a string stretched
tight, thus allowing conversation over a distance. In this system, a paper cup at one end of the
string receives the air vibrations, which are then transmitted along the string. A paper cup at
the other end of the string transmits them back to the air, so that they again become again
audible sound waves.
A telephone is a device that replaces the vibrations transmitted by string with electrical signals.
The two paper cups correspond to microphone and speaker and the string to the telephone
line. Because electrical signals travel over the telephone line at a high speed with minimal
attenuation, the telephone enables conversation over great distances.
Voice is changed into electrical signals using electromagnetic induction, a process by which
electrical signals are generated by vibrating a coil in a magnetic field. Both the microphone and
speaker exploit this process. The microphone transduces sound into electrical signals using
electromagnetic induction that occurs at a moving coil coupled to a diaphragm picking up air
vibrations.
On the other hand, the speaker functions in the reverse manner, transducing electrical signals
back to air vibrations. Therefore, its construction is basically the same as that of a microphone.
Electrical signals passing through a coil in the magnetic field vibrate the coil, which in turn
vibrate the air to reproduce the voice. Refer to Figure 1.
Figure 1 Telephone system
These electrical signals are analog signals that fluctuate in response to the volume of the
voice.

Analog and Digital Signals
An electrical signal generated by the telephone's microphone is an analog signal. The wave-
form of this analog signal fluctuates responsive to the voice volume. When the voice is loud,
the amplitude (voltage) increases; when soft, the amplitude decreases. When the voice is high-
pitched, the frequency (number of vibrations) increases; when low-pitched, the frequency
decreases.
A signal whose values change in a continuous manner with time like this is called an analog
signal. In contrast, a digital signal is a set of values that change with time in a discrete instead
of continuous manner. In other words, an analog signal is like a hill. A digital signal is like
stairs.
A digital signal is a series of values obtained by sampling a continuous analog signal at a cer-
tain required rate. For example, when sampling is by time, the rate is once a second, millisec-
ond, etc.
Because the sampling reduces the amount of data along the time axis, the converted signal is
compressed and smaller in data size. Thus, once digitized, the signal information is thinned out
compared to the original analog signal.
Moreover, digital signal transmission is performed by dividing a continuously changing electri-

cal signal according to a certain rate of time, then converting each division to a value of 1 or 0,
depending on whether it is greater or less than a specified threshold value. Compared to an
analog signal, a digital signal offers precise data exchange because the only change that must
be handled is that between 1 (high voltage) and 0 (low voltage) with respect to a standard
value (the threshold value). Refer to Figure 2.
NOTE: The difference between analog and digital signals can be easily understood by com-
paring analog measuring instruments, such as clocks and scales with their needles and grada-
tions to digital gauges that display results as a value. An analog instrument with a continuously
moving needle, can, at least in theory, be read beyond the decimal point to infinitely small divi-
sions (12.47253... g, 35.1864... g, etc.). A digital instrument, however, can only display results
to the minimum necessary decimal place (12.5 g, 35.0 g, etc.).
NOTE: Conversion of an analog signal to digital signal is called AD conversion. The reverse is
called DA conversion. Image data read by a Fax is a digital signal in which zeros and ones are
assigned according to whether or not there is black in the squares of a paper surface divided
into a grid. Fax communications that use an analog telephone network perform DA conversion
before transmitting the scanned image from the phone, and AD conversion before printing the
received data.
Figure 2 Signals

Telephone Call Connection Mechanism Telephone Call Connection Mechanism
Analog Telephone Network 1. When the handset is lifted, the hook switch is activated and a transmission signal (400Hz/
48VDC), called a dial tone (DT), is sent from the local switch. The dial tone is audible at
To make a telephone call, the calling party and called party each must have a telephone set
the handset speaker, indicating that the calling party can start dialing.
(telephone). These telephones must be connected by a transmission route. The transmission
2. Entering the telephone number by rotating the dial or pushing the buttons transmits the
route includes switches located in central offices. The route itself comprises various compo-
nents such as metallic cable and optical cable. The entire transmission path between the two number to the local switch.
telephones is called an analog telephone network. NOTE: There are two types of telephone line corresponding to the two ways of transmit-
An analog telephone network comprises four parts. Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2. ting the phone number. They are known as dial types. Most recent telephones can auto-
matically distinguish the dial type. One type is ’Pulse Dialing (PD)’, also called ’Dial Pulse
(DP)’. After the rotary dial on a dial phone is rotated, the dial returns to its original position.
While returning, the electric current is interrupted (dividing the signal into pulses) the num-
ber of times corresponding to the number dialed. The switch derives the number from the
number of pulses. When the pulse repetition rate is ten pulses per second, it is referred to
as 10pps (Pulses Per Second), when twenty, 20pps. The other type is a method known
as ’Tone Dialing (TD)’, formally called ’Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF)’. Each button
on a push-button phone is assigned a unique pair of frequencies (the ’tone’), from which
the switch derives the number. Refer to Figure 3.
Figure 1 Analog telephone network
Figure 2 Switching equipment network

Figure 4 Out of town connection
Figure 3 Dialing tones
1. The switch connects lines according to the transmitted number.

Terminology
2. When a connection between local switches is established, the local switch of the called Line Types
party sends a ringing signal to the telephone of the called party. The telephone that • PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network): Analog telephone network. If there is no
receives the ringing signal emits its ring tone. At the same time, the called party's local switch on site, set the line type to PSTN.
switch sends a ring back tone (RBT) to the calling party's telephone to indicate that a con- • PBX (Private Branch Exchange): On-site switch that connects multiple analog telephones
nection to the called party has been established. to a single line to establish an in-house phone system. If there is a switch on site, set the
3. When the called party's handset is lifted, activating the hook switch, the local switch on line type to PBX.
the called party side receives a response signal and stops sending tones to the calling Dial Types
and called parties. This is when a communications path is established between the both • Tone (Push) Dial/Pulse Dial (10pps)/Pulse Dial (20pps): Refer to Telephone Call Connec-
parties. Refer to Figure 4. tion Mechanism. PPS: Pulse Per Second
Others
• Branch Connection: To connect multiple telephones to a single line in parallel. Telephones
and Faxes may not function properly in this configuration.

Fax System (Overview) Fax Unit Mechanisms
A Fax (abbreviation of facsimile) is a device that sends and receives image data using either Scanner
an analog or a digital telephone line. The following describes the analog line system (For G3, The scanner consists of the Image Input Terminal (IIT) and the duplex auto document feeder
refer to Fax Standards (ITU-T Recommendations).
(DADF). Document scanning is performed by the carriage assembly in the Image Input Termi-
nal.
The three basic units of a Fax are the scanner (for reading the image), the control circuit, and
the printer.
A CCD image sensor is a light-receiving element that produces an electrical signal in response
to light.
The scanner splits the image into a fine grid, then reads the brightness (white/black) of each
cell. This operation is called scanning. The white/black information is converted to a digital sig-
The white areas of the original document reflect the light from the lamp. The black areas reflect
nal: bright cells become 1, dark cells 0.
no light. The CMOS image sensor read the light reflected from the original, outputting sequen-
tially to the control circuit which areas are white and which black as binary data (1/0 digital
The digital signal from a scanned image is subjected to DA conversion (modulation) by the
data: 1 bit).
control circuit to enable transmission over an analog telephone line. After conversion, the data
is sent as an analog signal. The sound audible during transmission is image data that has NOTE: To scan the original, the carriage assembly (CCD image sensor unit) must be shifted a
become an analog signal, that is, an audio signal.
distance of one line after each line is scanned. When the original is scanned on the platen
glass (as for a flatbed scanner), the carriage assembly is moved with respect to the original. In
The analog signal arriving over the telephone line is then subjected to AD conversion (demod-
the case of a Fax equipped with the DADF, scanning via the DADF is performed by moving the
ulation) by the control circuit of the receiving Fax machine, and restored to a digital signal.
original with the carriage assembly fixed at one position. This is known as constant velocity
transport (CVT).
The black/white information obtained from the AD conversion is sent to the printer, where black
cells are reproduced on the paper at the positions where they were on the original. Refer to NOTE: During scanning, the finer the grid into which the original is divided, the greater the
Figure 1. scanning precision of the original image. For a G3 Fax (normal mode: G3 Normal), scanning is
performed at the resolution of 8 divisions per millimeter (200dpi) in the horizontal direction and
3.85 divisions per millimeter in the vertical direction. This means that the 200dpi in-line Car-
riage assembly is shifted approximately four times per millimeter in the vertical direction. For
an A4 original, the data amounts to approximately two million pixels. In the high-quality mode
(G3 Fine), scanning resolution is 8 divisions per millimeter in the horizontal direction and 7.7
divisions per millimeter in the vertical direction, where the data amounts to approximately four
million pixels. As resolution increases, the amount of data also increases, lengthening the
transmission time.
Control Circuit
The control circuit executes scanning of image data by controlling the image scanner. A line of
CCD image sensor scans the original image one line at a time. When scanning of one horizon-
tal line is completed, the next line below is scanned. As this continues, the original is scanned
from end to end one line at a time and converted to digital data as black-and-white information.
Figure 1 Fax system
Because this image data is a set of digital signals, it cannot be transmitted using an analog
telephone line. It must be subjected to DA conversion (modulation). On the other hand, the
receiving Fax machine must perform AD conversion to restore the incoming digital data to ana-
log data.
DA conversion, analog signal transmission, analog signal reception, and AD conversion are all
performed by a modem (modulator/demodulator) in the control circuit. A modem consists of a
network control unit (NCU) for connecting to the telephone line and an A/D conversion unit for
performing DA and AD conversions. Refer to Figure 1.

NOTE: After the telephone number is entered, the NCU automatically performs steps 1 and 2
of the line connection procedure described in Telephone Call Connection Mechanism. If on the
receiving end, step 6 is automatically performed to answer.
The following is the line connection procedure between two Faxes based on the steps 1 to 5 of
telephone call connection mechanism. At the receiving Fax, step 6 is also automatically per-
formed.
1. When an AT command (a modem control command) is sent from the control circuit to the
modem, the hook switch is activated, and a state is obtained that is identical to that when
the handset of a telephone is lifted. A dial tone (400Hz/48VDC) is sent from the local
switch. The modem's speaker emits the dial tone as an audible sound.
2. After image scanning, the telephone number (a previously stored number, number
entered by pressing phone buttons, etc.) is automatically dialed and transmitted to the
local switch.
3. Steps 3, 4, and 5 for establishing a connection via the switches are identical to those for
telephone.
4. The receiving party's Fax automatically answers when it receives the call signal, and the
hook switch is activated. The local switch on the receiving party side receives a response
signal and stops sending tones to the sending and receiving parties, thereby establishing
a communications path between the both parties.
In the case of a telephone call, only voice conversion between the two parties follows. For Fax,
preparation for delivery of image data is required that includes the following types of
exchanges:
• The sending Fax indicates that the transmission is a Fax transmission.

• The receiving Fax indicates that it is ready to receive and also its communications capac-
ity.
• The sending Fax then sends data in accordance with the receiving Fax's communications
capacity.
Once mutual preparation is completed, image data sending and receiving is started. Image
data is modulated into an analog signal by the A/D converter at the sending Fax, then sent
from its NCU. Image data received by the NCU of the receiving Fax is demodulated into a digi-
tal signal by its A/D converter and then sent to the control circuit. When image data reception is
completed, the Fax automatically disconnects the line (hook is off).
In summary, the NCU automatically executes a series of such operations from hook switch on
to hook switch off.
NOTE: The control circuit also retains other important functions such as data compression and
memory. With data compression, any part of the scanned image data that consists of continu-
ous white or black pixels is encoded into a single element, thus compressing the volume of
Figure 1 Scanner data. Memory temporarily stores data during transmission and reception.
Printer
The printer prints image data from the control circuit onto the surface of paper. The principle is
the same as that of an ordinary printer in that black is applied to specified locations on the
paper.

Fax Standards (ITU-T Recommendations) Near Field Communication (NFC)
International Fax standards (ITU-T recommendations) include G1 to G4. G1 to G3 use analog Overview of NFC
telephone networks. G4 uses a digital telephone network (ISDN). G3 is the standard currently NFC is a standard for short distance radio communication using the radio frequency band of
in greatest use. Faxes conforming to Super G3, a recently added standard, are equipped with
13.56 MHz.
a fast 33.6kps modem and reduce transmission times to about half those of G3 Faxes. Refer to
Table 1. The device is provided with a user authentication feature using MIFARE cards, contactless
smart cards supporting NFC.
Table 1 ITU-T recommendations
Minimum A smart card reader/writer is installed at the NFC-marked portion of the operator panel of the
Transmission device.
Time for Single- Maximum
Year Page A4 Maximum Transmission NFC is defined as a set of internationally certified radio communication technology standards
Standard Issued Document Resolution Speed Features for existing smart cards and radio-frequency identification (RFID) system including ISO/
Group 1 (G1) 1968 Approx. 6 min. 100 x 100dpi - First standard. IEC18092 (NFC IP-1) and ISO/IEC21418 (NFC IP-2).
(Analog) Analog trans-
Refer to each component standard for further details on NFC.
mission.
No band com-
pression tech- Basic Principle of Operation of NFC
nology A smart card contains an IC chip and an antenna that allow the data stored in the IC chip to be
Group 2 (G2) 1976 Approx. 3 min. 100 x 100dpi - Analog trans- read when brought into the close proximity of a card reader/writer. Refer to Figure 1.
(Analog) mission.
Band compres- Data communication using a smart card consists of the steps that follow:
sion technol- 1. The user brings a smart card into the close proximity of the card reader/writer.
ogy adopted. 2. The card reader/writer generates an electromagnetic field.
Group 3 (G3) 1980 Approx. 1 min 600 x 600dpi 14.4kbps Connection to 3. Induced current flows in the antenna, allowing the IC chip to operate.
(14.4kbps) (Super G3: analog line 4. The smart card and the card reader/writer perform bidirectional authentication and com-
Approx. 3 sec 33.6kbps) using Fax munication (read/write of data).
(33.6kbps) modem.
Image data in
digital format.
Data compres-
sion.
Most common
standard in
use.
Group 4 (G4) 1988 Approx. 3 sec. 400 x 400dpi 64kbps Digital trans-
(Using ISDN) mission.
Supported by
various digital
transmission
services.
Halftone sup-
ported.
Figure 1 Basic principles

EHS 700 - Health & Safety Incident Report Form
for Incidents Involving a Xerox Product
For incidents in Canada: EH&S Office Use ONLY
PIPEDA consent given YES NO EH&S Incident Reference Number:
PIPEDA is the Canadian “Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act.”
For incidents in the EU:
Safe Harbour Complaint
YES NO
*Date Of Incident (mm / dd / yyyy):
Product Description
*Model No. or Product Name:
Product Serial Number: Serial Number(s) of Accessory (ies):
Installation Date: Total Copy Meter:
Date of last service maintenance:
List damaged and affected part(s) of the machine by description and part number:
*Description Part Number
*Location of product and affected part(s):
Customer Identification
*Customer Name: *Name of Customer Contact Person:
*Address: E-mail: *Telephone:
Fax:
Customer Service Engineer Identification

*Name (required for Xerox serviced equipment): Employee: E-mail:
Location: *Phone (required for Xerox serviced equipment):
Individual Providing Notification

*Name: *Title: *Telephone Number:
*Organization: E-Mail:
Mailing Address: *Date Report Submitted:
* Required information is preceeded by asterisk, title shown in red, with a tan wash background
Form EH&S-700 Rev 4.0 (3 September 2014) A4 Format page 1

EHS 700 - Health & Safety Incident Report Form for
Incidents Involving a Xerox Product
Details of Incident
*Description Of Incident: (Check all that apply)
Smoke
Describe quantity and duration of smoke:
Fire with open flames seen

Electric shock to operator or service representative
Physical injury/illness to operator or service representative
Describe:
Other, describe:
MANDATORY DESCRIPTION (above): Provide a detailed description of all valid factors that may have
contributed to the incident. Hardware involved in the incident should be preserved and retained for further
investigation should investigation be deemed necessary by EH&S.
LIST INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONS AND SUPPORT DIAGRAMS/DATA INCLUDED OR ATTACHED:
*Any damage to customer property? No Yes Describe:
*Did external emergency response provider(s) such as a fire department, ambulance, etc. respond?
No Yes Identify: (i.e., source, names of individuals)
Apparent cause of incident (identify part that is suspected to be responsible for the incident)
*Preliminary actions taken to mitigate incident:
Instructions: E-mail or fax both pages of this completed form to EH&S:
e-mail: usa.product.incident@xerox.com or fax 585-422-8217 [ Intelnet 8*222-8217 ]
* Required information is preceeded by asterisk, title shown in red with a tan wash background
Form EH&S-700 Rev 4.0 (3 September 2014) A4 Format page 2

PUBLICATION COMMENT SHEET
Please copy this master sheet and use it to help us to improve this publication. We would like you to tell us about
improvements to its accuracy, format and quality.
Please give specific references, i.e.: page numbers and figure numbers and attach marked up photocopies wherever pos-
sible. If you have identified a solution please include your suggestions with your reply.
Please also answer the customer satisfaction question set.
When you have completed the PCS, send it by internal mail to the address below. You will receive an acknowledgement
and feedback on your comments. Please ensure that your name and CBU/District location code are fully completed.
NAME: OPERATING COMPANY:
JOB TITLE:
ENGINEER NUMBER: CBU/DISTRICT LOCATION CODE:
CONTACT TELEPHONE NUMBER:
DATE:
PRODUCT AND PUBLICATION PUBLICATION REVISION DATE: SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL:

TITLE:
PAGE NUMBER: COMMENT

Please submit a marked-up photocopy of the relevant pages
CUSTOMER SATISFACTION QUESTION SET
QUESTION NOT VERY SATISFIED NEITHER DISSATISFIED VERY

APPLICABLE SATISFIED SATISFIED DISSATISFIED
NOR
DISSATISFIED
DO YOU FIND THE MANUAL IS TECHNICALLY ACCURATE?
DO YOU FIND THE FORMAT OF THE MANUAL EASY TO

USE?
WHAT IS YOUR OVERALL SATISFACTION LEVEL WITH THE

MANUAL
FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Digital, Creative and Language Services

Xerox CMS
RECEIVED DATE: Bessemer Road
PCS. NUMBER: Welwyn Garden City
Hertfordshire,
MANAGER: AL7 1BU
UK
DUE DATE: Attention: Steve Abbott

VersaLink B405 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VersaLink B405 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

VersaLink B405 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of this document?

What is the purpose of this document?

What safety information is mentioned?

What safety information is mentioned?

708P91374

Xerox® VersaLink® B400 & B405 Family

Launch Issue February 2017 Introduction

Section 2 Status Indicator Repair Analysis Procedures

Section 6 General Procedures / Information

Section 7 Wiring Data

Section 8 Principles of Operation

Launch Issue February 2017 Introduction

These with tag symbols are used to identify the components

These without tag symbols are used to identify the

Figure 1 Mod/Tag identification symbols

Introduction February 2017 Launch Issue

DC Voltage Levels and Tolerances

LVPS overvoltage protection circuit

Launch Issue February 2017 Introduction

Figure 5 Pinch injury symbol

Figure 6 Use caution symbol Disassembly Precautions

Figure 8 No sunlight symbol

Figure 9 No light symbol

Introduction February 2017 Launch Issue

Responsibilities for resolution:

Launch Issue February 2017 Introduction

Introduction February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Introduction

Launch Issue February 2017 Service Call Procedures

Launch Issue February 2017 Service Call Procedures

Image Quality Defects

Service Call Procedures February 2017 Launch Issue

• Thinned gear teeth

Launch Issue February 2017 Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures February 2017 Launch Issue

Figure 2 Xerox® VersaLink® B400

Launch Issue February 2017 Service Call Procedures

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Procedure 003-318 Video driver detection fail.

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

Perform the steps that follow:

Status Indicator RAPs February 2017 Launch Issue

Launch Issue February 2017 Status Indicator RAPs

003-761 Tray selection error. Procedure